Circuses - Brief Bits

O

Oberfield's - 1910, 1918-19   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1907

1910: The Oberfield Combined Shows, piloted by Mike and Charles Oberfield, will open the season at Sisterville, W. Va, May 1. The brothers have been in the big top game for several seasons and have an outfit with a good display and capital menagerie. Variety, March 26, 1910, p. 15.

1918:

    Wanted, for Oberfield's Combined Shows. Musicians of all kinds. Performers doing two or more acts, rings, traps, ground acts, clowns, singing clowns who do concert turn, B. F. man. Can use dog act or animal act. Working men in all departments. Also advance man. Musicians address Chas. E. Valentine, Peekskill, N.Y. Others, Oberfield's Combined Shows, 92 Jersey st., Wheeling, W. Va. Show opens May 6. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 2.

    Wanted for Oberfield's Combined Show. Musicians, ground acts, talking and singing clown that can double in concert. Also advance agent. Address Chas. Oberfield, Monongahela City, Pa., July 10, 11, 12; California, Pa. 13, 14, 15. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 13, 1918, p. 54.

• Information on the 1917, 1919 Oberfield show, see Billboard, 1917, 1919 - multiple items, use find or scroll down.

• 1951: Wheeling, June 22. Michael Oberfield, 71, former operator of a Wheeling circus, died today. Oberfield was well known as an acrobat and trapeze artist. He ran the Oberfield Brothers Circus in the early 1920s. Charleston Gazette (Charleston, WV), June 23, 1951, p. 8.

• Also see Stanley Bros. Circus

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

John O'Brien's - 1873, 1877-78, 1881-84, 1886, 1888 (various titles)

1873:

    John O'Brien's Circus and Menagerie is advertised to exhibit in Washington, D.C., for one week commencing April 14. Charles Whitney, general director, and R. G. Ball, agent, are now in that city making the arrangements for its appearance. New York Clipper, April 5, 1873, p. 7.

    John O'Brien's Menagerie, Museum and Circus Combination, or "World's Fair on Wheels," as he calls it, is billed to exhibit in Washington, D.C. for one week, commencing April 14. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.

    John O'Brien's Great World's Fair, Six Shows Consolidated, organized at Philadelphia, Pa. Six separate tents will be used for the performances and there will be fifteen camp and saloon tents, thirteen horse tents and six sideshow, making a total of forty. Cages are painted in red, green, yellow, blue and ___. The caravan will contain three elephants and thirteen camels. In the procession will be two golden chariots, two distinct bands of music, fifty-three cages, twelve gentlemen in armor, four ladies in elegant costumes, an elk team, the elephants, camels, eight buggies and thirty-three baggage wagons painted in red and white. The advance consists of three bill wagons, twelve horses and one buggy, in charge of Ben Richardson. Riders: Lowande family, Mme. Elizabeth Showles, Little Mollie Brown, Madame Brown . . . Gymnasts, Brazilian Family, Levantine Brothers, three in number, Japan Brothers and the Mozart Brothers. Clown, Pete Conklin. Grotesque, Jacob Showles. . . . John O'Brien, sole proprietor and manager; general director and advance manager, Charles Whitney; contracting agent, R. G. Ball; press agent, Col. Chas. A. Wilson; advertising agent, Edward Stetlas with four assistants; equestrian director, Phil Dieffenbach . . . assistant manager and manager of camp, Harry Enochs; treasurer, Stephen J. Williams, assistant treasurer, Wm. Forepaugh Jr. . . . New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

    John O'Brien's "World's Fair on Wheels" (admission 25 cents) inaugurated its tenting season at Washington, D. C., April 14, exhibiting one week. Our correspondent, writing on April 20, says: "The procession, advertised to be two miles in lenght, consisted of a band chariot and baggage wagon containing brass bands; an elephant, three camels, a lot of led horses, a ticket wagon, and thirty-two cages. The display was poor. O'Brien exhibits under six tents, all round top, five of which are old and the worse for wear. The circus tent is new. The first tent contained the rhinocerous cage and the gilded band chariot; the second, nine wagons of stuffed birds, fish, etc.; the third, eight cages of monkeys, birds and stuffed animals; the fourth, eight cages of the ordinary wild animals of North America; the fifth, five cages of a better class of animals, though few in number. There were also congregated here three ordinary camels and one white one, and English mastiff, and the trained elephant, Cleopatra. The sixth tent was the circus, presided over by Phil Diefenbach as equestrian director. . . . There was a complete absence of acrobats and gymnasts. The concert party consists of Pete Conkling, Phil Diefenbach, Frank Harrison, Geo. Primrose and Fanny Valade. The sideshow curiosities consist of the skeleton man John Battersby, the fat woman Batterbly, the Aztec children, an Egyptian mummy, a Punch and Judy show and an educated pig. Attendance throughout the week was very large." New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 31.

1877:

    Riders and gymnasts wanted for O'Brien's Great Three-Ring Show next season. Address John O'Brien, sole proprietor and manager, Frankford, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 13, 1877, p. 336.

    John O'Brien's Show will travel in the Eastern States, exhibiting at twenty-five cents. New York Clipper, February 24, 1887, p. 383.

    With John O'Brien's Consolidated Shows, the coming season, Charles H. Castle is to be general director, and Charles H. Day, press agent. New York Clipper, March 10, 1877, p. 399.

    John O'Brien's Six Shows Consolidated . . . During the season the show will appear in the large towns and cities of Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts and Rhode Island. In addition to the artistic performances of the arean, they exhibit fifty-three cages of animals and a large aviary. Three military bands also travel with the company. New York Clipper, May 19, 1877, p. 63.

    John O'Brien's Show goes through a few towns in Massachusetts, and takes in the east coast of Main, running against the Van Amburg Show, and threaten to reduce its admission to 25 cents as an opposition measure. New York Clipper, June 9, 1877, p. 87.

    Alex. Scott, leader of a band, sued John O'Brien, circus manager, for $1,000 for services rendered. The case was referred, and the referee decided last week in favor of Scott for the about above named. New York Clipper, July 21, 1877, p. 134.

    Will H. Stowe, of O'Brien's Circus reports that show is reorganizing for a Southern tour during the Winter. New York Clipper, October 6, 1877, p. 222.

    John O'Brien will sell at public auction, Nov. 15, 16, at the State Fair Grounds, Richmond, Va., his entire circus stock, consisting of horses, mules, wagons, buggies, etc. Mr. O'Brien gives as his reason for thus selling out that he intends traveling by rail next season with an entirely new stock. New York Clipper, November 17, 1877, p. 271.

    O'Brien's Circus will hereafter travel wholly by rail. At the Fair Ground, Richmond, Va., on the 15th(?) inst., there was an auction sale of its surplus quadrupeds, inclusive of mules. Some of the stock brought as high as $240(?) per pair, but the average sales were low. New York Clipper, November 24, 1877, p. 279.

1878: Mollie Brown and her parents are to travel with O'Brien's show this season. New York Clipper, February 9, 1878, p. 367.

1878: See Campbell's Circus

1881:

    Wanted for season of 1881-2, for the Grand Circus Royal English Menagerie, combined with the Great Astley's Museum, Aquarium, etc. A colossal consolidation of railroad shows. Boss billposters, billposter, lithographers, programmers, agents, fence decorative painter, calliope musician, etc. Season to commence at Philadelphia, Pa., on or about April 1, 1881. Col. T. R. Toole, general supervising agent, etc. New York Clipper, February 5, 1881, p. 368.

    John O'Brien's circus exhibited in Mount Joy on Tuesday. When they arrived there the managers were waited upon by Sheriff Strine, who levied upon and took possession of five cars, built by W. C. Allison & Co., car builders, of Philadelphia, but not paid for. The writ was issued from the Prothonotary's office, where suit has been entered by Allison & Co. Lebanon Daily News (Lebanon, PA), April 21, 1881, n.p.n.

    H. C. Danforth, lately the manager of the Kansas City opera house, but at present route and railroad contracting agent for the Circus Royal and English Menagerie, is in the city, and will probably make arrangements to spread his tents here as a Fourth of July celebrations. The Globe, (Atchison, KS), May 30, 1881, n.p.n.

    The Circus Royal has been here and gone upon its way, and as a circus we must say that it is very thin; as a menagerie it is still thinner; and as a museum it is so thin you can't see it. There is only one thing that can be said in favor of the Circus Royal, and that is that they pay their bills, and do it promptly, but as a show they are a conglomeration of first-class frauds, whose ambition seemed to be a determination to beat their patrons out of as many dimes as they possibly could, for they had the ticket scalper, the candy butcher and lemonade peddler, and the biggest nuisance of all the ticket-seller for the minstrel show after the circus, which proved, we are told, a bigger farce than the first performance. There are but two redeeming features to the entire concern, three brothers who did some very good athletic work, and Mollie Brown, the bareback rider. Allen County Democrat (Lima, OH), June 2, 1881, p. 5.

    The Circus Royal manager announced from the top of his ticket wagon in Humbolt on Wednesday that owing to the great expense in bringing the show to the smaller places, seventy-five cents admission would be charged. The principal officer of the town thereupon stepped up, and said the doors should be opened at fifty cents, or not at all. The manager was at first very indignant, but finally gave in, particularly as he learned that there was an excellent prospect of a mob. The entire press and public of the Nemaha valley unite in denouncing the show as the poorest that has ever appeared there, and run by the meanest men. The Globe (Atchison, KS), July 8, 1881, n.p.n.

1882:

    The biggest humbug on earth, the Circus Royal, which was in Atchison on the Fourth of July a year ago, is now advertising the only white elephant. Atchison Globe (Atchison, KS), January 10, 1882, n.p.n.

    Wanted for the Grand Circus Royal, English Menagerie, and the Great Astley's Museum, Aquarium, etc., billposters, programmers, lithographers, crayon artists, billpainters, and stereopticon workers. This institution will travel by railroad with its own special cars and advance coaches. Address Charles Whitney, general agent, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, January 14, 1882, p. 715.

    Edward Kohl and Wm. Doris own and manage all the privileges with the Grand Circus Royal. They will travel with their employes in the Wagner sleeping car "Washington." New York Clipper, February 4, 1882, p. 755.

    The firm of Harris & Kohl, proprietors of the Museum, Pittsburg, Pa., has been dissolved. Kohl goes with the O'Brien Show and Harris intends to keep the Museum open all Summer. New York Clipper, February 11, 1882, p. 769.

    For the Circus Royal, English Menagerie, Astley's Museum and Aquarium, Charles Whitney has been engaged as general manager in advance and director of all publications . . . Thomas Daily will be in charge of billing car No. 1, and James Hawkins of car No. 2. G. W. Lawrence is to be the assistant press agent. New York Clipper, February 11, 1882, p. 781.

    The Grand Circus, Royal English Menagerie and Astley's Museum, comprising a colossal double circus, two leviathan menageries, famous museum, aquarium is to exhibit at Huntingdon on Wednesay, April 26th. Of it the Frankford News says: "One of the chief attractions is the performances of Miss Mollie Brown. Her achievement of throwing somersaults from the back of her naked horse, while in full motion, together with her rapid and reckless style of backward riding have causes shouts of applause and huzzas of approval. . . . Huntingdon Journal (Huntingdon, PA), April 14, 1882, n.p.n.

    The Grand Circus Royal preceded Forepaugh's Great Show through this section the past week. The former has been passed upon by the people as a grand swindle. Tyrone Daily Herald (Tyrone, PA), May 4, 1882, n.p.n.

    Reports reaching us through our exchanges say the "Grand Circus Royal," which exhibited in this place a week or so ago, is not meeting with much success in its travels. Huntingdon Journal (Huntingdon, PA), May 12, 1882, n.p.n.

    The Circus Royal "busted" in Erie, Pa., on Friday last, and the tent was sold for junk. Sunday Morning Herald (Olean, NY), May 21, n.p.n.

    The Circus Royal which exhibited in this city yesterday was a good one for the price of admission. The parade, the menagerie and the circus were about average. Horseback riding was the principal feature and was good. There was not a very large crowd in during the day but all the seats were occupied at night. Marion Daily Star (Marion, OH), May 25, 1882, n.p.n.

    The Grand Circus Royal has come and gone, and was about as good as the average show. It was the most slimly patronized show that ever struck this city. Reports had been circulated a week before it came that it was run by a set of thieves and thugs, that it was busted and attached and gone up teetotally, and this with the busy time among the farmers well-nigh ruined it. The proprietor, John O'Brien, appears to be an honest and well-meaning man. He settled all his bills contracted here - some of them, however, at a discount - and left for Shoals, where he showed yesterday. Daviess County Democrat (Washington, IN), June 24, 1882, n.p.n.

    Saturday morning early the Circus Royal pitched its tents on the Seneca street grounds. The rain poured down at about the same time, and kept pouring down with occasional intermissions all day. But there was a large crowd on hand to see the street parade, and although the grounds about the tent were soon beaten into a soft pasty mud, and little rivulets of water ran down the canvas upon the spectators, there were large audiences for both afternoon and evening performances. The manager of the circus said this was their sixteenth day of rain, and under the circumstances it could not be expected that the show would be up to its best. Nevertheless, the ring performance was good, and had the horses not been obliged to wade through mud, and the riders and tumblers forced to exercise caution, the audience would have been treated to a first-class exhibition. The circus has good riders, both male and female with it. They have also a trick elephant, which is superior to any other shown in the ring. The menagerie contains many rare and curious beasts, and their aggregation is all that is advertised to be. Cedar Rapids Times (Cedar Rapids, IA), September 21, 1882, n.p.n.

    The Circus Royal is to exhibit in Latrob, Pa., Oct. 28, and there close the season. The show is to winter in Frankford, Pa. . . . New York Clipper, October 28, 1882, p. 519.

1883:

    Musicians wanted to fill my band for O'Brien's Circus Royal. Prof. Geo. Sutton. New York Clipper, January 13, 1883, p. 700.

    Geo. D. McIntosh is to have charge of the advertising department of O'Brien's Big Shows the coming season. New York Clipper, February 3, 1883, p. 742.

    Detroit. Al Severance, who has been clerk of the Griswold House for some time past, has bought an interest in John O'Brien's Circus, which opens in Philadelphia in May. He is to pilot the show next season. New York Clipper, February 17, 1883, p. 779.

    People engaged for O'Brien, Hardenberger & Astley's Consolidation are to report. A principal rider is wanted and a man for adverising car. New York Clipper, April 1, 1883, p. 38.

    Richard Hemming, tight rope artist, and the La Rue Family, acrobats, are to be among the features of John O'Brien's Circus, which will open its season at Franklinville, a suburb of Philadelphia, April 14. New York Clipper, April 1, 1883, p. 38.

    John O'Brien's Circus opened in Frankford, Philadelphia, April 14. The tight rope act of Richard Hemmings, the acrobatic business of the La Rue Family, the riding of Mollie Brown, Mme. Tournair, Luke Rivers and others. New York Clipper, April 21, 1883, p. 70.

    Dover, Del., April 23. A mob attacked John O'Brien's circus in this place Saturday night, and during the battle 14 men were shot. Charles Henderson, a showman, was shot through the breast and cannot recover, and other men attached to the circus are suffering from gun-shot wounds, and half a dozen members of the mob have bullets in their bodies. The circus reached Dover before daylight Saturday morning. Entertainments were given in the afternoon and evening. The matinee performance passed off quietly. During the entertainments in the evening half a dozen young roughs led by a drunken man named T. R. Halsey, attempted to force themselves into the exhibition tent. The doorkeepers at once yelled the circus man's rallying cry, "Hey Rube!" A score of canvasmen armed with tent-pegs, axes and clubs responded. The skirmish ended in the expulsion of the intruders, who were roughly handled.
    After the audience dispersed a howling mob remained about the tenting ground, stoning canvasmen and jeering at those who endeavored to quiet them. John O'Brien, the owner of the show, was hooted when he attemped to make the rioters listen to him. Most of the show was packed up by 12 o'clock, and the first train of wagons was moving toward the depot when a driver named Richert was struck on the head with a boulder. He fell senseless to the ground, and the train stopped. While Richart was being lifted into a wagon a shower of stones fell about the showmen, and several received injuries. Although O'Brien cautioned his employes to keep cool and avoid battle, they did not obey him, and at half a dozen points they made sorties and strewed the ground with the bodies of their tormenters. When the wagon-train reached Delaware street a man stepped from behind a tree-box, and taking deliberate aim at Henderson, who was on horse-back, fired five revolver shots at him. Henderson drew his revolver, fired one shot, and fell off his horse. A double-barreled shotgun was discharged into the posse of showmen. This was the signal for general firing. The wagons were stopped and used as a barricade by the showmen, who returned the fire of the town people. Not more than a dozen of the circus people had revolvers, and the unarmed ones took shelter in and under wagons. The police took no part in the battle, and did nothing to stop it. More than two hundred shots were fired, and the doors and windows of a dozen houses in the neighborhood show bullet marks today. The firing continued ten or fifteen minutes, and then the wagons moved slowly to the depot. While the show was being put upon the cars a few shots were exchanged. At 3 o'clock in the morning the show started for Cambridge, Mr. O'Brien says he will bring suit against the town for damages. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), April 23, 1883, p. 1.

    [Advertisement] O'Brien's Six Big Shows! Handenberger & Co.'s Royal Circus, and the Great Astley's London Museum, Menagerie, Aquarium, and Electric Light Shows will exhibit at Lebanon, Monday, May 21st. 5000 living wild beasts, including the elephant "Empress," and the blue-horned horse. Two circuses, two circus rings, two sets of performers. 1000 men, women, children, horses, ponies. 9 monster water-proof tents. The whole illuminated by the electric light. Street demonstration and Mardi-Gras festival every morning at 10 o'clock. Two military bands. . . . Lebanon Daily News (Lebanon, PA), May 10, 1883, n.p.n.

    The Circus Royal brought disappointment to an army of people here yesterday afternoon and evening. A majority of people had concluded that it was a humbug show, nevertheless as many as could be seated went in the afternoon, and as many as went met with a very clever disappointment. The exhibition was pronounced excellent by everybody, and as some of our exchanges have said, the Circus Royal is all that it advertised. Its menagerie is large enough and contains a good variety of animals. Its ring performances are as extensive as any audience wish to see. It is a good show. Meadville (Pa.) Evening Republican . . . Lebanon Daily News (Lebanon, PA), May 19, 1883, p. 1.

    Johnstown, Pa., June 19. O'Brien's circus was attacked by hoodlums last night. Four were arrested by special officers, but the rowdies rallied to the rescue of their friends in large numbers and pelted the police with brickbats and compelled them to let go the prisoners. Wellsville Daily Reporter (Wellsville, NY), June 20, 1883, p. 1.

    John O'Brien's Circus in Louisville, Ky., the past week, is said to have done light business. A local journal says: "A sickly procession passed through some of the streets, and there was but a scant audience. In the afternoon several writs and attachments were gotten out and served in the evening." New York Clipper, September 1, 1883, p. 386.

    John O'Brien's circus and menagerie finished its summer tour in Michigan a few days ago, and reached Frankford, Philadelphia, on Friday morning last. Bucks County Gazette (Bristol, PA), October 25, 1883, n.p.n.

    O'Brien, Handenberger & Astley's will take the road in April, 1884. People wanted in every branch. A one-third interest can be bought cheap, at half its value. Address O'Brien, Handenberger & Astley, Frankford, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, November 10, 1883, p. 567.

1884:

    Billposters, agents, sideshow attractions, performers and musicians are wanted for O'Brien, Handenberger & Astley's show. New York Clipper, February 23, 1884, p. 831.

    O'Brien, Hardenberger & Astley have just bought Martino Lowande's Brazilian Circus, have engaged all the performers connected with that show, and will make "a grand consolidation" soon to take the road. O. J. Boyd is their agent. New York Clipper, March 22, 1884, pp. 6-7.

    The circus and menagerie of O'Brien, which exhibited here yesterday, was rather a one-horse affair throughout. People were kept waiting on the sidewalk until nearly noon to see an apology for a parade, but with this meagre display on the streets, the performances were fairly patronized. There was some good acting occasionally, but the entertainment did not continue very long. Chester Times (Chester, PA), April 15, 1884, n.p.n.

    Signor Lowanda, magician and illusionist, and Madame Lowanda, mind-reader, are to go with the O'Brien Six-show. New York Clipper, April 19, 1884, p. 71.

    [Advertisement] O'Brien's Six Shows. Handenberger's German Menageries, Astley's London Aquariums, joined with Lawanda's [sic] Great Brazilian Circus. Will exhibit at Bristol, Wednesday, April 30th. Lady equestriennes, 27 gymnasts, 6 male riders, 5 clowns, 50 athletes, Russian voltiguers, Hindoo snake charmers, French acrobats, Comanche Indians, Zulus and Arabs. Magnificent menagerie. Grand street parade. Five tableau cars, 49 gilded dens, 2 bands of music, jubilee singers, Mardi-Gras festival, etc. Admission 50 cents. Children, 25 cents. . . . Bucks County Gazette (Bristol, PA), April 24, 1884, n.p.n.

    O'Brien, Handenberger, Astley & Lowanda's Six Big Railroad Shows. Officers: John O'Brien, proprietor; Nate Davis, manager; Geo. Irwin, assistant manager; C. Farrell, treasurer; Martinho Lowanda, equestrian director. Advertising agents and billposters: O. J. Boyd, advance manager; J. Kennedy, general advertising agent . . . Company: riders - Martinho Lowanda, Mollie Brown, bareback; Willie Lowanda, somersault; Toney Lowanda, pad . . . Clowns: trick and knockabout clown, Sam Long; James Ward Spanish clown . . . New York Clipper, June 14, 1884, p. 206.

    While O'Brien's Circus was in Ticonderoga, N.Y., recently, about a dozen of the employes struck for higher wages. Their demand was refused, and they quit work. Some of them obtained employment. A few evenings afterward they gave a free athletic street performance, and then passed around the hat, meeting with liberal reward. New York Clipper, July 12, 1884, p. 270.

    While O'Brien's circus was in town last week fears were expressed that many of the horses were affected with contagious diseases and all the public fountains were shut off to prevent their drinking where other horses were compelled to drink. It seems that when the circus reached Taunton, Thursday, it was found that the horses were in bad condition and suffering from glanders. Two of the horses were ordered to be killed and others to be isolated. The whole show ought to be arrested and the proprietor severely fined for traveling about the country with such horses. Newport Mercury (Newport, RI), August 16, 1884, p. 1.

1885:

    O'Brien, Handenberger & Astley Six United Shows open the season in Washington, D.C., April 18(?), for one week, Baltimore to follow for ten days. One of the features of the show the coming season is the reduced price of admission, which is twenty-five cents to all. M. B. Cowles is engaged as contracting agent. The show will run two advertising cars with thirty billposters and Chas. E. White is superintendent of the advertising department. New York Clipper, April 11, 1885, p. 56.

    [Advertisement] O'Brien, Astley & Co.'s New First-Class Circus and Menagerie, coming to Trenton, April 30th and May 1st. Admission to all only 25 cents. Circus, arenic, equestrian, acrobatic and athletic performances in a single ring. M'lle Lotta Aymar, M'lle La Favre, Senorita Mario Otterro, M'lle Francisco Luna, Albardo Lowanda, Monsieur Rivers, the La Rue Family (William, George and John), R. Whitaker, the Elton Brothers, Willie Edwards, Curio and Castor, Sigs. Domingo Abero and Constantinus. And scores of others, some late from the great Brazilian Circus. Traine Castilian Dogs of Signor Abero. The zoological department contains rare specimens, among which is Empress, the largest and best performing elephant. A new pavilion, large enough to accomodate everybody, with comfortably upholstered reserve seats. . . . Trenton Times (Trenton, NJ), April 23, 1885, n.p.n.

1886:

    O'Brien's Circus will show in Chester on May 15. O'Brien's comes with the old-time one ring performance. In addition to the performing animals and trained dogs, there is a large corps of equestrienne artists, trapezists, tumblers, bareback riders and vaulters. Daring feats in riding, on the flying trapeze and on the sawdust arena will be given. The corps of clowns is headed by Jim Ward, who has been identified with this show for years. The menagerie is large and contains many wild beasts. The admission fee has been placed at the very low figure, 10 cents, with reserved seats at 25 cents extra. Chester Times (Chester, PA), May 11, 1886, n.p.n.

    John O'Brien's New Great Metropolitan Circus and Menagerie will exhibit in Chester, May 15. A mammoth menagerie, twelve performing elephants . . . Arelando(?) Lowande, somersault horseman; Mlle. Teresa Nubia, flying trapeze; Mademoiselle Julia, bareback equestrienne; Senorita Mario Ottero, equestrienne; Sig. Martino Lowande, Brazilian two, four and five horse rider; Luke Rivers, impersonator of the "Pete Jenkins"; M'lle Josaphina, equestrienne; Mademoiselle Merietta, equestrienne; William B. Marks, bareback rider; La Rue Brothers, Willie, George and John; James Ward, Wash Antonie, Signor Aberea, the Edward Brothers, . . . [Advertisement] Chester Times (Chester, PA), May 13, 1886, n.p.n.

    Lancaster, Pa., July 19. O'Brien's circus was stranded at Downingtown Saturday. The show was billed for Christiana, but owing to the fact that Mr. O'Brien was unable to pay his frieght bill from New Holland to Downingtonw, the Pennsylvania Railroad Company refused to haul the cars any further and they were side-tracked at Downingtown. The railroad company finally agreed to transfer the cars to Philadelphia and hold them there until the freight bill was paid. After the show in Downingtown, on Friday night, the cornet band struck for wages due, alleging that O'Brien had not paid them daily according to contract, and an attachment was issued by Squire Johnston against the pole wagon. The matter was finally settled, and the trouble with the railroad company followed during the day. The show's western trip has been abandoned. Rome Daily Sentinel (Rome, NY), July 19, 1886, p. 1.

1888:

    Grand Circus Royal. Wanted, circus people in all branches, boss canvasman, sideshow talker, sideshow and concert people. Address Grand Circus Royal, Frankford, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 112.

    Taunton, Massachusetts. O'Brien's Circus Royal play here July 2, 3, at 10 cents admission. New York Clipper, July 7, 1888, p. 266.

    E. H. Davis informs us that he is no longer connected with the Circus Royal, having left them in Worcester, Mass., to assume the general charge of the advertising with the Doris-Sullivan Show. New York Clipper, June 30, 1888, p. 251.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

O'Brien & Connelly - 1890 (or Connolley)

    Call. Performers, curios, musicians and all people engaged for O'Brien & Connelly's Casino, Circus, Museum and Theatre, will report at Casino Museum, Pittsburg, Pa., Thursday, May 1(?). for rehearsal. Show opens May ?. We still want two E-flat cornets and one tuba, playing double ___, for concert. O'Brien & Connelly, proprietors, E. W. Connelly, manager. P. S. Wanted, good animal men and elephant trainer. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 110.

    On the Road, Circuses: O'Brien & Connoly's. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 162.

    Albert Sylvester, contortionist, opened with the O'Brien & Connelly Circus May ? for the season. Willie Kern is engaged to do principal horizontal bars. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

M. O'Connor's - 1870   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1870

1870:

• Michael O'Connor & Co.'s Great Western Circus organized in Galesburg, Illinois in 1870. More information on the 1870-71 show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 5, pp. 25, 26, 28.

• O'Conner's show exhibited at Erie, Kansas on July 19, 1870, then at Osage Mission [now St. Paul] on July 20. The show featured La Petite Minnie; acrobat Adolph Gonzales who throws 100 consecutive somersaults; R. W. Beswick, leaper, tumbler and vaulter; the Austin Bros., trapeze performers; C. Lee Fowler, clown. Other performers were Ed Schofield, Geo. North, J. S. Keys, Masters Harry and Fred, and trick mules and educated ponies. Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 50-51.

• O'Connor's Great Western Circus was advertised to play Chetopa, Kansas, July 23, 1870. The advertisement claimed 100 men and 110 horses, listed riders La Petite Minnie, George North and J. S. Key. Bandwagon, July-August, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 4, p. 36.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Odell & Co.'s American Circus - 1860

• 1860: online at Clipper, February 18 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Della O'Dell's

• The Della O'Dell show was out in 1925. Bandwagon, May-June, 1977, p. 11.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Della O'Dell, Karl Larkin and Shojiro Uyeno, owners, 1926.

• Show listed in Sturtevant's List of Circuses, 1925-26, Karl Larkie and Shojiro Ureno, owners.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Odyssey - 1977, 1984-85

1977: Produced by Ed Migley, the show toured Puerto Rico until April 3, when it played Rhode Island. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, p. 38.

1984: Ed Migley's Circus Odyssey was in Puerto Rico in early January, and then played Shrine dates in the U.S. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 14.

1985: Ed Migley's Circus Odyssey played Shrine dates in the East and spent a month in Puerto Rico early in the year. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 13.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ogden's - 1890-92

1890: On the Road, Circuses: C. T. Ogden's . . . New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 741.

1891:

    Ogden's, Chas F. Charleston, S.C., Dec. 29-Jan. 3. New York Clipper, January 3, 1891, p. 675.

    Chas. Parker(?), Frank Leroy and Wakely(?) have rejoined Chas. Ogden's Show. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.

    Wanted people for Chas. Ogden's Show in all lines of circus business, except riding. Concert people also. Side show and other privileges to let. Address Chas. Ogden, care of Ogend's Show, Newberry, S. Carolina. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 54.

    George E. Merrill has closed with Chas. Ogden's Circus and joined Dr. Tremaine's Co. May 14. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    On the road, circuses: Chas. Ogden's, Lincolnton, N. C. May 27, 28, Newton 29, Hickory 30. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    On the road, miscellaneous: Chas. Ogden's, Henrietta, NC July 1, Marion 4. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

    Wanted, for Chas. Ogden's Show, gymnasts and good specialty people and black face people, those doing two or more turns. Also good serio comic, who does good wing(?) dancing. P.S. a wagon show. Write Radford, Va. to Chas. T. Ogden, care of Ogden's Show. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 378.

1892: Prof. Chas. T. Ogden's new tent shows will take the road April 1, traveling by rail. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

O'Halloran Circus - 1916, 1918-19 or O'Holloran (various spellings)

1918:

    Gertrude Da Coma, iron jaw performer, will again be with the O'Hallaran Circo, playing Cuba, in her offering as The Human Top. Her permanent address is De Avila, Cuba. Billboard, November 16, 1918, p. 26.

    Dave Castello and wife, who closed with the Ringling Bros. Circus, with two horses and a groom, sailed for Havana Cuba, October 29, to join the O'Holloran Circus for the winter months. Other American performers with the O'Holloran organization are Ed Lanole and wife, Gertrude De Coma and Captain Schnell's lion act. Billboard, November 23, 1918, p. 52.

• Information on the 1916, 1919 O'Halloran show, see Billboard, 1916, 1919 - multiple items, use find or scroll down.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Barney O'Hearn World Wide Circus - 1946   Show is listed for 1946 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses

    Wilmar, Calif., March 2. Barney O'Hearn, West Coast transportation contractor, is framing a new truck circus to be known as the Barney O'Hearn World Wide Circus. James R. O'Hearn will be treasurer and handle the office. Show will travel on 10 trucks and trailers and will also carry two buses. Latter will be reconverted into sleeping quarters for the band and workingmen. Big top will be a 70 foot round top, with two 30 foot middles and a 45 foot middle piece. Side show will be 40 by 60 feet with an all-new banner front. A small pit show will be carried, together with candy stands in front. Fred Foster is breaking in new stock, which includes pony drill and six-horse liberty act. Rudy Jacobi, last year with Mills Bros.' Circus and formerly with Arthur Bros.' Circus and other motorized shows as sideshow manager, will handle the advance. Billboard, March 9, 1946, p. 66.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Oklahoma Bill's Wild West - 1913-14   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913-16

1913: Oklahoma Bill's Wild West and Indian Congress - Major C. F. Rhodes, proprietor and manager; J. E. Orr, assistant manager; Thos. Moore, press agent back with show; Fred Cox, equestrian director; R. C. Wade, general superintendent; Prof. John P. Patricoki, musical director; E. Orr, superintendent reserved seat tickets; T. White, superintendent canvas; Nelson H. Butler, boss hostler; John Thomas, superintendent commissary department; Harry Moore, superintendent ring stock; Tell Dale, superintendent working crew; Teddy White, blacksmith. Show opens at Point Breeze Park, Philadelphia, Pa., May 17. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Oklahoma Bill's Wild West & Annex: Major C. F. Rhodes, proprietor & manager; H. C. McIntyre, assistant manager; Mrs. C. F. Rhodes, treasurer; Jas. Garde, manager side show; H. C. McIntyre, equestrian director; Samuel Thompson, general supt.; Arizona Jack, supt. privileges; H. Burns, sutp. reserved seat tickets; Jas. White, supt. canvas; Daniel A. Byrd, boss hostler; John Thomas, supt. commissary dept.; Thos. Wealey, supt. props.; Joe Young, boss carpenter; Edw. Hale, announcer. Show opens with Washburn's Carnival Co., at Chester, Pa., May 4. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Oklahoma Historical Wild West - 1889

    Roster of the Oklahoma Historical Wild West Exhibition: De Forest Davis, general agent; Frank Albright, press agent; G. Kohlund, contracting agent; Ben Vose(?), in charge of first car; boss billposter, Dave Carroll, with the following assistants: H. Smedling, G. Barrett, Jno. Hunt, Ike Lemons, Ed Flaherty, Jack McCue(?), Tom Burns; lithographer, John Flood; banner painter, V. Williams; engineer, Chas. Snyder; programmer, L. Dunham. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 138.

• Information on the 1889 Oklahoma Historical Wild West is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 36-40.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Old Dominion - 1911-16, 1919   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-24

1911: Keller Iseminger, owner and manager of the sideshow with the Great Keystone Shows, closed at Big Island, Va., October 31, and is now at his home in Funkstown, Md., making preparations to take out a wagon show season 1912, under the name of the Old Dominion Shows and Museum. Billboard, November 25, 1911, p. 27.

1912: Old Dominion Show - E. K. Iseminger, mgr.; Mrs. Frank Trilbey, treas.; James Grimsley, general agent; Lay trilbey, mgr. side show; Frank Trilbey, equestrian director; Ezra Keller, general supt.; Ross C. Doyon, supt. privileges; Ed. Tidler, musical director; H. M. Sites, supt. reserved seat tickers; Allen R. Reed, supt. canvas; Ambros Hockenberry, supt. commissary dept.; James Pace, supt. lights; Wm. Fisher, supt. properties; K. Iseminger, supt. ring stock; George Kidd, supt. stock; Max Holiday, supt. working crew; Ben Talbert, blacksmith. Show opens at Funkstown, Md., April 24. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

1913: Old Dominion Show - E. Keller Iseminger, proprietor and manager; Wm. E. George, assistant manager; Clare George; treasurer; Eloise Deupree, secretary; Harry Germaine, general agent; Geo. W. Gregory, manager sideshow; Ezra Keller, equestrian director; Geo. Chandler, general superintendent; Amros Hockenberry, superintendent privileges; Wm. LaDaller, musical director; Grace George, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Robt. House, superintendent canvas; Ralph Harne, boss hostler; Wm. Wiley superintendent lights; K. Iseminger, superintendent ring stock; Geo. Kidd, superintendent stock; Arlie Miller, superintendent working crew; Capt. Umphry, superintendent animals; B. J. Talbert, blacksmith; Andy Thumser, announcer. Show opens at Funkstown, Md., April 3. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Old Dominion Show: E. Keller Iseminger, proprietor & manager; Ezra Keller, assistant manager; Lotta Maginley, treasurer; Mrs. J. L. Reh, secretary; Clyde Mallory, general agent; John L. Reh, manager sideshow; M. H. Iseminger, equestrian director; J. J. Ray-Dee, general supt.; Andy Thumser, supt. privileges; E. L. Knode, musical director; Eddie Maginley, supt. reserved seat tickets; Rodney Dixon, supt. canvas; Reichard Domer, boss hostler; Ada L. Iseminger, supt. commissary dept.; Ralph Horne, supt. lights; Harry Loving, supt. ring stock; Robt. Peacher, supt. working crew; Ambrose Hockenberry, 24-hour agent; Calvin Bierly, blacksmith; J. L. Reh, announcer. Show opens at Funkstown, Md., April 4. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

1915: George W. Gregory has signed his Big Sideshow with the Old Dominion Shows for the season of 1915, making his third season with this outfit. Mr. Gregory will have a new tent and a double-deck banner front, and in the show will be found Prof. Deltino, magician; George Waldo, Punch and Judy; Flora Deltino (Deitino?), sword ladder; the Gregorys, impalement act; Florence Gregory, snake enchantress; G. W. Gregory, ventriloquist. Mr. Gregory will make the opening and inside lectures. This is Gregory's fifteenth season on the road, with experience from a school house show to a thirty car show. For the past few seasons he has been operating his sideshow with overland circuses. The Old Dominion Shows will make a tour of Virginia, West Virginia, Pennsylvania and Maryland. Billboard, April 10, 1915, p. 23.

1916: Old Dominion Show. E. Keller Iseminger, proprietor & manager; Ezra Keller, asst. manager; E. K. Iseminger, treasurer; Florence Gregory, secretary; Wm. J. Whitten, general agent; G. W. Gregory, manager sideshow; Ed Keller, general supt.; Ada Iseminger, supt. reserved seat tickets; Ralph Harne, supt. canvas; Elmer Cramer, boss hostler; Joe Dent, supt. commissary dept.; Tom Peters, supt. lights; M. H. Iseminger, supt. ring stock; Ed Keller, supt. stock; Wm. Huges, supt. working crew; B. J. Talbert, boss carpenter; Calvin Bierly, blacksmith; G. W. Gregory, announcer. Show opens at Funkstown, Maryland, April 8(?). Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

• The Old Dominion show was an overland show, usually carrying 24 people, 30 horses, 5 piece band, dogs, monkeys and several cages. Big top was 60x94 and the show had an annex. The show wintered in Funkstown, Maryland every year. In 1919-11 the show remained out 12 months. The show featured [probably 1913] the Gregorys, knife throwers in sideshow; Raydee, wire, traps, contortion; Three Georges, aerialists and sideshow; Ambrose, man who swallowed his face, traps, rings, contortion; Andy Thumser, juggling, clown; Aerial Maginleys, man and wife; J. Leonard Reh and wife, comedy and bird act, singing dog, Punch and magic. White Tops, July-August, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 7-8, p. 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Old Dominion - 1914-15 (Canada)

1914: Winter quarters. Old Dominion Show, Weeks & Townsley, proprietors; 328 St. Lawrence st., Montreal, Quebec, Canada. Billboard, December 26, 1914, p. 44.

1915: Work is now being rushed at the winter quarters of the Old Dominion Shows in Montreal, Canada. Four new wagons and an air calliope will be added this season. During the recent automobile show at Montreal, Mr. Towsley purchased two automobiles, one of which will be used back with the show and one for advance puropses. Instead of the oldtime sideshow, a 10-in-1 show will be carried. Thirty head of baggage stock will move the outfit. Red Arbuthnot, who was with the Snow Shows last season, will have charge of all canvas. Practically all the performers with the Old Dominion last season will be back. Spider Kelly is putting the dogs and ponies through their stunts daily. Although conditions in Canada are not very good at present, we are looking forward to a fairly good 1915 season. Billboard, March 6, 1915, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

P. A. Older's - 1852, 1870-72, 1874, 1877, 1880

1852:

    [Advertisement] Great United States Circus. The magnificent equestrian troupe of Older & Co. will exhibit their celebrated performances in Fort Wayne, on Monday, June 14th, 1852. Equestrian manager, W. Waterman, clown, Puss Horner.
    The great popularity of this establishment and the general satisfaction given in the performances, render an introduction scarcely necessary to the public. The proprietors, however, would call attention to the fact that, in order to render their exhibition still more attractive and worthy of patronage, they have engaged some of the most celebrated equestrians in the world, and expended a vast amount of money in decorations, trappings, wardrobe, and general paraphernlia, rendering their circus the most pleasing, and containing the largest amount of talent ever seen in this country.
    The famous French equestrian, Mons. Germani, better known as the jongleur volante, exhibiting an interesting display of equilibriums on horse back. The elegant, fascinating, and youthful patrician artiste, M'lle Marietta, first lady equestrienne of this age. Her beautiful horse, trained by herself, is from the finest stock in Europe, and has been for years the greatest favorite at Franconi's in Paris. Ladies who desire to excel in this invigorating and graceful exercise, should not lose the opportunity of witnessing the achievements of this artiste.
    Also, Mrs. W. Chambers, Mr. W. Waterman, Mr. H. Buckley, Mr. W. Cole, Mr. J. Sholes, Mr. A. Burtnette, Mr. J. Bunnells, Mr. W. Chambers - together with a number of others attached to the arena of equal celebrity. A brilliant brass band led by one of the performers of the age, F. C. Steele.
    Added to these attractions, the interior of the exhibition pavilion will be fitted up and arranged in elegant and commodious manner; a brilliant light will be diffused around every part; the most purient decorum maintained, both in language and in costume, and action; and every facility afforded for the comfort and delight of the most refined and respectable audiences, for whom alone the proprietors exclusively cater. Admission. Boxes 50 cents; pit 25 cents. Children under 10 years of age, half price to boxes. No half price to pit. Performances to commence at 7 1/2 o'clock, p.m. Doors open half an hour previously. Fort Wayne Times (IN), June 3, 1852, n.p.n.

1870:

    [Advertisement] Older's Gigantic Menagerie, Instructive Museum and Mammoth Circus. Maquoketa, Monday, Oct. 17. Three performances given for one price of admission, all under one grand four centre-pole canvas. Doors to museum and menagerie open one hour before circus performance commences, giving an opportunity to visit the famous Cardiff Giant, the Sea Cow, a zoological wonder; the snow white double humped camels, and hundreds of wild and disciplined animals from all parts of the world, and then retire if they chose before any arenic entertainment takes place.
    The Cretan lady gymnast, Madam Sanyeah, makes her mid-air flight, from centre pole to centre pole, a distance of over one hundred feet in Older's Monster Triple Show. Look out for the procession about 10 o'clock. Over a mile of gorgeously painted carriages, cars, and cages, drawn by nearly two hundred horses, comparisoned with rich covering, which are ornamented with 7,000 dazzling mirrors. Admission 50 cts. Children under ten year of age, 25 cts. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. J. L. Hutchinson, director of publication. J. M. Chandler, general agent. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA) October 13, 1870, n.p.n.

1871:

    [Advertisement] Older's Museum, Circus and Menagerie, at Waterloo, Saturday, April 22d, 1871. Look out for the famous Cardiff Giant or petrified man, seen without extra charge in the museum department. Also in the museum, monster gorilla. A living horned horse, a savage sea cow, two snow white double humped sacred bactrian camels. The baby elephant, Tom Thumb, only 40 inches in height.
    The athletic corps is headed by the lady gymnast, Sanyeah, in her mid-air flight of nearly one hundred feet in distance. Senorita Vincenta, Spanish three horse equestrienne, riders three bare back wild Arabian steeds. Geo. Holland, somersault horseman. Willie Showles, smallest child rider, rides four bareback ponies. Mr. and Mrs. Showles. Hopper and Madden, clowns. Nelcourt Brothers, acrobats. Jerry Hopper, on stilts eleven feet high. Lewis, Henri, Gallagher and Spence.
    Doors to museum and menagerie open one hour before the arenic performance, giving visitors ample time to view the wonders of nature. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years old, 25 cents. P. A. Older, proprietor. L. Tilden, manager. W. R. McLane, assistant manager and treasurer. J. M. Chandler, general agent. Waterloo Courier (IA), April 20, 1871, n.p.n.

    Particulars of a serious disaster to Older's circus, at Reedsburg, Saulk county, on Thursday morning: Older's show combined a circus, museum and menagerie, and consequently required some 150 horses for the transportation of the wagons and cages. After entertaining the people at Reedsburg Wednesday, at night eighty horses were provided with quarters under three large tents on the place of exhibition, each containing respectively 25, 27 and 28 horses. About 8 o'clock in the morning, when nearly ready to start for Baraboo, the canvas men and drivers went to the hotel for breakfast, leaving no one in charge but a hostler belonging to one of the side shows. Shortly after their departure the tent on the eastern extreme of the line, filled with straw to the depth of three feet for bedding purposes, caught fire from a torch, which upset in the straw, which was at once ablaze, the flames spreading with great rapidity through the tent, and communicated almost instantly to two adjoining tents. The regular watchman was not at his post of duty, but one of the attendants discovered the fire almost as soon as it stared, and proceeded as rapidly as possible to cut the halters that fastened the horses and let them loose. Notwithstanding all efforts to save them, forty-two of the noble animals were badly burned by the devouring element. Eighteen of the number were burned to death on the spot, or were so badly injured that it became a work of mercy to end their sufferings by shooting them, some having their eyes burned out, some entirely skinned, and others with their hoofs so badly burned that blood streamed from their feet at every step. Twenty-four more were so badly burned that it was necessary to leave them behind, and probably many of them will die. The whole scene is represented as horrible and sickening beyond human description. The horses numbered 87, nearly half of them agonized by the burns they had received, were running at lightning speed in all directions, endeavoring to escape from the comsuming element which had preyed upon their poor bodies, or made them wild with affright. Several of the poor animal, wild with excitement and pain, strayed off into the country, and were found between three and four miles from the scene of the disaster.
    The horses injured were all draught horses, and do not include any of those which appear in the ring. These, of course, can be replaced, and the performances of the circus will in no degree be lessened by the calamity. The loss to Mr. Older is estimated at $8,000 to $10,000. The main tent containing the menagerie was located at some distance from the ill fated tent, and therefore escaped destruction. Wisconsin State Journal (Madison, WI), September 25, 1871, p. 1.

1872:

    [Advertisement] Older's Museum, Circus and Menagerie will exhibit at Sedalia, Thursday, July 4th, three exhibitions, 10 a.m. and 1 & 7 p.m. Not a railroad show, travels by wagons. 150 horses used to transport it through the country, an army of men employed, about 125 in number. See the monster whale, sea tiger, sea dog, seals, sea cow, baby elephant only fifty inches in height, dens of wild animals, a host of monkeys, over 300 tropical birds. See the Sanyeahs, single and double trapeze, flying leaps, feats of strength on the flying rings. Museum and menagerie in separate compartments from the circus. Orchestral and cornet band, led by Prof. Linderhaus. Admission 50 cts, children under 10, 25 cts. P. A. Older, proprietor and general director. W. R. McLane, manager. S. Brady, assistant manager and receive of tickets. Frank Stevens, treasurer. Robt. W. Fryer, equestrian director. Prof. Lederhaus, musical director. J. M. Chandler, general agent. P. A. Alexander, assistant agent. Daily Democrat (Sedalia, MO), June 26, 1872, n.p.n.

1874: Privileges for sale with Circus and Menagerie by wagon. Start from Shreveport, La., April 1. Address P. A. Older, manager. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 14, 1874, p. 399.

1877:

    Partner wanted, with small amount of money, for a new sensational canvas show, copyrighted for 1877. Write or call me at the Commercial Hotel, Chicago, Ill., for two weeks, after that Independence, Ia., P. A. Older. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, January 6, 1877, p. 328.

    Wanted, a lady for outside ascension, one with other specialties preferred. Address Older & Turner, Independence, Iowa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 13, 1877, p. 336.

    The circus run by Messrs. Older of Independence and a gentleman from Richmond, Ind., has gone to the wall. It met its death at Springfield, Tennessee. Waterloo Courier (IA), July 18, 1877, n.p.n.

1880: P. A. Older & Co. want curiosities for a Winter season, commencing Nov. 1. New York Clipper, October 9, 1880, p. 227.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Older & Chandler - 1873   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1873 (Great Trans-Atlantic)

    The Victorelli Family are engaged for P. A. Older's Circus, Museum and Menagerie. H. Victorelli. New York Clipper, March 1, 1873, p. 384.

    Older & Chandler's Transatlantic Circus is to perform at Kansas City, Mo., May 2. New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, p. 23.

    Trans-Atlantic Circus, Museum and Menagerie. P. A. Older, president; W. R. McLane, manager; Sam Brady, assistant manager; Frank Frost, Page Buckley, Mr. Collins. New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 27.

    The Transatlantic Show, under the management of Older & Chandler, is billed to exhibit at Houston, Texas, Aug. 8, Huntsville 9, Crockett 11, Palestine 12, Tyler 13, Longview 14, Shreveport, La., 15, 16. They will then take wagons and travel through Texas, Louisiana and Arkansas. New York Clipper, August 9, 1873, p. 151.

    The Transatlantic Circus collapsed recently, and the effects are being sold at Shreveport, La. New York Clipper, September 13, 1873, p. 191.

• The show was in Kansas in May and July, 1873, billed as the Great Trans-Atlantic Exposition, Museum, Circus, Menagerie, Aviary, Aquarium and Grand European Hippodrome. They claimed 100,000 curiosities, a menagerie of 500 wild animals, 100 star performers in two rings, with the pavilion illuminated by 5,000 gas jets. More on the show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 22-23.

• An article on the 1873 Great Trans-Atlantic Exposition is in Bandwagon, November-December, 2005, Vol. 49, No. 6, pp. 38-42.

• An article on the demise of the 1873 Older & Chandler Great Trans-Atlantic show is in White Tops, July-August, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 7-8, pp. 3-4.

• See Great Trans-Atlantic Exposition.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Older & Crane - 1884

    People in all branches of the circus business are wanted to travel with Older, Crane & Co.'s Circus. Curiosities and sideshow people and outside ascensionist are also wanted. Addres manager P. A. Older, Independence, Iowa, or G. J. Crane, general director and treasurer, Montevideo, Minn. New York Clipper, February 23, 1884, pp. 831, 837.

    Will A. Innes will be general agent of Alden [sic Older], Crane & Co.'s New York Circus, which will open the season in Sioux City, Ia., May 10, traveling through the Northwest. New York Clipper, April 12, 1884, p. 55.

    Older, Crane & Co.’s New York Circus, Museum and Congress of Trained Animals. Officers - Older, Crane & Co. sole proprietors; P. A. Older, manager; George J. Crane, general director; A. Leshler, treasurer; John La Rue, equestrian director; Will A. Innes, general agent; Sumner Burroughts, assistant agent; Glen White, lithographer; Lew Coleman, Al. Weston, Edward Granger, Wm. Tucker and John Roberts, billposters; C. T. Henderson, master of canvas; George Blake, assistant master of canvas; . . . P. C. Walker, master of transportation; Rufus Chapin, manager of privileges; James Palmer, manager sideshow; Prof. Cummings, descriptive lecturer; leader first band, Prof. Charles Bliss, with 15 men; leader second band, Prof. Graves, with 10 colored juveniles. Clowns - George J. Crane, Ben Snow, Wm. Maurittus, John La Rue, Willie La Rue. Company - Riders: Clarinda Lampkin, Julia Lowande, Mlle. Elsie, Edward Shipp, Charles Young. Gymnasts: The La Rue Family, four in number; Philip Farnum, Dick Farnum, Wm. Maurittus. Aerial artists: St. Clair Bros., Charles F. Orville; Floyd St. Clair, principal leaper; Frelando, juggler; Rich Dialo, fire-king. Specialists: Mlle. Elsie’s two performing white stallions, Prof. Charles Young’s performing horses, ponies and riding goats; Ben Snow’s performing and riding dogs and leaping grayhounds; Senorita Alba Winta, wire ascensionist; Harry G. Lampkin, equilibrist. Sideshow people - Augusta Livingston, tattooed lady; Miss Owens, long-haired lady; Mme. King, fat woman; Irene, midget; Welsh’s Punch-and-Judy; Prof Cummings’ “Rhoda” and “Mythia.” New York Clipper, May 3, 1884.

    Among the features to be seen with the New York Circus, Museum and Congress of Trained Animals, which exhibits in this city Monday, May 12, are: Only colord juvenile band in America; snow white performing stallions; performing ponies; troupe of performing dogs; riding goats; Ben Snow, laughing son of Momus, whose hat spinning feats are astounding; the Brazilian queen of the bareback steed, Senorita Clarinda Lampkin; M'lle Julia Lowande, equestrienne; Charles Bliss' Parisian band; Edward Shipp, hurdle rider; Harry G. Lampkin, equilibrist, feats with the dancing barrel, table and wheel; Wm. Maurittus, king of clubs; the LaRue family, gymnasts; Floyd St. Clair, double-somersault, long-distance leaper; La Rue's, French clowns; Frelando, Egyptian juggler; La Perche Equipoise,; St. Claire Brothers, flying trapeze; Dialo, fire king; four funny clowns; countless giants, midgets, tatooed people, etc. A grant street demonstration at 12:30 o'clock on day of exhibition. [Older, Crane & Co.'s New York Circus] Le Mars Daily Sentinel (Le Mars, IA), May 6, 1884, n.p.n.

    From Grand Rapids Lever. The New York Circus, Museum and Congress of Trained Animals gave the best show ever seen in this city. The equestrian act of M'lle.Clarinda Lampkin fairly captivated the audience. She appears performing difficult feats on the bareback horse. The La Rue family are wonderful, while Dialo, the fire king, is a modern Vulcan, and apparently relishes his meal of red-hot iron. Maurittus is a master of the clubs; Edward Shipp, the hurdle rider, is daring; M'lle Julia Lowande is a star as a bareback equestrienne. A bevy of clowns are led by George J. Crane. . . . Sioux County Herald (Orange City, IA), May 8, 1884, n.p.n.

    On June 30, at Redwood Falls, Minn., Older, Crane & Co.'s Circus encountered a cyclone, which blew down the canvas and caused $800(?) damage. New York Clipper, July 19, 1884, p. 286.

    J. W. Palmer, an old sideshow man, who has been running a sideshow with Older, Crane & Co.'s Circus informs me the Older, Crane Circus has gone to pieces at Independence, Iowa, Aug. 12. New York Clipper, Septemer 13, 1884, p. 405.

Note: Note: Edward Shipp . . . In the spring of 1884 he went upon the road with the oldest showman in the world - Pa. A. Older . . . George J. Crane, who is now a prominent insurance man of Omaha, was then a partner of Mr. Older and furnished the money to carry on the business. . . . Miller, Rev. R. D., Past and Present of Mendard County, Illinois, Chicago: S. J. Clarke Publishing Co., 1905, p. 368.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Olinger Bros. - 1930-31

• This show was touring in 1930-31. Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, p. 8.; September-October, 1983, p. 15.

• Olinger Bros. Circus is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1927-34.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Oliver Bros. - 1896

    Oliver Bros. closed their season at Charleston, South Carolina, February 3, and shipped to winter quarters, Buffalo, New York. New York Clipper, February 15, 1896, p. 793.

    Oliver Bros.' side show: Grace Gilbert, Alexandra Clinton . . . and John Baker. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Oliver's Great Eastern - 1891-93

1891:

    Malveno has signed for the coming season with Oliver & Co.'s Wagon Show. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.

    Harry Barsey(?), for the past four season with Lock & Long's and Fred Long's Circuses, has signed for the coming season with Oliver & Palmer's Show, which opens May, 1, at Minneapolis. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.

    Wanted, Oliver & Co.'s Wagon Show. Good band of _ people; also performers that do _ or more turns. Those playing brass preferred. Also good advance agent. All privileges to let. Address Thos. Oliver, Minneapolis, Minn. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 85.

    Call. All people engaged for Oliver & Co.'s Show, report at Montevideo, Minn., Tuesday, May 12. Wanted, a few more good circus people. Address Thos. Oliver, Montevideo, Minn. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 162.

    Oliver's Great Eastern Shows opened to good business at Montevideo, Minn. May 16(?). Frank Fuller's silver cornet band is with the show. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.

    Wanted, musicians. Good, loud B flat cornet player that plays second violin, also trombone, valve or slide. Address Frank Fuller, leader, Oliver's Great Eastern Shows, Morwood, Minn. May 29, Green Isle 30, Arlington June 1, Gaylor 2. Permanent address Box __, Minneapolis, Minn. Also wanted to buy a troupe of trained dogs. Thos. Oliver, address above. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 210.

    Wanted, for Oliver's Great Eastern Show, strong man, bar team, good concert man that can double brass. Address Thos. Oliver, . . . Brownvally, Minn. 26, Graceville 17 . . . Morris July 1, Benson 4. Permanent address, Box 49, Minneapolis, Minn. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.

    Wanted, musicians. Strong E and B Cornet players, long season. First class accomodations. Write or wire. Frank Fuller, leader, Oliver's Great Eastern Circus, Menominee, Wis. July 25, Durand 27, Mondovi 28, Osseo 29, Augusta 30, Neillsville Aug 1, Marshall 2. Permanent address Box 49 Minneapolis, Minn. Wanted a few more good circus people, long season, address as above, Thos. Oliver. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 339.

    Notes from Oliver's Great Eastern Shows. We are playing to fine business through Minnesota and Wisconsin, and the people are all well and happy. Manager Williams, of Williams' Circus, visited the show at Hammond, Wis. The Timmerman Family paid us a visit at Princeton, Minn., when everybody had an enjoyable time. We are now in our fourteenth week to good business. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.

    F. P. Prescott, contracting agent for Oliver's Great Eastern Shows, reports good business through Wisconsin. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

    Notes from Oliver's Great Eastern Shows. We have been touring the Dakotas, Wisconsin, Minnesota and Manitoba. Business is wonderful. Our black clown horse, Prince, died Aug. 8(?). He was valued at $5,000(?), which is quite a loss to Mr. Oliver. . . . C. F. Covell and Thos. Oliver sustained severe injuries 13 by a burr coming off of one of the cages upon which they were asleep. Harry Barney leaves 28 to fill other engagements. He was presented with a handsome gold watch and chain by Thos. Oliver. All the company are well and happy. The roster is: Thos. Oliver, sole proprietor; W. M. Prescott representative, in advance . . . Harry Brandon, Geo. Fastic(?), Dad Gi??on, Leo Lane, Chip Slosson . . . Charles Link . . . Ed. Wilkins, C. F. Covell and Prof. Frank Fuller and band of twelve pieces. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.

    Oliver's Great Eastern Shows closed a satisfactory season of twenty-four weeks at Montevideo, Minn., Oct. 17. The show will be enlarged for next season. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 593.

1892:

    Happy Harry Barnes has signed with Oliver's Great Eastern Circus for 1892, making his second season with that show. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 795.

    J. M. Abbott, H. B. Mullane and Frank S. Read have signed with Oliver's Great Eastern Circus. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    . . . Harry Brandon and Grant Nichols have signed with Oliver's Great Eastern Circus. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    Oliver's Great Eastern Circus opened at Montevido [sic], Minn., April __. Splendid business is reported. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    Danny Darney goes with Oliver's(?) Circus. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    Wanted, quick, for Oliver's Great Eastern Circus, cornet player. Long season. Write or wire . . . New London, Minn. July 2, Murdock 4 . . . Hancock 6, Starbuck 7, Villard 8, Sauk Center 9. Address Box __, Minneapolis, Minn. Thos. Oliver. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 270.

    Wanted, quick, for Oliver's Great Eastern Circus, concert people, also tuba player. Summer and winter season. Wire Grand Forks, North Dakota, Aug 25, East Grand Forks, 26, Fisher, Minnesota, 27, Crookston 29, Red Lake Falls 30. Thos. Oliver. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 400.

    Oliver's Great Eastern Shows closed a successful season of twenty-four weeks Oct. 16 at Montevido [sic], Minn. Manager Oliver will put out a comedy company of eighteen people on Nov. 12. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.

    Prof. Hocum and the Slosson Bros. have signed with Oliver's Great Eastern Circus for the season of 1893, making their third season with that show. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

1893:

    James W. Tweed has signed with Oliver's Great Eastern Show. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.

    Edgar Geyer and wife go with Oliver's Great Eastern Show. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.

    Wanted, for Oliver's Great Shows, __ strong ring acts. Write or wire, . . . Lampere ND, June 12 . . . Lisbon 14, Sheldon 15. Permanent address, Box __, Minneapolis, Minn. Thos. Oliver. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 223.

    Oliver's World's Greatest Shows are doing good business through North Dakota, playing to the capacity of their large canvas. . . . A blow down happend at Clarement June 2(?). No one was injured, althoug the performance was in progress. The show was finished in the Kid Show top. . . . New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

    Wanted, for Oliver's Great Eastern Shows, one cornet, tuba and baritone. Summer and winter season. Wire or write: . . . Town Valley, Minn. July 25, Hawley 26 . . . Pelican Rapids 28, Fergus Falls 29. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 324.

    Wanted quick, ring act and snake charmer. Address Thos. Oliver . . . Melrose, Minn. Aug. 5 . . . Long Prairie 8 . . . New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 355.

    Prof. E. Y. Hocum, having closed a successful season with Oliver's Great Eastern Shows, is now resting at Milbank(?), S. Dak., where he has a large ___ of carpenters at work building a large ring barn in which, when completed, he will commence the training of his horses. He will also improve his wire act. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 510.

1894:

    Wanted, for Oliver's Great Eastern Shows. Horses, dogs, musicians, performers that double in band. Side show and candy stand to let. Thos. Oliver, Box __, Minneapolis, Minn. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 809.

    Call. All people engaged for Oliver's Great Eastern Shows. report at the ___, Montevideo, Minn. May __. Can use a few more good people. Thomas Oliver. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 142.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Olympia - 1992

Owner Hugo Zacchini changed his Olympic International Circus to the Circus Olympia title in 1992. It played Shrine and fair dates. Bandwagon, January-February, 1993, p. 13.

• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists Circus Olympia, 1991-1993, Hugo Zacchini, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Olympic International Circus - 1980, 1984-86, 1990

• An Olympic International Circus was out in 1974. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975.

1980: Owned by Eddie Zacchini. The show was under canvas for the Florida State Fair in February, 1980, but primarily their performance was in front of outdoor grandstands. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 14.

1984: The show played its usual Shrine dates, including Chicago, Nashville and some Florida towns. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 13.

1985: A three-ring show, it was at the Florida State Fair in February and also played Shrine dates during the season. It was a grandstand attraction at the Rodeo at Springdale, Arizona in July. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, pp. 12-13.

1986: Eddie Zacchini's show opened at the Florida State Fair in Tampa for 12 days in February. The remainder of the season the show played Shrine dates. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 14.

1990: Hugo Zacchini took over from his late brother Eddie. The Olympic International played Shrine dates after playing the Florida State Fair, February 7-18. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 16.

• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists Olympic International Circus owned by Edward Zacchini, 1978.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Cirque Olympique - 1864

• 1864: online at Clipper, May 21 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

O'Neil Bros. Circus - 1930

• This show was touring in 1930. Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. B. O'Neill's - 1921   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1921-28

    St. Louis, January 15. Work around the J. B. O'Neill Trained Animal Shows quarters is progressing nicely. All the wagons are being rebuilt and repainted and a number of new wagons are being added. The new advance wagon has arrived and is a beautiful piece of work. Eight new draft horses have arrived at quarters, also a number of Shetland ponies and a real bucking mule, which Mr. O'Neill purchased on his Southern trip. The show will go out this year on ten wagons, with one in advance. There will be a new spread of canvas from cookhouse to big top. The show last season traveled on eight wagons, with one in advance, and covered over 1,200 miles thru Illinois, Missouri, Kentucky and Tennessee. A number of the same stands will be played this season. William Kempsmith has again signed as general agent. Billboard, January 22, 1921, p. 65.

    The J. B. O'Neill Shows are playing to good business through Northern Illinois, despite much rain and bad roads. The show is transported on eight wagons, and one in advance. The staff comprises J. B. O'Neill, manager; Mrs. J. B. O'Neill, treasurer; Wm. Kempsmith, general agent with one billposter; F. Conley, equestrian director; H. Bauer, superintendent of lights; George Bauer, superintendent of stock; Robert Clark, boss canvasman; J. B. O'Neill Jr., superintendent of candy stands; Tommy Harris, side show; Mrs. F. H. Conley, reserved seats. Included in the big show program are O'Neill and Jarnell, rings and hand to hand balancing; Morris and Doyer, revolving ladder and traps; O'Neill's dogs and goats; Meyers Deck, iron jaw and rolling globe. F. H. Conley is producing clown, assisted by Duke Evans and son and Morris and Doyer. - Wm. Kempsmith (show representative) Billboard, June 4, 1921, p. 103.

    The J. B. O'Neill Show closed a fairly good season at Odin, Illinois, October 15, and went into winter quarters at Carlyle, Illinois. The staff, performers and working crew remain the same all season. The show had but one blowdown, and one accident. Wm. St. Clair, boss hostler, was bruised in a fall and had to be removed to a hospital in St. Louis. Reports say that he is doing well. Mrs. Conley's high school ponies left for St. Louis to play time booked out of that city. - Wm. Kempsmith (agent on show). Billboard, October 22, 1921, p. 106.

• James B. O'Neill show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1921 - circa 1926.

• Note: This show is found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard, and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Orange Bros.; Moon Bros.; Orange Bros.-Moon Bros.

• Honest Bill Newton Jr. (William Newton) used the Orange Bros. & Moon Bros. title in 1926. He used the Orange Bros. title in 1925, and used Moon Bros. in 1927. Bandwagon, March-April, 1969, p. 2.

• Orange Bros. show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1925, and Orange Bros.-Moon Bros., 1926, Wm. Newton Jr., proprietor.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

A. C. Orcutt's - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909

    A. C. Orcutt Imperial Shows: A. C. Orcutt, proprietor and manager; Harry F. Wheeler, general agent. Roster advance wagon No. 1: Nick Taylor, billposter; Bob Williams, lithographer. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Oriental Pavilion Show - 1877

    Wanted, for the Oriental Pavilion Show, to start about May 1, 1877. Two gymnasts, who can do three or four turns. One song-and-dance lady, who can make an outside ascension preferred. And one or two Japs. Address Cornwell & Townley, Imperial Hotel, Washington, D.C. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 21, 1877, p. 31.

    Great Oriental Pavilion Show: proprietors D. Cornwell and J. N. Townley; manager, J. B. Townley; treasurer, D. Cornwell; ticket seller, William Willis(?); contracting agent, C. A. Miller; master of canvas, L. De Verne; master of transportation, George Jackson; master of stables, C. King; . . . Clows: ?. Arbuckle and William Corbett. Company: Henricos, three in number, trapeze and horizontal bar; Leoni Brothers, brother act; . . . D. Lawrence, contortionist, who also pulls against horses; Mon. De Villa, juggler; J. Sturges, German comique; J. T. Mack, banjo and negro acts; Williams and Rice, song-and-dance and sketch artists; Miss Maud St. Clair, serio-comic vocalist; Miss M. Lawrence, song and dance and clog. Slide for life on single wire from centre pole to ground. Wagons decorated in vermillion and gold. Show starts May 1 from Washington, D.C., and travels by wagon, touring Maryland, Pennsylvania and the West. New York Clipper, April 28, 1877, p. 39.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Orr Bros. - 1890

1890: On the Road, Circuses: Orr Bros.', Muskegan, Mich., Aug. ??-23. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 370.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Orr Bros.' Wild Animal Shows - 1918

    San Diego, Cal., June 14. Orr Bros.' Wild Animal Shows opened the season at East San Diego Thursday night, June 6. Jack Atkins and James Coffroth, who are both financially interested in the shows, were on hand to help get a good start. Herbert C. Snow will manage the attraction and Harry F. Sullivan will be secretary and treasurer. Paul Browning is superintendent of concessions, and P. M. McAllister head canvasman. The auto trucks carried the show to Oceanside for matinee and evening performances. The routing included thereafter San Juan Capistrano, Artesia, Burbank, San Fernado and New Hall, thence on up the State, playing towns off the railroads as much as possible. The big top has a seating capacity of 2,000. There is one side show, with Punch and Judy, snakeskin girl, sleight-of-hand, monkeys, cockatoos, etc. Billboard, June 22, 1918, p. 26.

    Orr Bros.' Wild Animal Shows is composed of and transported by twenty large trucks and trailers, and is a fully equipped circus. It is owned and controlled by Jack Atkin, race track operator, and James Wood Coffroth, whose interest in the show was brought about by Frank Kauffman. Mr. Kauffman is identified with the management of the show. Program: Display No. 1, group of trained bear, George Roberts. Display No. 2, Armenta, slack wire artist. Display No. 3, half a score of clowns. Display No. 4, military pony drill, Miss Frankie Byrd. Display No. 5, barrel and foot juggling, Prof. Samuels. Display No. 6, riding dogs and monks, Miss Howard. Display No. 7, Moko, educated pony, Prof. Russell. Display No. 8, Major Thorpe, high school and dancing horse. Display No. 9, 'Slim's' diving dog. Display No. 10, pyramid act, consisting of dogs, goats, monkeys and ponies, Miss Howard. Display No. 11, riding leopards, Miss Francis. Display No. 12, posing pumas, Miss Johns. Display No. 13, riding bears, George Roberts. Display No. 14, Little Bit, smallest educated pony, Frank Roberts. Estelle Kahn is general agent and handles the press work ahead. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 27.

    Bakersfield, Cal., July 3. Orr Brothers' Motor Circus, flashy, well equipped, except in the matter of power, and seemingly destined to be a successful experiment, passed out of the game entirely last week when James Coffroth, promoter and backer of the enterprise, arrived from San Francisco and paid off about $1,000 worth of labor accounts and packed the show to quarters at San Diego. The show looked "like a million" on the road and on the lot, but was four days behind its paper on account of the low power of the trucks used. Coffroth claims that mismanagement was the cause of all its troubles. He alleged that workingmen had been hired at a fixed salary, but instead of being paid had been "billed" a little change here and there until they became exasperated. Coffroth did not parley on his arrival, but declared all bets off, stating that he preferred to consider the money invested as a lost gamble and would but the show in the barn. He paid off $1,000 to laboring men, not even asking them what they had already received. Members of the show staff intimate that the sudden action of Coffroth was a surprise in certain quarters, that it was expected that he would be glad to let go of the show cheap and that it would be acquired for little or nothing at quick sale, when it would be bought in by interested parties. His action in ordering it to the barn, it is said, left some of these people up in the air. - Boz. Billboard, July 13, 1918, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Orrin Bros. Circus - 1860, 1863-68, 1877-79, 1880-89, 1890, 1894, 1896, 1899, 1906 (Mexico, South America)

• 1860: online at Clipper, June 2   Clipper, June 9 (scroll down)

• 1863, Orrin & Aymar's: online at Clipper, October 24 (scroll down)

• 1864: Orrin & Sebastian is online at Clipper, April 23,   Clipper, October 22 (scroll down)

• 1865: Orrin & Sebastian is online at:
Clipper, January 7,   Clipper, February 4,   Clipper, April 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 6,   Clipper, July 15 (scroll down)

• 1866: Orrin & Sebastian's is online at:
Clipper, January 6,   Clipper, March 10,   Clipper, March 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 28 (scroll down)

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, January 26,   Clipper, May 18,   Clipper, June 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 7,   Clipper, December 28 (scroll down)

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, February 1,   Clipper, August 22 (scroll down)

1877:

    American Circus, shortly to open in Havana. Wanted, performers of ability. Address Orrin Bros., Grand Central Theatre, Philadelphia. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, January 20, 1877, p. 343.

    Performers engaged with the American Circus and Menagerie, to sail for Havana on Saturday, 27th, in the steamship City of Merida, will report in New York as soon as possible, to arrange passports, etc. Wanted, a Spanish clown, or a funny clown to speak a little Spanish. Also lady gymnasts and other talent. Orrin Brothers, New York. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, January 27, 1877, p. 347.

    The performers for the American Circus, are to sail for Havana, Cuba, Jan. 27. The Orrin Brothers concluded their engagement at the Grand Central Theatre after the fourth performance, last week, they being allowed to close through the kindness of Mr. Collins and the managers. They expect to sail with their company, circus and menagerie Jan. 27, and have already engaged some of the best talent, including the Lowande Family. New York Clipper, January 27, 1877, p. 351.

    The Orrin Brothers, who were to have taken a circus company and menagerie from this city to Havana, Cuba, Jan. 27, after having all in readiness to sail, did not leave, on account of being advised by cable that the parties in Havana who were interested had failed to complete arrangements. New York Clipper, February 3, 1877, p. 359.

1878:

    Geo. W. Orrin and Leon De Leon arrived from Havana Jan. 16. They are organizing a circus company for Havana to open there Feb. 1. Talent engaged include R. M. and Mme. Dockrill, with their horses, Chas. W. Fish and his horses, Romeo Sebastian and his horses, Joseph Kenebel, F. Gardner, C. Stowe, C. Seeley, "Grimaldi" Adams (Pico) and others. Leon De Leon sailed Jan. 19 with the printing, canvas, seats, canvasmen, etc., and the company are to leave 23(?). New York Clipper, January 26, 1878, p. 350.

    Circus managers. Will H. Stowe, clown and leaper, also comic singer, and his troupe of performing dogs, together with his wife, Miss Lizzie Marcellous, lady principal pad rider, has been engaged with Orrin Bros.' Circus for Cuba. Will return April 1. Address care of Clipper office. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 16, 1878, p. 403.

    The Orrin Brothers' Metropolitan Circus is reported as meeting with success in Havana, Cuba. They are now in their eighth week of their season. Leopole and Geraldine, La Petite Geraldine, and Will H. Stowe, with his performing dogs, commenced March 13. Lizzie Marcellous, equestrienne, began 14, and Venus and Adonis, 16. Wooda Cooke, somersault rider, and Millie Tournour, equilibrist, were to have appeared 20. "Pico," trick clown, took a benefit 13. Irving's Royal Jackits-chy Japanese Troupe are to be the next attraction, opening April 1, which will inaugurate the second year of the Orrin Brothers' management in Havana. These advices are under date of March 19. New York Clipper, March 30, 1878, p. 7.

    The Orrin Bros. & Co.'s Metropolitan Circus closed its successful season of nearly four months in Havana, Cuba, May 20. The Orrins have now an interest in another circus company (native), called Argentino, performing in the same place and under the same tent. They opened 21. New York Clipper, June 8, 1878, p. 87.

    The Orrin Brothers and Mrs. Orrin were to leave Cuba June _, for New York. A native circus called the Circo Agentino continues in place of their show, but is not doing a satisfactory business. Most of the performers formerly with their circus have returned to the United States, and the few remaining are about to try their luck with an interior show. New York Clipper, June 15, 1878, p. 95.

    Orrin Bros. & Co.'s shows, Cuba. The Equescurriculum was to shortly close and go to Matanzas and other cities on the Island, and the season of the Metropolitan Circus is to commence on Dec. 6. Among those to appear at the opening are Charles, Fish, Rosa Lee, H. C. Lee, Madame Lee, Fred F. Levantine, Claire Sisters, Wm. Dutton, Wm. Batcheller, Rosaline Stickney, A. Lehman, Wm. Conrad, Harry Lee, Lavater Lee, Pico, Jennie Tournour, Frank Howes, the three Leotards, Edward Orrin, Harry Long, Dan Kennedy, Wm. Cornwell, Frank Morosco, A. Livingston, Fred Macart, Algebrame Urabe, the Lee Children, Samuel Hindes(?) and Mlle. Josephine. New York Clipper, November 30, 1878, p. 287.

1879:

    March 21, Metropolitan Circus of the Orrin Bros. & Co., Havana, Cuba. Our correspondent says: ". . . The clown, Lehman, with his ladder act was cheered. Chas. W. Fish jumped on his horse, going at full speed, in the finish. The Kennebel Brothers are comical in their clowning specialties. Frank Gardner has been leaping,riding his jockey act, and also riding double with Mrs. Siegrist. Capt. James Swan has his 'monster-king-tank act,' and is a feature. The Lee Family have been doing their varied performances. W. Conwell in leaps, Frank Morosco(?) in contortion, and Pico in his clowning and pantomimes. . . ." New York Clipper, April 5, 1879, 15.

    Orrin Brothers & Co.'s Circus, Havana, Cuba. Our correspondent who wrote on May 21 says: "Mlle. De Granville has a number of times held a cannon on her shoulders while it was fired, in addition to her iron-jaw business. Charles W. Fish has varied his performance by alternating his jockey with his principal act. Senor Pubillones and pupil did a clever trapeze act, and the latter afterwards did a contortion act. George Leopold and Mlle. Geraldine showed their mastery of the trapeze, while their little daughter Gerry did an act in the same line. She is but six years of age. Conwell, Lehman and Leopold have been breaking in a new horizontal bar, and Levater Lee has been riding in a principal pad act. Harry and Robert Lee have been posturing, Rosa Lee, jugglering. Ed Orrin exercising his trick mule, and Mrs. Leopold dancing a sailor's hornpipe on benefit occasions. Charles W. Fish leaves today to join Cooper & Bailey's Show. The management decided not to go to Matanzas by reason of the prevalence of smallpox. New York Clipper, June 7, 1879, p. 87.

1880:

    Linda Jeal's hurdle act is one of the sensations of the Orrin Brothers' Show in Cuba. She has a new horse, with which she has been doing the act. A benefit was announced in Havana for this rider Jan. 17. The steamer Niagara, arriving here 19, brought back Baughman and Butler, the sharp shooters. New York Clipper, January 24, 1880, p. 347.

    Miss Lizzie Maracellus, equestrienne, is now performing with the Orrin Brothers in Havana, Cuba. New York Clipper, January 31, 1880, p. 355.

    John Worland and Mlle. Victoria have returned from South American after a tour of three years. Lately they have been performing in Havana, Cuba, with the Orrin Brothers' Show. Pico, the English grotesque clown, will sail for Havana, Cuba, to fill his third engagment with the Orrin Brothers' Circus. He will travel next season with W. W. Cole's Show. Chas. W. Fish and wife sailed for Havana, Jan. 31, under contract to Orrin Brothers & Co. He took is horses and groom. Mr. Orrin, who is still at the Ashland House [New York City], will send the next party on the City of Alexandria Feb. 7. New York Clipper, February 7, 1880, p. 363.

    Orrin Brothers & Co., Havana, Cuba, were honored on Jan. 27, with the patronage of Gen. Grant and family. This filled the Metropolitan Amphitheatre, and the management spread that night for the first time a new milk-white canvas made by Higgins & Son of New York. The steamer City of Alexander, which left New York, Feb. 7y, took away the following people to join the show: Charles Ewers and wife (Jennie Tournour), the three Leotard Brothers, Sharp and Lick, musical mokes, J. Adams (Pico), Julius Turnour, and E. W. Orrin. . . . New York Clipper, February 14, 1880, p. 371.

    A. D. Vanzant, equestrian, with his specialty, the French Bounding Jockey, also rides his two, four and eight horses, and is a leaper. Together with Mlle. Marretta, Queen of the Air, lady trapeze artist, are now playing with Orrin Bros.' Circus, Havana, Cuba. New York Clipper, February 14, 1880, p. 375.

    At the Metropolitan Circus, Havana, Cuba, a complimentary benefit was given to manager Geo. W. Orrin, Feb. 19. Geo. and Ed Orrin gave their brother act for the first time since last May. Leon De Leon was to have a benefit Feb. 26. New York Clipper, March 6, 1880, p. 395.

    Lucia Zarate, the midget, is now with Orrin Bros. & Co.'s show in Havana. New York Clipper, April 10, 1880, p. 19.

    At Orrin Bros.' & Co.'s Metropolitan Amphitheatre, Havana, Cuba, Charley Shay and troupe of trained dogs, Frank Wardell, fire king; Harry Sheldon, juggler . . .The management have struck a lucky break with the Havana Lottery, winning $10,000 in the drawing. Orrin Brothers & Co., a Metropolitan Circus, will shortly visit the United States. New York Clipper, May 8, 1880, p. 51.

    The Orrin Brothers & Co.'s Metropolitan Circus left Havana, Cuba, May 15, and is expected in this city. They are about making a visit to some of the principal cities. New York Clipper, May 22, 1880, p. 67.

    Orrin Brothers' Circus arrived from Havana, Cuba last week. They immediately left for Boston, Mass., where they are to open at the Forest Garden, May 29, for four weeks. All those engaged are requested to be at rehearsal May 27. New York Clipper, May 29, 1880, p. 79.

    The Orrin Brothers' Royal Spanish Circus are at Coney Island. One of the features is Ed. Orrin's trained mule. New York Clipper, July 24, 1880, p. 139.

1881:

    During the past two weeks, in the steamships Nankin and City of Washington, all of Orrin Bros.' Metropolitan Circus paraphernalia and many of the company left for Mexico. Others, with the stock and Edward Orrin, are to go Jan. 25. They expect to open Feb. 1. Among those who have gone are Geo. Carlo and wife, Frank Brown, Fred Carlo, Harry and Mattie Carlo, C. Bliss, C. A. Jones . . . New York Clipper, January 29, 1881, p. 355.

    G. W. Orrin left on the steamer City of Alexandria for Mexico, taking with him the remainder of the company for Orrin Brothers & Co.'s Show. They expect to meet in Vera Cruz, where they are to open Feb. 1, for a few days. After this they appear in the city of Mexico. They expect to return to Havana, Cuba, in March. The company includes Josephine Lowande; George, Fred, Harry, Amelia and Hattie Carlo, Abelardo Lowande, Charles Fredericks, James Cooke, Charles Bliss, James Messenger, George Loyal, El Nino Eddy, C. A. Jones, Harry Carey . . . New York Clipper, February 5, 1881, p. 363.

    Orrin Bros. & Co.'s Metropolitan Circus is to sail from Vera Cruz, Mexico, for Havana, Cuba, March 24. After giving twelve performances in Vera Cruz, they opened in the city of Mexico, Feb. 18, and left early in March for Puebla, Orizoba and Vera Cruz. New York Clipper, March 26, 1881, p. 16.

    The Orrin Brothers expect to run several show the coming Winter in Cuba and Mexico - a circus and a theatre, also a museum, in Havana (two places), a circus in Mexico and two circuses traveling in Cuba. The Orrin Bros., Domingo Cantelis and S. Pubillones are the managers and proprietors of the two circuses to travel in Cuba, outside of Havana. All the other shows belong to the Orrin Bros. and Domingo Cantelis. . . . New York Clipper, August 6, 1881, p. 322.

    The Shedman Brothers and the South American Dog circus have been engaged by the Orrin Brothers for their Cuban season. New York Clipper, August 20, 1881, p. 343.

    The Orrin Bros.' first company left last week for Cuba, and are to open in Havana, Oct. 12. Among those engaged are A. Lowande, Adelaide Codona, Mlle. Josephine, Ricardo and Denny Bell, The Shedman Brothers, several troupes of educated dogs, horses, etc. They will send out another show for Cuba and a large one for Mexico about Oct. 27. New York Clipper, October 15, 1881, p. 485.

    The troupe of performers engaged by the Orrin Bros. for Mexico, among them were James Stoew, Shedman Bros. and their dog circus, Jerry Bell, Mme. Cadona, Dick Bell, Chas. F. Orrin, Katie Ormond, Wooda Cooke, Mlle. Tournour, Mlle. Lottie, Berguita H. Monstery, Chas. Ormond, Edwind Orrin and G. F. Orrin. New York Clipper, November 26, 1881, p. 587.

1882:

    Orrin Bros. & Co.'s Circus is reported doing good business in the City of Mexico. Performers: Adelaide Codona, Mille Turnour, Kate Ormond, Minnie Perry, Miss Lottie, Mme. Nelson, Fanny Isabel . . . Maude Richardson, Nelly Smith, the Orrin Brothers, Three Leotards, Shedman Brothers, the children Albert and Eddy Bale, Jerry Bell, James Stowe, Charles Fredericks, Joseph Wilton, Wooda Cook, A. Nelson, Chas. Dashway, Richard Bell, Frank Brown, Edwin Bale, Satsuma, Master Eddy Carter and Master Albert Nelson. New York Clipper, February 4, 1882, p. 755.

    The Orrin Brothers & Co.'s Circus, up to Feb. 26, had given one hundred performances in the City of Mexico, with almost the same company with which they opened. Miss Geraldine, Little Gerry and George Leopold began Feb. 19. New York Clipper, March 25, 1882, p. 8.

    The Orrin Brothers open their circus season in Mexico Nov. 1. After seven months' work with the President and the Mexican authorities, they have secured a locality in the City of Mexico on which to erect a circus building. It is on the principal plaza, in the centre of the city. They will add a menagerie to their show this season. New York Clipper, October 7, 1882, p. 478.

    Emma Jutau, Ellen Cook, Eladia, John Worland, F. Clifton, N. Lowande, George Brown, Anton Lerch and four others, with ring stock, wardrobe and other circus property, left here [New York] Oct. 19 for Mexico to join the Orrin Bros. & Co.'s Circus. The season will open about Nov. 3. New York Clipper, October 28, 1882, p. 519.

    Mme. Martha, the Demott Family, Vic. Laiscell, Hawley and Buislay, John Rategan, an elephant, lions, leopard, monkeys, chariot cages, horses and ponies and other circus paraphernalia left New York to join Orrin Brothers' Shows. New York Clipper, November 11, 1882, p. 551.

1883:

    Little Allright, Japaneses performer; Charles Ewers and Wife, the Karl Brothers, Edward Baldwin, Herr Drayton and Miss Emilia left here [New York] Jan. 11 for Orrin Brothers' Show in Mexico. New York Clipper, January 20, 1883, p. 718.

1884:

    City of Mexico, February, 1884. . . . Orrin Bros.' at Pueblo, a branch compnay under E. W. Orrin's management. Two performances daily, in the afternoon in the bull ring, and at night in the principal theatre. The company: E. W. Orrin, manager; Signor Perez, treasurer; Miss Kate Ormond, principal lady rider; Fred Barckley, Indian and jockey rider; Frank Morosco, Shedman's troupe of dogs and monkeys, Shedman Brothers, acrobats; Dick Bell, clown; a troupe of Arabs (twelve in number), and a trick horse performed by Ned Orrin. Charles Orrin, brother of George and Edward was sick with a light case of small pox. He is now convalescent. . . . - Charles W. Fish. New York Clipper, April 5, 1884, p. 44.

    The Orrin Brothers will close their show in the City of Mexico about the beginning of May, and will open there again about Dec. 1. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, p. 102.

    Orrin Bros. Grand Circus and Menagerie. The show is permanently located in Mexico, does not and will not travel in the United States, and its season is principally in the Winter, opening in December in the City of Mexico. Officers: proprietors, George and Edward Orrin; equestrian and business manager, John Worland; secretary, Pedro T. Nieto; agent, C. D. Vera; treasurers, Manuel A. Aguilar and Franco Perez de Aguira; ticket agent, Alexandro Warren. Company comprises about one hundred people. Number of horses, 36, all ring stock and thorough breds; ponies, 4; performing elephants, 1; performing lions, 2; performing Bengal tigers, 3 . . . South American leopard, Mexican puma, condor, ostrich, baboons, performing dogs, monkeys, riding goat and dog, trick and manege Trankene stallions. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, p. 105.

    Ricardo Bell, who has been with the Orrin Brothers' Show for four years, has signed with them for next season in Mexico. New York Clipper, June 7, 1884, p. 190.

    City of Mexico, Dec. 1. Orrin's Circus will open here Friday,Dec. 5(?). They always open on Friday, as Ed. Orrin says it is his "lucky day." The company now consists of Mollie Brown, Ella Zuila, Zarah, Marie Otero, Rosina Lowande, Senorita Catarine, Arab Troupe, Martin Lowande and family, Loyal and family, John Worland, Wm. O'Dale, Senor Caballos, Mr. Merro, Japanese Troupe, Senor Abren and family. The clowns are Dick Bell and Messrs. Collins . . . Natalio Lowande, E. Baldwin, J. Ledesma, Infant Wonder Lulu, Young Nicholas, etc. New York Clipper, December 20, 1884, p. 630.

1885:

    City of Mexico. Orrin's Circus. The Messrs. Orrin now have 61 people in one show. New acts have been Mlle. and Max Florence, Alf. Dorian, Sig. Jose Sedesma and Martinito, the Siegrists, Little Lulu, Mlle. Zarah and Little Nicholas. Mollie Brown has left for Habana. New York Clipper, February 7, 1885, p. 745.

    Orrin Bros. list of people now performing in one ring in the City of Mexico. There are an even half-hundred of them. Martinho Lowande, Tony Lowande, Miss Rosina, Willi, Oscar and Little Lowande, Maris Otero, Mlle. Zuila, John Worland, Aldolph Morro, the Three Majiltons, Sr. Ceballos, Miss Zarah, Miss Lulu, W. Rollins, Domingo Abren, wife and three boys, Richard Bell, George Brown, Ledesme, Natalio Lowande, Alf. Dorian, Eight Arabs, W. O'Dale, the Three Siegrists, Mr. and Mrs. Florence, the Japs Yamamoto and wife, Voss and ___, Emma Jutau, Ruby Pearl, Mons. E. Lado and Rafael Falco. New York Clipper, February 28, 1885, p. 789.

    The Orrin Bros.' Circus season opened Oct. 31 at Chihuahua, Mex. They will play at several of the larger Mexican towns before opening in the City of Mexico for the Winter, Dec. 1. New York Clipper, November 14, 1885, p. 548.

1886:

    Orrin Brothers commenced its sixth season Oct. 31, 1885, and does not close. Geo. W. Orrin attends to the business at this end, and E. W. Orrin runs everything in Mexico. New York Clipper, April 10, 1886, p. 59.

    List of the Orrin Bros. Circus, now performing in Mexico: the Five Nelsons, Miss Maretta, Miss Laforgarde, Miss Adelina . . . Wm. O'Dale, Maggie Taylor, Miss Bell, W. Newcomb, W. L. Vanola, Ricardo Bell, Pico, John Ridgway, Wm. Matthews, Harry Carey, Charles Fredericks and Juan Noreno, manager. Business reported only fair. New York Clipper, July 17, 1886, p. 280.

1887:

    Orrin Bros. & Nichol's Mexican Show may remain in Washington a week in addition to the current one. The President and Mrs. Cleveland have promised to attend. New York Clipper, February 5, 1887, p. 738.

    Orrin Brothers Circus continues in the City of Mexico. Their branch show was in Vera Cruz at last advices. John Worland benefited in the city to a large house Feb. 11. The show will travel in the Summer, stopping at the larger places only. Lottie Aymar has been engaged for the entire season. New York Clipper, February 26, 1887, p. 791.

    Orrin Bros.' Show closed their season at the City of Mexico April 3. They did not have a good season. Their last week at the Mexican capital was a very poor one, but they fared as well as other shows who have of late done poor business through Mexico. New York Clipper, April 23, 1887, p. 87.

    Orrin Bros. firm have at present two shows now running, one in the City of Mexico, the other in the Mexican provinces. A new company will open in the City of Mexico Nov. 30. E. W. Orrin, with his managers and assistants, runs the shows in Mexico; G. W. Orrin attends to all the business at this end, remaining mostly in New York. New York Clipper, November 19, 1887, p. 579.

1888:

    Orrin Bros., in Mexico, state they will run their season a long while yet, giving circus performers plenty of time to go to Mexico and have several weeks before they start out for the Summer here. "Cinderella" has been a great success here. It is presented in pantomimic style, with about 100 children in the scenes. It lasts about one hour, the remainder of the programme consisting of circus and theatrical performances. The show is now in the third month of its eighth season in Mexico. E. W. Orrin, with his managers and assistants, attended to all business on that end of the line, and G. W. Orrin to all on this end. The Orrin Bros. are the only American managers in the republic. New York Clipper, January 28, 1888, p. 737.

    The following left this port Feb. 9 to join Orrin Bros.' Circus in Mexico: Geo. Nash, bicyclist; Wm. Jackson, roller-skater; Chas. Watson, rider, and Wm. Kralce, contortionist. New York Clipper, February 18, 1888, p. 784.

    Orrin Bros. Circus, from the City of Mexico, while playing in New Laredo, had their tent struck by a whirlwind and the whole sea of canvas collapsed. It was empty and no one was hurt. San Antonio Daily Light (San Antonio, TX), July 13, 1888, p. 1.

1889:

    Orrin Bros.' Show in Mexico. The Dermotts, William and Josephine, are favorites, the latter for her somersault riding act. Dick Bell is clown. The Livingstone are doing their brother and other acts. Shedman and his dog circus; Frank Cook, athlete; Japanese Sam and family . . . New York Clipper, January 5, 1889, p. 690.

    Orrin Brothers' Grand Circus, Theatre, Museum and Menagerie, in the City of Mexico, is now in their fifth week of the present season. The fairy spectacle of "Aladdin," by seventy children, is announced for June 20. Mlle. Una, lady snake charmer, opened last week. New York Clipper, February 2, 1889, p. 755.

    Notes from the Orrin Show in Mexico. Dick Bell's children (three in number) are to play the principal parts in the new pantomime. The Brikels arrived. The Lemotts are still here. William Lemott added his four horse act. The Carnallos, acrobats, have been engaged for six weeks longer. Tatalie leaves Feb. 12. Frank Cook, athlete, returns to the States Feb. 1. Minnie Minnetta will remain here, to go into the interior with the show. Charles Orrin is equestrian director. New York Clipper, February 9, 1889, p. 771.

    From Orrin Bros.' Shows. The La Role Brothers and John Ruth will join the show, as will Kissell, the Zouave drill man. The Leodona Family are re-engaged. . . . Karoly Ordey, juggler, ha just concluded his engagement. New York Clipper, March 2, 1889, p. 821.

    Orrin Bros., Mexico's theatrical and circus proprietors and managers, with their Gran Circo Teatro Orrin in the City of Mexico, will be some weeks in closing there present season, late in May or early in June. The Judge Family, acrobats and gymnasts, join the Orrin Bros. Show in Mexico, their secons engagement with the Orrins. New York Clipper, March 16, 1889, p. 13.

    Orrin Bros.' Show will open its season in Mexico, this Fall, for the tenth time. Ed Orrin is now combining business with pleasure in Europe. New York Clipper, September 14, 1889, p. 443.

    Orrin Bros. send a strong list of performers to Mexico by steamer. People who left here: Manager Edward Orrin, C. W. Fish, Dick Bell and his family (six in number), Cordona and family (three in number), Caporal and family (five in number), Chas. Herbert, George Bliss, the Three Marvels . . . M. Lavelle and wife, Charles Watson, Peterson Bros., Frank De Mora and Charles Fredericks. New York Clipper, November 9, 1889, p. 589.

    Orrin Bros. sent to Mexico a brass and string band under the leadership of Chas. Petit to join their show. Also, Alfred Bannack, Spanish clown and performer on the violin is with the show. New York Clipper, November 16, 1889, p. 599.

    Orrin Bros. sent more people to their shows in Mexico. Lottie Aymar, Heeley Bros., Wm. Gibbs the Arab Troupe and Al. C. Wering. New York Clipper, November 16, 1889, p. 605.

1890:

    Circo Orrin. Charles W. Fish Write as follows from the City of Mexico, under date of Feb. 5(?): "I have been a long time getting at it, but at last I've made up my mind to send a letter to the showmen's friend, the Clipper. We opened at Merida, Yucatan, Mexico, Nov. 15, 1889, in the new bull ring (Palza de Toro) and theatre, a huge building, open overhead, like all pazas de toros, much more nicely finished and painted than any I had previously seen outside of Spain. No such company ever was seen in Yucatan as that of Circo Orrin, and for six weeks we played ot uninterrupted good business, the open space of the bull ring (overhead) being covered with a canvas made for the special purpose. During the stay there a branch company was sent to Izamal (Is-ah-mal) for five days, where big business rewarded us for undertaking one of the most unique, as well as uncomfortable, journeys I ever experienced. Nine miles were made in what are termed 'volancoches,' a vehicle consisting of two large wheels and a body resting, thorough brace fashion, on huge straps. There are no seats, the bottom being ropes supporting a mattress, on which two persons can stretch out at full length, or four persons can sit crosswise, two on each side. The motive power consists of three little mules abreast, in harness of the principal product and staple of Yucatan hemp, called 'benequin.' More miserable looking animals I never saw, and strange to say, they are in active service twenty, and in some cases, thirty years. The nine miles were made on a __ run, over a road consisting of boulders, from the size of a bucket to a sprinkling cart. The comparison is anything but suggestive, as the dust barely covers the stones, and flies as only such dust can fly. The worst storm at sea is a pleasure to the rocking and pitching of one of these 'volancoches.' I am convinced that no other class of vehivle could hold together, if driven the same distance and in the same manner. From Merida the company went to Progresso (the port of entry), and played several days to the capacity of the bull ring. An experimental trip was made to Campeche(?), State of Campeche(?), the horses and one half the company disembarking at that point, and the other half proceeding to Laguna, where exhibitions were given in the theatre. In both places the business exceeded our expectations. The company at Campeche were saddened by the untimely death of one of the musicians, Dan O'Callahan, well known in New York, and a member of the Ninth Regiment Band. He died Jan. 5(?), and was buried 6(?). Every care during his short illness and respect at his funeral was shown by the members of the band and the company. The campeche party left there 8(?), it being necessary to start at 4(?) a. m. in small sailboats, the anchorage grounds of the American steamers (Ward Line) being eighteen miles from shore, in the open sea. We boarded the Niagra at 9 a. m.. At 3 p. m. we were on our way to Vera Cruz, arriving there at noon 9. We opened 11 to a fine business, and remained until 21(?), inclusive. The arrival of the party from Laguna was retarded a couple of days by the prevalence of a Norther, which blew so fiercely that for three days there was no communication between the shore an vessels in the harbor of Vera Cruz. On 22, at 2 a. m., we left Vera Cruz by special train, and arrived in this city at 3 p. m., over an hour ahead of time. It is unnecessary for me to again describe the grandeur of the scenery en route. I don't know but I was more impressed on this, my second trip, than I was on my first, six years ago, and which I fully described then. We opened here evening of 24(?) to the capacity of the building, and an audience composed of the best families of the city. Business has been larger than that of any previous __ up to date. The company is the largest, and one of the best, that the Orrin Brothers ever brought to Mexico. I was somewhat nervous in regard to my reception here, as I had heard that great offence had been taken at my letter written to the Clipper six years ago from this city, though why I could never understand. I am pleased to say I was received very nicely, but not so enthusiastically as upon my former visit. A few days later article began to appear in one or two of the papers, with an evident desire to create a feeling against me. From these articles I learned why the Mexican public was __ incensed, and from their source of information I do not blame them from being offended. I have been misrepresented, and accused of remarks which I never even thought of, much less putting to paper. I am inclined to think the origin of these misrepresentations is in some person unfriendly to the Orrin Brothers. In connection with a party of obnoxious men in a certain restaurant in this city, I overheard a lady make a remark, which I, without how it would sound in the reading afterward, repeated in my belief. If I had taken a second thought I should not have ___, as it was none of my business, and I associated the remark only with the party referred to. Out stay in the city will extend well into Spring. A branch company will very likely be sent into the country next month. Some of the people have already finished their engagements, and are on their way to the 'States.' The Marvelles left for New York Feb. 4(?), via Vera Cruz. The Patterson Brothers leave for San Antonio, Tex., via Laredo, where they are to open as soon as they arrive. The Marvelles are under contract to open at one of the principal variety theatres in Boston, otherwise these excellent people would have remained here much longer, as they are very much liked by the management and the people. The Heely(?) Brothers leave here next week for London, Eng., to fill engagements. Chiarini's(?) Circus is on the way to this city, showing en route. Just where it is now I do not know, certainly not over twenty-four hours ride by rail from here. Lorenzo Maya(?), who has been so many years with Mr. Charini(?), ___ as clown and now as agent and general manager, was a visitor at the Orrins' Circus a few days ago. Any one who knew him twenty-five years ago would recall him instantly. He certainly carries his age well. Bell(?), the clown, continues to make the people laugh just as heartily as he has ever season for the past nine(?) years. They say he is like old wine that improves with age. . . . New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829. 1888-1890, 1264.pdf1890: The Orrin Bros. will probably have one of their shows in Havana, Cuba, next season. They were popular in that city some few years ago. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.

    Mexico, March 5(?). The Orrin Bros. and Chiarini Combined Shows opened in the City of Mexico . . . New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 852.

    The Orrin Brothers have engaged Chiarini's Royal Italian Circus Co. for four weeks, and have arranged to show them in their popular place in the City of Mexico, in conjunction with their own company. This will offer a big treat and a big troupe, and at the same time help out Chiarini, who was unable to secure an exhibition lot in the city. The Orrin Bros. report a very prosperous season so far, and they have earned this success by having a large and a well managed troupe, including many prominent performers. They have, without doubt, one of the strongest shows now exhibiting. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.

    The Orrins gave a special performance of their show in the City of Mexico, in honor of the Railroad Agents' Association, March 24(?). They had a big bill and a big attendance. The guests of the evening insisted upon paying for their seats, and that the money should go to the American Hospital in the City of Mexico. They gave up $142, to which Edward Orrin, with his usual generosity, added $58, to make an even two hundred. G. W. Orrin, wife and boy are at St. Augustine, Fla. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 75.

    The Orrin Bros.' season will close in the City of Mexico about May ?. G. W. Orrin and wife will arrive in New York shortly. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    Charini's Circus and Menagerie, which has been with the Orrin Bros. in the City of Mexico for two months, closed there April 2? and left for Havana, Cuba, where the show is shortly to open. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    Mr. and Mrs. George W. Orrin and their bright little baby arrived in town [New York] May ?? from the South, where they had been for several weeks. . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    Charles W. Fish, champion bareback rider of the world, at liberty about Oct. 1, 1890. Address, care Circo Orrin, City of Mexico, Mexico. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 189.

    G. W. Orrin and family are spending part of their summer vacation at Corning, N. Y., as guests of their old friend, John Worland, who is a resident of that city and has a cosy ___ there in connection with a book and stationary store. Mr. Worland retired from the profession after his last engagement with Orrin Bros. in 1888(?). New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 198.

    Samuel Wilson, one of the musicians of the Orrin Bros.' Circus, who was a passenger ___ Vera Cruz on the steamer ___, committed suicide on that vessel on June 4(?), the day before she arrived at Havana. He showed evidence of insanity soon after he took passage on the vessel, and Steward Clarkson, toward whom Wilson seemed to take a fancy from the first, took the poor man in charge. On the evening of June ?, Clarkson left Wilson in charge of an attendant at the stern of the vessel to look after dinner for the passengers, and Wilson and the attendant walked up and down the small space for a few moments together, when the insane man suddenly sprang through the port. The attendant cought him by the leg, but was kicked so violently that he lost his hold, and Wilson was seen no more. Captain Curtis made every effort to rescue the man, but was unsuccessful. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 231.

    The Orrin Brothers have just secured the right to build a new amphitheatre in the City of Mexico. The will begin operations soon, and will put up an ornamental iron structure. Edward Orrin leaves there this week. He will rusticate near Corning, N. Y., where his brother, George, and John Worland are enjoying the breezes. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 262.

    The Orrin Brothers, of the City of Mexico, are about to erect the finest and most complete place of amusement to be found in the republic of Mexico. Architectural plans are complete, and Ed. Orrin, now in New York, soon return to push the work. All will be ready by December. The establishment will embrace a circus, theatre, rink, cafes and museum. The interior will be quite a novelty, and the ring and parquet seats roll out under the boxes, transforming the circus in a few minutes into a ballroom of skating rink. The stage will be one of the largest in the city. All will be illuminated by electricity. No more tents will be allowed in the city. The management have a special privilege from the Government for this construction, and are to improve all those parts of the "Plaza" not occupied by the building with cement walks and gardens. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    The Orrin Brothers will open their season in Mexico Nov. 15(?), . . . The Orrins will run two companies, and will change the bill daily. . . . Mexican money has appreciated in value since last season, and the Orrins ask performers to make special note of that important item. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.

    First class circus talent writing Orrin Bros. for engagement for the winter . . . artists can also write for engagements to John Worland, Corning, N. Y. . . . Orrin Brothers, Plymouth, Mass. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 365.

    Notice Orrin Bros. . . . Address F.(?) Fernandez, New York City; John Worland, Corning, New York; Orrin Brothers, Plymouth, Mass. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 414.

    Notes from Orrin Bros.' Circus in Mexico. This season has been the most profitable of any during the ten years that the Orrin Brothers have been catering to the Mexican public. It has been the most free from rain during the summer months. "Cinderella" has proven a great card in all the cities visited. Manager Ed. Orrin is now in the City of Mexico, busy with contractors and builders. The new Circo Teatro(?) will be a very handsome place, it is to be from the plans of the designer of the Nouveau[sp?] Cirque, Paris, and will cost about double the amount that the Orrins first intended to expend. The new building will there cost between $78,000(?) and $100,000. The climat of Mexico is an agreeable surprise to strangers. Mexico is synonymous with oppressive heat, but this summer the thermometer has never registered more than 84(?) degrees, and often fell as low as __ degrees. I can be safely said that 70 degrees is the general average. Blankets are necessary to comfort at night. . . . Our season will probably close about Sept. __. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.

    The Orrin Brothers will shortly open their tenth season in Mexico with a large company, beginning with a tour on the coast and among the "Oranges." . . . George and Edwin Orrin are in the city . . . and Charles Orrin left here [New York] Nov. 1(?), with a big lot of paraphernalia, printing, etc., for the Mexican tour. . . . A number of people will leave here for Mexico Nov. ?. Among those engaged are the Bell Family . . . Charles W. Fish . . . Frank Melville and wife, Arthur Da Coma and wife . . . William Gorman(?) and Pauline Lee, the Gilfort Brothers, Clyde Phillips, Prof. Wood and troupe of ponies . . . New York Clipper, November 8, 1890, 558.

    Circo Teatro Orrin, Mexico, season 1890-91. Company leaves on the new and splendid S. S. "Orizaba," to sail Saturday, November 8, . . . artists engaged up to present are as follows: Bell Family (8 in number), Bannack Family (4 in number), Charles W. Fish (with stock), the Omra Japanese Troupe (7 in number), Frank Melville and wife (with horses), Arthur Da Coma and wife, the Clover Troupe (4 in number), the 3 Davignons, William Gorman and Pauline Lee (with stock), Gilfort Brothers, Clyde Phillips, Professor Wood and troupe of educated ponies, Mr. Chas. Pettit with full band and orchestra. . . . Orrin Bros. New York Clipper, November 8, 1890, 559.

    The Orrin Brothers' Show reports good business for the ___ week of the season in Mexico. Edward Orrin joins the company Dec. 3. The Gilfort Brothers left here Nov. 29, and the Jordans and Prof. G. L. Wood with ___ performing ponies are booked for the same destination. This will make forty three people that have been sent to the show, in addition to a band of ten performers. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 619.

1894: At the Orrin Bros.' Show, City of Mexico, the Easter reopening, March 25, was a big success. The water pantomime, "A Marriage Near(?) Naples," was produced in excellent form and has proved since then one of the best attractions ever done at the Circus Teairo(?). It will continue in the bill for several weeks. All the performers are reported as well. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 71.

1896: Roster of Orrin's Circus. Dick Bell and family, ten in number; Athos Family, acrobats, seven in number; the Eddy Trio, acrobats; Prof. Weldon and family, four in number, with performing cats, dogs, mules and trick ponies; Tony Lowande, principal bareback, somersault and six horse rider; Martinho Lowande Jr., principal bareback, forward and backward somersault, jockey rider; Wilde C. Rolland, jockey and hurdle rider; May Cook cornetist; Sameul Burt, balancing and dancing ladder; Frank Gilfort, statuary poses; Rupert, head balancer; the Two Donovers, flying trapeze; Carr and Ingram, double trapeze and aerial bar; Ray Burton, slack wire and sharp shooting . . . Murphy and Honey, triple horizontal bar, and Romulus, strong man. New York Clipper, February 15, 1896, p. 793.

1899: Orrin Bros. Circus. Benefit, Ricardo Bell! All new acts including the celebrated Bell Family in their orginial musical acts. Tonight, 8:45 p.m., Mexican time. Prices, Mexican money. Laredo Daily Times (Laredo, TX), July 25, 1899, n.p.n.

1906: 1906: Orrin Brother's Circus celebrated its twenty-fifth anniversary in Mexico Feb. 27, with a special programme, a copy of which has been received the Clipper. The list of attractions follows: Orchestral overture, the Nelson Troupe, eccentriques; Mr. Tessler. equilibrist; Adgie Castillo and her lions; Richard Bell, clown; Wolkowsky Troupe, orchestral offering; Loreta Trio, the Zolars, acrobats; Helen Gerard, haute ecole; . . . On Washington's Birthday the circus gave its twentieth annual benefit performance for the American Hospital, among those appearing being: Montague's Cockatoo Circus, Tessier, the Zolars, Texas and Katrina, . . . the Wolkowskey Troupe, Richard Bell, Adgie and her lions, Helen Girard and Sie Hassan Ben Ali's Arabs. The statement of the hospital auditor shown that in the twenty years elapsed the total benefit receipts amount to $13,445.46. The receipts have steadily increased each year over that preceding, until last year they amounted to $1,618.95. New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114.

• An article on the Orrin brothers and their shows is in White Tops, November-December, 1947, Vol. 20, Nos. 11-12, pp. 3, 5-6, 30.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ortello's - 1919

    Ortello's European Shows, Major Ortello, owner. Want miniature tab. wagons, cages, animals, trained dogs, ponies, monks, anything suitable for overland show, cheap for cash. People in all lines. Will buy wardrobe, circus or tab. show, scenery, paper and banners. Geo. L. Green, manager, Liverpool, Ohio. Billboard, January 18, 1919, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Orteza

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in Mexico and West coast, circa 1920.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Orton's - 1854-59, 1860, 1863-69, 1878, 1880-86, 1888-89, 1890-92, 1896, 1898, 1913, 1916-17 (Orton's, Orton Bros., Orton & Older - various titles)

1854: (Hiram Orton, owner)

    The Badger State says a Mr. Orton has established a Circus at Portage City, and gives entertainments every Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday - that it is ina large room, well warment by stoves - and that the performences are better thanany ever before exhibited in the State. Kenosha Telegraph (WI), February 10, 1854, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Portage City Circus, H. Orton, Proprietor. Will give a grand performance in this city on Tuesday, Thursday & Saturday of each week, at 6 1/2 o'clock p.m. Daring and beautiful feats on single horse by the following ladies: M'lle. A. Wade, R. Rym, and H. Orton. Feats of horsemanship, groung and lofty tumbling, by the company. Messers. C. Tubbs, Wm. Pixley, J. Pixley, C. Hoxey, J. F. McCrea, M. Orton, W. Kelly, J. ___, N. Waid. H. R. Wells, the great Western clown. Music by the Portage City Brass Band. Admittance 25 cents. Badger State February 18, 1854, n.p.n.

    Orton's Circus. Open every evening (Sundays excepted), also every Saturday afternoon at 2 o'clock. Mr. O. has with great expense engaged Hunt's New York Brass and String Band! which, during each exhibition will discourse some of the most fashionable and latest music. He has no hesitation in saying that under the management of Messrs. Gilkison & Tubbs, that his Circus can and will supercede all companies that have heretofore been in the west. Circus building directly opposite the Washington House. Admittace 25 cents. Children ___. Badger State April 1, 1854, n.p.n.

    Badger Circus. This circus is what its names import, a real Badge, or Wisconsin, establishment, and on this account, merits the patronage of the people of this State. But the fact is, it is a better company than any other now travelling in the State. There is nothing humbug about it - they perform more than they advertise to do - They do not, like most circuses, make the most show on paper and in making their entree into town. Sheboygan Lake Journal (WI), June 7, 1854, n.p.n.

    Orton's Badger Circus will perform in Lancaster on Thursday next, July 6th. It is a native Wisconsin product, and will no doubt be well-behaved, decent and perform according to what their bills promise. We never heard tell of it before, and know nothing about the concern; for the very reason however that no pretensions are made, it will the more probably be a respectable circus. Grant County Herald (Lancaster, WI), July 3, 1854, p. 2.

1855: (Hiram Orton, owner)

    [Advertisement] Orton's Circus! Two companies combined. The well known Oriental Circus and the Badger Circus. Making the largest and most talented troupe in the United States, will exhibit at Madison, Saturday, June 30th. The celebrated performers who stand without equal in Europe or America will appear. Monsieur Karl, the great double and quadruple horseman. Master M. Orton, the daring and fearless vaulter and bare back rider. Monsieur Collier, the unapprochable slack and tight rope performer. Mdlle Orton, the gifted and beautiful female equestrienne, whose daring and graceful riding has elicited the wonder and admiration of the western world. Mr. J. Finkam, the celebrated India rubber man and double somersaulter. He will during each performance, throw a double summerset turning himself twice in the air before reaching the carpet. J. Barkley, the boneless man and contortionist. Mr. Tubbs, the strongest man in the world, will appear in his various feats of strength. Masters Flinn, Kelley, Orton, Fiskins, and others, who would be considered "stars" in other companies. Clowns for the circle, J. A. Gilkeson and Antonio Castyle. Music by Wadsworth's Celebrated Brass and String Band. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission, box 50 cts.; pit, 25 cts. Daily Argus and Democrat (Madison, WI), June 25, 1855, n.p.n.

    A terrific storm occurred at Beaver Dam, on Friday evening last. The canvass of Orton's Circus was blown down, and the center pole broken into pieces. No lives lost, however. Daily Free Democrat (Milwaukee, WI), August 9, 1855, n.p.n.

1856: (Hiram Orton, owner)

    [Advertisement] Col. Orton's Badger Circus. Organized, embellished and arranged for 1856. Wait a little while, Save your dimes accordingly, for Orton's Badger Circus will tickle you to death and knock humbugs to the other side of Jordan! Col. Orton, manager & proprietor. J. R. Millen, band leader. G. T. Orton, treasurer. C. Tubbs, equestrian director, A. Castillo & Constable, clowns. N. R. Kemp, agent. Will exhibit in Madison, July 14th, 1856. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Dress circle, 50 cents.
    List of performers connected with the Badger Circus: Mademoiselle Orton, and her trained horse, Oleck. Mr. C. Tubbs, the man of iron, the strongest man in existance. Billy Bird, the eighty-four somerset turner. Mons. W. W. Chambers, the grand scenic rider. Mr. J. Tinkham, the greatest double somerseter in the world, who will at each exhibiton turn a double somerset. Mr. M. Kelly, the Indian rubber or boneless man. Master M. Orton, the daring bare-back rider. Prof. J. D. Warren, the delf spinner, and ball and knife juggler. Master D. Orton, the best la perche equipoise performer in the West. Three clowns, Constable, Castillo and Heyck.
    The company will exhibit at Hazel Green, Monday, July 7th; Platteville, Tuesday, July 8th; Mineral Point, Wednesday, July 9th; Dodgeville, Thursday, July 10th; Moundville, Friday, July 11th; Mt. Vernon, Saturday, July 12th. Weekly Argus and Democrat (Madison, WI), July 8, 1856, n.p.n.

    Col. Orton's Badger Circus performed here last Monday - and notwithstanding a few days previous, Mr. Buckley's Circus was here, the Col. was well patronized. We have no hesitancy in saying that Col. Orton's Circus is a little ahead of any other which has ever performed in Baraboo. Baraboo Republic (WI), August 2, 1856, n.p.n.

• 1856: Orton's Badger Circus two Missouri towns in 1856, Westport, April 25 and Kansas City, 26. The newspaper called the show a "horse-opera." Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, p. 68.

1857: (Hiram Orton, owner)

    Caster livery stable at Montgomery, Ala., was burned this week, including 30 horses, mostly belonging to Orton's circus. Loss $30,000. Daily Argus and Democrat (Madison, WI), April 29, 1857, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Orton's Great Southern Circus. 22 star performers. Together with the great performing lions, Romeo and Juliet. And will exhibit in Madison, on Monday, November 9th, 1857. Doors open at 2 and 6 o'clock. Admission 50 cents. Children 25 cent. For further particulars see large bills. Daily State Journal (Madison, WI), October 29, 1857, n.p.n.

    On Sunday morning last, about half past four, fire was discovered in the Lee House Saloon, and before the flames could be arrested, the building was entirely destroyed. The two lions, belonging to Orton's Circus, were kept in the back end of the building, but were taken out and caged without difficulty. - Portage City Record. Milwaukee Daily Sentinel (WI), December 25, 1857, p. 1.

1858: (Hiram Orton, P. A. Older, owners)

    [Advertisement] Orton & Older's Great Southern Circus! P. A. Older, business manager. Julien Hervey, equestrian director. J. E. Wicks, treasurer. H. P. Browne, agent. Will exhibit at Madison, on Tuesday, May 11, 1858. Mr. Orton would state to the former patrons of his exhibition, that he has disposed of a half interest in this popular concern, to Mr. P. A. Older, formerly of the firm of Mabie, Older & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie; and having re-organized and re-fitted entirely new for the traveling season of '58, they are enabled to bring before the public a model equestrian, herculean, acrobatic, and dramatic troupe, consisting of the following stars, selected from the elite of the most celebrated Amphitheatres of both England and America:
    Mr. Wm. O'Dale, the great American somerset rider and vaulter. Mons. Julien Hervey, from the French Amphitheatre, Paris, with Spanish tranker, ascension, suspension, &c. Mr. Chas. Tubbs, who is well known to the catering public, in his Herculean feats and trick horse, Sir Henry. Mr. Miller, from Astley's Amphitheatre, London. Orton Brothers, trapez, classic arts and la perche. Masters Willie and Panton, $3,000 challengers beat the world in feats of contortion. Washington Chambers, scenic and comedy. Mr. Geo. Constable, the Shakespearean clown and people's jester, equaled by few and excelled by none. Mr. C. Lewis, the Gorgian trick clown, and too well known to the public to need comment. Mr. Robert Lindley, the unapproachable banjoist. Andrew E. Morris, the original "Bob Ridley."
    Professor Abel's full Military Band. Also the great performing lions, Romeo & Juliet, the pet leopard, Washington, and the Happy Family, without extra charge. Doors open at 1 and 6 1/2 o'clock p.m. Admission t50 cts. Children under twelve, 25 cts., to Boxes. Daily State Journal (Madison, WI), May 3, 1858, n.p.n.

• 1858: Orton & Older's online at:
Clipper, April 10,   Clipper, April 17,   Clipper, May 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 17,   Clipper, July 24,   Clipper, July 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 14,   Clipper, September 18,   Clipper, September 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 9,   Clipper, November 13,   Clipper, December 4 (scroll down)

• 1859: Orton & Older's online at:
Clipper, February 26,   Clipper, March 5,   Clipper, May 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, June 18,   Clipper, July 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, July 16,   Clipper, July 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 5,   Clipper, December 31 (scroll down)

• 1860: Orton & Older's online at Clipper, January 7, 1860 (scroll down)

1863:

    [Advertisement] Orton Brothers' Great Circus! The star company of America, and beautiful stud of horses. Maintaining its proud position and character for the talent displayed in the circle, and not depending upon tawdry outside shows. Will perform at Cedar Rapids, the 25th of September. A grand mid-day performance commences at 2 o'clock, and in the evening at 7 o'clock. Admission, Box 50 and Pit 25.
    In addition to this model company of equestrians, acrobats and herculeans, are the four lady equestrians, Mrs. Miles Orton, Madam Hatty Orton, Miss Irean and Miss Celeste. Mr. Miles Orton, the champion rider of America, will appear on his wild bare backed steed. Leaping and double summersaulting by Young America. The performance will be interspersed by the loquacious drolleries of the clown and court jester. The entertainment will commence with a grand equestrian spectacle by eight ladies and gentlemen on their steeds. The whole to commence with an equestrian comic pantomime. Cedar Valley Times (Cedar Rapids, IA), September 24, 1863, n.p.n.

• 1864: online at Clipper, April 23,   Clipper, July 16 (scroll down)

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, May 27,   Clipper, June 24,   Clipper, September 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 28 (scroll down)

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, May 12,   Clipper, July 7,   Clipper, August 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 8 (scroll down)

1867: (Hiram Orton, owner)

    Orton's Circus will be at Bedford next Wednesday (June 19th), and of course the tent will be crowded. Our friends must not forget that our old band teacher, Andrew Protzman leads the circus band, consisting of ten female musicians.
    [Advertisement] Orton Bro's Great American Circus is coming. The star company of America. This old favorite company has been greatly augmented for the traveling season of 1867 with new canvas, new wagons and with new trappings on a scale of magnificence heretofore unknown in the circus line, and with talent of the first order in every department, they give an entertainment unsurpassed by any.
    An original feature with this company, is a Female Silver Cornet Band, consisting of ten ladies, led by their teacher, Prof. A. Protzman. They will enter town at 10 a.m. on the day of exhibition, and will discourse somr of the most fashionable music extant through the principal streets. Bedford, Wednesday, June 19, 1867. Doors open at 2 and 7 p.m. Admission 75 cents. Children 40 cents.
    With this troupe will be found the regular "Old Fashioned" clown, Dr. Gilkison, the world renowned court jester and wit. Billy Andrews, the Irish clown, "The Funniest Man Alive." Mr. Miles Orton, the fearless champion bareback rider. Den Orton, the irrestiable dramatic and scenic rider and unequaled a 'la' perche. Mrs. Miles Orton with her educated horse, "Jupiter" the best trained horse in the world, trained by herself, will enchant all lovers of that noble animal. Master Leon Orton, the youthful rider, with Master R. Z. and Misses Irena and Celestie, present an array of talent not often found in a single family. Mr. Gaffney, the greatest Herculean of the age; and many others of equal worth and celebrity, makes this indeed the model company of this country. J. F. Johnson, advertising agent. Iowa South-West (Bedford, IA), June 15, 1867, n.p.n.

    Orton's Circus, which performed here last summer, is well known in this part of the west. We have received a letter from Billy Andrews, the clown, known outised of the profession as "Yankee Sullivan," a Dubuque boy, who worked in the Herald office years ago as typo. The letter is dated Nov. 21, and was mailed at Clarksville, Texas. He says:
    "The company has been showing its way through Arkansas with great success, although the war has left the majority of the inhabitants as poor as a church mouse. Last Friday (Nov. 22) we played in a small town called Hoston, to a large audience. When the afterpiece was announced a party of "bushwhackers" came into the canvas a little drunk. Four of them drew their revolvers on me, but some of our men, with myself, made them put up their firearms. They left, saying they would settle with us before we left town. In the evening a party of twenty of them made a raid on us. We called on thirteen regulars who were in town and prepared for a battle. Arranging our forces behind an embankment, we prepared for action. In a few minutes three men on horseback, led by Tom Duke (formerly a captain in the rebel army), rode into the ring, when the firing became general on both sides. Tom Duke was killed, also his horse and a negro called Jeff. Twelve of the party were wounded, but escaped; two were taken prisoners. R. Z. Orton was the only one injured on our side. Three buck-shot passed through the fleshy part of his body, and one lodged in his arm. He is recovering. We charge $1.50 admission, and are en route for San Antonio and Mexico. 'Billy Andrews.'" Dubuque Daily Herald (IA), December 12, 1867, n.p.n.

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, April 27,   Clipper, June 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 12,   Clipper, December 21 (scroll down)

1868:

    Jones & Co.'s Northwestern Circus exhibited here on Friday and Saturday of last week and gave much better satisfaction than the thieving, swindling concern of Orton Brothers, which passed through this place about two week ago. There are no side gambling tables connected with this circus; what they do perform is presented in a genteel manner, and several of their ring feats are good and well worth the price of admission. Eau Claire Daily Free Press (WI), July 30, 1868, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Coming! Orton Bros.' Egyptian Caravan and South American Circus. Den. Orton, manager. H. Orton, treasurer. Miles Orton, equestrian director. S. B. Gaylord, general agent. The camels are coming. There has lately been attached to Orton Bros.' South American Circus, 6 gigantic camels. And still later has been added one little camel, a native of Kansas. This mammoth show will be announced by grand procession at 10 o'clock a.m., headed by a team of camels, driven by Mr. A. Gaffney, followed by the Female Silver Cornet Band, drawn by ten dapple grey horses, after which the entire company, mounted on thorough-bred horses, arranged in Persian Calvary and knights of two hundred years ago.
    In addition to this model company of equestrians, acrobats and dramatists are four equestriennes, Mrs. Miles Orton, Misses Irene, Julia and Celeste Orton, and Miss Mollie Hudson, the female bare-back rider. Miles Orton, the celebrated rider of America, will appear on his wild bare-back steed. Among the superb attractions is the magnificent ecole de manage, by Mrs. Miles Orton. Den Orton and A. Gaffney in their celebrated act, "La Perone," which must be seen to be appreciated.
    Miss Irene Orton, with her educated pony, Fairy Bell, will appear at each performance. Double horsemanship, a matchless act, by Mr. and Mrs. Miles Orton. Orton Brothers, Ben. & R. Z., in their celebrated two horse act. The English trick horse Wild Jube. Mr. A. Gaffney, in his wonderful feats with the cannon balls, weighing 20, 25, 38 and 45 lbs. Pretty Scotch dance, by the Orton sisters, Irene and Celeste. Two great clowns, Billy Andrews, the Irish clown. Julius H. Kent, the great English court jester and trick clown, slack rope and double somersault performer.
    The entertainment will commence with a grand equestrian spectacle by eight ladies and gentlemen, on richly accoutred steeds. This company will not split or divide, but will be on hand on day and date advertised, rain or shine. Will exhibit at Maquoketa, Thursday, Sept. 10th, 1868. Admission 50 cts. Children under 10, 25 cts. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7 p.m., afternoon and evening. Maquoketa Sentinel (IA), September 1, 1868, n.p.n.

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, April 11,   Clipper, May 23,   Clipper, May 30 (scroll down)

• 1867-68: Orton Bros. Great American Circus played Kansas in 1867, operated by Miles Orton and R. Z. Orton. A feature of the show was a ladies silver cornet band. The performance consisted mostly of members of the Orton family. Orton Bros. was back in Kansas in April 1868 with their ladies silver cornet band, now augmented by a family of bell ringers. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 11-12, 14.

• Information on the 1867-68 Orton Bros. Great American Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 47-48, 49-50, 51.

1869 (Miles Orton & Co.):

    [Advertisement] Miles Orton & Co.'s Quinqueparite Combination. Grand consolidaton of five shows in one. The camels are coming! Look out for horses! Miles Orton, manager. H. Orton, treasurer. Mat Hosmer, master of circle. Julien Harvey, equestrian director. H. R. Marcy, leader of orchestra. J. Birney Gaylord, advance agent. Look out for the grand procession headed by a herd of Bactrian camels, magnificently comparisoned with gorgeous trappings, representing an oriental caravan, followed by the beautiful band chariot. This chariot is a perfect paragon of architectural magnificence; the panels are filled with elegant French silver plate mirros, drawn by dapple gray horses, and containing Prof. Marcy's celebrated Boston Cornet Band, followed by the entire company, mounted on horses.
    Mr. Miles Orton, champion rider of the universe, will appear at each performance in his great sensational pirouette act, on his bareback horse, carrying his infant son Claudie in daring and difficult attitudes. Claudie is the youngest equestrian in the world, and the smallest child that ever appeared before an audience, being only 2 1/2 years old. Lamont Brothers, Newton, Albert and William, who will achieve the triple trapeze and introduce the three Comas. M'lle Caroline, the young, gifted and daring equestrienne, from La Cirque, Paris, where she appeared under the august patronage of the Emperor of France, the reigning queen of the arena.
    Mr. Taylor Rush, the graceful equestrian, gymnast and acrobat. Mast. R. Z. Orton, scenic rider, in his wonderful charge. Mr. Harry Hart, favorite clown and jester, will give his novel burlesque readings of Shakespeare, intersperced with humorous anectdotes, dialects of different nationalities, and telling allusions to the topics of the day. Master Leon and Little Jesse, in their Pick Wick scenes. Harry Gardner, one of the most mirth-provoking clowns. Jerry Hopper, the essence of witticism. Performance afternoon and evening. Admission 50 cents. Children 25 cents. Will exhibit at Chariton, Monday, May 3d. Chariton Democrat (IA), April 29, 1869, n.p.n.

1878: The Great American Circus and Monster Coliseum gave two exhibitions to good business in Greenville, Mich., June 17. A correspondent says: "The street parade was poor, but they give a good show. The prominent features are the bareback riding of Miles Orton and his two children and the clowning of Al Field. There have been several changes in the company lately - W. W. Nichols joined the show __; the Bensleys, gymnasts, left __. Miles Orton has the concert and Al Field the reserved seats and candy privileges. The trick stallion Montezuma kicked a farmer in the abdomen while the show was in Newago, injuring him so severely that he died. His friends have brought suit against the company for damages. Their route from here is Saranac 19, Millvale 20, Ludington 21, Allegan 22, Manistee __, and thence by steamer up around the Straits, opening in Milwaukee Jul7 4, Chicago 7, thence by wagons through Ohio and Indiana." New York Clipper, June 29, 1878, p. 111.

1879: L. G. Field was in Columbus, O., last week, and told our correspondent there that Miles Orton will put a show on the road next April with the following people: Miles Orton, manager; L. G. Field, clown; Sig. Don, juggler (late of Wilson's South American Circus); the Sabine Family, four in number, gymnasts; ten Ute Indians and ponies. They are to start out from Detroit, Mich. New York Clipper, December 27, 1879, p. 315.

1880:

    Mlle. Selena Bedar, Circassian lady, and Signor Sawtelle, magician, etc., with his trained dogs, are to travel the coming season with Miles Orton's Show. New York Clipper, March 6, 1880, p. 395.

    Orton's Circus Coming. Thursday, May 13th, will be a gala day in Ackley, the date on which will appear here the Ortons. The entertainment embraces all the novelties of the circus arena, while the famous riding of Miles Orton is an attraction in itself for one show. There are trained animals, a double circus company, grand street parade including the Lion Queen in the open den of savage monsters, grand Mardi-Gras carnival, English bicycles. The Ortons are an Iowa company, having spent their winters for years past in our neighboring county of Dallas. Admission 50 and 25 cents. Ackley Enterprise (Ackley, IA), May 8, 1880, n.p.n.

    Our information of Orton's circus is not of such a character as to warrant us in advising people to attend it. We, therefore, omit the advertisement of the same. Freeborn County Standard (Albert Lea, MN), May 27, 1880, n.p.n.

    Miles Orton's Circus and Menagerie is exhibiting in Southern Missouri, enroute to Texas. Recent additions to the show comprise three cages of animals and birds from the late Boyd & Peters' Circus, a glass snake den, a den of Hyenas, bought of John Robinson, and a team of moose elk (two bucks and doe), broken to drive in harness. New York Clipper, October 2, 1880, p. 219.

    Miles Orton's Circus and Menagerie closed a season of twenty-six weeks at Franklin, Ky., and went into Winter quarters at Harford. The company will take the road about April 1, 1881. Miles Orton, the proprietor, is making his headquarters at Hartford. New York Clipper, November 27, 1880, p. 283.

1881:

    Wanted for the Miles Orton Mastodon Shows, consolidated with Hayenboch's German Menagerie, boss ostler, equestrian director, ringmaster, etc. Address Miles Orton, care J. Anderson, Columbus, O. New York Clipper, June 11, 1881, p. 192.

    Miles Orton's Circus. The show includes Miles, Irene and Claude Orton, Masters Alfred and Bernard, Dan Leon, T. Burgess, A. G. Field . . . Messrs. Luanda, Primrose and Pickett, S. Dickey, Izy Orton, the Meltons, Gussie Luanda, Whitney and West, Arthur Flynn, the Burdetts Children, Billy Doyle. Prof. Stevens is leader of the band. The menagerie contains ten cages. Two canvases are used, and the show travels by wagon. The route is through Indiana and Michigan. New York Clipper, June 11, 1881, p. 194.

    Circus performers of all kinds (except riders), sideshow and concert attractions, musicians, an equestrian director, orators, musicians, twenty billposters, etc., are wanted for Miles Orton's New Mastodon Shows. Miles Orton, sole proprietor, McConnellsville, Ohio. New York Clipper, December 24, 1881, pp. 656, 663.

1882:

    We have received an eastern paper announcing that Miles Orton has re-organized his circus "on a scale of unparalleled splendor," for the campaign of 1882. Over twenty years ago, when the writer of this was about three feet high, Miles Orton, with his brothers and a sister, then living on a farm in Westburg township, commenced to practice circus equestrianism in the intermissions of farm work. During the winter before their first entering the show business, they had a rude sort of ring house on a farm just north of Jesup. They met with financial success and were popular here in the early days of the county. Some of they are now dead, some have retired from the sawdust ring, and we believe Miles is the only one still in the business. - Independent Conservative. Iowa State Reporter (Waterloo, IA), April 12, 1882, p. 1.

    The invincible Miles Orton will soon be around again. His show this year contains new features never before seen, including Hagenback's German Menagerie and Thierpark, said to be the finest collection of rare and wild beasts and curious monsters ever seen in Europe, including the monster Gavial or Crocodile of India, besides the Spanish Circo, the juvenile Circus, Lucera's Lordly Lions, the Dog Circus, the acting Elks, the famous Museum, the Bicycle Riders, in conjunction with the favorite, Orton's own Moral Circus of 100 celebrities including Azel, the Great Atmospheric Wonder, Little Allie and Bernard, Sensational Gymnasts, Miles Orton, bareback champion, Five Funny Clowns, and other novels of the sawdust circle. The big show exhibits at Athens, Friday, June 23d. A street parade will be given in the morning at 10 o'clock; and a free high wire ascension on the show grounds at 1 p.m. Athens Messenger (Athens, OH), June 15, 1882, p. 1.

    Leon Orton, bareback equestrian, four-horse ridr, leaper, tumbler, etc., is a leading feature at Miles Orton's New Mastadon Circus this season. New York Clipper, August 19, 1882, p. 350.

    Mount Airy, N. C., Sept. 18. During the performance by Orton's circus at this place this morning, the seats fell with 1,500 people. Fifty persons were seriously injured and four ladies are in a critical condition. Many men, women and children had their legs and arms broken. Daily Miner (Butte, MT), September 20, 1882, p. 1.

    Dawn, knockabout and pantomime clown, with Miles Orton's New Mastodon Shows, has been re-engaged for the Winter season. New York Clipper, November 11, 1882, p. 556.

    Miles Orton's Consolidated Shows are to close the season Dec. 20, and ship to Huntsville, and there go into Winter quarters. New York Clipper, December 23, 1882, p. 646.

1883:

    Miles Orton's Show closed a season of thirty-five weeks in Calera, Ala., Dec. 20, and shipped by rail to Huntsville, where it went into Winter quarters. They have secured the Fair grounds and large buildings there, and commenced repairing and repainting, to be ready for an early start in March. New York Clipper, January 6, 1883, p. 678.

    Johnny Strickle and wife will travel with the Orton Circus the coming season, and will depart to Huntsville, Alabama, in a few weeks to join the same. Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), February 28, 1883, n.p.n.

    A car load of animals was shipped from the Barnum and London headquarters at Bridgeport and Central Park Menagerie to Miles Orton's Show at Huntsville, Ala., this week. New York Clipper, March 24, 1883, p. 6.

    The Anglo-American Four Combined Shows, Miles Orton, general manager, are to open their season in Huntsville, Ala., April 3; thence to Decatur 4, Pulaski, Tenn., 5, Murphreesboro 6, Fayetteville 7, 9, Chattanooga 10, Somerset, Ky., 11, Grand Junction 12. New York Clipper, March 31, 1883, p. 22.

    [Advertisement] The Anglo-American Circus, Royal German Menagerie, Le Gran Circo-Zoologico, and Mystic Circus of Japan, traveling together for the season only. At Jeffersonville, Monday, April 30. The monster whale, giant black camel, giant horse, giant ant bear, giant emues. The Titanic bubalipus, the sacred white camel, and the midget camel dwarf. Performing horses, ponies, and acting quadrupeds. A wild beast show free for nothing in the streets. Hector, the $10,000 riding canine. Miles Orton and Little Allie and Bernard are with us. M'lle Leonora, the heroine of the flaming zone. Field's five famous funny fools; Dawn, the Spanish fire juggler; Cordello and VanAuken, leapers, and the Three Waltons; Dan Leon, jockey, the fire balloon ascent. Jefferson Daily Evening News (Jefferson, IN), April 21, 1883, n.p.n.

    Miles Orton's circus gave a very fair ring performance last Saturday. The animal show was light, there being hardly enough wild beasts to furnish an excuse for "taking the children to see the animals." The company remained here over Sunday and so far as we know were a quiet and orderly crowd. A good many of the roustabouts were colored men. Iowa State Reporter (Waterloo, IA), June 14, 1883, n.p.n.

    The Chilton Times gives the Anglo-American circus sharp a good drubbing in its last issue. They had the nut shell and sold soap also; skinning the innocent, unsuspecting granger out of his hard-earned wealth. Times and Gazette (Marshfield, WI), September 1, 1883, n.p.n.

    Memphis, Tenn., Nov. 16. Miles Orton's circus was attached upon its arrival here at 2 o'clock this morning by Miss Eda Sutton, known as Mlle. Mille Lavely, who, since April 4, has been with the show as a tight-rope performer, also appearing as a woman with an iron-jaw. She claimed a balance of $500 due on salary. The car containing the camels and the trick mule was sidetracked by the Sheriff upon its arrival at the station, but a forfeit of $1,000 was put up and the train went on to Belles station. The case was compromised this evening. New York Times (New York, NY), November 17, 1883, p. 1.

    Near Xenia, O., Orton's Circus train, enroute to winter quarters at Detroit, was wrecked and a large number of cars burned and several animals escaped. No one was seriously injured. Oshkosh Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), December 3, 1883, p. 1.

    Miles Orton's Circus, enroute to Winter quarters in Detroit, Mich., was wrecked near Xenia, O., Nov. 30. New York Clipper, December 8, 1883, p. 631.

• Information on the 1883 Orton's Anglo-American Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 1, p. 41.

1884:

    Tom Clifford is engaged for the coming season with Miles Orton's Circus as principal tumbler, and his wife, Mme. Jeannetta, for an Indian club act. New York Clipper, January 26, 1884, p. 767.

    George B. McIntosh, advance agent for Orton's Anglo American circus made our office a call today. His company will show here May 6. Marshall Daily Chronicle (Marshall, MI), April 17, 1884. n.p.n.

    Miles Orton's Anglo-Aemrican Railway Show leaves Norris, near Detroit, Mich., May 1. There will be rehearsals April 29 and 30. New York Clipper, April 19, 1884, p. 70.

    [Advertisement] Orton's Anglo-American will exhibit at Marshall, Tuesday, May 6th. Glorious street parade. 31 dens of brute beasts. 5 open dens in the street parade. 7 lady riders. 12 equestrians. 5 clowns. Performing lions, hyenas, leopards, camels. The spotted gian cannibal chief, Hochi. Five great giants. Giant horse, giant camel, giant emu, giant men and women. Gigantic alliance of four great shows. Marshall Daily Chronicle (Marshall, MI), April 25, 1884, n.p.n.

    Den Stone, veteran circus-man, goes with Burr Robbins this year. Logansport Chronicle (Logansport, IN), April 26, 1884, n.p.n.

    The Anglo American circus, which showed here Wednesday, had but few redeeming features. Orton's bareback riding was good, the rope and wire acts were excellent, and the trapeze performance of two little bosy was fair, the tumbling was about average, but when this is said one can go no further in praise of the establishment. Their flaming billboards are nothing short of a fabrication. Their museum is a snare and their concert is a concentrated essence of discord mingled with a fraud. Yellow River Lumberman (Necedah, WI), June 26, 1884, n.p.n.

    Orton's Anglo American Circus visited us last Wednesday, and although the menagerie was not the best, the circus was excellent. There has been considerable rivalry between the Anglo American and Barrett's shows. Monticello Express (Monticello, IA), July 17, 1884, p. 1.

    Denver, August 29. At 11 o'clock last night a train belonging to the Anglo-American circus, Miles Orton, proprietor, left Ft. Collins for Golden via the Greeley, Salt Lake & Pacific railroad. Forty minutes later, when near Greeley, the sleeping car in which about seventy-five men employed as roustabouts of the circus were asleep, caught fire and was wholly consumed. Ten men perished in the flames, two were seriously and five slightly burned. The fire communicated from an open torch with which the car was lighted to a quantity of gasoline which was being carried in the same car, causing an explosion. It is believed the employes of the circus are entirely responsible for the accident. Daily Iowa Capital (Des Moines, IA), August 29, 1884, n.p.n.

    Orton's Show closed season at Jonesboro, Ark., Oct. 4, and shipped to Nevada, Mo., for Winter. New York Clipper, October 18, 1884, p. 486.

• Information on the 1884 Orton's Anglo-American Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 41-47.

1885:

    The following are booked with the Miles Orton Show the coming season: Chas. Cardello and wife, the Three Waltons, Chas. Madden, Claude Orton, Allie and Bernard, May Hayes, Sam Dickey, M. Park and wife, Joe Cook, Myers and McCree, A. G. Palmer, E. H. Dooley, Jerry Tanner, Robt. Taylor, John McLean S. K. Tribby, C. Ellis, W. Stritzinger, Geo. Ryland, Prof. O. P. Stevens with two bands, Harry Rogers, W. H. Gay, R. Z. Orton, Thos. Mann and Charles Rivers. The show opens the middle of April. Miles Orton is at his home in Detroit, Mich. R. E. Sheeran, the advance, was in the city last week. New York Clipper, March 14, 1885, p. 821.

    Orton's Anglo-American Circus have completed the Ohio River route, and is now on the Mississippi, whence they start with their own cars for the North. Gus Garoldt writes that "business is big." New York Clipper, June 27, 1885, p. 232.

    The Great Anglo-American Combined Railway Shows, exhibit at Algona, July 9th. Miles Orton, hero of the bareback world. Also Little Allie and Bernard, infant wonders, in their aerial specialties. Gothold, boneless serpentine wonder. Hicks Bros., together with 50 leading champions. Madden, the jester. Sam Dickey, Hibernian absurdities. Irwin, head balancer on the swaying wire. The riding canine "Hector." Master Claude, 4 and 6 horse groupings. Dora, tattooed Greek. Ethnological Congress of idolatrous subjects, appearing in native habits and costumes. Wait for the honestly-advertised circus and menagerie. Cheap excursion rates on all railroads. [Advertisement] The Upper Des Moines (Algona, IA), July 1, 1885, n.p.n.

    Billed for May 26th at Cairo, Illinois. To be in Duluth about the last of July. Blowdown at Maustin, Wisconsin on July 28. Advertised for personnel for the Winter season in the South - tumblers, leapers, gymnasts, sideshow talker, magicians. New York Clipper, May 30, 1885, p. 171; July 18, 1885, p. 81; August 8, 1885, p. 328; September 5, 1885, pp. 395, 400.

    The tent of the Anglo-American Circus was blown down at Mauston, Wis., night of July 28. The canvas was torn to pieces, but no one was seriously hurt. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.

    Miles Orton, circus proprietor, is said to have made profits this year. He proposes to return to Iowa about January 1st and will make Des Moines his headquarters. He intends to purchase property and build a residence here. Daily Iowa Capital (Des Moines, IA), October 2, 1885, n.p.n.

    Atlanta, George. Huffman's Dime Show has done well during the week. He secured the better part of Orton's Circus, which recently disbanded at Dalton, Ga. It is said that Mr. Orton's show property was attached at Dalton and he could not pay his performers; in the meantime the village is full of unfortunate show people without funds, awaiting developments. New York Clipper, December 12, 1885, p. 615.

• Information on the 1885 Orton Combined Railway Shows is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 44-45.

1886:

    A Chattanooga, Tenn., dispatch says, Jan. 11: "Orton's Circus, which has been playing in hard luck for some time past in this section, was unable to weather the financial storm, and finally collapsed. The effects are at Dalton, Ga., and advertised to be sold for the benefit of the show's attaches." The circus has virtually been disrupted for some weeks past. New York Clipper, January 23, 1886, p. 708.

    The Orton Circus is to go out again May 1. Little Allie and Bernard Orton will be among the features. New York Clipper, March 6, 1886, p. 804.

1888:

    Wanted for the Gigantic Railroad Show (long season), horizontal bar teams and brother acts, female gymnasts, concert and sideshow people, clown. Will be in Pensacola, Feb. 23-25, Mobile one week 27. Miles Orton, manager. New York Clipper, February 18, 1888, p. 792.

    Paducah, Kentucky. Miles & Orton's Circus, I understand, are to open their season here April 3. New York Clipper, March 31, 1888, p. 43.

    Notes from Orton's Circus. The Orton Circus showed in California, Mo., July 28, to good business. Mrs. Dooley and Charley Cooper were married at Detroit, and returned to the show at East St. Louis. Master Albert Orton, while turning a double somersault over an elephant and eight horses, had his leg broken in two places, but is recovering fast. New York Clipper, August 11, 1888, p. 343.

    The Orton Show report a successful season. T. J. Ford is the railroad contractor, and Chas. Ellis is general agent with four assistants. New York Clipper, October 20, 1888, p. 511.

1889:

    The Orton Show is reported to be doing flourishing business through the South. Miles Orton is manager, T. J. Ford, assistant manager, and Charles Ellis, general agent. Managerial staff: Orton Bros., proprietors; R. Z. Orton, manager; W. O. Boegel, treasurer; M. E. Ashnton, contractor and agent. New York Clipper, February 2, 1889, p. 755.

    People so far engaged for the Orton Bros.' Show include B. T. Bowman and wife, C. C. Matthews and wife, A. Giese and wife, W. H. Quinnett and wife, Irena Orton, A. T. Harris, W. J. Milligan, Sig. Wiretta and Bob Raynor. Prof. De Rance Richards will lead the procession of the band of thirteen pieces. The show will travel by rail. New York Clipper, February 16, 1889, p. 787.

    Manager R. Z. Orton recently purchased the outfit of the stranded Ferguson & Williams Circus. New York Clipper, March 2, 1889, p. 821.

    Orton Bros.' Shows open their tenting season at Adel, Ia., about May 1. Everything is in shape at their farm at Ortonville. The show will make one day stands, the Ortons controlling all privileges. C. S. Bowman will take charge of the sideshow and M. E. Ashton, with ten assistants, will be in advance. New York Clipper, March 23, 1889, p. 23.

    The route of the Miles Orton Show from New Orleans will be along the Queen and Crescent route to Birmingham, Ala., and thence North over the L. and N. road to Cincinnati, O. Business is good. New York Clipper, March 23, 1889, p. 23.

    The executive of Miles Orton's Show: Miles Orton and T. J. Ford, managers; Charles Ellis, general agent with six assistants, and Chas. Cooper, master of transportation. They report good business. New York Clipper, April 6, 1889, p. 59.

    M. E. Ashton writes from Adel, Ia., that the Orton Bros.' Moral Show will be unable to take the road this season on account of misunderstanding among the management. New York Clipper, April 13, 1889, p. 81.

    A Wild West Show has been added to Orton’s Circus. Chas. Ellis continues as the general agent. New York Clipper, May 4, 1889.

    The Orton railroad show that made its appearance here on Friday of last week, was in a very large measure, a "bum fuzzle." We were there, (being the only person in the city willing to admit the same) and saw the happy family, consisting of one innocent monkey, not counting the one at the door, the educated hog perform with the half starved pig, the girl with the pompadore hair, and last but not least, the old worn out street fake, "Punch and Judy." (Applause.) Next we entered the large pavilion and found a handsome ring — on the elephant's trunk, beautiful reserved seats, boards with lOc. carpet laying thereon. We took our seats and the allged band struck several discordes composing a selection, after which a little innocent dog on the back of a horse was compelled to jump over some narrow strips of calico. After this several animals ran down an incline plank and alighted on a large tick filled with bricks or some other soft substance. The slack wire act, the elephant nnd the infants were the features of the show. The two funny clowns, too, were there springing resurrected gags to the disgust of the audience. The fly man entered the ring and announced that, "We, like all other organizations of this kind carry a concert company, composed of twelve talented artists, who will positively appear and the price of admission is but ten cents." He caught a great many dimes, not us. To close we will say: This show is positively the worst circus that ever appeared under canvas. Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), May 23, 1889, n.p.n.

    Mrs. R. Z. Orton writes: "My husband accidentlly fell during a performance at Auburn, Ia., last week, breaking his right arm. The show, in consequence, will be shipped to Ortonville, to be re-organized under the name of the Orton Bros., and will open at Adel about July 4. New York Clipper, June 29, 1889, p. 257.

    Miles Orton's Show taked the Ohio River at Louisville, Ky., for an extended trip. T. J. Ford resigned last week. Business is reported fair. New York Clipper, July 27, 1889, p. 321.

    Notes from the Miles Orton Show. A. B. Scoville writes that they are doing a fair business, and are playing the river towns on the Ohio and its tributaries. The stock is in first class order, and all attaches are well. The show is touring on the steamer General Harris and a barge. New York Clipper, August 17, 1889, p. 372.

    From the Miles Orton Show. Gordon and Norman Orton get many notices from the press for their drop and return act from the trapeze. The performing elephant, Lizzie(?), is stationed in the forecastle of the steamer, pays her respects to all new employes by assisting them to a voluntary bath. Gus Fairbanks is mail agent. New York Clipper, September 7, 1889, p. 427.

    The Miles Orton Show report meeting with success in Louisiana. They play New Orleans Christmas week. New York Clipper, December 14, 1889, p. 663.

    The Miles Orton Show reports playing Louisiana to big business. Geo. Richards has started his advance to back the Orton Show, and French & Price's Floating Opera House are all in the same Bayou, so it is lively in the extreme. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 711.

1890:

    The Miles Orton Circus closed a satisfactory season Jan. 21, at Natchez, Miss., and shipped to winter quarters at Vicksburg. The steamboat Geo Dawes, which had transported the show through the season, sailed for Cincinnati, O., Jan. 2 . . . New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 797.

    Orton's Show wants performers in every branch. Musicians, concert people, sideshow people, good boss canvas man, property man, boss butcher and reserve seat seller. . . . Miles Orton, manager. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 833.

    Chas. Ellis has canceled his engagement with Miles Orton's Show, and has been engaged as contracting agent with Stowe(?) Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

    Paducah, Kentucky. Miles Orton's Circus passed up the river 23(?) on their way to the Cumberland River towns. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 115.

    Paducah, Kentucky. Miles Orton's Circus were to have opened here 12(?), but were prevented from doing so. While the circus was here last summer a Mrs. Romaine(?) was injured by falling through the seats, and when the circus arrived 11(?), she informed manager Orton that unless he paid her a good sum a suit would be brought against him. A definite amount could not be fixed, and Mr. Orton, rather than stand the consequences, pulled up stakes and departed. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 163.

    The roster of the Miles Orton Circus is: Miles Orton, Norma and Gordon Orton, Bernard Dooley . . . Harry Wilson, F.(?) H. Hopkins . . . Albert Orton, Chas. Carroll and wife . . . Prof. F. H. De Miller, leader of band: Bert Co?fer, Wm. Hines, J. Kyle and ___. The show reports good business, and the ghost appears regular every Sunday. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.

    Wanted, billposters, Miles Orton Circus. Dan R. Robinson, Shreveport, La. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, p. 603.

1891:

    Miles Orton's New Railroad Shows, wanted people in all branches of the business. Also band eight mouthpieces. Address Miles Orton, Lafayette Hotel, New Orleans, La. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 782.

1892:

    Wanted, season of 1892, Miles Orton's New Mastodon R. R. Shows, Circus, Wild West, Real Roman Hippodrome, Combined with Geo. W. Rentz's European Menagerie. Circus attractions of all kinds. Riders, male and female, gymnasts, aerial artists, special and novelty acts. First class agents in all departments. General railroad contractor. Car agents, thirty billposters, boss canvasman, master transportation (salary no object), grooms . . . property men, four, six and eight horse drivers. Wanted for sideshow, all kinds of curiosities and band. Miles Orton, sole owner and manager, permanent winter quartrs, Louisville, Ky. Sideshow people address B. L. Bowman, Jeffersonville, Ind. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 790.

    B. L. Bowman and wife, and Prof. W. Young have closed their season with the Rentz Show through the South, and are wintering at Louisville, Ky. Mr. Bowman will manage the sideshow next season, and is busy fitting up a new sideshow for the opening early in April. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 795.

    Harry Pollworth, slack wire performer and juggler, has signed with Miles Orton's Circus for next season. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 859.

    Wanted, musicians for Orton's Circus, solo B-flat cornet, E-flat cornet and baritone. Andy Barthold, write. Address Harry Emmings, __ Second Street, Louisville, Ky. P.S. Would also like to hear from other musicians. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 13.

    The Asbeys have signed with the Miles Orton Show. They will produce their "Living Statuary" specialty, besides appearing in the concert. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Fred G. Conrad goes with Miles Orton's Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Hop Little and Roy Nelson, formerly with Terrell Bros.' Circus, have gone to Louisville, Ky., to join the billposting brigade of Orton's Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Roster of the sideshow with Miles Orton's Show: R. L. Bowman, manager and orator; Mrs. R. L. Bowman, Agnes May, Prof. W. Young, Gertie Pla??, Mamie Clay, Prof. W. Bunch, Sidonio, Charlie Scott, Prof. W. H. Jacobs's Colored Band of eight men; Jim Reed, in charge of sideshow canvas, with four assistants; a cage of monkeys, and a cage of birds, a 60ft. round top, with a 40ft. middle piece, and sixteen new double deck paintings. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Call. People engaged for Miles Orton's New Mastodon Railroad Shows report at Louisville, Ky., for rehearsals April 14(?). Show opens April 16. Miles Orton, manager, 117 Eleventh Street. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 78.

    Fred G. Conrad continues to hold the position of general agent of the Miles Orton Show. The report that A. L. Link was doing the work was erroraneous. Mr. Link was engaged as railroad contractor, and not as general agent, which Mr. Conrad fills very creditably and satisfactorily. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    Wanted for Miles Orton New Mastodon Show. Circus people. Riders and aerial acts, four and six horse drivers, canvas men and bosses. Henderson, Ky. May 7, Princeton KY May 9, Central City KY May 10. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 143.

    The Asbeys have closed with Miles Orton's Circus. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.
    Wanted, musicians for Orton's Circus, cornets, bass, e-flat clarinet and alto. Address Harry Emmings, leader, Orton's Circus Band, Mt. Pleasant, Pa. June 11, West Newton, Pa., 13, McKeesport, Pa., 14. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 224.

    C. Asbey, who was recently with Miles Orton's Circus, has signed as general contracting and advance agent for Wm. Thompson's New Australian Circus, Museum and Menagerie. It is a four car railroad show, and the prices are ten and twenty-five cents. Everything is reported to be in good condition. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.

    Miles Orton's Circus reports good business and everybody well. They have not had a day's rain since June __. It takes sixteen cars to transport the show, and Mr. Orton is expecting every day some more show property that he recently bought. . . . New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    On the road, circuses: Orton's, Mt. Pleasant MI July 20, Harrison 21, Clare 22 . . . New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 300.
    Wanted, 15 billposters, for long season South, with Miles Orton's R. R. Shows. Address Fred G. Conrad, gen. agent, Miles Orton's Shows, care of Burton & Co., city billposters, Richmond, Va. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 352.

    Wanted, Miles Orton's New Railroad Shows, special and novelty acts. Long season. Address Miles Orton, . . . Mocksville, NC Sept. 14, High Point 15. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 435.

    Miles Orton's Monster R. R. Shows want people in all branches of the circus business for tenting season of 1893. Gymnasts, aerial acts, hippodrome and Wild West riders (male and female), concert and side show people. Also railroad contractor and general agent. Want a close contractor, car agent, twenty bill posters, boss hostler, master of transportation. There will not be any privilege people with this show. Miles Orton, Box 48, North Vernon, Indiana. New York Clipper, December 24, 1892, p. 680.

1893:

    Things are on the move at the winter quarters of the Miles Orton Show, at North Vernon, Ind. A lot of performing animals have just been purchased by the management. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.

1894:

    Miles Orton is at his home in North Detroit, breaking a lot of stock. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 735.

    Miles Orton is keeping things rather lively at his ring barn, with two principal acts. Norman(?) and Garden, and Myran, in his manege act, will be fine, and so will the three pony acts, and the dog which will stand on his head while riding in this principal act. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.

1896:

    Notes from the Orton Bros. winter quarters. We open May 7, in Detroit. Roster: the Orton Bros., aerial work; C. C. Mathews, Mlle. Adiar, aerial act; Al Norton, Mlle, Cardelia, dancing rope; Kittello, contortion . . . Geo. Motz, funniest man; Palora Bros, revolving ladders. New York Clipper, April 25, 1896, p. 117.

    The Orton Brothers' Circus opened in Detroit, Michigan, May 7. Roster: Miles Orton, manager, accompanied by his family of eight performers; Millie Dair, flying trapeze and cloud swing; Madam Cordelia, bounding rope; Bessie Gregory, high balancing perch; Madam Zazelle, heavy lifting and balancing; the Dolan Sisters, impalement; Polaro Bros., high revolving ladder; Orton children, double and balancing trapeze; Kiltello, contortion and hand balancer; Chas. Gregory and troupe of educated horses; Myron Orton, menage and slack wire; Vado, aerial hoop; two pony act, Gordon Orton; the American Jap, barrel kicking, table and cross; Berkell's Family, three in number, general performers; Orton children, triple trapeze; clown, Paloro and Hutchinso. Prof. Fred Warren, band leader, with fourteen soloists. New York Clipper, May 16, 1896, p. 169.

    Notes from the Orton Bros.' Show. We arrived in Cleveland, Ohio, from Detroit, Michigan, June 18, by boat. Out of twenty-eight days in Detroit we had fourteen days of rain. The Three Orton Children are a favorite in their return act, tight wire, etc. Little Myron Orton is doing a manege act on his pony, Star. Mlle. Dair has made a hit with her new act, also her combination flying trapeze act. Mlle. Cordellia, Zazel, Kittello, Hutchinson and our clown, Norton, come in for their share of applause. Charles Gregory, the American Jap, with his little daughter, Bessy, are a success. We have added a balloon to our show, and Prof. Brown is making daily ascensions and parachute jumps. New York Clipper, June 20, 1896, p. 246.

1898:

    Orton Children's Liliputian Dog and Pony Circus will include Miles Orton, manager; R. Z. Orton, secretary and treasurer; Mrs. Miles Orton, front door; Mrs. R. Z. Orton, charge of privileges; S. K. Tribby, advance with two assistants; Charley Cooper, in charge of canvas . . . May Cooper, reserved seats; Gordon Orton, slack wire and juggling; Banard Orton, balancing trapeze; Criley Orton, Laurance Orton and Miles Orton Jr., acrobats; Grace Orton, contortion; Bayard Orton, clown. New York Clipper, January 29, 1898, p. 796.

    Notes from Orton Bros.' winter quarters. We will control all privileges, sideshow, candy stand and concert. The wagons are all in the paint show, except the Swan wagon for the children in parade. We have decided to add black striping to the gold trimming on the advance, band, ticket and swan wagons. Orton Bros. will have a double attraction on the outside, the high dive and an outside ascension on a wire, also a military drill uptown after supper. Material is being gotten for forty lenghts of seats. New York Clipper, February 12, 1898, p. 827.

1913: Orton Bros.' Refined Show - R. Z. Orton, proprietor and manager; Sarah B. Orton, assistant manager; Mrs. Miles B. Orton, treasurer; Oscar Longmire, general agent; Miles Orton, sideshow manager; Lawrence Orton, equestrian director; Grace Orton, musical director; Nellie Orton, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Blackey Wells, superintendent canvas; Bayard Orton, superintendent stock. Show opens at Bristow, Neb., May 3. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1916: Orton Bros.' Circus. Criley, Lawrence, Miles & Bayard Orton, proprietors; R. Z. Orton, manager; Criley Orton, asst. manager; Sarah B. Orton, treasurer; Dave Jarrett, general agent & railroad contractor; Ab Scott, special agent; Ed N. Bell, manager sideshow; Lawrence Orton, equestrian director; E. S. Baker, supt. privileges & legal adjuster; Glenn G. Geneva, musical director; Tom Tucker, supt. canvas; Charlie White, trainmaster; Clark Smith, boss hostler; Art Mitchell, supt. ring stock; Henry Newton, supt. elephants; 12 cars. Show opens at Glenwood, Missouri, April 29. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

• Route for the Orton Bros. 1916 is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1958 (scroll down).

1917: Orton Bros.’ Show - R. Z. Orton, prop. and mgr.; Mrs. R. Z. Orton, asst. mgr.; Sad? Orton, treas.; Miles Orton, gen. agt.; W. B. Tumber, mgr. side-show; Lawrence Orton, equestrian dir.; Grace Orton, supt. privileges; Bayard Orton, musical dir.; Mrs. Miles Orton, supt. reserved seat tickets; Dutch Jake, supt. canvas; Bill Swyhart, boss hostler; Nick Stiner, supt. properties; Nellie Orton, supt. ring stock. Show opens at Adel, Ia., April 28. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.

• See article on the Orton Circuses, 1854-1932, in Bandwagon, July-August, Vol. 13, No. 4, 1969, pp. 4-14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Oscarian Bros. Circus - 1974, 1983-85, 1987

1974: Manual Ramos, owner. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975.

1983: This Manuel Romas owned show opened at Port Richey, Florida in February to a blow-down. The show played Mississippi, Georgia and Florida until at least October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 10.

1984: This three-ring circus opened in Brandon, Florida on March 23. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 10.

1985: This tent show toured Florida in February and again in October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 9.

1987: This three-ring show was in Tampa, Florida in March. Other Florida dates were played in October and November. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Otto's - 1916

    Otto's Old Fashioned One-Ring Circus. Wanted to complete show, lady or gent wire act, rolling globe, juggler and ground acts. For band, cornet (leader), alto, bass or tuba, clarinet, second cornet. Can place a good dog act. Those who do two or more turns preferred. J. F. Otto, Seymour, Connecticut. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Overton's - 1890

    All people engaged for Overton's One Ring Circus will please report at Owensboro, Ky., Jul __, for rehearsal. Wanted, a finish rider. W. L. Collins, manager. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 319.

    Wanted, for Overton's One Ring Circus, an aerial team, a slack wire bar team and lady gymnasts. Address W. S. Collins, manager, Owensboro, Ky. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 350.

    Owensboro, Kentucky. Overton's One Ring Circus, which started in this city about two weeks ago, has come to an untimely end. The show was at Whiteville __. While there the performers grew troublesome, and demanded their money. Business having been bad, there was none for them, and they left the show, coming back to Owensboro. The circus outfit was sent here, and as soon as it arrived it was attached by a boarding house keeper for the board of the performers during its stay here, and is now in the hands of the Sheriff. W. L. Collins, the manager, says he intends to pay off every cent of his indebtedness, and in October will start out with another show. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 374.

    Wanted quick, for Overton's One Ring Circus, people in all branches of the circus and concert business, male and female; riders with or without stock; trained animals or any new or novel features; also an experienced advance agent; small band to double. Those that can work in ring or concert preferred. . . . Show goes by steamboat. Opens Sept. __. Address W. L. Collins, sole proprietor and manager, Owensboro, Ky. Privileges for sale. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 415.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Buck Owens - 1946   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1946

The 1946 Buck Owens Circus and Wild West was a motorized show using thirty-five trucks and trailers its first year. The show had three rings, billed as America's Greatest Horse Fair, but most of the performance was in the center ring. The show had the aerialists Altamae and Irma Lee, jugglers, acrobats, girls on cloud swings, wire walkers, military ponies, etc. The performance ended with the presentation of Helena DeOrsia and her Hollywood aerial ballet. Buck Owens introduced his congress of cowboys, cowgirls, Indians and the horse Stormy. Music was furnished by a six piece band, with a calliope. The sideshow had eight exhibits and a menagerie that contained several dogs, monkeys, snakes, a buffalo and the world's smallest horse. White Tops, September-October, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 9-10, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Oz - 1987, 1990 (Australia)

1987: Circus Oz traved to the U.S. with a seventeen member troupe in 1987. It played San Francisco for two weeks early in July. The show then went to England and afterwards returned to its home in the South Pacific where it appeared undert canvas. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 6.

1990: Circus Oz came to American again in 1990, appearing in Berkeley, California and Knoxville, Tennessee before playing New York City in June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 20.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

P

P & G Circus - 1980

• In 1980, the P & G Circus, was produced and directed by Phil Granger. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pacific Circus - 1882

    The Pacific Circus that has been traveling through the smaller towns of Jackson county had in its following a band of swindlers and confidence operators. One scheme of the rascals was to offer tickets for sale before the rush and give the wrong change when selling tickets of some careless, intoxicated, or excited persons. In Sabula, the ticket seller offered to change a twenty dollar bill to relieve himself of surplus small money, and after fumbling over his change declared he couldn't do it and handed back to the granger his supposed twenty dollar bill in a crumpled condition. The granger discovered in the course of time that the bill was only one dollar and had the swindler arrested. The showman returned the twenty dollars. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), June 8, 1882, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Tom Pack's Circus

• 1944: Tom Pack's Thrill Circus played Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania July 24 to 29th. Terrell Jacobs did his act on Friday night in the midst of a heavy rain, as well as Pee Jay Ringen, the Valentines and Valentinos, the Sky-High Girl and Selden. Bandwagon, August 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 6.

• 1953: Tom Pack's Circus played Paterson, New Jersey and Easton, Pennsylvania, in August. Bandwagon, August-September, 1953, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Padilla Bros. Circus - 1997

The show played the Mexico-Texas border in the Spring. Owners were the Padilla brothers and the Padilla-Bells flying act was one of the acts in the show. Bandwagon, March-April, 1998, p. 12.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Page-Cavanaugh Circus

• The new Charles Germaine show, Page-Cavanaugh, opened in 1976. Germaine was previously owner of the Miller-Johnson Circus. Bandwagon, January-February, 1977, p. 18, 22.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Pages - 1991

The new Circus Pages exhibited in Florida in February and March, and in the Canadian and American West during the Summer. Owners were William and George Pages. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 14.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1991-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

PAL Circus

• Show was out in 1974-75. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975; January-February, 1976.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Palmer's Great Western - 1865-66   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1865-66

1865:

    [Advertisement] Palmer's Great Western Circus and Hippodrome. At Centralia, Thursday, June 29, afternoon at 2, and evening at 7 o'clock. The most complete and unique traveling exhibition in America, with an outfit embracing every modern improvement. A stud of horses and ponies, which for blood, beauty and training are unequaled by any other establishment, and a company of stars, in which are included the celebrities of two hemispheres. Board of directors: H. Palmer, manager. V. W. Tooker, business agent. J. Foster, clown. H. Whitby, equestrian director.
    The features of the model institution are of paramount interest and presentation emsemble in which chaste elegance and novelty are commingled in a grand recherche olympian, or Sports of the Colliseum, and a pantheonic display of classic equestrianism. The following list embraces the principal acts de force present at each entertainment. A Grand entree by the equestrian combination. Great Irish trained horse. The slack wire performance by the Sylphide of the Cirque, M'lle Eloise Whitby. The Juvenile equestrienne paragon, la petite Susie.
    Exercises on the horizontal bar by the Levithan Brothers. The nonpariel double poney act by Master John Whitby. Classic and anatomical posturing by Signor Gibbonnoise. Poetical double equestrianism by La Petite Susie and Master John. The manege, a specimen of la haute ecole by M'lle Whitby. The Roman Brothers, a beautiful delmeation by the leviathans. The Mission of Apollo, a beautiful equestrian act by Master John Whitby. The "Bride of the Sun," a beautiful act d'equitation by M'lle Whitby. The magic rings, by Signor Gobbonnoise. Great trapeze act, by the Levithan Brothers. Master Billy Morgan, in the renowned bar act. Courier of St. Petersburgh, illustrated in six horse act by Mr. W. H. Green. Canine education and sagacity illustrated by the wonderful dog "Tip." The celebrated horse "Excelsior," and the unrivaled Irish comic mules.
    A superb brass and string band will lead the procession into town, and enliven the performance with operatic and popular airs. Admission - adults, 50 cents; children, 25 cents. Two grand performances, afternoon and night at 2 and 7 1/2 o'clock. Seats for all. V. W. Tooker, agent. Centralia Sentinel (IL), June 22, 1865, n.p.n.

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, March 25,   Clipper, May 20,   Clipper, July 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 2,   Clipper, September 9   Clipper, June 23 (scroll down)

• Information on the 1865 Palmer's Great Western, H. Palmer, manager, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, p. 73.

1866:

    [Advertisement] The Great Western Circus Is Coming. Palmer's Great Western Circus will exhibit at Burlington, Wednesday & Thursday, May 16 and 17. This troupe is newly organized, thoroughly equipped, and at the heigth of the equestrian perfection and artistic elegance, and is composed of a troupe of star performes unequalled by any travelling compant extant. H. Palmer, manager. An unsurpassed collection of ring and trick horses, ponies and mules. The amusement public are respectfully informed that no extraordinaty pretensions is advanced by the Great Western Circus. It is neither nine shows in one, nor one grand consolidated union exhibition, but a perfect circus in itself.
    With the array of talent attached to this model company, may be found the following galaxy of thoroughly reputed stars. Mr. Oliver Bell, Mrs. Jenny Bell, L. Leviton, Master Willie, Little Lizzie Campbell, the Wilson Brothers, Master Billy Morgan, Mr. Jean Paul, Joe Keys, Signor Wambold, assisted by the great Shakesperian clowns, Madden and May, with numerous auxillaries. The educated horses, Lincoln and Grey Eagle. The celebrated trick mules, Tom and Jerry. The performance on each occasion will be enlivened by music from Lutgen's Celebrated Silver Cornet Band.
    Doors open at 2 o'clock and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. The above company will also exhibit at Mt. Pleasant, Friday, May 18th and Fairfield, Saturday, May 19th. R. A. Dingess, business agent. Burlington Hawk-Eye (IA), May 11, 1866, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] At Janesville, Tuesday, August 7, 1866. Great Western Circus and Hippodrome. Henry Palmer, manager. The most unique and best appointed Olympian exhibition now traveling, combining the principal features with the principal features of the modern circus with the classic amphitheatre. And presenting an ensemble of surpasing and excelling nature.
    A concentration of the stars of the circle, selected from the most prominent companies of Europe and America, including that indispensible element to a complete arenic display, a brace of clowns embodied in the wits and originals, George Madden and John May. The following starry army of male and female artists: Mad. Jeannette, La Petite Lillie, Mlle. Louise, Oliver Bell, William Morgan, Josephy Keys, Master Willie, Wm. Green, Geo. Wombold, the Wilson Brothers, the Leviathan Brothers, Chas. Moro, Mons. Juan Paul, and a corps of voltigeurs, acrobats and performers with which the manger will challenge any rival company to compete.
    The management takes great pleasure in announcing an engagement with the celebrated female artist, Madame C. Warner, "Formerly Mrs. Dan Rice," who will appear in connection with the above comprehensive and most perfect organization ever presented to the American public. This superb organization, with a double corps of silver and stringed instruments, under the immediate supervision of Professor Lutyen, will make a grand parade, and exhibit in Janesville, Tuesday, August 7, afternoon and night, with a change of performance at each entertainment. Doors opne at 2 and 7 o'clock. Admission, adults 50 cents, juveniles 25 cents. John A. Dingess, business agent. Janesville Gazette (WI), August 4, 1866, n.p.n.

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, May 19,   Clipper, June 23,   Clipper, July 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 11,   Clipper, September 8,   Clipper, September 22 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Palmer Bros. - 1921   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1921

    San Francisco, Nov. 16. One hundred and ninety employes and two of the three proprietors of Palmer Brothers' Wild Animal Circus are at Palo Alto, idling their time and wondering what has become of W. F. Palmer, the third proprietor, who disappeared, together with the side shows. Several cages of lions were left behind, and the employes declare $10,000 is due them in back pay. Palmer, it is alleged, took away all the valuable freaks of the show as well as all available funds. His partners, A. L. Tinch and J. T. Backman, are sticking with the show, which already has been attached for debt. The Palmer circus is said to have started from San Antonio, Tex. Variety, November 18, 1921, p. 7.

    The Palo Alto (Cal.) Call, date line November 8, carried an article that W. F. Palmer, one of the proprietors of the Palmer Bros.' Circus, which had been showing in Palo Alto, had left for parts unknown on Saturday night, November 5. "With him went some funds, a fat girl, midget girl, an African pigmy boy and an Australian bushman, according to complaints being investigated by agents of the State Labor Commissioner. A. L. Tinch and John T. Backman, Palmer's partners, refused to swear out a warrant for his arrest, stating they would endeavor to raise funds to pay off the help and carry the show to the next city, relying on later getting their money from Palmer. It was alleged that Palmer had taken with hime most of the gate receipts of the show. Backman has wired to friends in the East for funds to buy feed for the show's six lions, two camels and an elephant, besides a score of smaller animals." Billboard, November 19, 1921, p. 97.

    Chicago, Sept. 20. . . . A new article for concessionaires, a mounted leopard rug . . . The Universal Animal Rug Corporation, on Franklin street, Chicago. W. F. Palmer, formerly associated with many circuses, is president of the corporation. Billboard, October 7, 1922, p. 90.

• 1921: Backman & Tinsch put out Palmer Brothers Big Three-Ring Wild Animal Circus, with Palmer as a partner. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 21.

• Brief information on this show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1973, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 18-19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pan American Circus (Don Francisco)

• Show was out in 1974, 1976. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975; January-February, 1977.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pan-Twilight Circus - 1997

After taking a hiatus in 1996, Pan-Twilight toured Rhode Island and Massachusetts from late June to early August. Two years ago the theme was lawn and garden insects. This season's theme was based on Shakespeare's "The Tempest." Bandwagon, March-April, 1998, p. 13.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1997.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parento's - 1894

    Wanted, for Parento's R. R. Show, people in all branches circus business (except riding). Address Sig. Parento, Washington, Ind. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 140.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parrish Bros. Circus - 1930 (or Parish Bros.)

• This show was touring in 1930. Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, p. 8.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1930, Dock Parrish, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Louis Parker - 1897

    Notes from Louis Parker Show. The weather has been disagreeable since our opening, and we have lost pretty nearly every night in the last three weeks. Geo. Hall Jr.'s Circus passed through Bloomfield last Sunday, and paid us a visit. New York Clipper, June 19, 1897, p. 253.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parker & Gleason - 1887

    Parker & Gleason's Trained Animal Paradox will open the season at Bethlehem, Pa., Sept. 6, under the management of W. J. Maxwell. A novel street parade will be an interesting feature. New York Clipper, August 6, 1887, p. 326.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parker & Watts - 1938-39

1937:

    C. H. Parker . . . It was at the age of 19 years that Parker, who was working as a bookkeeper for the Joplin Candy and Specialty company, was told by a physician that he must learn a new way of making a living. Parker, who played a clarinet in the Joplin town band, wrote immediately to a former bandsman then playing with the Kit Carson Wild West shows. The friend secured a job for Parker and his circus career was under way. He advanced from the circus band to a position as ticket seller, then purchasing agent, auditor, superintendent of the front door, treasurer, steward, lot superintendent, assistant manager and manager. He was associated with Howe's Great London, Robinson, Hagenbeck-Wallace, Gollmar Brothers and James Patterson Trained Wild Animal shows. Parker's first performance was with the indoor circus showing in old convention hall in Kansas City in 1904. He has been with the circus in every state in the Union, parts of Canada and some of Mexico, traveling approximately 165,000 miles by rail.
    It was during the World war, when labor was scarce and railroad service delayed that Parker left the circus, but the love for the Big Top was still in his blood. This is most true, for today, although he is assistant supeprintendent of one of the great mining companies of the country, he has with an old show friend, purchased a circus of their own. Yes, the Seals Brothers shows, now in winter quarters in Emporia, Kas., is now owned by C. H. Parker and Ira M. Watts of Fort Scott, Kas. Although the circus will take to the road in April, Parker plans to continue with the Eagle-Picher Mining & Smelting company. His partner, Ira M. Watts, is a son of the late D. M. Watts, who owned the D. M. Watts Horse & Mule company in Fort Scott. Parker gave Watts his first job with the circus as working man's auditor. Before that time, Watts had been a court reporter. During his years of activity in the mining game, he has been bookkeeper for the Skelton Lead and Zinc company, the Premiere, six years with T. F. Lennon in the Quapaw Mining corporation and with the Eagle-Picher Mining & Smelting company. He has entrenched himself in the hearts of his fellow associates and is much liked by all those with whom he has come in contact. All Tri-State Mining persons wish him added success in his new endeavors in the circus business and all are thankful that he will continue with Eagle-Picher. Miami New-Record (Miami, OK), November 7, 1937, p. 12.

    The Watts-Parker circus, which has its headquarters 1 1/2 miles east of Emporia, will furnish important sections of the Christmas parade to be held in Wichita Saturday. Ira M. Watts, manager of the circus went to Wichita this morning to prepare for his sections of the parade. Four truck loads of horses mules, camels and elephants and two animal cages were taken to Wichita today. The Emporia circus also is furnishing two other Christmas parade companies with equipment this season. The Holiday Show company, owned by Kenneth Scott and Ralph Hahn, of Emporia, is using bears leased from the Watts-Parker circus. The Holiday Show company is exhibiting today at Falrbury, Neb., and Saturday at Leavenworth. The Truax Attractions company, of Wichita, which is showing at Wellington today and Salina Saturday, is using horses and ponies owned by the Watts-Parker circus. Ira M. Watts, co-owner and manager of the Watts-Parker circus, formerly the Bud Anderson show, which has its winter quarters 1 1/2 miles east of Emporia, today bought the first 1938 car tags to be issued in Lyon county. Emporia Daily Gazette (Emporia, KS), December 3, 1937, p. 2.

1938:

    . . . one day last week when we stopped in at the Picher offices of the Eagle-Picher Mining & Smelting company and found Charles Parker ready and willing to discuss circus days. Mr. Parker tells us that 30 persons are now working at the winter quarters of the Parker and Watts circus in Emporia, Kas., making ready for the circus to take to the road the middle of April. Animals are being trained, repair work on trailers and trucks and the rejuilding of cages is under way, as well as repairing and painting of all equipment, Mr. Parker and Mr. Watts are planning one of the largest and most gorgeous street parades (horse drawn) that has ever been seen on a motorized show. New wardrobes and trappings have been purchased, the cages will be wood carved with plenty of gold leaf. Counting privately owned stock, the show will have approximately 75 head of horses, mules and ponies in the parade. Mr. Parker is proud of a new calliope, which was taken off the river steamboat "Island Queen," which sunk in the Ohio river during the recent flood. The calliope has 32 whistles as comared to the average 27 to 29 whisles. The parade will include four bands and three other musical sections. A. Lee Hickley has been employed as band leader. Hazel King, horse trainer, has arrived at winter quarters, and she and J. E. (Blackie) Bowman, elephant expert, and James O'Dell are breaking new acts. Among the latest additions to the animal section are two capabarras and a new tiger. Since Mr. Parker has re-entered the circus game, Circus day has taken on a new meaning among the people of the Tri-State district. Everyone, is anxious for the day when the Parker and Watts circus will show in Tri-State district. Everyone from the kiddies up to grandpa will be there. The circus will show first in Emporia this year. That will be on Friday and Saturday, April 15 and 16. Miami News-Record (Miami, OK), January 23, 1938, p. 12.

    A large chimpanzee, "Andy Colcano," who has had movie-acting experience, has Joined the Parker-Watts circus, which is in winter headquarters 1 1/2 miles east of Emporia. The chimpanzee, who always wears clothes, is the chief show property of Mr. and Mrs. Dell Graham, of New Orleans, La., who will be with the circus this coming season. "The 'chimp' is one of the best actors and acts the most human of any I have ever seen," said Ira M. Watts, manager of the circus. Emporia Daily-Gazette (Emporia, KS), February 23, 1938, p. 6.

    Last November, Ira M. Walts, a veteran showman with various units of the Ringling corporation, and C. H. Parker, now assistant manager of the Eagle-Picher Mining and Smelting company, of Picher, Okla., bought the Seal Brothers circus from Fred "Bud" Anderson, of Emporia. Remaining in winter headquarters at Anderson's farm, Mr. Watts, who will manage the circus, outlined a program to enlarge and improve the former Seal Brothers circus. "The new circus will be much larger and better than any I ever offered to the public," said Mr. Anderson, former owner of the show. Mr. Watts has been in the show business 21 years. He has held various administrative jobs with the smallest to the largest units of the Ringling chain of circuses. Mr. Watts has been manager of the Sparks show and assistant manager of the Sells-Floto, Al G. Barnes and the Hagenbeck-Wallace circuses, all owned by the Ringlings. During the 1937 season, Mr. Watts was manager of the Dan Rice circus, a motorized show, which exhibited in Eastern and Southern states. Mr. Watts started his circus career with his present partner, Mr. Parker, with the Patterson-Gollmar circus. Mr. Watts was the timekeeper. Mr. Parker and Mr. Watts are not relatives, as previously has been reported. Mr. and Mrs. Watts are living in a well equipped trailer house on the circus grounds.
    Factors in improving the circus, which will open its 1938 season in Emporia about April 15, include a new and larger size main tent, a side show to be displayed under a larger tent, many tried and proven acts selected by Mr. Watts and a horse-powered parade using 75 horses, mules and ponies. The new "big top" will be 250 feet long and 100 feet wide, with a seating capacity of 2,500. A grandstand, utilizing 1,000 folding chairs, will be used. The grandstand equipment, which was bought from the Jack Hoxie circus, has been completely overhauled. The new side show will be under the management of William DeBarrie, who has managed the side show attractions for the Tom Mix and Downie Brothers circuses. Many new side show acts have been contracted, which will be exhibited under a tent 150 feet long and 150 feet wide. Nearly all the main show acts now booked have never appeared with the former Seal Brothers circus. Capt. "Blackie" Bowman again will handle the three elephants, Ena, Mona and Mable. The two smaller elephants have grown a foot higher during the past year. The elephants are being trained to act singly, doubly or all together. New robes have been made for them. Lee Hinckley, who was bandmaster for the Rice circus last season, will direct 15 veteran circus musicians for the Parker-Watts circus. In winter headquarters, Mr. Hinckley is directing the re-decoration of all cage, transportation and parade equipment. Some of the parade and menagerie wagons will be as large as those used in the old-time parades of circuses which traveled by rail. Fancy, hand-made scrolls and other decorations to create massiveness are being placed on the re-built cages and wagons. The new cages and wagons are decorated in gilt paint and gold leaf. Tops of the cages are designed to carry lavishly dressed performers during the parade. One of the features of the parade of the Parker-Watts circus will be a steam calliope, of which there are only six left in America, according to Mr. Watts. The Cole Brothers circus is said to be the only other circus using a steam calliope during the 1938 season. The calliope, now at the Parker-Watts circus headquarters, formerly was used on the steamer, "The Island Queen," an excursion ship which plied the Ohio river near Cincinnati. A new band wagon, which Mr. Watts believes will rival that of any circus, is being built by the show's mechanics, including Red Monroe, Charles Brady and William Mitchell, who will be in charge of transportation. While many other circuses are reported to be adopting a policy of retrenchment for the 1938 season, the Parker-Watts circus is expanding. Nearly 200 persons will be employed in various capacities. New wardrobes have been ordered and the show's advertising "paper" for the advance crews is new and attractive. The circus will start its season with a caravan of 50 trucks and semi-trailers. Nearly 40 persons now are at the winter headquarters preparing the show for its Emporia opening. The 1938 season route has not been definitely determined. Emporia Daily-Gazette (Emporia, KS), March 1, 1938, p. 5.

    Charles Parker, a partner of the Parker-Watts circus, died this morning in Mobridge, S.D., following an operation for a ruputred appendix June 3. Emporia Daily-Gazette (Emporia, KS), June 8, 1938, p. 2.

1939:

    Parker & Watts circus are exhibiting today. . . . twenty-two tents covering several acres of ground are used to house this transient city. . . . arenic stars are the Hodginis, bareback riders, Jean Sullivan, aerialist from the Antipodes and her International ballet. From Mexico comes the Stan Volera Flyers, from Italy the Zerrados, from England the Flying Fannings. Other starts are the aerial Ortons, the great Stuberg on the flying trapeze. Clowns are headed by Jimmy Thomas, Bruce LaFarra, Toby Tyler, Johnny Delmar, Raymond Duke. The performing elephants are under the supervision of Jimmy O'Conners. The performing horses are under the direction of Miss Hazel King. Andy Calino, the Ape Man, animal actor. Miami Daily News-Record (Miami, OK), September 21, 1939, p. 7.

    Parker & Watts wonder circus of America, coming to Checotah, October 5. The circus comes with arenic stars headed by the Stan Volera flyers, the Aerial Ortons, Aerial Fannings, flying Zerrados and Conner four. . . . NcIntosh County Democrat (Checotah, OK), September 28, 1939, p. 1.

• Article on the 1939 Parker & Watts show is online in online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1958 (scroll down).

• 1942: Sergeant James E. Watts, son of Mr. and Mrs. Ira M. Watts, who is serving overseas in the Medical service. "Jimmie" was with his parents on the Parker & Watts and Adams Floto circuses in various capacities. He was a ticket seller for a few weeks, prior to joining the army, on Cole Bros. Circus in 1941. Billboard, November 7, 1942, p. 38.

• Note: see a history of the Parker & Watts Circus in Thayer, Stuart, "Parker and Watts Circus," Bandwagon, Sep-Oct, 1969, pp. 4-15. Article states that the Adams-Floto show was a winter show taken out by Watts that ran from Oct. 16 to Dec. 23, 1939.

• 1961: George William Potter, Sr., colorful mining figure of the Tri-State district and former executive of the Eagle-Picher Company, died at 6:20 o'clock Thursday night in St. John's hospital. He was 69 years old. . . . He was born January 27, 1892, in Galena, Kan., the son of Mr. and Mrs. William Allen Potter. He came to Joplin with his parents in 1902, residing at Eighth street and Pearl avenue. He studied civil engineering at the University of Missouri but dropped out before graduating to undertake some surveying in southern Texas. While there, he went into a partnership with Gibson Watson in an irrigation plant at LaFaria, Tex. Mr. Potter returned to Joplin in 1915 and went to work as a surveyor for the Eagle-Picher Company. The late Arthur E. Bendelari was then president of the company. In 1930, he was named vice president in charge of the company's mining division and later was promoted to executive vice president. He retired from the company in August, 1944, after having played a key role in development of the Picher, Okla. mining field. About five years after retiring from the Eagle-Picher Company, Mr. Potter acquired mining rights to the Ortiz Grant, a 62,000 acre tract of mining land in New Mexico.
    In 1951, he became associated with Dewey Sims of Miami, Okla., and together they formed Potter- Sims Mines, Inc., to explore and develop the New Mexico land. The Potter-Sims offices presently are located at 303 Joplin avenue. During their association, Mr. Potter and Sims operated several lead mines in the Tri-State District, including the Snapp Mine near Oronogo, West Side Mine at Alba, Sucker Flat Mine at Webb City and the Ritz Mine at Picher. Mr. Potter was married 44 years ago in Galena to the former Miss Fay Finch of Galena. They lived at 212 Moffet avenue 27 years before moving to the Connor 10 years ago. He had been active in various civic and fraternal organizations, including the Shrine and Scottish Rite. He was a Thirty-second degree Mason. A long-time member of Circus Fans of America, Mr. Potter was particularly interested in circus activities. He once bought the Parker-Watts Circus and kept it on tour in the area for two years. He had been active many years in Boy Scout work and was holder of the Silver Beaver award, and highest award conferred on an adult in Scouting. Surviving, in addition to his widow, are a son. George William Potter, Jr. , of Kansas City, and a grandchild. Joplin Globe (Joplin, MO), February 17, 1961, pp. 1, 4A.

    • Note: Potter was chaplain of the Merle Evans tent, CFA, for several years. He was also a stockman, purchased 2,800 acre Barnadall Wildwood ranch, had Hereford herd of more thatn 500 white face cattle. Joplin Globe, Joplin, MO. August 5, 1944, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parks & Banks

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, E. H. Jones, proprietor, 1915.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parlor Circus - 1892

    Wanted, good second hand round top, 80 or 90 foot, with poles and everything ready to set up, cheap for cash. Also want eight tiers of seats. I also have for sale cheap, a 50x60 top, with seats to suit. Address Geo. G.(?) Craft, Parlor Circus, Fonda, Ia. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

G. W. Parnell's - 1912

    G. W. Parnell Show - G. W. Parnell, prop., mgr. and treas.; George A. Newsome, general agent; John Seabolt, supt. privileges; Thos S.(?) Kincaid, musical director; J. J. Hall, supt. canvas. Show opens at Troy, N. C., April 27.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parson's Grecian Circus - 1883

    Wanted, two concert people or gymnasts that double in band. Address, J. W. Parson, manager, Grecian Circus, Darlington, Wis. New York Clipper, May 12, 1883, p. 126.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Parson & Leroy's Show - 1881

    Parson & Leroy's Show collapsed in Jefferson, Wis., recently, the concern having been seized by the Sheriff. New York Clipper, September 3, 1881, p. 383.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Patterson Shows - 1911

    Ed McClure, goes ahead of the Great Patterson Shows as a contracting agent. Jas. Patterson, the manager, has during the winter kept a force of men busy at the winter quarters, and the coming season will find the Patterson Shows larger than ever. The show opens at Joplin, Mo., April 29. New York Clipper, February 11, 1911, p. 1291.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Patterson's Jungleland - 1912

    J. J. Bejano and Mrs. James Patterson, owners, opened at Paola, Kan., April 24, the Great Patterson Shows to tremendous business. The show carries 120 feet of banners, illuminated by four flaming arcs. On the inside is featured Patterson's baby lions, Chico, man eating gorilla; Mexican boxing roosters, octopus, mice circus, Ugo, strangest girl alive, and eignty-five cages of rare, strange and curious animals. The show is housed in a mammoth red and white tent, one hundred feet long, made by the United States Tent & Awning Co., and is a masterpiece of the tent maker's art. Doc Graham is manager of the show. James Patterson writes: "I have been buying tents and show paraphernalia for a number of years past, but in all my experience I have never received or witnessed an outfit delivered to any showman such as has been sent to me by the United States Tent and Awning Co., of Chicago. It is one that proves a beauty and a joy forever. At my opening in Paola, Kan., every showman that passed the tent looked it over and said: 'What a magnificent tent.' Furthermore the people who visited my animal show remarked: 'Isn't this a grand tent?' " New York Clipper, May 18, 1912, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Patterson Bros.

• Show was out in 1974-76. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975; January-February, 1976; January-February, 1977.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1844, 1977.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Patterson & Gollmar Bros. - 1917

    Patterson-Gollmar Bros.’ Shows - Jas. Patterson, prop. and mgr.; C. H. Parker, treas.; H. M. Coplin, secy.; Chas. A. Patterson, auditor; Fred A. Morgan, gen. agt.; Ed P. Wiley, local contractor; Dr. O. C. Schlack, press agt. back with show; John White, front door; J. J. McNulty, mgr. side-show; Harry F. Wertz, equestrian dir.; D. O. Chapman, supt. priv.; Chas R. Bachtel, musical dir.; Homer P. Sheridan, supt. reserved seat tickets; Chas. Brady, supt. canvas; W. E. Chambers, trainmaster; Henry Welsh, boss hostler; Garry Vanderbilt, supt. commissary dept.; L. W. Marshall, supt. lights; Stephen Cross, supt. properties; Wm. Sayers, supt. ring stock; Bert Nexon, supt. baggage stock; Bert Noyes, supt. animals; W. L. Smith, blacksmith; Elmer D. Proffit, mgr. adv. car No. 1; Geo. Richards, mgr. adv. car No. 2; Charles Cohn, legal adjuster. Twenty-five cars. Show opens at Paola, Kan., April 7. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.

• A 25 car show, closed October 8, 1917, sold at Paola, KS. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 24.

• Winter quarters. Patterson & Gollmar Bros.' Circus, Jas. A. Patterson, proprietor, Paola, Kan. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Patterson Trained Animal Circus - 1922

• A 20 car show, closed August 14, 1922. James A. Patterson was a successful carnival man. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Yankee Patterson - 1945, 1947   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1930, 1937-1947

• Article on the 1945 Yankee Patterson show, with 1945 route, is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1966 (scroll down or use find).

• The program of the 1947 Yankee Patterson show is online in "California Circuses," in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1967 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

John Pawling Great London Circus - 1949   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1949

• The 1949 show was framed from the old James M. Cole show. The show moved on about twenty-eight units, through the work of "Deacon" and Dave MacIntosh. There were four cage trucks, two light plants and steward Cy Murray's kitchen department on wheels. Animals in the menagerie included a pair of Wild German Forest hogs, lions, a honey bear, audad, a cage of monkeys, a dozen head of horses, seven ponies, a mule and a llama. Three baby elephants were to be added later. More information is in White Tops, May-June, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 5-6, p. 10.

• Information on the 1949 show owned by Harold J. Rumbaugh, staff and program, is in White Tops, March-April, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 3-4, pp. 6-7.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pawnee Bill's Wild West - 1893-94, 1898, 1900, 1905, 1907, 1917-18   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888-1908

• Information on the 1887 Pawnee Bill's Wild West is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 6, pp. 80-81.
• Information on the 1888 Pawnee Bill's Wild West is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 48-51.

1888: Gordon W. Lillie (Pawnee Bill) took out his own wild west show in 1888. It was an unsuccessful tour and the show did not go out in 1889. Bandwagon, May-June, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 3, p. 2.

1893: See brief information on the 1893 Pawnee Bill's Wild West and Mexican Hippodrome, online in Note Sheet No. 8 (Circus Historical Society), September 15, 1943 (scroll down).

1894: Notes from Pawnee Bill's Wild West. - Wm. H. Gardner, of Pawnee Bill's Wild West, arrived at Antwerp March 18. He writes that the buildings of the exposition are nearly completed, and are magnificant. The buildings for the Pawnee Bill Wild West are also commenced. The ground contains seven acres. The grand stand is of iron, and will seat 12,000 people. D. M. Browning, Commissioner of Indian Affairs, has issued the necessary permit to take the Indians abroad, and it has been approved by Secretary H??? Smith. The Mexicans have already arrived, and are stationed at the St. James Hotel. The live stock, including a herd of buffalo and wild Texas steers, one hundred head of stock in all, and all the Indians and Mexicans . . . The first cabin passengers sail from N. Y. City 11. The show will be thoroughly equipped and is now complete in every detail. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 71.

1898, 1917: More in the articles on the 1898 and 1917 shows is online in Bandwagon, scroll down to articles.

1900:

    Pawnee Bill's Wild West. Advance: General agent, W. E. Ferguson; Contracting agent, J. H. Rice; Assistant contracting agent, D. W. Mayon; Manager, No. 1 car, Thos. R. Perry; Press Representative in advance, T. L. Nicodemus; Press Representive with show, Frank Frost; Manager of Box Brigade, Elmer Hultzer; Route riders, Harry Upham and John Brice. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    W. E. Ferguson (Bob), general agent of the Pawnee Bill Shows, was a "Billboard" caller June 15. Pawnee Bill has had only three days of opposition so far this season - all of them with the Robinson Shows. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5.

• Information on the 1900 Pawnee Bill show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 6, pp. 9-10.

1905: See the article on the 1905 show online in Note Sheet (Circus Historical Society), May 1944 (scroll down).

1907: Ernie Houghton has returned to his first love and will be general superintendent of the Pawnee Bill Wild West this season. Chas. Evans will have charge of the stock, with M. Alexander, of Philadelphia, and Mr. Link, as assistants. Frank Hall, better known as "Frenchie," and three assistants, will have the big top. "Pop" Robinson has the dressing room, and W. P. Lynd's sons will again feed the people, making their sixth year in this capacity. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.

1917: Pawnee Bill’s Buffalo Ranch Wild West - Pawnee Bill’s Buffalo Ranch Co., props.; G. W. Lillie (Pawnee Bill), mgr.; Tom Tull, asst. mgr.; DeWitt Sanders, treas.; D. Martin, secy.; F. Gardner Leland, agt.; G. Martin Copeland, press agt.; Leonard Stroud, eques. Dir.; Thos. A. Wiley, musical dir.; Bert Tanner, boss hostler and blacksmith; H. Connelly Catering Co., supt. commissary dept.; T. H. Wilson, supt. props.; Lew Morrison, supt. stock; Chas. Grey, supt. working crew; Texas Cooper, announcer. Show opens at Luna Park, Coney Island, N. Y., ca May 19. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.

1918:

    Winter quarters. Pawnee Bill's Pioneer Days, G. W. Lillie, proprietor, Pawnee, Ok. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

    Pawnee Bill Buffalo Ranch, Pawnee, Okla., presents Pawnee Bill's Pioneer Days. A new Western performance with all the action of the old Wild West. Carrying 60 people, 50 head of stock, a cowboy, Mexican and Indian village of 30 tents and wigwams, and a scenic picture 250ft. by 20ft. high. Open for parks, state and county fairs. Address G. W. Lillie, Pawnee, Okla. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 65.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pawnee Bros. - 1951   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1951

• Pawnee Bros. Circus was framed in 1951 at Punta Gorda, Florida by Ralph E. Green, who had a carnival background. This show was combined with the Don Robinson Circus in June. An article on these shows is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 3, pp. 27-34.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Peanut Circus - 1989

Jim Russell's Peanut Circus played dates in the South and Midwest from May through September in 1989. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 22.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1992, 1998-99.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pearson & Hoffman - 1895

    Notes from the Pearson & Hoffman Oriental Shows. New acquisitions to the shows are Prof. Ed Long, educated dogs and Prof. Martin, tuba player. Our new spectacular Oriental entry pleases the people, and the street parade brings out the natives. New York Clipper, June 8, 1895, p. 212.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pearson & Kane's - 1884 (Canada)

    Wanted for Pearsons & Kane's Consolidated Shows, circus and variety people of all kinds except riders; also advance agent, four horse drivers boss canvasman, and band of six pieces. This show starts from Hamilton, Canada, on wheels, about May 20. Candy privileges for sale. Address Pearsons & Kane, Hamilton, Canada. New York Clipper, April 26, 1884, p. 94.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Peck & Sagues - 1893

    Peck and Sagues New Shows will exhibit on Wall Street circus lot, Huntington, next Wednesday afternoon and evening. The management prsent a clean two hours program of circus, drama and Wild West at the people's popular price, twenty-five cents. A feature is Sampson the strong man who pulls against a team of horses and performs other feats. Another star is Millie Meyers, aerial artist. The Wild West present a host of cowboys, scouts, and a tribe of Navajo Indians in a series of exciting acts. The performance concludes with the historic spectacle, "Dan'l Boone" in which nearly one hundred people portray the many episodes in the career of the pioneer of Kentucky. A full scenic equipment adds realism. Be sure to see the grand free for all parade at noon. Long-Islander (Huntington, NY), September 16, 1893, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pennsylvania Circus Troupe - 1860

    Pennsylvania Circus Troupe. This great circus company, which arrived here on the "J. L. Stephens," from New York, will exhibit on or about June 5th, 1860. The company is under the direction of Mr. Frank Durand. Among the company is Frank Durand, bare-back rider; John Smith, Thomas C. Austin, Frank Whitney, Sig. Monte Verde, Mast. Remer, Thomas C. Welsh, J. C. Stone, Frank O'Koen, John C. Adams, John Armstrong, and numerous others. Daily Alta California (San Francisco, CA), May 29, 1860, p. 2.

• Frank Durand's Rocky Mountain Circus, 1860, arrived by the steamship John S. Stephens, May 27. Slout's Clowns and Cannons, p. 31.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Joe Pentland's - 1854-57, 1859   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1852, 1854-59, 1862

• 1854: Show was at Hartford, Connecticut, September 14-15, 1854. Performers: Mons. Nicholo, 3 juveniles, acrobats; Davis Richardi, hurdle rider; Madam Virginia Sherwood, rider; Wm. Armstrong, rider and gymnast; Geo. Batchelder, vaulter, 2 horse rider; Joe Pentland, clown; gymnasts, double trapeze, trained dogs. Show had the Original Dragon band chariot drawn by 10 coal black horses, brass band. Bandwagon, February 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 3.

1855:

    [Advertisement] Joe Pentland's Circus, with an entire new and brilliant equipment. This superb troupe will exhibit at Dover, on Thursday, Sept. 27th, afternoon and evening. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 6 1/2 p.m. Performance half an hour afterwards. Admission 25 cents.
    This company is distinguished for the elegance, novelty and variety of its entertainments; equestrian, gymnastic and pantomimic. Displaying the highest order of foreign and domestic talent. Among the principal attractions of this troupe are Mons. Nicolo and his three juvenile wonders, Alphonse, Sebastian and Alma. Together with their two wonderfully trained and highly intellectual dogs, Topsy and Jack! from the Gynmase Comique, Paris; Theater Royal, Drury Lane, and Batty's Royal Amphitheater, London, Franconi's Hippodrome, N. York, &c.
    Mr. Davis Richards, the wild eccentric horseman, will appear with his untamed prairie steed, in his dare devil act! without saddle or bridle, jumping hurdles, leaping fences, &c. This is the most daring and wonderful act of horsemanship ever witnesses. The extraordinary feats of balancing by Mons. Nicolo and sons, called La Trapez, will be given in a style of elegance and skill unequalled by any other performers in the country. Mad. Virginia Sherwood, the beautiful equestrienne, in a variety of elegant tours de grace, positively unachieved by any other lady in the profession.
    Joe Pentland, the great American clown, surnamed by the press, "The Modern Touchstone," "Chief Priest of Momus," and "The Inimitable Joe," will open his inexhaustible budget of jokes, witticism, drolleries and eccentricities. Mr. Frank Pastor, in his summersett act of horsemanship. W. Pastor, as the antipodean equilibrist. Mr. George Batchelder, the champion vaulter of the world, and great two horse rider. C. Sherwood, the accomplished scene rider. S. Jackson, H. Bernard. Master Sherwood, the greatest juvenile equestrian in the world. Besides a variety of other talent.
    The far-famed performing ponies, Damon, Bendigo, Black Diamond and Titania, in their fantastic fairy gambols. A host of other talent is engaged with this mammoth establishment. For full particulars see bills at principal hotels. A grand procession preceded by the magnificent oriental dragon chariot containing a full military brass band, and drawn by ten beautiful black horses, superbly harnessed and decorated, will proceed through the principal streets to the place of exhibition. Delaware State Reporter (Dover, DE), September 18, 1855, n.p.n.

• 1856: online at Clipper, May 31,   Clipper, June 14,   Clipper, October 25 (scroll down)

• 1857: The Joe Pentland & Co.'s Circus was sold at auction in 1857. Among the items listed were one band carriage and nineteen baggage wagons, a 105 foot big top and four smaller tents. Bandwagon, September-October, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 5, p. 22.

1859

• John G. Sloat and James G. Shepherd, proprietors.

    [Advertisement] The Great Joe Pentland Circus. "Old Friends with New Faces." John G. Sloat, manager. Frank Whittaker, equestrian director. The only legitimate and most respectable troop of equestrians in the world, combining merriments, amusements, and recreation, unalloyed with profanity or vulgarity. The most splendid exhibiton ever offered to the public. At Hornellsville, Wednesday, July 27th. Among the overpowering attractions in the Joe Pentland Circus, are the unparalelled performances of the superb stock of performing horses; 10 performing Arabs in their wonderful acts.
    Sam Long, the great Southern clown and best comic singer in the profession. Richard Hemmings, the greatest tight rope performer in Amercia. T. King, the renowned California leaper. Madame De Bach, the beautiful French equestrienne from Paris. Mons. De Bach, the wonderful French rider and globe dancer. Painter and Durand, the two splendid American gymnasts, in all their muscular and comic feats. Mr. Charles Shay, the astonishing Chinese juggler. Signor Jerome Mascarine, the Man-Monkey, in his grotesque gambols and antics as an Ape on horseback. Mr. Henry, the great steeple chase rider of the South. Masters Chester, Randolph and Smith, from the Ottignon Gymnastic Institute, New York.
    Doors open at 2 adn at 7 p.m. Admission 25 cents. Free exhibition immediately before opening the doors for the afternoon performances. Signorita Volante and Sig. Baroti, the famous Italian aeronauts, will make a grand ascension on the wire, from the ground to the top of the circus flag staff, starting from opposite sides, meeting at the top, and passing each other on their return a distance of 300 feet. At Cameron, July 26th. Hornellsville Tribune (NY), July 21, 1859, n.p.n.

• For 1862, see John Wilson's.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Dr. Pepper Circus, 1974, 1984

• Gil Gray, 1974. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975.

1984: Gil Gray had the show at the Texas State Fair in October, Gray's 23rd year at the fair. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 15.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Perez International - 1916

    The Perez International Shows have been enjoying a prosperous season since their opening at LaManda Park, California, in April last. The outfit travels in six cars, two combination coaches, one hotel car, two baggage cars and one flat. The roster: P. Perez, owner and general manager; F. Cevantes, treasurer; Mrs. P. Perez, in charge of door; Leo Cross Fierro, 24-hour man; Joe Martinez, advance agent; Joe Liciaga, six-year-old aerial wonder; A. Liciago, tumbler; Anriqueta and Antonio, equilibrists; Abraham King, contortionist; John DeAvila, one-legged Roman ring artist; C. Perez, A. Rayna andL. Romero, clowns; Manuela Perez, juggler; Petra Perez, trapeze artist; Milla Perayna and Myrtle Mitchel, sister act; Lillian Rayna, Spanish dancer; Bessie Petra, tumbler; Pauline Perez, eight-year-old Spanish dancer; Martha Pera, male impersonator; Juan Sanchez, hand balancer; Mrs. A. Rayna, single trapeze; Joseph Liaga, globe rolling; Cross Fierro, "Charle Chaplin." S. Candill is director of the sixteen piece band carried. - Wolf. Billboard, August 12, 1916, p. 24.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in Mexico and on the West coast, circa 1916.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Periwinkle's Circus - 1991

The show had spot dates in the Los Angeles area from at least April to November. Owner Chuck Burnes was announcer. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Perrine's - 1895-96, 1899, 1909, 1915

• Perrine's Circus listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-1915

1895: Notes from Dave Perrine's New Wagon Show. We carry a 70ft. round top, with a 30ft. middle piece, and have been playing Ohio and Michigan. Roster: D. W. Perrine, proprietor and manager; Fred Cowan, treasurer; Bobby White, Bert Briggs, W. T. Bryan, Lee Church, the Gamorrow Bros., Kittie Perrine, Mable Stewart and Andrew Kanzig Jr. . . . Ed Smith, cook; C. Ashley, chandeliers; Geo. Charles, boss canvasman. Harry A. Stevens is general agent, his third season with the show. New York Clipper, September 7, 1895, p. 423.

1896: Notes from Dave W. Perrine's New Show. We opened May 4. Roster: Ellet and Rickson, Joe Brown, Dave W. Perrine, S. F. Henderson and Kittie Perrine. Lee Taylor, band leader. . . . Harry A. Stevens, manager; Jack Stevens, treasurer. We will play the South this Winter. New York Clipper, May 23, 1896, p. 180.

1899: The best one ring circus, Perrine & Snyder's, on the road will exhibit at this place Tuesday. Twenty artists on trapeze and bar, a good band, dog and pony performers, are among the attractions. Orleans Progress (Orleans, IN), July 20, 1899, p. 1.

1909: Perrine's Dog and Pony Shows have been enlarged this season by the addition of a Wild West exhibition by the sole owner and manager, David W. Perrine. Mr. Perrine has renamed the shows Tiger Bill's Wild West, Trained Animal and Hippodrome Shows. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 1, 1909, p. 14.

1915:

    What was for the past three seasons known as Broncho Joe's Wild West will, the coming season, be known as the Perrine Dog and Pony Show. Mrs. Grace Perrine is owner and manager, assisted by W. T. Bryan as general manager. The show will be transported on 15 wagons, will carry 30 people and a 12 piece band. An auto truck will be added to the advance. Perrine winter quarters are at Eaton Rapids, Michigan. Billboard, January 23, 1915, p. 56.

• Perrine's Dog & Pony Show played Eaton Rapids, Michigan, April 22, 1915. The show had one truck as an advance unit, while the show moved on 15 wagons plus a few trucks and one auto. Bandwagon, July-August, 1962, p. 6.

Article on the 1915 Perrine Dog & Pony Show, with 1915 route, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1968 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. C. Perry's - 1887

    Our local showman, W. C. Perry, is preparing to put a ten-cent circus on the road next summer. He has half of his people already engaged. Marion Daily Star (Marion, OH), January 8, 1887, n.p.n.

    Roster of W. C. Perry's Ten-cent Circus, Museum and Railroad Show: W. C. Perry, proprietor and manager; W. B. Orke, railroad contractor; Ed Martinette, arenic manager; Harry Haworth, boss canvasman with ten assistants; Count Saraye, the great Orke (Mexican juggler); Thayer Bros.; Gibbbon and ___; Burke and Bonner; De Verlle Bros.; Perry Family (five in number); Martinette Bros.; Ben Merriman; Geo. Nagle; Nagle Family, Delmo Bros., Harry Pink; Prof. May's dog circus . . . There is no annex. The freaks will go in the concert, with twenty people in the first-part. Will travel by rail; show in a 90ft. rount top, 40 ft. middle piece, make three day and week stands, and open at Marion, O., April 28. New York Clipper, April 9, 1887, p. 55.

    Marion, Ohio. W. C. Perry's tent is up on the lot, but the opening has been postponed. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 101.

    Call, all people engaged for W. C. Perry's Allied Circus, Museum and Novelty Show, report a Marion, O., May 23. Open May 26. - W. C. Perry. New York Clipper, May 21, 1887, p. 158.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Perry's Syndicate Shows - 1896

    Perry's Syndicate Shows, Circus, Museum and Menagerie has completed its organization, and will open in Fullerton, Nebraska, early in May next, and travel by wagon. New York Clipper, September 19, 1895, p. 457.

Perry & Matthews' Syndicate Circus, Museum and Menagerie - 1897

    Perry & Matthews' Syndicate Circus, Musuem and Menagerie Co. will open on May 1, with eighty people, including performers, musicians, advance and working people; seventy head of horses, thirty cages and wagons; main tent, 90ft. round top with two 30's; menagerie tent, two horse tents, one cook tent. We board all working people on the lot,and the performers and musicians will board at hotels. We travel by wagon. All cages and wagons that go in parade are white, trimmed in gold and bronze; all other wagons are painted with yellow gear and blue bodies. Our parade will be over three blocks long. We will have three advance brigades. All horses used in advance will be white and war bells; the main bill wagon will have four horses. This will be the first season of Perry & Matthew's Syndicate Shows. Prof. George Johnson has been training and preparing his troupe of twelve dogs. New York Clipper, March 6, 1897, p. 8.

    Notes from Perry & Matthew's Syndicate Shows, Museum and Menagerie. We open April 20. Roster: Chas. T. Taylor has the sideshow, Chas. Walter, candy stand . . . Jessee De Mello and Jessee, double trapeze and contortion; Harry De Mello, singing and talking clown; Creto, flexible statue; Prof. George Johnson, troupe of canines; Mowery Sisters, Lily, Lizzie, principal and hurdle riding; Prof. A. L. Wilcox, troupe of performing goats; Jessie Clark, trick juggling; P. S. McPherson, boss canvasman with twelve assistants; Geo. Crane, boss hostler of parade stock with ten assistants; Hank Roakes, boss hostler of baggage stock with fifteen assistants; and W. L. Allen, contracting agent with four assistants. New York Clipper, April 3, 1897, p. 73.

    Perry & Matthews Syndicate Shows opened at Fullerton, Nebraska. Barring three disappointments in the dressing room, everything was complete. Although three people failed to show up the performance went smooth. The canvas is a 100ft. round top with two thirties; menagerie top, 70ft. with one forty; dressing room, 40ft., with eighty-two head of horses. New York Clipper, May 8, 1897, p. 157.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Perry & Gorman's Indoor Circus - 1918

    Produce Circus For Camps. Perry & Gorman, with offices in the Gaiety Theatre building, have secured a routing over the United States Govenment's Liberty Theatre circusit for "Circusland," an indoor society circus. The itinerary takes the show into eighteen of the largest and best equipped of the Liberty theatres, the smaller houses of leaner capacity and equipment being passed up in the routing. The show is to open December 15 at Camp Merritt, N. J., and is scheduled to close March 10 at Camp Sherman, Ohio. It may then be booked into regular week stands. Sixteen recognized circus features have been booked, and several supernumeraries, such as clowns, freaks and sideshow curio people, will also contribute their efforts and "bits" to the production. Headed by "Nervo," the "human comet," the acts already booked include MacAleavey, jumping expert; Al Reeves, and escape artist; the Sullivans, comedy acrobatic boxing midgets; the Aerial Lavines, a casting act; Starrett's one-ring comedy dog and pony circus; Van Jerome, the "frog man" contortionist and late of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows; Six Posing Nymphs in plastic posing; H. F. Stowe and his Arabian high school horse, "Snowball"; the Burns Sisters, gymnasts and iron jaw performers; the "Circus Billposters" grotesque pantomimic farce creators; Three Franklin Sisters, an aerial act, and the Berlo Sisters, tan experts. Harry Bonnell is to be the business manager. Perry & Gorman put on a couple of very pleasing indoor circus shows at the nearby ??? last winter for the benefit of the Soldiers' Athletic Fund of the Y. M. C. A. This type of show has proven very popular with the soldiers. New York Clipper, November 6, 1918, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Perry & Pressly

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pettengill & Co.'s - 1887

    Wanted, for Pettengill & Co.'s United Circus, performers in all branches of the circus and concert business, including performers on the horizontal bar, tight rope, slack wire, flying rings, trapeze, leapers, tumblers, acrobats, gymnasts, clowns, jugglers, trained ponies and troupe of dogs, leader and musicians, a concert team that play drama, a lady for outside ascension, lady (serio-comic) for concert, one that can dance; an advance agent, property man, boss canvasman. Ed. E. Pettengill, manager, Durand, Ill. Candy stand to let. New York Clipper, August 13, 1887, p. 351.

    Pettingill & Co.'s United Circus will open the season Sept. 2, showing North for four weeks, and thereafter through the Southern circuit. They have an 80 foot round top tent. New York Clipper, August 20, 1887, p. 359.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

C. G. Phillips - 1888, 1891

1888:

    People engaged for C. G. Phillips' Pavilion Show: Geo. H. Grinear, Chas. Birchwood, Chas. and Lulu Hasty, Billy Griffin, Chas. Langstoff and wife, Harry Houghton and the Mortimer Family. Show opens May 1. New York Clipper, February 25, 1888, p. 800.

    Mr. and Mrs. C. G. Phillips, of the Phillips Pavilion Show, are spending the Summer at their home in Mecca, O. Sam A. Scribner is looking after the show. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 203.

1891:

    Wanted, good musical team that can play in band and do couple of good turns, song and dance, etc. Wanted, leader of band, double violin, also good loud tuba player. Wanted, good equilibrist and juggler. Brother act. Concert people. Mand and wife that are good for concert. Wanted, to buy __ lengths of circus seats complete, also 4(?) lengths of reserved seats with folding backs. Address C. G. Phillips' Circus, Mecca, O. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 52.

    Call. All people engaged for C. G. Phillips' Colossal, Consolidated, Combined Shows report at Mecca, Ohio for rehearsal, Saturday, May 2. Nothing but very small trunks go. Bristolville and Courtland, O., nearest R. R. stations. Wanted, equilibrist, musical team that play brass, tuba player, other good performers. For sale, one tent 70x105(?), 10(?) rolls "U. T. C." scenery, done in oil. C. G. Phillips . . . New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 127.

    The following is the makeup of C. G. Phillips' Colossal, Consolidated, Combined Shows for this season: C. G. Phillips, manager; E. G.(?) Phillips, treasurer; H. W. Mann, general agent; W. Banghman(Baughman?), boss billposter, with eight assistants; Nelson Sinclair, equestrian director; Thomas Dedrick, boss canvasman, with fifteen assistants; J. J. Hood, boss hostler, with twelve assistants; Eugene Busbee(?), leader of band of ten men; J. L. Kelley, leader of orchestra, eight pieces. Performers: Eckhardt Brothers, Hosterman and Rowe, Nelson Sinclair and Carlisle, Joe Earl and C. R. Lamont, Acker and Collins . . . Jas. H. Harding, Frank S. Baldwin, Lewis P.(?) Baldwin, John Bayer, R. V. Stinson . . . N. Sinclair's troupe of trained dogs. This show will carry sixty people and fifty head of stock, a new 100ft. round top tent, with a 40ft. middle piece; dressing room, 40x60ft. The show will travel by wagon, touring Ohio and Pennsylvania. They carry one ring and an elevated stage. The opening will be at Mecca, O., May 2. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 134.

    Wanted, people in all branches of the circus biz. Troupe of dogs. Address C. G. Phillips, Mecca, Ohio. Show opens May 2. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 144.

    C. G. Phillips' Circus disbanded at Hillsboro, O. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    Note: 1891, C. G. Phillips had a "U.T.C." company. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 487.

• 1892: Manager C. G. Phillips met with a serious accident April 19, while out riding. . . . He is now resting . . . at his winter quarters, Mecca, O. The work of putting the show in shape for the opening, the second week in May, is being pushed as rapidly as possible by competent workmen in each department, under the able direction of Mrs. C. G. Phillips and assistant manager B. L. Millikin. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Phillips Bros. Circus - 1988

Phillips Bros. Big Top Circus played New Jersey during the Summer. Owner Bill Phillips used the title Sunshine Magic Circus at East Brunswick, New Jersey. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Phillips & Scott's New United Railroad Shows - 1888

    Roster of Phillips & Scott's New United Railroad Shows: Thos. G. Scott, general manager; C. H. Phillips, contracting agent; J. M. Blakslee, advance; Joseph Becker, advertising agent, programmer and privileges. Performers: Ducrow Family, the Martinetti Bros., Willie Martell, Geo. W. Wiedell, J. C. Sullivan, Harry Demonio, Littlie Scott, Mary Phillips, Lena Scott, Minnie Davenport, Andy Amann, equestrian director. Concert: Prof. Chas. N. and Mme. Steen, Josie Amann, Fletcher and Wall, Prof. Jas. A. Quigley and his sideshow, assisted by Prof. W. R. Jones. Prof. R. W. Davenport, leader of band; Sam P. Levi, candy privilege; Allen Black, transportation; Peter Rogers, boss canvasman, with ten assistants; Joe Wolf, boss hostler, with two assistants. The show will travel by rail, and will open in Vandalia, Ill., April 26. New York Clipper, February 18, 1888, p. 784.

    Recent additions to the Phillips-Scott Circus: Willie Odell, Charles and Carrie Moore, and T. W. Murray. New York Clipper, March 17, 1888, p. 5.

    The Phillips-Scott Union Pacific Circus opened its season at Vandalia, Ill., April 26, under the following management: Thomas G. Scott, business manager; C. H. Phillips, treasurer; J. M. Blakeslee, advance representative, and Joseph Becker, programmer. Performers appearing were: Daisy Belmont, Lottie Belmont, Charles Belmont, Steve La Mont, Theo. Barretta, Blair Stone . . . the Livingston Bros., M. Phillips, Chas. and Carrie Moore, Harry Delmonio, Kissel and Prof. Newbury with a band of ten pieces. The show is making its way Northward. New York Clipper, May 5, 1888, p. 123.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Phills Bros. Circus - 1989, 1990, 1991

1989: Bill Phillips' tented show played the East during the Summer and in late Winter put out a school show titled the Sunshine Magic Circus. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 13.

1990: Bill and Martha Phillips' Phills Bros. toured in the East from June 1 until September 13. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 11.

1991: Phills Bros. was in Pennsylvania and New Jersey from June to August. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 9.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1991-95.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

C. A. Phinney's

• In answer to inquiries as to the C. A. Phinney Circus, a letter was written in 1903, by Prof. James H. Daily, formerly on the Great Pan American (Lemen Bros.) Shows in 1901. The Phinney Show, according to the letterhead, was known as the Great American One-Ring Show, C. A. Phinney, lessee and manager. Spider Green says he saw an outfit in Richville, N.Y., under the name of Finney's Great Eastern Shows. It was out of Hermon, N.Y., and was a dog and pony waong show, traveling in about thirty-five wagons; also a few cages in the sideshow. A description of the Phinney Show from Henry E. Wallis: "I was with the C. A. Phinney Shows. The manager's name was Claude A. Phinney, and he came from Lynn, Mass.; was formerly a treasurer of Lothrop's Bowdoin Square Theater, Boston, Mass., and Thomas & Watson's in Providence, R.I. The outfit was small, and was built in and around Boston. It was supposed to be put out first as a Wild West show. "Little" Thomas Cash (now dead) was supposed to furnish the Indians, but failed to do so, and the show went out as a circus. That was about 1904. It had a 60 foot round top, with two 20 foot middle pieces, and about ten wagons. No menagerie. Pete Conklin, the old clown, was with it a short spell. Jack and Lottie Cousins, the riders, were with it also, as were Tony White and wife with horses and mule; Prof. Parks, trained dogs; Louis Bovai(?), one-armed acrobat; Hart Bros., Newell and Stelle, flying rings; Billy Woods, calliope player. I think it was the summer of 1907 that Phinney sold the 32-whistle steam calliope to Andrew Downie McPhee. I also believe that Frank A. Robbins had something to do with the sale. The calliope was wrecked in the shipment on the railroad to Medina, N.Y. The show was out about three seasons. C. A. Phinney also put on an indoor circus in the old Park Square Depot in Boston, Mass., with his outfit. Herbert Swift had the band, and Burt Davis was drummer." Frank H. Lee, formerly of Lee Bros. Circus, writes: "This circus hailed from up near Boston, Mass. Was a one-ring show, using a 70 foot top, with a 3 foot middle piece. No sideshow. Carried about thirty people all told. I went out two or three seasons about twelve years ago." Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 29.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Aunt Phoebe Shows - 1909

    Buffalo, NY. The Aunt Phoebe Shows have drawn into winter quarters in this city after an excellent tour. G. W. B. Brown, proprietor, is making preparations for next season, which will open under the white tops June 1. In the meantime the company will play in this vicinity in opera houses, having opened at Lancaster, N.Y., the past week. Billboard, February 20, 1909, p. 10.

    Aunt Phebe Shows. G. W. B. Brown, prop.; Thos. C. Daniels, secy.; J. R. Bancroft, gen. agt.; E. Blakly, special agt.; J. Brady, treas.; C. H. Brown, mgr. commissary dept.; Leon J. Lewis, supt. privileges; Lewis Francis, supt. properties. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pickle Family Circus - 1975, 1983, 1985, 1987, 1994

1975: Larry Pisoni launched his Pickle Family Circus in 1975. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976, p. 23.

1983: Based in San Francisco and headed by Larry Pisoni, the show worked for non-profit organizations and sponsors in 1985. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 14.

1985: Pickle Family Circus, a non-profit corporation managed by Larry Pisoni, celebrated its 10th anniversary in 1985. The show played California, Oregon, Washington and Colorado. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, pp. 13-14.

1987: 1987 was the show's 13th season. The show opened in Santa Cruz, California, May 21. It moved into the East and Midwest for the first time in June and then returned to the West coast. It closed the season in San Francisco. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 6.

1994: The Pickle Circus was revived after declaring bankruptcy in 1993, using the title New Pickle Circus. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 18.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1982-1993.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pickering & Black Bros. - 1885

    Lafayette, Indiana. The United States Consolidated Circus opened 2. The circus started out from here last year under the management of Dr. J. L. Thayer (formerly of Thayer & Norris) [Thayer & Noyes?], and stranded in Sturgis, Mich., in the early part of July. E. L. Pickering of this city took charge this season, and opened in Chicago about six weeks ago. He has since been doing a satisfactory business. The horizontal bar and trapeze acts are excellent. New York Clipper, July 11, 1885, p. 265.

    LaFayette, Indiana. Pickering's Circus came here June 3 and 4. An engagement having been made for a consolidation with the Black Show of Trained Horses, Mr. Pickering waited for the Black Co. here, and on the July 21 and 22, Pickering and Black gave a fine enterainment. The tent was crowded to its capacity afternoon and evening. Carroll and Moore were the clowns. I understand that they propose traveling through the Southern States this winter. They went from here to Danville, Ill., thence to Covington, Ind., Indianapolis and Crawfordsville, two days at each place. New York Clipper, August 1, 1885, p. 311.

    Indianapolis, Indiana. Pickering & Black Bros. Circus opened July 27 at 25 and 15 cents, but few visitors, so a change was contemplated and prices while here have been reduced to 10 cents. Roster: Pickering & Black Bros., proprietors; C. C. Mathews, equestrian dir.; H. W. Link, agent. Performers: Prof. Black and his horses, ponies, donkeys and dogs; Geo. Wren, two-headed boy; Fannie Moore, Carroll and Moore, Hernando and OTello, Belle Tellefaire, Georgia Swan, J. B. Gallagher, Walla Hoppel, Harry Burton, Profs. Martin and Duffin and Mullen. They go to Chicago and will remain there until the cotton crop is harvested in the South, and will then tour that section. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.

• Also see Black Bros.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

F. W. Pike's - 1892

    Prairie Queen, Old Time One Ring Show. Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business (except band) for the above show. Male and female riders with stock, leapers, tumblers, trained animals, etc.; in fact, all strong features. Also skirt dancer and concert people, four and six horse drivers, and canvas men wanted. All privileges for sale. Address F. W. Pike, manager, Charlotte, Mich. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 14.

    Wanted, a few more people of all kinds in circus business for my show. Open May 7 at Charlotte, Mich. Address F. W. Pike, Old Time One Wagon Show, Charlotte, Mich. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 112.

    Ho?son and Hart have joined F. W. Pike's Circus. W. H. Hopkins will act as equestrian director. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    Wanted, for F. W. Pike's One Ring Circus. Performers in all branches of the biz except riders. Write or telegraph . . . Leslie 20, Stockbridge 21 . . . New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 172.

    Reports come from the former memebers of the F. W. Pike Show, which went to the wall at Owasso(sp?), Mich., June 14, claiming unprofessional treatment. These people say that business had been good, and that there was money enough taken in to pay their salaries, had the proprietor seen fit to do so. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.

    The F. W. Pike Show was destroyed by fire at Jackson, Mich., June 6(?). The reports of unprofessional treatment of employes by the management are claimed by the latter to be false. Nearly all the people are at the show's winter quarters, Charlotte, Mich., ready to take the road as soon as a new ___ and outfit are finished. The show will resume operations about July 16(?). New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.

    A few more people in all branches of show business. Go on the road July 14(?). Also band. Write F. W. Pike's, Old Time One Ring Show, Charlotte, Mich. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 289.
    F. W. Pike's (Tiger Bill) Show is still on the road. The canvas burned at Jackson, Mich., has been replaced. A new dressing room top and two new horse tents have been added. The show carried forty head of baggage stock and six(?) head of ring stock. The roster includes: F. W. Pike, proprietor and manager; Mrs. F. W. Pike, privileges; Claude La Verne, equestrian director; W. W. Record(?), advance; and Prof. White's band of eight pieces. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 340.

1893: Wanted, for the monarch of all 25c shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Riders with stock, trick stock, team of dog and goat, or any strong feature. People who can do two or more turns, also leap and tumble, concert people in all branches, also musicians in brass. We travel by wagon with our own stock and good accommodations. Canvas men and drivers wanted, also advance agent and billposters. Address A. W. McKinney(?), Lock Box ___, Charlotte, Mich. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 211.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pina

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in Mexico and on the West coast, circa 1920.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Place's London - 1893

    Richard Place's London Circus will begin operations July 12(?) at Cleveland, O. The show will use a 110(?)ft. round top with two __ft. middle pieces, and will travel by rail. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Plamondon Bros. - 1897

    Notes from Plamondon Bros.' Shows. Everything is progressing at the winter quarters at Chicago, Illinois, and will be ready for opening day, May 5. We will use an 80ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces. Our dressing room is a 40ft. round top. The roster, up to the present is F. P. Plamondon, manager; Louis Plamondon, equestrian director; Billy Harrigan, Clarence Plamondon, Millie Zadora, Judy Amondo, John Matthews . . . and Bruce Johnson. The band of eight mouthpieces will be under the leadership of Prof. Carl Arado. . . . New York Clipper, February 13, 1897, p. 799.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Plunkett's Circus - 1987-89

1987: Plunkett's Old Tyme American Circus, a one-ring show owned by the Plunkett family, opened April 1st in the Dallas-Fort Worth area. The show mainly played the Southwest, closing near Phoenix on November 20. Winter quarters were in Maybank. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, pp. 10-11.

1988: Out of Mabank, Texas, Plunkett's Circus played Texas for their Spring and Fall tours. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 9.

1989: The show used the title Plunkett Bros. Circus in 1989. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 13.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1951, 1989-1998

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Sam T. Polack's Circus - 1980

• The 1980 show, an indoor show, was out from February through October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 13.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1979 - circa 1990

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Polack Bros. - 1944, 1956, 1974-75, 1977   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1932-1976

• 1944 Polack Bros. Circus program, performers and staff in Bandwagon, February 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 7.

• 1956 program for and information on the Polack Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1956 (scroll down).

1974: The 1974 show had Pat Anthony, cat act; Miss Francesca, single trapeze; Pompom and Tommy Donaho, elephant act; The Grimeldis, musical comedy duo; Lona Antalek, poodles; Senorita Segura, aerial act; Jacki Althoff's bears and pony-riding chimpanzees; Bertini Duo; Carillo Brothers; Flying Gibsons; Mickey's chimpanzees; Miss Rose Marie; elephant, Baby Mike; Don Nothdorft, ringmaster, announcer; Vaughn Pelletier, band master; and Wilma Rench, organist. Southern Sawdust, November, 1974, p. 9.

1975: The 1975 show had Emil Goetschi Jr., performing on the tight wire, assisted by his wife, Debbie. Also on the show were the Atos Troupe, part of the Great Zamperla Troupe and the Jordanas. John Jordan (Jordanas) performed as Geronimo in his Dive of Death. Francine and Phil Schacht, The Apollo Duo, did their cradle act on the show. La Mafalda, sword balancing, was one of the acts presented by the Great Zamperla Troupe. The Great Zamperla Troupe also presented a trampoline act, and their Napoleone's Roman Riding Act that featured a somersault from horse-to-horse, somesault from teeterborad to a two-horse pyramid, and a full twist horse-to-horse. Southern Sawdust, No. 83, May, 1975, pp. 10, 11, 13, 25, 28.

1977: Polack Bros. ownership changed hands twice in 1977. Larry Davis, Bobby Cohn, and Parley Baer purchased the show from Louis Stern in January. Then Bill Stebbing purchased the show in July. Polack Bros. was originally founded by Irvin Polack in circa 1911. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, p. 36.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pollie Bros. Circus - 1927

• In 1927 Ray Marsh Brydon was manager of the Henry Pollie circus. Bandwagon, July-August, 1983, p. 5.

• A Pollie Bros. Circus is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, no date.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pomeroy's; Pomeroy & Samuels - 1889, 1891-92 (various titles)

1889:

    Ament and Nicholson, Tom Fay (boss canvasman), C. T. Taylor, Annie Harvey, Jim Schram (boss hostler), Charles Bell (lecturer), John Pifer . . . Mrs. Tillie Pifer and Frank Wixom have signed with Pomeroy's Western World for the coming season. The show will travel by wagon, with one hundred head of horses. The painting on the cages are fine, the work of Frank Van Ness. The band will be under the direction of Ben J. Becker. New York Clipper, February 16, 1889, p. 787.

    W. H. Pomeroy, of Pomeroy's Western World Show, was here [Missouri] last week superintending his printing, which is being done by the Great Western Printing Co. Mr. Pomeroy is investing $25,000 in a Wild West show which is being organized at Paw Paw, Mich. They will start about May ?. New York Clipper, April 13, 1889, p. 72.

    D. S. Ward, of Allegan, Mich., has joined Pomeroy's Wild West, organized at Paw Paw, Mich. He will take the sideshow, and be the first man in the next stand. Pomeroy's Show has one hundred and thirty horses, one hundred and twelve people . . . and one of Paw Paw's solid bankers back of him. The season opened at Paw Paw May 4(?). New York Clipper, May 18, 1889, p. 161.

    Pomeroy & Hilton's Wild West Show has a complete new outfit consisting of one hundred and ten people, one hundred and thirty head of horses, a 100ft. round top, with a 50ft. middle piece. The show opened at Paw Paw, Mich., May 1(?), at fifty cents admission. Roster: Pomeroy & Hilton, sole proprietors; Paul Blum, advance agent; Dan Fitzgerald, general manager; Charlie Bell, equestrian director; Bob Embrick(?), boss property man. Performers: Ament and Nicholson, Romelo Bros., Sankey Bros., Ricardo Clack, Maynard and Mendoza, Charlie bell, Rush and Bryant and Mme. Carver. Cowboys: California Frank, Apash Frank, Texas Bud, John Carver and Prof. Van Franken, horse trainer. Sideshow: C. T. Taylor (magician and lecturer), Annie Harvey (mind reader), Tillie Piser (snake charmer), Joe Davis (alligator boy), Carl Tuch (Zulu), Prof. Wallace (glass eater), Mrs. Johnson (half lady). Band: Prof. B. J. Becker, leader; B. Holtzhauer, C. Crocker, L. B. Reams, F. L. Roberts, C. Primm, C. Dixon, T. Chamberlain and C. Rush. The show will tour Michigan all Summer. New York Clipper, June 8, 1889, p. 207.

    Pomeroy’s Western World Troupe is in the south eastern corner of Michigan, getting ready to go into Ohio. Over one hundred people and about one hundred and twenty five head of horses, ponies, mules, donkeys, etc. make up the show. Everybody is enjoying the best of health after having passed through five weeks of steady rain in the northern part of the state. Prof. Van De Mark joined July 22 with his band of ten pieces. Business is reported very good. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889,p. 340.

1890: J. A. Bennett & Co. Grand Circus Royal. Wanted, performers in all branches of the circus business. Riders, male and female, with their own stock. Band of seven(?) mouthpieces and two drums, boss canvasman, chandelier and property man. Wanted to buy. Combination band wagon, cross cages and ___ heavy(?) baggage wagons. Buy or rent, a sleeper, ___ stock and ___ flat car. Address W. B. Pomeroy, manager, St. James Hotel, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 380.

1891:

    Wanted, for Pomeroy's Circus Royal. Musicians, B flat cornet, alto both to double ___, also double trummer. Address Al Parker(?), leader of band, ___, Mo. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 814.

    Wanted quick, to complete Pomeroy & Samuel's Great International Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Riders, leapers, gymnasts, clowns, four and six horse drivers, chandeliermen, and good contracting agent and ten bill posers. Would like to hear from stong band that doubles in string, troupe of Arabs and troupe of "Japs." Also from Alf. Miaco and wife and Masters (ticket sellers with Bennett show). Show opens May 4, at San Antonio, Texas; Pullman sleepers and accommodations the best. Privileges for sale. Address C. C. Wilson, general agent, San Antonio, Texas. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 126.

    City Local News. [San Antonio, TX] W. H. Pomeroy and Max Samuels are organizing a circus, soon to take the road. Daily Light (San Antonio, TX), May 4, 1891.

    Pomeroy & Samuels’ Circus will open its season May 16. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

    Wanted immediately to complete Pomeroy & Samuel's Great International Railroad Shows, good high class novelty acts in all branches of the circus business. All men must leap and tumble. Want lady and gentleman riders with stock, bar teams, flying return trapeze act, troupe of Arabs and troupe of "Japs." Open May 16, instead of May 4 as stated in last "ad" (mistake); long season and best accommodations. Sideshow privilege for sale. Address quick C. C. Wilson, general agent, 403 Nueva Street, San Antonio, Texas. Also want chandelier man, property men and working men. Address C. E. Ward, boss canvasman, San Antonio, Texas. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 160.

    The De Soto Bros. have closed with Clark Bros.' Circus Royal and joined Pomeroy & Samuels' Circus. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    A. N. Davis, who has been in the stock at the Standard Theatre, Dallas, Tex., the past six months, closed May 21(?), to take charge of the Pomeroy & Samuels International R. R. Show band, that opened at San Antonio May 30. He will have the following people in his band: Harry Taylor, Joe Livingstone, Pedro Bravo, Francisco C. Anaya, Henry Lutrell . . . Chas. Trask, E. Long and T. Rooney. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 215.

    Alf. Dorian, contortionist, joined Pomery & Samuels' Circus at Pueblo, Col., July 27. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.

    News from the Great International Railroad Shows. We are now traveling through Texas to good business, with fine weather. Fred Harris, late top mounter, joined the show at Groesbeck(?), Tex., to work with Tom Nichols. John Or?one, after one year retirement from the business, joined from Detroit and joined the show at Hear?e, Tex., to do middle man for Nichols and Harris. They will be known as Three Nichols Brothers, and are now practicing an excellent brother act. Mr. Samuels is away on a visit to San Antonio on business. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 535.

    Notes from the Great International R. R. Show. The roster: Pomeroy & Samuels, lessees; W. H. Pomeroy, manager; Max Samuels, treasurer and director; M. Burgo?er, general agent, with eight assistatnts in advance; Alf. Dorian, equestrain director; Dan Malcolm, Millie Theola . . . Clara Dempsey . . . Octavia, Will, Cleo, Boyd and Ralston, Sig. Lagone, Delmore, W. Powell . . . Fred Nichols, A. N. Davis, leader of band, with ten mouthpieces; T. J. Clancy, boss canvasman, with fourteen assistatns; Brock Conners, master of transportation, with eight assistants. We use a 100ft. round top, with a ?0ft. middle piece, dressing room, cook tents, horse tents, etc. Ten beautiful Norman horses are used on our band chariot. We travel exclusively by rail. Have been out thirty-eight weeks, and will make a long season South. Business is simply immense and everybody is happy. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.

    Houston, Texas. Pomeroy & Samuels' Dime Show 16, 17, 18, had fair crowds. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 644.

    Houston, Texas. Pomeroy & Samuels' Dime Show was attached here 19(?) for wages due employes. The trouble was afterwards amicably settled to the satisfaction of the attaches. New York Clipper, December 5, 1891, p. 653.

    The Great International R. R. Shows (Pomery & Samuels, lessees) closed without notice Dec. ?, owning, it is stated, all the people back salary. Many are in a destitute condition. The following musicians have gone to work at Riche's Houston Street Theatre, San Antonio, Tex.: A. N. Davis, Pedro Bravo, Jos. Livingstone, Tom Fallon, D. Van Cook(?) and Chas. L? Bounty. New York Clipper, December 26, 1891, p. 699.

1892:

    The executive staff of the Great International Railroad Shows consists of W. H. Pomeroy, lessee and manager . . . A. C. West, general agent; Alf Dorian, equestrian director; Prof. C. H. Lang, T. J. Clancy, boss canvasmen(?) . . . and G. Valentine. The show opens April 18(?). New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    The Great International Railroad Shows, W. H. Pomeroy, sole lessee and manager, will open at San Antonio, Texas, April 18, 1892. Wanted, people in all branches of circus business, including sideshow and concert people, riders with or without stock, small troupe trick horses or ponies, billposters, lithographers, canvasmen, grooms, hostlers, etc. Will lease any or all privileges. Call. report by April ??. N.B. I carry all kinds of pets for performers, such as dogs, cats, parrots, squirrels, rabbits, bears, and even elephants . . . New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 63.

    The Leons, J. T. and Master Earl, join the International Circus at San Antonio, April 23(?). New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.

    Wanted, for The Great International R. R. Shows, good bar team with bars, double drummer, boss property man, a few more bill posters for car No. 2. Address W. H. Pomeroy. Billposters address T. B. Long, San Antonio, Texas. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 143.

    The regular tenting season of the Great International Railroad Shows opened auspiciously May 5, at San Antonio, Tex. The opening was creditable. The roster: W. H. Pomery, lessee and manager; T. B. Long, contracting and general agent; Frank De Leon, treasurer; Milton M. Lyon, press representative; John Lewis, manager side show annex; Wm. Connors, master transportation; T. J. Clancey, boss canvas man . . . Prof. T. P. Fallon, the Earl Sisters, Prof. C. H. Long, Alf. Dorian, the Leons, the Dixon Bros. and Jos. Scott. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    Roster of the Great International Railroad Shows: W. H. Pomeroy, sole lessee and manager; H. R. De Leon, treasurer; T. R. Long, general agent; F. J. McCarthy, contracting agent; J. F.(P.?) Rothschild, agent in charge of car No. 2; A. C. Ade, in charge of paper, and eight billposters; C. Lindeman, in charge of box brigade, with four assistants; M. Lyon, lithographer; D. Whealley(?), programmer; James Finnegan, master of transportation, with eight assistants; T. S. Clancy, boss canvas man, with fourteen assistants; S. W. Marshburn, chandelier man, with two assistants; James Jones, boss hostler, with five assistants; Gil Valentine, chef de la cuisine; cook tent, Powers, with five assistants; W. Murphy, boss property man, with four assistants; Uncle John Lewis, in charge of sideshow; Pop Carpenter, general solicitor; Frank Wallace, head porter of car No. 4, with three assistants; J. S. Harp, reserved seats; Alfred Dorian, equestrian director; C. H. Long, Theo Harrella, Mlle. Minnelta, Jas. Scott, Alf. Dorian, Sig. Lagone, J. T. Leon, Mast. Earl, Mlle. Rosa, Mamie Blake, Dixon Bros., Zebenos, Mexican Family (five in number), Earl Sisters (four in number), trick ponies, educated donkeys and a large troupe of dogs. Mlle. Carrolla makes a balloon ascension daily. T. P. Fallon(Pallon?) is leader of band, with ten mothpieces. They use a 110ft. round top, with two 40ft. middle pieces, a 50ft. museum top, a 40ft. dressing room top., two 20x50ft. horse tents and two 20x40ft. cook tents. The show is twice the size it was last season, and everything is brand new, well painted and decorated. As a special feature in the museum, we have Jumbo, the largest horse. Minnetta and Barretta, and Dorian, the man snake, are special features in the big show. The route lays through New Mexico, Arizona and Southern California. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.

    On the road, circuses: Great International . . . Alburquerque NM June 2, Las Vegas 3 . . . New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    The Great International Railroad Shows move triumphantly on in spite of opposition and excessive stagnation of business in Texas. The show goes merrily on coastward, making more than expenses through a country where the jumps are the longest and the mighty dollars the scarcest. Starting from San Antonio, Tex., May 5(?), the route took us to Laredo, southward, for one week, thence to El Paso, the northern highway out of the big State, showing daily at eleven at points en route with satisfaction to all and our audiences as well. Leaving the drouth stricken district with money in the treasury, whereas for at least three seasons heretofore Manager W. H. Pomeroy had always gone down into his pocket to pull out of this self same port. If report be true, all previous records of circusing through this State have been outdone this year by the Great International. Through New Mexico via Alburquerque, thence West through Arizona, the show continued to make money at one and two day stands, though the jumps were long and hazardous. The advance, under the generalship of T. B. Long(?), go on toward the setting sun. Everybody is working harmoniously, and we think to the satisfaction of the management throughtout. Some changes have been made in the personnel of the advance since my last, viz.: F. J. McCarty, former contracting agent, retiring in favor of J. Rothschilds, who assumed the "___" June 1, like an old veteran. Everything now looks bright for a successful tour of the Pacific slope. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    From the International Railroad Shows. Notwithstanding that many wiseacres predicted our utter failure in Southern California, we are happy to state that, while our seating capacity has not been taxed to its utmost since we entered the valley of oranges and apricots, we can record the fact of having to ___ to the extras on one or two occasions, and, as the admission price has not been reduced, we find, after balancing accounts to date, a nice little(?) margin in the credit of the 'goblin.' On June 2? Sells Bros.' advance No. 1, arrived at Cotton. Mr. and Mrs. S. H. Barrett and sons, Mr. and Mrs. Chas. Stow and twenty-two billposters paid our night show a visit, and everybody with the show, from front door to dressing room, was proud to be able to contribute to their pleasure. It was a rare treat for us to listen to their stories of the big island in the middle of the Pacific. [Sells went to Australia] The roster remains the same, with the exception of H. De Leon, treasurer, who resigned at El Paso, Tex., in favor of J. F.(E.?) Findley and the Batys(?), Chas. and Kitty, who joined at Albuquerque, N.M. Minnetta is a favorite in this country. At San Jacinto, Chas. and Kitty Baty(?) fell to the ground, a distance of __ft., while doing a swinging drop from the higher trapeze. Outside of a few bruises they are O.K. T. J. McCarthy has been called back from the advance to assume the position of assistant manager. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.

    On the road, circuses: International Railroad, Santa Anna Cal. July 6, Oceanside 7, San Diego ?-10, National City 11 . . . Anaheim 14. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    The property of the "Great International Railroad Shows," exhibiting in Southern California under the management of W. H. Pomeroy, was attached at Los Angeles June 27, on a small claim for wages, and the following day other attachments were levied to secure payment of local claims and a draft from Texas. The aggregate of these amounts, with costs, was about $150(?), which was settled after some difficulty. In connection with the matter, Mr. Pomeroy served an affidavit on the officer making the attachment, showing that the property belonged to a man in Texas. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

    On the road, circuses: International Railroad, Capistrano, Cal. July 13, Anaheim, 14. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.1892: Alfred Dorian, contortionist, is with the Great International Railroad Shows. They are touring Southern California. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    W. H. Pomeroy's International Railroad Show is reported to have collapsed at Anaheim, Cal. Salaries are said to have been arrears. The performers hired a hall and gave a performance, realizing sufficient to take them to Los Angeles, where some secured other engagements. . . . New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pommier Bros. - 1910, 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910-14

1910: On March 30, the entire wagon show belonging to Pommier Bros., with the exception of two advance wagons, was destroyed by fire. Their loss is estimated at $1,500. No insurance was carried. The brothers have not yet decided whether they will again organize for this season. Billboard, April 16, 1910, p. 19.

1914: Pommier Bros.' Show: I. A. & Leon Pommier, proprietors; Leon Pommier, manager; John Pommier, treasurer & secretary; I. A. Pommier, general agent; R. L. Harvey, local contractor; Jos. Bonhomme, equestrian director; Bob Clements, general supt.; John Pommier, supt. privileges; Bert Weber, musical director; Mrs. Ida Bonhomme, supt. reserved seat tickets; Lester Perkins, supt. lights; Joe Bonhomme Jr., supt. props. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ben Potter's - 1894-95

1893: Roster of Potter's Big R. R. Shows for season of 1894. Ben Potter, proprietor; Joe F.(?) Sawyer, manager; Mattie Potter, treasurer . . . Cora Latamore . . . Ben Potter and wife, the three Sawyers, Joe, Code and Pauline . . . Bill Leonard, leader of band of six piece. The show opens at M??an, Ind., using two tops, one sleeper and two box cars. Special paper will be used exclusively the coming season, and will be very attractive. New York Clipper, December 9, 1893, p. 642.

1895:

    Ben Potter Show notes. The Ben Potter Queen City Show is in Centralia, Illinois, in winter quarters. It opens April 25. One of the features will be Prof. W. G. Stockwell's Silver Cornet Band. Some of the latest to sign are the Alburtus Bros., William, Frank and Eddie; Dave Stoddard, W. G. Stockwell, James Sykes, G. R. Hamilston and Johnny Scott. New York Clipper, February 23, 1895, p. 815.

    Notes from the Ben Potter Queen City Show at Centralia, Illinois. Thew show will be a big city show, making all big towns the forepart of the season, playing three and six day stands. One of the features of the concert will be a cake walk. The parade will be under the supervision of Ned West, the Rube. The band will be twelve pieces. The latest to sign with the show are Ned West, principal clown Rube act; Master A. E. Blankenfeld, contortionist; J. Glasscock, Ed Bohrer, Len Downs, Harry Downing, Harry D. Bugh and John Tate. New York Clipper, March 23, 1895, p. 35.

    Notes from Ben Potter's Queen City R. R. Shows. Business has been fair all season, playing three night and week stands. Mr. Potter has been making a hit with his songs, and John Crossell, talking and singing clown, wins favor. Albert Blankenfield, boy contortionist, makes a hit, and his flying ring act catches them. Frank Wesley, buck and wing dancing and our Jubilee Singers are doing fine work. Joe M. Smith made a success with his Rube act and his trained giraffe, Jargo. Wm. Bryant, Irish and black face comedian, closed Aug. 31. Katie White, child wonder, performs a clever act, juggling and slack wire walking. New York Clipper, September 21, 1895, p. 451.

• Information on the 1896 Queen City Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 46-47.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Potts & Cookston - 1898

    Potts & Cookston intend to put out a wagon show on the road this season, opening at Birmingham, Alabama, in April. The show will have a 70ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces. They will have two wagons in advance in charge of J. B. Potts with seven assistants. The baggage wagons and band chariot are being built to order. The show will use forty head of stock. C. Cookston will manage the show. New York Clipper, February 26, 1898, p. 864.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Perry Powers' Combination Circus - 1867

    [Advertisement] Power's Grand Combination Circus. The great show of 1867, embracing the enormous cavalcade of 150 men and horses, and Prof. Willis Cobb's troupe of performing dogs, goats, monkeys and ponies, collected from the four quarters of the globe. At Ashley, Wednesday, April 24; Centralia, Thursday, 25; Odin, Friday, 26. Perry Powers, proprietor. Levi J. North, equestrian director. Willis Cobb, master of circus. . . .
    Levi J. North, the autocrat of the American arena, is with us. At each performance Mr. North will introduce his trained horse, Mars, the most estraordinarily intelligent animal the world ever produced. The Wilson Brothers, the best horizontal bar, trapez and gymnastic performers in the country. Young Levi North, the champion boy rider of the world, whose daring bare-back and hurdle acts are unapproachable and unequaled. Zebelda Powers, the peerless little queen of the arena, the most daring and graceful equestrienne of her age in America. Tom Burgess, the funniest clown that now walks the circus ring, his comic acts with the ponies is more than worth the price of admission, and the ponies are the best trained and smallest now on exhibition.
    M'lle Augusta, the premiere equestrienne (a slack wire performer) with her imported Arabian horse, Alexandra. Prof. Willis Cobb, the best trainer now living, will introduce his troupe of performing dogs, goats, ponies and monkeys, which have been educated till they seem endowed with human intelligence. Mr. Louis Wilson, the celebrated scenic equestrian (double summersaulter) carrying Jennie Powers in various artistic positions as his horses dash around the circus. Don Santiago Gibbonoise, the India rubber man, whose contortions seem an exception to the natural laws; though five feet seven inches high, weighing 147 pounds, will pack himself in a box 15x17 inches and have the lid fastened down.
    Jennie Powers, whose scenic equestrian act with Mr. Louis Wilson is pronounced the perfection of modern equestrianship. Prof. Mathews (the young American Hercules), the great cannon ball performer, heavy and light balancer. Master Bertram, whose bare-back pony act always bring forth thunders of applause. Mr. Ed. Schofield, the only man in America who turns a summersault over two horses. Also the following unexcelled acrobats and tumblers: Chas. Rivers, Ed. Griffith, Mr. Cummings, Mathews and Turner.
    The public are assured that there are no objectionable features, nothing to offend the most fastidious; the exhibition of trained animals is an attraction for every one, and visited by persons of every persuasion. Admission, 50 cts. Children under 10 years, 25 cts. Reserved seats with comfortable backs and upholstered with Brusell's carpet, 75 cents. Doors open at half past one and seven p.m. Performance to commence half hour afterward. Will exhibit at Centralia, Thursday, April 25. Centralia Sentinel (IL), April 18, 1867, p. 1.

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, April 27,   Clipper, May 25 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Prairie Lillie & Nebraska Bill's Wild West - 1912   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912

    Charles (Shorty) Prettyman was seen at the Ostrich Farm, Jacksonville, Fla., recently. Shorty is a midget clown rube with the Nebraska Bill Show. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

• Operated by Welsh Brothers in 1912. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 24.

• For 1913, see Wyoming Bill's Wild West.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Prairie Mae - 1918

    Prairie Mae & Co.'s Wild West, Circus and Vaudeville. Wanted, wild west people, rube and wire walker. Prairie Mae, Glen Aubrey, N.Y. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Prescott's - 1894-95, 1897

1894: Wanted, to open C. F. Prescott's Big Pavilion Shows, . . . performers that do two or more turns in all branches of circus business; those playing brass perferred. Band of 4 or 5 mouthpieces . . . New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 158.

1895:

    John Lynch, wire walker, joined Prescott's Great Eastern Shows at Rockland, Maine. New York Clipper, June 8, 1895, p. 212.

    Notes from the C. F. Prescott Show. We opened in Rockland, Maine. We play here June 10, and then take the road. The Barkers, Willie and Dora, joined 6, and their aerial act is a feature. Ed. Brown, balancing trapeze and bars, is another late addition. Frank Hadley is canvas boss with five assistants. New York Clipper, June 15, 1895, p. 227.

    Notes from Prescott's Eastern Show. We are in the fifth week of our existence. We were at Millbridge, Maine, July 4; at Addison, 5; and at Jonesport, July 6. At Addison, Maine, the young ladies organized a ladies brass band, and Frank Cash, our leader, directed a concert for them after our afternoon show. In return the ladies attended our evening performance. Our ball team has won every game the have contested. Vic Mazzello does a clever peformance on the high wire. Victor Delmar and Eddie La Barre are the clowns. The Barkers and Ed Brown do their aerial acts . . . New York Clipper, July 20, 1895, p. 307.

    Notes from Prescott's Eastern Shows. At Fort Fairfield, Maine, it was so stormy and the wind so strong we were unable to put our canvas up, the ground would not hold stakes. Manager Rockwell, who was playing a week's engagement in town under canvas, tendered us the use of his top, so we consolidated and gave both shows for one admission, drama and circus. Both bands consolidated. Joe Donahue, heavy weight lifter and acrobat, joined at Houlton. Frank I. Cash closed August 7, called to his home on business. New York Clipper, August 17, 1895, p. 371.

    Notes from C. F. Prescott's Show. While enroute to Bingham from Madison, Maine, the road on the side of the mountain gave way, sliding our largest wagon, with men and horses, down the bank some ten or twelve feet, causing the loss of one horse. The next day a team broke through a bridge and we lost our afternoon show. Nelson Tucker is now leading the band. . . . New York Clipper, September 14, 1895, p. 435.

• For 1896 see the Great Eastern Circus.

1897:

    Notes from C. F. Prescott & Co.'s New Shows. Our new band and ticket wagons are nearly finished. The show will own its stock. They are wintering at Meadow Mountain, working on Mr. Prescott's wood lot, under the charge of Geo. Brown, boss hostler. The show will be under the management of Mr. Prescott. Yankee Ross has signed as general agent. New York Clipper, January 9, 1897, p. 717.

    Notes from the C. F. Prescott All New Shows. We open our third season at Rockland, Maine, May 22. The show travels by wagons and will tour Maine and New Hampshire. C. F. Prescott is proprietor and manager; Ed Brown, general superintendent; Ed King, boss canvasman; James Tuttle, boss hostler; Gus Beaty(?), head cook with three assistants; F. S. Smith, manager of privileges and announcer, and Joe Pray, leader of band of twelve pieces. People engaged thus far are the Browns, Ed and Walter; the Orvilles, Johnnie Green, W. J. Howden's troupe of educated horses . . . the La Mothes, Mme. Alberta, Prof. Raymond's Dog Circus, and the three American Japs. Johnnie Green, Vic Delmar and Raymond, clowns. New York Clipper, May 29, 1897, p. 204.

    Prescott's All New Shows was unable to stand the continued rain, and the season closed suddenly in Bangor, Maine. A majority of the performers left the show at Belfast, and the few who went through to Bangor were left penniless. Through the efforts of Mme. Russel, of Monsulla and Russle, sufficient money was raised to move the show out of Belfast, the entire outfit being shipped to Bangor by boat. Manager Prescott was unable to raise sufficient money to pay the freight, and the outfit remained in the charge of the steamboat company. Those left in Bangor were: Monsulla and Russell, the three Burdells, the Browns, Ed and Walter; the Mazellos, Vic and Tom; Mme. Millie, F. S. Smith, Joe Pray, Al Densmore and the canvas men and hostlers. Manager Prescott disappeared early in the morning and returned to Rockland. With good weather the show would have done business, but the rain fell in torrents for eight days in succession. Monsulla and Russell were engaged in Bangor to appear at the Bangor fair. New York Clipper, June 19, 1897, p. 253.

• Note: Charles F. Prescott, owner. See "The Eastern Circus," White Tops, Vol. 21, Nos. 1-2 (Jan-Feb), 1948, pp. 5-6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Preston's Golden - 1892

    On the road, circuses: Golden Circus, Preston's, What Cheer Ia May 18; Rhinebeck 19, Gruncy Centre 2?, Iowa Falls, 2 . . . Lyons Ia. 27, Fulton, Ill. 28. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    On the road, circuses: Golden circus Preston's, Savanna IL May 26, Lyons IA 27, Fullton IL 28. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

F. H. Price's - 1887

    Dover, Del., May 9. A riot occurred at Milford Friday nigh, at midnight. F. H. Price's circus exhibited there, and the gamblers and sharps swindled many colored people. The negroes gathered, lay in ambush near the railroad station, and began firing on the circus men as they were loading the cars. Several showmen were wounded. The circus men returned the fire and for a time a brisk fusilade was kept up. Marion Daily Star (Marion, OH), May 9, 1887, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Price & Honeywell

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1901-03.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Price & James - 1897

    Roster of Price & James' Shows, Brooklyn, N.Y. - We have been playing to the capacity of our 110ft. round top, with 50ft. middle piece. The show has been hooked up in first class order. The roster: Price & James, proprietors; W. H. Price, manager; Fred O'Brien, general superintendent; Wm. Lowanda, equestrian director; Jake Morton, boss canvas man, with twenty assistants; J. Wenner, chandeliers, three assistants; Smith Whitiker, boss props, three assistants; Prof. Frank Knapp, leader of band of ten pieces; J. C. MItchell, in charge of privileges; Wm. Lowanda, principal somersault rider; Three Herberts, Fred, Ed. and Wash, acrobats, high stiltsand Roman ladders; Mlle. Adelaid, invisible wire; Mlle. Adair, combination trapeze, perch and cloud swing; Nellie Lowanda, high school menage act; Wm. Fowler and wife, comedy hats and balance trapeze clowns; Fred. O'Brien, Louis Whitiker, Wm. Fowler, Dick Cook, Harry Hart, principal tumbler with a hot line up. The concert consists of Cook and Boyd, Mamie Melvin, Master Western and Fred. O'Brien. In the side show James C. Mitchell, manager and lecturer, has proved his ability by the receipts. New York Clipper, June 19, 1897.

    The Price & James Show closed September 4, at Springfield, Massachusetts. New York Clipper, September 11, 1897, p. 459.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Priest's Pavilion Circus - 1883-87

1883:

    The Paris Pavilion Show starts from Victor, Ia., May 12. B. Priest & Co. are the proprietors, and Chas. E. Griffin, manager. The following have been engaged: J. B. Saunders, contortionist and Japanese perch; Alborine, "the white Moorish princess;" Dibolo Jr., fire king; and Mons. F. Le Costro, wonder-worker. New York Clipper, April 1, 1883, p. 38.

    Wanted, clown and canvasman for Paris Pavilion Show. B. Priest, Victor, Ia. New York Clipper, May 12, 1883, p. 126.

    Priest Pavilion Show is to open in Victor, Ia., May 19; thence to Brooklyn 21, Montezuma 22, Grinnell 23, Gilman 24, Montour 25, Toledo 26. New York Clipper, May 19, 1883, p. 136.

    Priest & Co.'s Paris Pavilion Show. Will Craig, lithographer joined and M. F. Sholly took Morgan's place as contracting agent. New York Clipper, August 4, 1883, p. 323.

    The Paris Pavilion Show now consists of Cline and Wilson, gymnasts; J. B. Sanders, contortion; Alborine, Albino mind-reader; Chas. E. Griffin, ventriloquist; F. Le Costro, fire king; and Wm. Reed's Juvenile Band of six pieces, which took the place of Lehman Family Band Aug. 17. New York Clipper, September 1, 1883, p. 386.

1884:

    People engaged with Priest's Paris Pavilion Show are called for rehearsal in Victor, Ia., May 2. New York Clipper, April 26, 1884, p. 86.

    Priest's Pavilion Circus played to two small audiences here, Wednesday. But then, it deserved no better. Alton Review (Alton, IA), July 11, 1884, n.p.n.

    Priest's Paris Pavilion closed the tenting season at Vall, Ia., Sept. 1 for re-organization. New York Clipper, September 13, 1884, p. 404.

1885:

    Wanted, for Priest's Paris Pavilion Show, for tenting season 1885, circus people on all branches, except riders. Also boss canvasman, musicians, sideshow attractions and concert people; those who double in brass preferred. B. Priest, Steele City, Neb. New York Clipper, February 7, 1885, p. 751.

    Wanted, for Priest's Paris Pavilion Show, circus people in all branches, except rider. B. Priest, Springfield, Nebraska. New York Clipper, March 28, 1885, p. 30.

    Priest's circus, a wagon affair, performed yesterday at Remsen. Evening Sentinel (Le Mars, IA), July 2, 1885, p. 1.

    Priest's circus will exhibit here on Saturday. This is the same show which was here last year, and gives fair satisfaction. It is said to be more complete this year than ever before. Laurens Sun (Laurens, IA), July 10, 1885, n.p.n.

    The circus outfit of Priest's Paris Pavilion passed through town last Saturday morning on its way to Wesley, where it was billed to perform that day. It is a peculiar sight in these days of many railroads to see a circus traveling by team. Upper Des Moines (Algona, IA), July 22, 1885, n.p.n.

1886:

    W. H. Quinnett had bought a half-interest in the Priest Pavilion Show, which he will manage as the Priest Great Western Museum and Trained Animal Show. They open May 8 at Steele City, Neb., with thirty-six head of horses, one band wagon, one ticket wagon, ten baggage wagons, three passenger wagons, two advance wagons, etc. G. W. Hall Jr. will have the sideshow in a tent 40x60 feet. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 83.

    People with B. Priest's Paris Pavilion Shows: B. Priest, proprietor and manager; E. P. Priest, treasurer; G. W. Johnson, advance agent; J. D.Schaffer, contracting agent; George Ritchie, ringmaster. Performers: Sam Bennett, Sig Harris Hinde, George Ritchie, Jas. and Haltie Griffin, Three Ritchie Bros., Mlle. Etta, John J. Murray, Jas. Griffin, Sig. Harris, and Prof. Cope's Silver Cornet band. Geo. W. Hall Jr. has the sideshow. The show opened at Steele City, Neb., May 8. New York Clipper, May 22, 1886, p. 155.

    Priest's Paris Pavilion Show went to pieces at Marquette, Neb., July 3. The performers, after a lawsuit, got the canvas and seats for back salary. New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 296.

1887:

    Wanted for Priest & Co.'s Great Western Railroad Show, season of 1887, circus people in all branches, except riders, troupe of performing dogs, musicians, sideshow and concert people. Sideshow and candy privilege for sale. B. Priest & Co., Falls City, Neb. New York Clipper, February 12, 1887, p. 764.

    Priest & Co. Show, which opened at Falls City, Neb., closed soon afterwards. The Leons to possession for salary due and are running it as the Great Western Show with this roster: ___ & Leon, proprietors; C. S. McCoy, business manager. Performers: Mr. and Mrs. Leon, J. C. Adams, John O'Brien . . . R. S. Rhinehart, Oscar Davis, Tony Agler. New York Clipper, June 4, 1887, p. 180.

    B. Priest writes us as regards the closing of the Priest & Co. Show: "I have a receipt in full from all the people who worked on salaries. I had a misunderstanding with my partner, and divided the show with him." New York Clipper, June 18, 1887, p. 214.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pubillones Circus - 1882-87, 1889, 1891-92, 1918-19 (Cuba)

1882:

    Santiago Pubillones, the Cuban circus manager, arrived in this city [New York] last week from Madrid, Spain, where he has been spending the Summer. He is shortly to leave for Cuba, where he will open his circus Oct. 15. New York Clipper, September 2, 1882, p. 384.

1883:

    Santiago Pubillones, manager of the Argentine Equestrian Circus in the Island of Cuba, arrive in New York Aug. 15. He come with the object of getting new canvas and wardrobe and engaging artists for the coming season, which will commence Oct. 16. New York Clipper, September 1, 1883, p. 386.

1884:

    Pubillones Circus opened in Havana, Cuba, Oct. 28. New York Clipper, November 8, 1884, p. 533.

1885:

    Pubillones' Circus, Havana, Cuba. Among the performers engaged at present are Abelardo and Josephine Lowande, Maude Oswald, Mlle. Bellotta, Lenora Garcia, D. R. Hawley, Dan Ducrow, Hercules Libby, Mons. Venola, Prof. Ferris . . . J. Marretta, Sig. Garcia, Jose Martinez, and a pantomime company. New York Clipper, January 17, 1885, p. 697.

    Grande Circus Pubillones, Havana, Cuba. I am running two distinct circus companies, in the city of Havana, in connection with my museum and menagerie. I offer engagements, long or short, to performers in all branches of the profession. Santiago Pubillones, Havana, Cuba. New York Clipper, February 7, 1885, p. 751.

    The Moultons (Harry and Minnie), gymnasts, left the Lehman Show at Peoria, Ill., and go to Cuba with Pubillones Circus. New York Clipper, October 10, 1885, p. 468.

    A correspondent in Havana, Cuba, reports that hits have been made at Pubillones' Circus by Alberto Lowande, Wm. Ducrow, Harry Moulton and wife, and Frank Semelman. The latter is billed as the new American Hercules, and is said to be lifting 1,400 pound cannons, etc. New York Clipper, December 5, 1885, p. 596.

1886:

    Among the people with Pubillones' Circus in Cuba are the Phanlon Bros., Fred Barclay, Walter Wentworth, Juan Caicedo, Mlle. Otero, Harry and Minnie Moulton, Frank Semelman and a number of Spanish performers. Business is reported goo with the No. 2 Co., which is playing Cuban country towns. New York Clipper, January 23, 1886, p. 708.

    The two circuses of the manager Santiago Pubillones have closed their Winter season in the Island of Cuba. Circus No. 1 has been under the management of its proprietor, Santiago Pubillones. The other circus, known as Circus No. 2, is under the management of Manuel Pubillones, a brother of Santiago. . . . New York Clipper, July 3, 1886, p. 252.

1887:

    Willie, Blanche and Charley Edwards have recently closed a long engagement with Pubillones' Circus, Havana, Cuba. New York Clipper, June 18, 1887, p. 214.

    People engaged for the Gran Circo Pubillones: the Jeal Sisters, the Manvels . . . Judges Family, Abren Family, O'Dell, Willie Aymar, Fatana and wife . . . Foote Ducrow, Theo. Ferris, Eugene Kenebell. New York Clipper, October 8, 1887, p. 468.

    Notes from the Gran Circo Pubillones, Havana, Cuba. Theo. Ferris, lion tamer, joined 3. New York Clipper, December 17, 1887, p. 641.

1889:

    Gran Circo Pubillones opened at Matanzas(?), Cuba, under a new 120ft. roung top. The American people are: Natalio Lowande, Geo. Bliss, Willie Siegrist, Chas. Herbert, Barnett Bros. and Chas. W. Fish. They have a band of sixteen people. New York Clipper, January 26, 1889, p. 732.

1891:

    Tote Ducrow, of the Pubillones Circus, at Havana, under date of April 25, writes as follows: "The show has been doing finely all over the island of Cuba, and the company are all in good health. We opened here last night (April 24) to a packed house, with the tent was blown away and almost everything destroyed. The losses will be heavy for Mr. Pubillones to bear. His other show - the Salvani Dog and Monkey Show - is making good money, and will not close this season. We will close some time in June. Following is the roster: Faranta Family, Agnes Mora . . . Tony Lowardo, Karl Nichels, Nap? Lowando . . . the Senors Antino Pubillonnes, Orivlo Constantine, Pala?co Rodrigas . . . Conrado Madenga, with Little Tomasito, Cuban clown; Tote Ducrow, principal clown; Santiago Pubillones, proprietor and manager. Charles W. Fish closed last week, and left to join the Barnum & Bailey Show." New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

1892:

    Gran Circo Pubillones. We are doing good business. The latest additions to the company are: Rosinna Venus, principal bareback act; Alexis Scofer, jockey act; the elephant Romeo and a den of performing lions and tigers, worked by Alonzo, a native. Company No. 1 took the road from Havana Jan. 1. The Melrose Bros. finished their engagement Dec. 29, and returned to New York. Director Pubillones gave the company a banquet Jan. 1, to celebrate his birthday. . . . Director Pubillones is negotiating with the managers of the Plaza De Torris, Cardanas, to fight the elephant, Romeo, against two bulls on New Years Day. Romeo made short work with the bulls he fought at Havana three years ago.
    Roster of Pubillones Show No. 1: Chas. Sorraine, Tony Rentick, Deoria, Wm. Rollins, Kamara Japanese Troupe . . . Watson and wife, John Harrison, Joseph Sevell, Three Mazzerellos, Polanka and wife, Tomez and Santiago Pubillones. New York Clipper, January 16, 1892, p. 747.

1918:

    According to advices from Cuba, Antonio V. Pubillones has abandonded the idea of sending a circus into Mexico on account of unsettled conditions there. He has put two circuses on tour in Cuba, and as soon as some of the contracts with performers expire will in all probability combine the two shows into one big circus. Both shows are said to be doing very good business. Among the artists with the Circo Pubillones, of which Mr. Pubillones is manager, are Mr. and Mrs. Stickney and Mr. and Mrs. Melrose, riders; Luken's Lions, Lady Alice's Pets, Frank E. Curran, one-legged jumper; Miss Margarita, wire act; Evans and Sister, foot jugglers; Egochago and Dogs; Joe LaFleur, high ladder drop; Pito, Titi, Emerita and Egochago, clowns; Mefistofeles, wire act (outside free act). With the Circo Pubillones, of which Antonio V. Pubilones himself is manager, are Lloyd Family, riding act; Flying Codonos, aerialists; Miss Clare, teeth act; Los Cosados, comedy acrobats; LaPetite Cabaret, marionettes; McDonald Trio, bicyclists; Merian's Dogs, dog pantomime; Zai-Lo-Lin, Chinese troupe; Orpington Trio, hand-to-hand act; Two Cosados and Alfredo, clowns. Billboard, January 5, 1918, p. 28.

    Joe LaFleur finished an engagement of fourteen weeks with the Pubillones Circus, Havana, Cuba, March 1. Bob Stickney and wife also closed with the Pubillones Show March 1. Lady Alice's Pets finished the engagement February 21 and returned to open with the Barnum & Bailey Show. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 29.

    Mrs. Geraldine Pubillones, proprietress of the Pubillones Circus in Cuba, was in New York. She has engaged many attractions for the coming season, as she will have two big companies on the road. The season opens at the National Theater, Havana, October 20, and following this engagement the companies will cover Cuba, Merida, Ycatan and Mexico City. Billboard, August 10, 1918, p. 24.

    New York, Oct. 14. Mrs. Geraldine Pubillones has just left New York for Havana and she booked a large company for the Cuban tour. The last attraction she closed with was the Wirth Family of riders for a season's contract. Robert Cottrell has also been engaged for the Pubillones Circus. The show will open at the National Theater in Havana, the latter part of October. Billboard, October 19, 1918, p. 3.

    El Paso, Tex., Nov. 2. Mrs. W. K. Randolph, known in the circus world as La Belle Victoria, wire walker, acrobat and equilibrist, who since her marriage to W. K. (Billy) Randolph, an automobile man of this section, four years ago, has been living in this city, is soon to make her reappearance in the circus arena. La Belle Victoria is the sister of Alfredo Codona, equestrian director of Pubillones Circus in Cuba, which attraction she will join in the near future. Upon her marriage Mrs. Randolph gave up her former profession, but as a short time ago her husbanc volunteered his services to his country, she decided to do her bit by aiding to drive away sorrow among those who remained at home. During the winter season she will appear with the Pubillones Circus in Cuba and Mexico. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 32.

1919:

    Havana, Cuba, Dec. 28. Pubillones Circo is sailing for Mexico on the Monteray, for Meride, Yucatan. The season includes about five weeks in Yucatan. Billboard, January 4, 1919, p. 58.

    Peter Taylor, trainer of Fred Mitchell's ten-lion act, joined Pubillones Circus in Havana, Cuba. Pauline and her leopards sail for the West Indies next week. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 88.

    The opening of Pubillones Circus at the Teatro National, Havana, Cuba, was postponed until October 30, on account of the longshoremen's strike in New York. Fillis' dancing horses are meeting with great success. This is the forty-third season for the Pubillones Circus at the Teatro National. The program as of November 5: Apdale's bears, monkeys, dogs; Fillis Family, horse act; Four Danubes, casting act; Rublo Inas(?) Troupe, acrobats; Edith, novelty surprise; Charles Siegrist, jumper; Brengk's models; Jardys, strong act; Pachecos, wire; Lacantija(?), contortionist; DeKos Bros., clowns; McIntyres, sharpshooters; Florence, magician; Nena and Nena, Cuban dialogs, and five other clowns, with the Carmen Troupe, Peter Taylor, the Clarkonians and other acts to join later. Santos & Artigas Circus opens right across the street from Pubillones, the middle of November. Billboard, November 22, 1919, p. 52.

    The opening of Pubillones Circus at the Teatro National, Havana, Cuba, was postponed until October 30, on account of the longshoremen's strike in New York. Fillis' dancing horses are meeting with great success. This is the forty-third season for the Pubillones Circus at the Teatro National. The program as of November 5: Apdale's bears, monkeys, dogs; Fillis Family, horse act; Four Danubes, casting act; Rublo Inas(?) Troupe, acrobats; Edith, novelty surprise; Charles Siegrist, jumper; Brengk's models; Jardys, strong act; Pachecos, wire; Lacantija(?), contortionist; DeKos Bros., clowns; McIntyres, sharpshooters; Florence, magician; Nena and Nena, Cuban dialogs, and five other clowns, with the Carmen Troupe, Peter Taylor, the Clarkonians and other acts to join later. Santos & Artigas Circus opens right across the street from Pubillones, the middle of November. Billboard, November 22, 1919, p. 52.

    Mrs. Pubillones states that her business has been eight weeks of turnaways. Acts booked are: Josefson's Icelanders; the Clarkonians, with Ernest Clark, "the Caruso of the Air;" Apdale's Animals; Dekos Brothers and Carletta. Mrs. Pubillones was to leave the National Theater, Havana, December 16, and tour the Island of Cuba for five months. Billboard, December 27, 1919, p. 58.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Puck's Canadian Traveling Circus - 1977-78 (Canada)

• This show was out under canvas in 1977, Mark Parr and Frazier Mohawk, owners. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, pp. 28, 34.

• In 1978 Puck's Circus' route included a long stand in Toronto, from late May to July. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 19.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pullman & Hamilton - 1877-78, 1880

1877:

    The Pullman Brothers are organizing a circus and menagerie for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 24, 1887, p. 383.

    The Pullman Brothers' New Circus and Menagerie starts from Buffalo about April __. They have a new seven centre pole tent. New York Clipper, March 24, 1877, p. 415.

    Mlle. Etta, contortionist; Whiston, humorist; and Mr. and Mrs. Joe Barry, have been engaged for the coming season with Pullman & Hamilton's Great London Sensation. New York Clipper, March 24, 1877, p. 415.

    Pullman & Hamilton's London Sensation and Field Museum exhibited in Vernon, N.J., May 17, and is billed in Goshen, N.Y., 21. New York Clipper, May 26, 1877, p. 71.

1878:

    Privileges to rent. Sideshow and candy stand with Pullman & Hamilton's Great London Sensation. Address Pullman & Hamilton, Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, April 13, 1878, p. 24.

    Legal warning to the Pullman Brothers and Hamilton, who are advertising a Great London Show. You are hereby notifited to at once stop the deception, or legal proceedings will at once be instituted against you. Our trade mark is copyrighted, and will be protected to the fullest extent of the law. John J. Parks, R. H. Dockrill, and Homer Davie, managers of the original and only Great London Show. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 11, 1878, p. 56.

1880:

    B.(?) R. Jacobs, who has the sideshow with Pullman & Hamilton's Circus, which is to open its season in St. Catherines, Ont., early in May, has the following attractions: Annie Jones, bearded girl; Zoe Meilke; Mme. Clark, giantess; the one-pound baby; a giant boy; Secardi, magician and Punch and Judy performer; Martinez, juggler; the pig "Toby;" and a talking machine. Two canvases, twelve horses and four wagons will be used. New York Clipper, April 24, 1880, p. 35.

    [Advertisement] Pullman & Hamilton's Electric-Lighted Great London Seven-Fold Confederation of equine, pantomime, educated animals, and Olympian world's wonders. Will exhibit at Halowell, Sept. 3rd. The great electric light, itself an unparalleled and glorious exhibition. It costs $30,000, requires a 30 horsepower engine, a 40 horsepower boiler, and miles of copper cable conductors. Sir John Scott's amazing stud of performing broncho horses. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock, performances at 2 and 8 o'clock. . . . Daily Kennebec Journal (Kennebec,ME), August 27, 1880, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pullman's - 1886   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1879, 1886

• 1879, Pullman Bros.' Great London Sensation, staged Indian games and a buffalo hunt in a canvas arena. They also had a round top for circus acts. It was owned by W. L. Collins and company. It wintered in St. Cahterines, Ontario, Canada. Thayer's Mudshow and Railers, pp. 21, 65.

1886:

    Frank Herron arrived in town Tuesday and intends to remain here until May 1st, when he leaves with Pullman's circus, which starts from Olean on that date. Cuba Patriot (Cuba, NY), April 8, 1886, p. 1.

    Ed. Moore is to have charge of car No. 1 with the Pullman Circus. New York Clipper, April 10, 1886, p. 55.

    The Pullman Show has been doing excellent business through the oil regions of Pennsylvania. Harry Pullman left for a few days, July 20, to recuperate. The Martinetti Family joined at Franklin, Pa., 23. Mr. Retlaw, of Retlaw and Aiton, is making a hit as clown. Blanche Pullman was presented with a pair of diamond bracelets by the ladies and gentlemen in the dressing room. Giles Pullman still holds the front of the house, and is kept busy taking tickets. New York Clipper, July 31, 1886, p. 312.

    The Pullman circus, which hails principally from Olean, is in the Sheriffs hands out in Ohio, having been attached by various parties for sums due. Cuba Patriot (Cuba, NY), August 5, 1886, p. 1.

    Pullman's Circus was attached July 27 at Youngstown, O., by J. H. Kelly, advance agent, for $300; by Prof. McConkey, who had the trained horses, for nearly the same amount, and by other employes, who claimed salaries due. McConkey also states that $200 was due him since last season. The Sheriff took charge of the outfit. New York Clipper, August 7, 1886, p. 328.

    Pullman & Co.'s Consolidated Shows are doing a good business up among the oil towns of Pennsylvania. Henry Pullman is back with the show once more. Guthrie and Roberts, trapeze artists, renewed their contract at Meadville, to continue the remainder of the season. Chas. Bogardus is advertising agent. New York Clipper, August 7, 1886, p. 328.

    The Pullman Show, as their agent writes us, your correspondent was in error relative to any attachments on the show by J. J. Keeely, McConkey and others. Kelly was called back from the advance and discharged at Youngstown, O. He was paid in full and his receipt taken for the same. He, however, demanded payment of a note given by Bob Dingess for services last season with Pullman, Dingess & Co., another outfit altogether, and told to collect from Dingess, he attached for that debt, but the writ was dismissed for lack of proper cause of action. New York Clipper, August 14, 1886, p. 343.

    Trenton, New Jersey. Montana Bill, a long-haired cowboy with Pullman's Circus, had the show attached here Sept. 1 for back salary. The claim was satisfied, and Bill quit. The performance was very poorly attended. The street parade consisted of one band wagon. New York Clipper, September 11, 1886, p. 403.

    For sale cheap, all or one-half interest in the show run under the name of the Pullman & Co. Show, now in Winter quarters at Olean, New York, having closed the season Oct. 2. Will sell all or one-half interest in the above-named show, consisting of the following property: two cars, baggage and sleeper; one round top with middle pieces; one dressing room, then lengths of reserve seats, twenty lengths other seats; plumes, banners, flags, lights; also three baggage wagons, one band wagon, can use as ticket and wardrobe wagon. Six horses with harness, one donkey and cart. Address H. W. Chamberlin, Olean, N.Y.; or, for reference, Giles Pullman, Clinton street, Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, October 9, 1886, p. 479.

    Burt Sadler writes us: "The annual coup de tat of the Pullman Show occured Oct. 2 at Washington, Pa., and, as usual, everybody 'got left,' with this satisfactory difference, however - Harry gobbled the stuff, while Giles and Henry were 'done' along with the crowd. Immediately after Harry jumped the town with the 'yellow bag,' Chamberlain, the alleged owner of all the property, appeared on the lot, took possession of everything in the hungry faces of the stranded people - who were actually begging the price of a meal, with a month's salary due - and, giving everybody the laugh, ran the cars and contents to Olean, where he and Harry reside. Bogardus of the advance was the only one that played anywhere near even, having a few days previous obtained a remittance by wire to raise an imaginary attachment on the billing material, which was subsequently levied upon by the brigade and sold out for almost nothing. Walter Main helped the band out by employing them for the rest of the season. The other members of the company are still at Washington, except those who rode out on their baggage. The show had been doing an excellent business ever since it entered the State in July." New York Clipper, October 16, 1886, p. 491.

1887: Pullman Bros., of Olean, have sold their circus paraphernalia to Buffalo parties. Cuba Patriot (Cuba, NY), February 3, 1887, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pullman, Dingess & Co. - 1885   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885

    Wanted for tenting season of 1885 for Pullman, Dingess & Co.'s Great London Sensation, Field Museum and Trained Animal Shows, performers in all branches appertaining to the circus (except equestrians). Gymnasts, acrobats, leapers, jugglers, tumblers, equilibrists, pantomimists and sensational novelties. Museum curiosities, concert people, etc., also a few billposters and canvasmen. Will travel by rail. Address Henry Pullman, R. Dingess & Co., Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, February 14, 1885, p. 769.

    Pullman, Dingess & Co.'s Great London Sensation, Field Museum and Trained Animal Show: Henry Pullman, manager; J. W. Ashley, treasurer; R. S. Dingess, general director; James Kelly, press and general agent; John Rategan, general advertiser . . . Wilson Hensley, charge of stock; Thomas Savers, master of transportation; George Clark, charge of chandeliers; Prof. Eugene Smith, band of 12 pieces; Herr Drayton, equestrian director, Prof. C. W. Austin, Ricardo Bros. (three in number), Wm. Millette, Prof. Wm. Mcconkey . . . Burton Family (Clarence, Lewis and another), Prof. L. A. Baumen, James Campbell, W. J. Mulligan, Henry A. Haun, Harry Leavers, L. A. Foster, Henry Rice, Mlle. Austin, Mrs. A. Leavers, Blanche Pullman, Little Pearl, Mlle. Irene Van Zant, Lizzie Francis, Nellie De Victor, Lucy Woodward, and Miss S. A. Reese. The show will travel by rail with its own cars. New York Clipper, April 18, 1885, p. 71.

    Local News. Pullman, Dingess & Co. showed to excellent business at the baseball grounds yesterday, afternoon and evening. At the latter time there was not an empty seat. They gave an excellent entertainment. There were no really bad features, few commonplace acts, and many superior performances. Titusville Morning Herald (Titusville, PA), May 15, 1885, n.p.n.

    Prof. Wm. McConkey and his stud of trained horses, now with Pullman, Dingess & Co.'s great London sensation, exhibits here June 16th. Geneva Gazette (Geneva, NY), June 12, 1885, n.p.n.

    The New York Clipper writes: One of the musicians tells me the following concerning the Pullman, Dingess & Co. circus: On Oct. 8th at Gilman, Ill., an attachment was placed on the show by the Courier Co., of Buffalo, N.Y., for something like $600. Harry Pullman left for Chicago that night, and the treasurer Mr. Ashley being away, the entire company was left there, some without any money. Olean Democrat (Olean, NY), October 29, 1885, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pullman & Mack - 1884, 1885 (Pullman, Hilliard, Main, Mack)

1884:

    Charley Maden is to be the principal clown and equestrian director of M. M. Hilliard's Show. Geo. S. Cole will manage the concert with Hilliard's Circus during the coming season. He states that this is his fourth year with that show. Logansport Chronicle (Logansport, IN), February 23, 1884, n.p.n.

    Hilliard & Main have buried the hatchet, and are again in partnership. The show opens at Chelopa, Kas., May 17, and will be known as Pullman, Mack & Co.'s Mastodon Show. C. E. Griffin, magic and ventriloquism, will be with Hillard, Pullman & Mack Show this season. New York Clipper, May 17, 1884, p. 134.

    Pullman, Mack & Co.'s United Mastodon Shows as organized for the season of 1884. Officers: Hilliard, Main, Pullman and Mack, proprietors; M. M. Hilliard, manager; Charles Madden, equestrian director; Giles Pullman and Walter Main in advance with 16 men; Frank Griswold, master of canvas with 18 assistants; Cyl. Bigelow, boss hostler with 30 grooms. Company: Mlle. Jeanette Burdeau, Fred Barclay, Chas. Madden, James West, Fred C. Hall, Harry Mack,Max Malott, Tony Hewitt, J. W. White, Chas. Pettit, G. G. Eichinger; Band, Prof. Grant, leader of brass, Prof. Morris, conductor of orchestra; St. Setchel, Orton Setchel, M. K. Tavner, and 6 others. Concert: Geo. S. Cole, manager; Humpty Dumpty with Jimmy West as clown; Miss Thorpe, Miss Stechel, Pettit and White, and other members of the company. Sideshow: T. F. Mack, manager; Fanly, rifle shot and juggler; Mlle. Allivis, Albino mind reader; Zula Zelrick, Circassian; Mons. De Tart, giant skelton; Chas. E. Griffin, illusionist and ventriloquist; monkeys, snakes, birds, etc. Show has 10 cages, 1 performing elephant, 2 camels, 1 band chariot, 1 open den of lions, 1 tableau car, jubilee singers, 100 horses and 40 mules, travels by wagon, opened in Chetopa, Kansas, May 17. New York Clipper, May 31, 1884, p. 166.

    The following are with the Pullman & Mack Circus: Harry La Rose, James R. Thorope, Mlle. De Aime, Ferdinand Castro and the original Michael O'Tolle. New York Clipper, June 21, 1884, p. 222.

    Pullman, Mack & Co.'s Monster Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Elevated Stage is to exhibit in Orange City on July 14. It has the largest of all brute creation, "Empress," whos mastodonic proportions shame into nothingness any elephant held in captivity. 50 star performers led by the great Harry Mack. D'Alvin, the Australian rope walker in mid-air exploits; roller skaters; fourteen acts by lady equestriennes; champion leapers; herd of performing elephants; trick stallions; elevated theatre stage; troupe of performing dogs; performing wild animals; an array of birds and beasts; enormous serpents; the only three-headed songstress; astounding street parade. Sioux County Herald (Orange City, IA), July 3, 1884, n.p.n.

    Hilliard, Main, Pullman & Mack's Mastodon Shows Consolidated closed their season of 31 weeks at Pattersonville, La., Dec. 19, and shipped at once to Chetopa, La Bette County, Kan., for Winter quarters. New York Clipper, December 27, 1884, p. 645.

• 1884: Pullman & Mack United Mastodon Circus of 1884. Hilliard, 25% proprietor; Pullman, 25% proprietor; Main, 25% proprietor; Mack, 25% proprietor. Hilliard, manager; Mack, side show manager; Prof. Morris, orchestra conductor; Chas. Madden, equestrian director; Prof. Grant, leader of brass band; Geo. Cole, concert manager. Giles Pullman and Walter Main worked the advance with 16 men. Frank Griswold, master of canvas with 18 men. Cyl Bigelow, boss hostler with 30 grooms. Performers: Mlle. Jeanette Burdeau, Chas. Madden, Fred Hall, Max Malott, J. W. White, J. G. Eichinger, Fred Barclay, James West, Harry Mack, Tony Howitt, Chas. Pettit.
    The band was composed of 9 men, Sr. Setchel, Orton Setchel, M. K. Tavener and 6 others. Concert was Humpty Dumpty with Jimmy West as the clown, Miss Thorpe, Miss Setchel, and Pettit and White. Sideshow: Fanly, rifle shot and juggler; Zula Zelrik, circassian; Chas. Griffin, magician and vent; Mlle. Allivia, Albino mind reader; Mons. De Tart, giant skeleton; cages of monkeys and birds. Show carried 10 cages, 1 performing elephant, 2 camels, 1 band chariot, 1 open den of lions, 1 tab, jubilee singers, 100 horses, 40 mules and was a wagon show. They opened the 1884 season on May 17 at Chetopa, Kan. Banner Line, August 1, 1958 (No. 267), p. 5.

• Information on the 1884 Pullman & Mack show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 30-31.
• Information on the 1884 Pullman & Mack show, renamed Col. Gile's World's Fair in May, is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 41-44.

1885:

    Retlaw and Alton travel with the Pullman-Mack Circus this season, opening at Chetopa, Kas., April 25. New York Clipper, April 25, 1885, p. 88.

    Idaletta, of the high-wire walking team of Idaletta and Wallace, who fell from the trapeze at Sabetha, Kas., June 10(?), while performing with Pullman & Mack's Circus, is not expected to recover. She was paralyzed by the shock, her lower limbs suffering most. She has been in bed ever since. Harry Wallace, her partner, has been at her side constantly and she is receiving the best of care.
   Alf. Dorian joined the Pullman & Mack Circus at Nebraska City, Neb., July 15. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Pursel's - 1909   Pursell's listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909

    Pursel's New Modern Show: J. W. Pursel & Son and W. H. Hann, proprietors; J. W. Pursel, general manager; W. H. Hann, local contractor; Ed Williams, checker-up; David Hern, manager side show; Mrs. W. H. Hann, treasurer; P. Bucknam, equestrian director; Mrs. J. W. Pursel, manager commissary dept.; Al Tuttle, supt. of canvas; P. B. Pursel, supt. of stock; Helen Pursel, supt. of birds & animals; Frank DeSherley, supt. of props.; Francis Dyer, head cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

Q

Queen's Circus - 1887

    Following is the roster of Queen’s Circus and Menagerie: Polly & Austin, proprietors; J. A. Polly, treasurer; M. Austin, business and advance agent; Louis Angels, equestrian manager; Manning and Young, the Lingards, James Cameron, Three Yost Brothers, Gayler Sisters, Prof. Hern and trained dogs, Barnell (juggler), O’Brien, P. Harrington, Geo. Clark and William Litten. New York Clipper, July 23, 1887, p. 290.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Montgomery Queen's - 1873-78, 1887

1873:

    There seems to be some misunderstanding in the profession regarding the new show wihch starts from Philadelphia this season under the name of M. Queen & Co.'s Museum, Menagerie and Circus. This concern is in no way connected with the establishment known last summer as the "Queen City Circus," which was a railroad show, without a menagerie, and was owned by Mike Lipman, while M. Queen & Co.'s show will be a concern with twenty two cages, and is owned by Montgomery Queen and Adam Forepaugh. Frank Rivers will be agent in advance; Nat Austin, clown and equestrian director; . . . The concern will exhibit under three tents, and will have a museum attached. New York Clipper, February 8, 1873, p. 359.

    Montgomery Queen's Great European Menagerie, Trans-Atlantic Circus, Roman Hippodrome and Troupe of Bedouin Arabs exhibit at Hatborough(?), Pa., April _th. New York Clipper, March 22, 1873, p. 407.

    Montgomery Queen's opened under the immediate supervision of Adam Forepaugh . . . proprietors, M. Queen and Adam Forepaugh; manager, Montgomery Queen; general director, Frank Rivers . . . New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

    Alice Napier and William Snead joined Montgomery Queen's Circus at Vincennes, Ind. Charley Pell is now agent of Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie, which, report says, is doing a very light business in the State of Illinois. New York Clipper, August 2, 1873, p. 143.

    Frank Rosston and Frank Rivers have left Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie. Bob Johnson, who joined on Aug. 1, supplies the place of the former and Charles Pell that of the latter. New York Clipper, August 16, 1873, p. 159.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie, open on the lot across the way from the Exposition building, Chicago, Ill., Oct. 9, remaining as long as business will warrant. Mr. Queen will store his stock at the Westside Rink, and horses on the Fair Grounds in Morris the coming Winter. New York Clipper, October 11, 1873, p. 223.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie gave a series of performances during the past week at Chicago, Ill., but, says our correspondent, "the success has not been commensurate with the entertainments. They pulled up stakes on Oct. 15, and moved to the West Side, where they will show for three days only, after which they go into Winter quarters." New York Clipper, October 25, 1873, p. 239.

    Adam Forepaugh has sold his interest in the Queen Show to Montgomery Queen, who is now sole proprietor of the establishment. Ten new cages are being built, new animals purchased, and in the Spring the show will take the road from Chicago. New York Clipper, December 13, 1873, p. 295.

    Charles C. Pell will be advance agent for the Queen show during the season of 1874. New York Clipper, November 29, 1873, p. 279.

    To let, the privileges with Montgomery Queen's Circus, Menagerie and Hippodrome. Inquire at Irving place, or address me, Commercial Hotel, Chicago, Ill. Montgomery Queen. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, December 27, 1873, p. 307.

    Mr. and Madame Brown and little Mollie Brown, child somersault rider, have been engaged by Montgomery Queen for next season. George S. Cole of Chicago, the "slow and easy ticket-seller," will act as treasurer. New York Clipper, December 20, 1873, p. 303.

1874:

    Claude Williams has been engaged for the coming season as press agent with Montgomery Queen's Menagerie and Circus. New York Clipper, January 10, 1874, p. 327.

    C. W. Rivers has been engaged as programme agent for the Queen show next season. New York Clipper, January 24, 1874, p. 343.

    George Sloman, equestrian acrobat, having secured the refreshment stands of Montgomery Queen's Menagerie, Circus and Hippodrome for the season of 1874, desires to engage three candy butchers, one to take charge of the outside stand, one for the menagerie and one for the circus stands. Must be good workers and ready to help out of mud-holes at all times. George Sloman, Delevan, Walworth Co., Wis. New York Clipper, January 31, 1874, p. 352.

    Charles King, clown and Ethiopian comedian, late of James Robinson's Circus, has been engaged to travel with Montgomery Queen's show next season. New York Clipper, February 14, 1874, p. 367.

    Chicago, Feb. 24. At Morris, Ill., this morning 36 of Montgomery Queens' best circus horses were burned up together with his canvas, wagons, and much other material belonging to his circus. Mr. Queen had rented the fair grounds of Grundy county, for the winter, and has occupied them with the buildings for his wagons and horses. The origin of the fire is unknown, but it is supposed to be an incendiary as no fire is allowed on the grounds. Dubuque Herald (IA), February 25, 1874, p. 1.

    Montgomery Queen, to the public. Card explanatory. Having read several contradictory reports of my loss by fire on the Fair Grounds at Morris, on the morning of the 24th inst., I deem it proper to acquaint the public with the facts, which are as follows. Forty of my best horses were burned and four are missing. They consisted of entree horses, chariot team and cage stock. There was also burned one baggage wagon, four sets of harness, sixty tons of hay and about 300 bushels of corn. It is believed to be the work of an incendiary for the purpose of theft. The loss is about $15,000(?), no insurance. While the loss is a pecuniary one to me, it will be no detriment to the show going public, as more horses, wagons and harness will be purchased and built at once, and the show will inaugurate the season of 1874 in Chicago, about the middle of April. Montgomery Queen. New York Clipper, March 7, 1874, p. 387.

    Pat Harris, of Louisville, Ky., has rented the sideshow privilege with Montgomery Queen's show for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 14, 1874, p. 399.

    Montgomery Queen's Menagerie, Circus and Hippodrome. Several rare animals are expected to arrive shortly at Chicago, Ill.; also several new cages. A. J. Forepaugh, the lion-tamer, and Charley Bolls [Bolus ?], boss canvasman, will be in the company. New York Clipper, March 28, 1874, p. 415.

    E. D. Colvin, manager of Montgomery Queen's Hippodrome and Menagerie, will leave New York for Chicago, the starting point, on March 30. During the past week Mr. C. has been making purchases of animals and birds. New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 7.

    A visit to the West-side Ring, Chicago, reveals that Montgomery Queen's Circus is going on the road this season in excellent condition. Robert Johnson and Philo Nathans are busy with the ring horses, and Claude Williams is getting the paste brigade in order. New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 7.

    Charley King arrived in Chicago, Ill., April 9, to join Montgomery Quee's Circus. New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, p. 23.

    Mlle Geraldine, lady gymnast, with George Leopold, gymnast, will travel this season with Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie. New York Clipper, April 11, 1874, p. 11.

    Montgomery Queen's European Menagerie, Circus and Roman Hippodrome. Proprietor and manager, Montgomery Queen; assistant manager; R. D. Colvin; general agent, Charles Pell; press agent, Claude Williams; programme agent, Chas. W. Rivers; chief billposter, Geo. MacDonald; treasurer, Geo. Cole; assistant treasurer, Chas. W. Fish; leader of band, Prof. _. W. Norris; equestrian director, Nat Austin; master of arena, Robert Johnson; zoological director, A. J. Forepaugh; master of horse, Jack Shumate; assistant, Aaron Marshal. Clowns, Nat Austin, Wm. E. Burke and Master Bertie. Riders, Mollie Brown, Madame Louise Tournaire, Victoria North, Lizzie Stemple, Mlle Geraldine, Philo Nathans, Robt. Johnson, Nat Austin, George Slowman . . . and Frank Barry, bareback somersault rider. Gymnasts, Leopold and Geraldine, the Belmont Brothers, Charles Cordella, Albert Gaston, Wm. E. Burke . . . . Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Thos. Clifford, Signor Ferranti, the Belmont Brothers, Chas. Cordella, Albert Gaston, Wm. E. Burke, C. S. Burrows and Chas. King. Specialists, Wm. Sparks, cannon ball, light and heavy balancing; Lizzie Stemple, skipping-rope dancer . . . Proprietor of concert, Montgomery Queen. . . . Winter quarters: menagerie at Chicago, horses at Peoria, Ill. . . . New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus is to inaugurate its Summer season at Chicago, Ill., April 20. New York Clipper, April 25, 1874, p. 31.

    [Advertisement] Montgomery Queen's Menagerie and Circus. Davenport, Thursday, May 14. Forty artists, prominent among are: Little Mollie Brown, equestrienne, bare-back somersault rider. Madame Turnair, menage. Mlle. Jeanette Elsller, tight-rope artist. Mr. Frank Barry, bare-back and hurdle equestrian. Robert Johnson and Philo Nathans, equestrians. Leopold and Geraldine, aerial gymnasts. Belmont Brothers, gymansts. Nat Austin, Shakesperean jester. Billy Burke, grotesque trick clown. Miss Victoria North, Miss Nora Rian, Miss Lizzie Stemple, George Slowman, C. S. Burrows, Thos. Clifford, Signor Feranta, Wm. Sparks, Chas. Cordelia, Albert Gaston, Smith & Brown, and a host of female, male and juvenile performers, auxiliaries, etc. Grand street parade. Aerial ascension at one o'clock p.m. Admission to all, fifty cents. Montgomery Queen, proprietor and manager. Chas. C. Pell, general director. Davenport Daily Gazette (IA), May 10, 1874, p. 1.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus, Menagerie and Hippodrome were exhibited at Peoria, Ill., May 6(?), and did excellent business. The street parade was a fine one, and the menagerie was none the worse for its period of hibernation. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus showed at Cedar Rapids, Ia., May 20, to a large crowd. Mollie Brown did magnificent riding and turned a somersault on horseback, Philo Nathans did fine riding, as did Mme. Tourniare, who appeared in a manage act with her horse. Leopold and Geraldine created a sensation on the trapeze. The most ludicrous act was that by Mr. Burke, of catching a butterfly. Nat Austin, and old-time circus favorite, was warmly received. Mr. Johnson acted as ringmaster. New York Clipper, May 30, 1874, p. 71.

    Montgomery Queen was in Chicago, Ill., June 17, where he chartered a train of cars to convey his circus and menagerie to the Pacific slope. New York Clipper, June 27, 1874, p. 103.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie has pulled stakes and gone to California. Mr. Queen has ___ a number of small animals, including an African lion, to Lincoln Park, Chicago, to be place on exhibition until the show returns. New York Clipper, July 11, 1874, p. 119.

    Salt Lake City, Utah, July 8, "Montgomery Queen's Great Menagerie and Circus is wending its way toward the Pacific Coast and meeting with success. They exhibit here July 10, 11 . . . They left all their surplus wagons, horses and properties at Mankato, Minn. The show requres a train of 27 cars, including two sleeping coaches. The present company includes Mollie Brown, Madame Tournaire Lizzie Stemple, Jeanette Ellsler, Frank Barry, Nat Austin, Billy Burke, Robert Johnson, the Belmont Brothers, Leopold and Geraldine, Signor Feranti, Geo. Gaston, Chas. King, Chas. S. Burrows, Graham, Geo. Sloman. Geo. R. Bronson has joined as general manager ahead. . . ." New York Clipper, July 25, 1874, p. 134.

    Montgomery Queen's Menagerie and Circus are reported doing good business in the interior towns of California. Romeo Sebastian and James A. Lee, equestrians, and Charles and Carrie Austin recently joined the show. The manager has purchased five sea-lions, a lot of ring-tailed monkeys and several rare birds and animals, to take East. New York Clipper, September 12, 1874, p. 191.

    Charles H. Fish, now at the Circus Renz, Berlin, Prussia, has been engaged for next season by Montgomery Queen. Montgomery Queen's Circus is in winter quarters at Haywards, Alameda Co., Cal., about 20 miles from San Francisco. New York Clipper, December 19, 1874, p. 303.

1875:

    Montgomery Queen's Circus will, after showing in California, come East this Summer. E. D. Colvin will be the manager; Charles Pell, agent; Charles W. Fish and Mollie Brown, riders; Nat Austin, clown; and Erastus Mead, master of canvas. Mr. Mead leaves for California on Jan. 28 with a giraffe and other animals. New York Clipper, January 16, 1875, p. 335.

    The Great Montgomery Queen Show opened in San Francisco, Cal. Romeo Sebastian, on a bareback horse, accomplished difficult pirouettes and somersets. Miss Mollie Brown, as usual, rode into the affections of the people. Mr. Charles Fish does two acts, the principal and bounding jockey. Micao and Aston's aerial performance is new and was well received. Fred Levantine's magic cross and barrel is splendid. Clifton, the triple-bar performer has no superior. Austin and Burke do the funny talking. . . . The show will remain here three weeks longer. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, p. 23.

    Montgomery Queen's Caravan, Circus, Menagerie and Mammoth Combination. Proprietor and general director, Montgomery Queen; manager, E. Darvin Colvin; general agent, C. C. Pell; press agent, O. P. Myers; lithograph agent, Charles Rivers; chief billposter, Jerry Dodge, assisted by _. W. Pell, A. Caswell, _. Washburn, and Wm. Grier; treasurer, George S. Cole; leader of ban, J. A. Emidy; equestrian Nat Austin; zoological director, Prof. A. J. Forepaugh, assistend by Col. Jack Hudson. Clownd, Nat Austin and Billy Burke. Riders, Charles Fish, Romeo Sebastian, James Lee, four horse; Mollie Brownl, somerset; Mme. Louise Brown, manege. Gymnasts, Burnell Runnels, Bonnie Runnells, Albert Ashton and Sam Hines. Specialists, Charles Burrows, ladder of glass; Tom Miaco and Sam Ashton, flying man; F. Levantine, triple bars; Signor Farranti, contortionist. Proprietor of concert, Montgomery Queen. Supt. menagerie, A. J. Forepaugh. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.

    Frank Clifton is doing the triple-bar act with Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie, instead of Fred Levantine, as hitherto stated. New York Clipper, May 22, 1875, p. 63.

    Montgomery Queen's Menagerie and Circus spread the canvas at Salt Lake City, Utah, where they have two performances each day on June 21, 22, 23. The great feature of this show is the equestrianism as exhibited by James Robinson and Charles Fish, each striving to excel the other. Romeo Sebastian is fast climbing to the top of the ladder of fame. Mollie Brown has greatly improved, the only lady in the company. They exhibited at Ogden 24, and are moving Eastward. New York Clipper, July 10, 1875, p. 118.

    The route of Montgomery Queen's Circus is being materially interfered with by the recent rainstorms. It was billed at Indianapolis, Ind., Aug. 5, 6; but a telegram received there stating that ten days would elapse ere the show could reach there. Dates to other places have been carried over. New York Clipper, August 14, 1875, p. 157.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus pitched their tents at Detroit, Mich., Aug. 26, 27. The performance as first-class throughout. The absence of those nuisances, the peanut, candy and lemonade vendors was noticed. . . . Romeo Sebastian and Tom Clifford have withdrawn from the company. New York Clipper, September 4, 1875, p. 183.

1876:

    Montgomery Queen has engaged for his California Circus, for the season of 1876, Sig. Zuaglieni, Italian bareback rider; Aberlardo Lowande, Brazilian somersault rider; and Mme. D'Atalie, female Samson. New York Clipper, January 1, 1876, p. 319.

    Charles King, Ethiopian comedian, has been engaged by Montgomery Queen for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, February 5, 1876, p. 359.

    Montgomery Queen opened his combined circus and menagerie in San Francisco, Cal., April 4. The street procession was elegant. The chariots and tableau cars and open den of Bengal tigers, with Pierce the tamer, the open den of lions with Mlle. Pauline, and a cage of performing hyenas with Drayton, were prominent features. The elephants, camels, horses, mounted cavaliers, banners, and new green and gold cages created sensation. Mr. Queen has an elegantly fitted up amphitheatre with plenty of room. Sig. Quaglieni and his two boys, acts on one and four horses. Lowande rode skillfully, and created a sensation with his numerous somersaults. Mollie Brown appeared in the ring and the Mathews Family outdid themselves. Levantine, with his crystal pyramids, barrel and cross, made a success. Mme. D'Datalie and her pupils became favorites. Pietco and his tigers, Drayton and his hyenas, the performing elephants, horses, and Mme. Brown's manege received much favor. The circus will exhibit in this city four weeks. Correspondence dated April 7. New York Clipper, April 22, 1876, p. 31.

    [Advertisement] Montgomery Queen, King of Showmen with his Centennial on Wheels. Will exhibit at Oakland, Wednesday and Thursday, May 10th & 11th, Broadway, near Fourteenth street. Also at Hawards, Tuesday, May 9th, 1876. Miles of magnificence, Pageant of Palaces, Emerald and gold scrolled scriptual illustrated wild animal dens, Great Golden Chariot, and tableau cars. Cages of wild beasts open to view in the streets. Procession that attracted 150,000 on the streets of San Francisco.
    The great Quaglieni, Mollie Brown, Lowanda, D'Atalie, the French Kennebels, Pierce, tamer of tigers, Mathews family, M'lle Pauline, lion queen, Drayton, subduer of hyenas, Thompson, educator of elephants, Organ, instructor of horses, Nat Austin, clown, Levantine, Mme. Brown, menage. The youthful Patti Rosa, Jennie Brown. Arlington, Charlie King, Francois, Herbert, Louis, Harry, Mmes Emidy, Sebastian, Kennebel, and auxiliaries. Emidy's Trans-Continenal Band. Two performance daily, Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Circus commences at 2 and 8 o'clock p.m. Admission $1.00, children under 9 years, fifty cents. O. P. Myers, advertiser. C. C. Pell, contracting agent. Oakland Tribune (CA), May 2, 1876, n.p.n.

    Performers in the concert with Montgomery Queen's Circus are Billy Arlington, Charley King, Nat Austin, Bob Scott, Little Pauline, Ella Kenebel, Mamie Sebastian . . . New York Clipper, July 1, 1876, p. 111.

    Montgomery Queen's Menagerie and Circus closed their season at Victoria, B. C., Oct. 21, and the animals are ensconced at Haywards, a small villa some seventeen miles from 'Frisco. Mr. Queen reports good business during the season, but it has been a hard season for his stock. Several of last season's compnay have been retained for the season of 1877. E. D. Colvin, manager, goes East in a few days, to complete arrangements for the next season. Geo. S. Cole has been re-engaged as treasurer, his fourth season with Queen's show. New York Clipper, December 2, 1876, p. 287.

1877:

    A rhinoceros with two horns, one very large horned horse, a Bengal tiger, and two leopards were shipped to California for Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie, Feb. 15(?), per steamship Colon. New York Clipper, February 24, 1877, p. 383.

    Performers for California. James Cooke, clown and president of the Equestrian Benevolent Association of the United States; Ellen Cooke, principal female equestrian; Wooda Cooke, somersault rider; Millie Tournour, trapeze performer; and several gymnasts and acrobats, left New York on Feb. 26 to bill an engagement on the Pacific coast with Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie. Mr. Cooke as a clown has a great reputation in California, and his performances on the tight-rope made him a favorite. New York Clipper, March 10, 1877, p. 399.

    Claude Williams has canceled his engagement with Adam Forepaugh's Show, and will travel with Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie as press agent. New York Clipper, March 31, 1877, p. 7.

    Montgomery Queen's California Menagerie, Caravan and Double Circus. Proprietor and director, Montgomery Queen; manager, E. D. Colvin; treasurer, Geo. S. Cole; general agent, J. E. Warner; contracting agent, Eugene Weller; press agent, Claude Williams; equestrian director, Jas. R. Cooke; . . . . Clowns, Jas. E. Cooke, Kennebel and Sam Rhinehart. . . . Trick horses, four performing ponies, performing elephants, tigers, lions and hyenas. Twenty cages of animals. The cages of which are painted in emerald and gold, with biblical illustrations. Golden band chariot drawn by ten black horses, with silver plated English harness . . . In the concert: ___ Kennebel, Daisy Belmont, Mlle. Lauretta, Louise Belmont, John Foster, Chas. Foley, Thos McGrail, and a company of Swiss bellringers. The winter quarters of the show are at Haywards, Cal., seventeen miles from San Francisco. They will commence their season in San Francisco, April 2, playing there three weeks, after which they expect to take in all the principal towns situated on the railroad, then the interior towns, and will then probably visit Oregon and British Columbia. The show will travel by rail. [some text unreadable] New York Clipper, April 7, 1877, p. 15.

    Montgomery Queen commenced his tenting season in San Francisco, Cal., April 2, with a good menagerie, circus, and a large company. New York Clipper, April 21, 1877, p. 31.

    Montgomery Queen's California Circus and Menagerie is written about by a correspondent: "April 21 they concluded a season of three weeks in San Francisco. On the 22d the show started upon its country tour, taking in Redwood, ___, Hollister, Watsonville, Salinas, Santa Cruz, San Jose, San Leandro, opening May 3 in Oakland for two days. Mr. Queen has secured a strong combination and his business continues good, notwithstanding the terrible tumble in stocks, serious drouth, etc. California is now seeing the hardest times she has ever witnessed, and business is nearly at a standstill. The Queen Show this season is almost a new organization, very few of last season's company being retained, while large additions have been made to the zoological department. Mlle. Tournour has made a hit in her swinging trapeze act. Signor Sebastian is doing a principal riding act, while his carrying act on two bareback horses and his four-horse act are also fine. Wooda Cook's somersault equestrianism and leaping are clever. Miss Ellen Cooke executes a dashing principal act, and Joe Kennebel has lost none of his popularity as a clown. James Cooke fills the dual role of equestrian director and clown. Chas. and Lotino Belmont are good in their double trapeze act. Sam Rhinehart, Herr Brayton, and Leo Levere fill out an enjoyable performance. New York Clipper, May 19, 1877, p. 63.

    Montgomery Queen's Circus was not so well attended at Detroit, Mich., Aug. 14, 15, as the performance warranted, too much excitement over the regatta and other attractions being the cause. New York Clipper, August 25, 1877, p. 175.

• 1877 parade is online at Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1958 (scroll down).

1878

    It is now definitely settled, as we are informed, that Montgomery Queen's Circus is a "thing to be remembered." It will travel no more under that title. New York Clipper, February 9, 1878, p. 367.

    Another showman has come to grief, in spite of the attractions of his elephant, hippopotamus and kangaroos. Montgomery Queen, proprietor of the California circus, well-known in the west and south, has file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy. His liabilities are over $160,000, and his total assets are about a score of animals, worth, perhaps, $30,000. Daily Constitution (Atlanta, GA), February 14, 1878.

    Montgomery Queen, proprietor of the California Circus & Menagerie, has filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy before Register Dwight, in New York. The liabilities amount to $166,000, and the nominal assets are $31,223. A large number of the creditors are performers, and there is a large amont due for printing and money loans. Among the creditors are E. D. Colvin, assistant manager, $6,525; George S. Cole, treasurer, $3,538; James Cook, clown, $1,164; Woodie Cook, rider, $630; Buffalo Courier Company, $18,000. Indiana Democrat (Indiana, PA), February 14, 1878, n.p.n.

    Montgomery Queen's circus and menagerie will be sold at auction in Louisville, Ky., Feb. 21st. Petersburg Index and Appeal (PA), February 19, 1878, n.p.n.

    Montgomery Queen's circus was sold at Louisville, Wednesday. The animals brought ten thousand dollars and the circus equipment five thousand dollars. Milwaukee Daily News (WI), February 23, 1878, n.p.n.

    Louisville, Ky., February 21. Montgomery Queen's Circus and Menagerie was sold here today at auction by order of Register in Bankruptcy Dwight, of New York, before whom a voluntary petition was filed some time ago. At the sale today the following leading showmen of the country were present: E. Wiggins, of Detroit; George P. Bailey, agent of P. T. Barnum's show; old John Robinson and his agents; A. E. Sells, of Sells Brothers' Circus, Columbus, O.; W. W. Cole, proprietor of Cole's Great Eastern Circus, St. Louis, Mo.; W. R. Haydon, general director of Cole's Circus, Chicago, Ill.; Huntington Hilliard, of the United States Circus; J. H. Bailey, agent of O'Brian's Circus; C. D. Cohen [Colvin?], of Queen's Show; C. W. McClum, of the Buffalo Courier Printing Company; A. O. Russell Bros., tentmakers, Cincinnati. A large number of others whose names were not learned.
    The sale commenced at 11 a.m. Costumes, harness, properties, etc., went off at ruinously low figures. A lot of arena costumes that originally cost $1,500 were knocked down to Sells Brothers for $280. Twenty-five lots of property, costumes, etc. - everything necessary to present the play of "Patnam" - were sold to Burr Robbins for $20. This lot was probably worth fully $500. A $50 elephant's blanket sold for $5. Three pad-saddles sold at 16 2/3 cents apiece. Fourteen horse-trappings, worth $10 each, sold for $3 apiece. A $50 bass drum was knocked down at $2. Good saddles only brought $2. Sixty yards of Brussels carpet sold at 25 cents per yard. The best wardrobe was sold to Sells Brothers.
    The performing and four other large cages were sold to old John Robinson, two cages to Sells Brothers, and a performing cage to W. W. Cole. The eland, the whipped the lion last fall, brought $205; the zebra, $230; the lions, $100 each; the performing monkey, $105; other monkeys, $31 each; the rhinoceros, $2,600; eighteen cockatoos, $1,584; the elephant, $1,500; the emu, $100; the tiger, $600; the sacred cow, $31; the horned horse, $75. The horses, ponies, etc., will be sold tomorrow. Considering what the animals originally cost, the sacrifice by the sale is great. - Chicago Tribune. Waterloo Courier (IA), February 27, 1878, n.p.n.

• The Montgomery Queen Circus and Menagerie was sold at auction on February 21, 1878. Bandwagon, July-August, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 4, p. 35.

• An article on the career of Montgomery Queen and his show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 4, pp. 3-14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Queen & Crescent - 1895

    Queen and Crescent Show notes. Our show will be new. Mr. Davis has purchased the steamboat Crescent City, and is having it rebuilt for the convenience and safety of his company. Two barges will accompany the show for the transportation of the elephants and camels, and baggage wagons, while the forty dapple gray horses, ring stock, etc., will be carried on the lower deck of the steamer. The cabin and state rooms are commodious, with ample room for one hundred people. We expect to open about April 15. Prof. Lagendra has been engaged with his band of fifteen musicians, and Chas. Andress will join Mr. Davis as assistant manager for the Southern country. New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 831.

    F. E. Davis, proprietor of the Queen and Crescent Circus, is on his way to Europe for rest and recreation, but may probably engage some performers for next season. New York Clipper, July 13, 1895, p. 293.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1896.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Joe Quinlan's - 1922

    A new show was launched last month. Joe Quinlan, an old-time showman, who has been superintendent of several of the larger circuses in the past, and for the past three years with Christy Bros. Circus, dropped into Cincinnati, O., from Galveston, Tex., and purchased monkeys from Chester Park, besides several other animals, including "Dixie," the perfectly formed horse, 26 inches high; new automobile trucks, a new top and new banner front. The show travels overland by trucks and opened September 20 at the Falmouth (Ky.) Fair for five days. The show was also at the Lawrenceburg (Tenn.) Fair, October 6 and 7. The show has been playing through Kentucky, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi and is now in Louisiana. The writer is general agent and Park Patterson is the billposter. The show will stay out all winter, playing the South. - Frank M. Swan. Billboard, October 28, 1922, p. 118.

• Also see Short & Quinlan's

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James Quinn's - 1895

    Notes from James Quinn's Big Show. Those who have seen our show in former seasons will be surprised to see how this show has grown during the lay off. Last season's big top will be used as a sideshow, and the main top this season will be 100ft. with 40ft. middle piece. A new 50ft. dressing room top is nearly completed. We will have a new band wagon, a new ticket wagon, five baggage wagons, and twenty-eight head of stock. One of the features of the parade will be James Quinn's riding along the line, doing his head balance on a bicycle propelled by his wife. Dan St. Julian is re-engaged as equestrian director. This season he will work his troupe of performing ponies and dogs. George Watson has charge of the concert. Our season will open about April 27, at Rahway, New Jersey. One buggy and two bill wagons will go in advance, with twelve men. New York Clipper, March 30, 1895, p. 55.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Quire's United - 1912-14   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-14

1912:

    Quire's United Shows - Chas. H. Quire and A. L. Harvey, props.; A. L. Harvey, mgr.; Mrs. Chas. Quire, treas.; Harry L. Caryle, gen. agt.; James L. Smith, mgr. side show; Frank Smith, equestrian director; A. L. Haravey, general supt.; LeRoy Quire, supt. privileges; Henrietta Quire, supt. reserved seat tickets; Timothy Kline, supt. canvas; Earl Hillman, boss hostler, supt. ring stock and stock; James Arthur, supt. working crew; James Duffy, mgr. advertising wagon No. 1; Eddie Sweeney, checker-up. Show opens May 1. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    C. W. Lewis has again signed with the Quire United Shows as general advertising agent for next season. He is spending the winter at Reading, Pa. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1913: Quire United Shows. Charlie H. and M. A. Quire, props.; Charlie H. Quire, mgr.; M. A. Quire, asst. mgr.; Mrs. C. H. Quire, treas.; M. A. Quire, secy.; C. W. Lewis, gen. agt.; Edward King, advance press agt.; Jack Harvey, equestrian dir.; LeRoy Quire, supt. privileges; Earl Victor, musical dir.; Henrietta Quire, sup. reserved seat tickets; Allen Ewster, supt. canvas; Chas. Davis, boss hostler; Mrs. M. A. Quire, supt. commissary dept.; Dave Sutton, supt. lights and props; Chas Davis, supt. ring stock and stock; Mark Tiffany, supt. working crew; Edw. Smith, 24-hour agt.; C. W. Lewis, mgr. advertising wagon; Walter Evans, announcer. Billboard, March 22, 1913, p. 78.

1914:

    Charles Quire and M. A. Quire are now equal owners of Quire's Shows. A new dining tent has been added. Madam Forepaugh and her dogs and C. W. Lewis have already signed up. Billboard, March 7, 1914, p. 25.

    Quire's United Shows: Chas. H. & M. A. Quire, proprietors; Chas. H. Quire, manager; M. A. Quire, assistant manager; Mrs. Chas. Quire, treasurer; Chas. H. Quire, secretary; C. W. Lewis, general agent; Abe Harvey, general supt.; LeRoy Quire, supt. privileges; Earl Victor, musical director; Henrietta Quire, reserved seat tickets; Edw. Smith, supt. canvas; Mrs. M. A. Quire, supt. commissary dept.; LeRoy Quire, supt. lights and props.; Elmer Smith, supt. stock; Frank Quire, 24-hour agent; C. W. Lewis, manager advance wagon. Show opens at Rosedale, Pa., May 1. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

• Note: More on this show or people may be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

R

Raab & Oatman - 1910

    Wanted for Raab & Oatman Shows. Performers and musicians and reliable agent. Pony and dog acts, also small wild animal act wanted. 4 and 6 horse drivers write. Good singing, talking and knockabout clown. All people engaged for summer and winter season. Address Raab & Oatman, 208 W. Green Street, Louisville, Ky. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 14, 1910, p. 23.

• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Railroad Circus & Crystal Amphitheatre - 1853

    [Advertisement] The Railroad Circus and Crystal Amphitheatre! All iron and glass, seating five thousand persons. With a selection of performers from the European and American circuses and hippodromes, expressly for this colossal enterprise, with more novelties and talent than has ever been offered by a traveling company, will exhibit at Hornellsville, Thursday afternoon and evening, July 21st, on the Public Square. Admission twenty-five cents only. Positively no half prices.
    Among the distinguished artistes are the following, who now first make a tour of this country. M'lle Rosa, the most beautiful and expert female equestrian the profession has ever produced; Donna Isabella, the celebrated Spanish mistress of the horse, with her beautiful thorough bred Pyrenean mares, Countess Montejo and Queen Christina; LeJeune Burte, the boy-hero, confessedly the most extraordinary equestrian on either continent; Herr Cuist, Master Valentine, and Mons. Gulieme, the famous European hippodrome performers, in those three most exciting ___ of the hippodrome - le Perch Equipoise, in trapeze and a spirited chariot contest; Den Stone, the celebrated New Orleans clown - the accomplished gentleman, skillful rider, and piquant wit, with his ballet and pantomime troupe, producing every night the thrilling equestrian pantomime entitled The Brigand. Besides these, ther are Messrs. H. P. Madigan, Williams, H. F. Nichols, Sam Burte, Durr, Lovett, Misses Mary, Pauline, and Margueretta, and Masters James and Charles, &c., &c. Myers' celebrated brass, reed and string band constitutes the orchestra. The stud of trained pad, trick and manege horses are the most obedient that have ever been seen in this country. Hornellsville Tribune (NY), July 16, 1853, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

L. H. Ranft Show - 1914-16   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914

1914:

    The L. H. Ranft Shows opened the season at Niles, Mich., May 2, to capacity business. A new band wagon and a privilege wagon have been added to the outfit. The show carries thirty-five people, twenty horses and a fourteen piece band, and will play through Indiana, Ohio and Pennsylvania. The feature with the show is Sylvia Alderfer, slack wire, rolling globe and juggling. June E. Fluhrer, high soprano singer, sings with the band. The people with the show are: L. H. Ranft, owner and manager; Charles Alderfer, superintendent of lot; Mrs. L. H. Ranft, main door; Charles Alderfer, ticket wagon; Mrs. Charles Alderfer, superintendent of reserved seats; Nick Carter, assistant superintendnet reserved seats and boss props; George Fluhrer, stage manager; Charles Bybee, boss hostler and ring boss; Jack Stevens, privilege wagon; James (High Pitch) Murray, boss canvasman with five assistants; Jos. Smith, band and orchestra leader; Fluhrer and Fluhrer, Sylvia Alderfer, Rob Pearson, Joe Cornell, Welcome Gibbons, Nick Carter, Charles Alderfer and Joe Smith, performers. Billboard, May 23, 1914, p. 22.

    Miss Sylvia Alderfer, slack wire artist, featured with the L. N. Ranft Show, season 1914. Billboard, March 21, 1914, p. 22.

1915:

    The L. H. Ranft show opens at Buchanan, Mich., April 22. The Henderson family, Wiggins and Farrow, Prof. Frank Leon and Frank Volter have been signed for the coming season. The executive staff: Ross Engles, lot superintendent; Harry Leon, advance; L. H. Ranft, manager; Mrs. L. H. Ranft, treasurer. The show will carry twenty people, fourteen horses and seven wagons. Billboard, April 24, 1915, p. 21.

    The L. H. Ranft Show, since entering West Virginia, has been playing to good business. Meadowbrook, on July 26, was the second best of the season. The show has made but few changes since leaving winter quarters. L. H. Ranft is manager; Mrs. Ranft, treasurer; Ed Henderson, assistant manager; Ralph Thornberg, band leader; Frank Willie, boss canvasman, and Joe Bowers, boss hostler. Billboard, August 14, 1915, p. 31.

    The L. H. Ranft Show is still doing business in Virginia. John Stokes joined the show at Marshall, Va., as band leader. The Henderson Bros. have strengthened their act with a new wardrobe. Billboard, October 9, 1915, p. 43.

    The Ranft Show is still in Virginia. Mrs. Lottie Henderson celebrated her birthday in Beach, Va. The show will be out until Christmas, and will open next season in March. Billboard, November 27, 1915, p. 31.

1916:

    The L. H. Ranft Show, after a prosperous season, has gone into quarters at Kenbridge, Va. The paraphernalia is now undergoing repairs. The show will be a new one when it opens early in March, new canvas having been furnished by J. C. Goss. Two more wagons will be added to the outfit this season, and it is possible that G. E. Ranft, father of manager L. H. Ranft, will be in advance. Billboard, January 29, 1916, p. 57.

    The L. H. Ranft Show is at present in Pennsylvania, and in spite of the rain, has not had a losing performance. Mr. Ranft has just returned to the show from a business trip to Pittsburg. Billboard, July 1, 1916, p. 19.

1918: Northwestern Shows. [carnival] . . . L. H. Ranft, owner of the Society Circus, puts on a pretty parade each evening, which is a great help in drawing people to the lot. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 32.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

G. W. Ratitz & Co.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1893.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rawson's Intermountain

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1907.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ray

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Raymond and Lee Brison, proprietors, 1949.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Raymond's Circus - 1892

    Denver, Colorado. Raymond's Circus and Menagerie is billed for May 3. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.

    On the road, circuses: Raymond's, Pueblo, Col May ?. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.

    Denver, Colorado. Raymond's Circus drew crowds at the performances so far. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.

    Pueblo, Colorado. Right in the wake of the Raymond Show, which comes 9(?), the Cook & Whitby Circus is billed for 13(?). New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.

    On the road, circuses: Raymond's, Leadville Col. May 12. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.

    Pueblo, Colorado. Raymond's Circus showed to excellent business . . . New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.

    On the road, circuses: Raymond & Co.'s, Ridgway, Col. June 2, Ouray 3, Delta 4. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    Raymond's Circus showed at Salt Lake City, Utah, June 17, 18 to fine business. They turned people away from the doors on both evening performances. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 261.

    On the road, circuses: Raymond's, Butte City, Mon. June 29. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.

• Information on the 1892 Raymond's Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 5, pp. 31-33.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Raymond & Lee - 1946   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1947

• The Raymond & Lee Circus played Boonsboro, Maryland, September 12, 1946. The show featured Sam Dock's animals, aerial and ground acrobatics, clowning by Ray Brison & family, and ventriloquism by Fred Keely. R. L. Staver was general agent. The show moved on three trucks and four trailers. Sam Dock was in his 83rd year. White Tops, September-October, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 9-10, p. 6.

• Information on the 1946 Raymond & Lee show is online in Bandwagon, October 1946 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Razzore Circus, South America - 1948-1949

1948: Ship Carrying Circus Hunted in Caribbean. Balboa, C. Z. (AP) - A small motorship carrying a circus - complete with lions, tigers and other beasts - is missing today in the Caribbean. U. S. Navy planes from the Canal Zone, Jamaica and Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, have joined in the search for the vessel, the Euzkera, which left Mariel, Cuba, Aug. 28 for Cartagena, Colombia. She was due at Cartagena six days ago. The Euzkera, now under Honduran registry, was described here as a former yacht used by U. S. President McKinley. The Havana agents for the 140-foot craft said she was carrying the Razzore Circus. Accounts as to the number aboard varied. The Havana agents said there were 46 passengers and 11 crew members. Reports here said there were from 55 to 67 aboard. Binghamton Press (Binghamton, NY), September 8, 1948, p. 28.

1949:

    Tragedy Hits But Circus Goes On. By Charles Fernandez. Havana, Cuba - Circus life breeds stout hearts. Because of that and an abiding faith in the Almighty the last of the Razzores is going on with the show. Out of the despair of one of the saddest tragedies in circus history this 49-year-old son of the sawdust has emerged with an object lesson in spiritual courage. Left alone and broken-hearted, the real-life Pagliacci is back with a new show as if in desperate defiance of the blue Caribbean waters that swallowed his money, his circus - and his family.
    Born for the Circus. Emilio Rogelio Razzore was born of, and for, the circus. As a tottering tot of 5 he started out to amuse and entertain in the circus which his father and his father's father had made the best known in all of Latin America. The Brazilian-born lad did everything. As the big top moved from country to country he swung from the trapeze, he tamed lions, he played the clown. When his Italian father died, it naturally befell Emilio as the eldest child to carry on the show which Grandfather Razzore had founded in Rio de Janeiro in 1836. The job wasnt too difficult; Emilio had loyal help. The Razzores, with the closeness of blood and circus clannishnss, were a tightly knit family.
    Plenty of Help. Brother Romulo was a jack-of-all-trades under the tent. Brother Juan doubled as clown and acrobat. Sister Amanda was good as aerialist and general acrobat. Emilio's wife, Betsabel, was soloist with the circus band. And their children - Moraima, 18, Guillermo, 14, and Willie, 9 - were in the show. Romulo's wife, Fresolina, worked with Emilio in the lion's cage, and Juan's spouse, Ainaims, lent beauty to the circus pageantry. Then there were four nephews and nieces; Juan Razzore, 16-year-old acrobat, and his 11-year-old sister, Dolinda, just a big-top beginner; Emilio de Laudo, the 18-year-old band leader, and 5-year-old Amandita, who was like a daughter to Emilio. When times were bad the family alone had put on the whole show. But times were good now—the circus had just completed a successful two-year run in Cuba.
    Tragedy Strikes. Thus it was late last August when Emilio bid his 14 kinfolk and 27 other members of his troupe "bon voyage" at the Havana docks. The motor vessel Euzkera, which had been the presidential yacht of William McKinley, had been signed to take the circus, including 60 trained animals and equipment valued at $300,000, to Cartagena, Colombia. Emilio was to fly ahead to lay the groundwork. Emilio got there, but his circus never did. During the clear night of Sept. 1 the Euzkera capsized. The circus, the animals, the Razzore family disappeared beneath the blue waters. Nine of the 41 aboard survived —including Jesus Vargas, the monkey trainer; Santiago Bravo, the Negro lion tamer; three of the six Chinese Chang brothers; Ruben Morales, Cuban member of the band. But among them was not one Razzore. And with brother Juan went more than $30,000 in cash which represented virtually all of the net from the successful Cuban tour.
    Old Friends Help. When Emilio got the sad news to Cartagena he could hardly believe it. With $1,000 in travelers checksand the clothes on his back, he flew back to Havana - aimlessly groping for the answers. Bewildered, unable to sleep or eat, Emilio discovered a measure of solace in the flood of offers of help that poured in from friends and unknowns in all of Latin America. But Emilio declined them all - with gratitude. "I didn't want charity," he explains, laconically. Emilio's life was the circus. Sensing that, a Havana editor prevailed on him to try to organize a new show. He said Havana businessmen would be glad to help him get started anew. The last of the Razzores accepted that suggestion. He took $15,000 from the helpful Habaneros - but only as a loan. And his old circus friends quickly pitched in. Two days before Christmas the Razzore circus - only about a third as large, it's true - opened here in Havana at the same spot where it had played to thousands before the tragedy. And the new show packed them in. Binghamton Press (Binghamton, NY), February 16, 1949, p. 37.

    . . . Andres and Aurelio Atayde, operators of three circuses in Mexico, sent him an old tent, bleachers and enough animals to make a decent menagerie. Headline acts of the Ringling Brothers and Barnum & Bailey circus, winter quartered in Sarasota, offered to perform in the new Razzore show for much less than they ordinarily asked and got. Vargas, the surviving monkey trainer, bought a chimpanzee at the monkey jungle in Miami and trained it to perform in 30 days. Survivor Morales formed a new band. Two days before Christmas the Razzore circus - only about a third as large, it's true - opened here in Havana at the same spot where it had played to thousands beforte the tragedy. Offering such stellar attractions as Ringling's Alzana high-wire family, the Clayton Behee aerial troupe and tht Chinese juggling team, the new show packed them in. But while the majority cheered the Razzore comeback, a few jeered. The father of a victim of the Euzkera shipwreck blamed Emilio. A circus competitor spread damaging rumors. Undaunted, Emilro carried on with the show until even the few recalcitrants were forecd to admit the spiritual courage of the man. Even the elements co-operated. Rain which would have wrecked his tattered and torn tent failed to come during an extended seven week run. . . . Today, with his grief tightly locked behind the glitter of the big top, Emilio Razzore is well on his way to resuming the circus tradition in which his family gave their lives. He has repaid $9000 of the $15,000 loan. He has ordered a new tent for a tour of the interior of Cuba. Later, he plans to spend three months reorganizing the show for possible tour of the old Razzore beat in Latin America. . . . Oakland Tribune (Oakland, CA), February 16, 1949, p. 4A. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rea's - 1878, 1882-83, 1886, 1888   or De Rea's

1878:

    Rea's Mexican Circus, en route by river from New Orleans to St. Louis in the steamboat Bolle of Shreveport, were reported as being detained at Delta, Miss., 100 miles below Memphis, the boat having broken a shaft and losing her wheel. New York Clipper, August 24, 1878, p. 175.

    De Rea's Mexican Circus closed their engagement in St. Louis, Mo., Aug. 31. The only good-sized audiences were present at the two performances 29, when the net proceeds were donated to the yellow-fever fund. New York Clipper, September 7, 1878, p. 191.

    Indianapolis, Ind. De Rea's Mexican Circus, announced for __, canceled its dates, the managers giving as an excuse that their patronage at Brazil, Ind., where they spread canvas, warrented them in remaining the rest of the week, the county fiar being in progress. New York Clipper, September 26, 1878, p. 215.

    Rea's company, 1878: Senoras Porfiria Delgado de Rea, Catrina Sanchez, Brigida Ramirez, Guadalupe de Muns, Delfina de Rea, Leandra Sanchez, Cirilia Briseno, Cipriana Rea, Luisa de Villareal, Carlota Balenzuela, Francisca Balenzuela, Trinidad Dorado, Julia Laguna, Ricarda Laguna, Maria Aguilar, Juana Rosas, Dolores Ramirez, Refugio Gomezy, Merced Ortega. Senores Don Toribio Rea (director), Antonio Rea, Matias Rea, Nicolas Vilareal, Domingo Sida, Ramon barauri, Margarito Soria, Trinidad Garcia, Isidoro Balderrama, Migeul Rosas, Carmen Vasquez, Alberto Guzman, Jose M. Alvarez, Lorenzo Rubalcava, Francisco Salinas, Albino Martenez, Juan Rosas, Felipe Caballero, Apolonio Avilia, Angel Lopez, Angel Vasquez, Euile Myers. Don Roman Estrada, age 20, member of the company, died at Greencastle, Indiana, and was buried there. He was a nephew of Senor Rea, and a native of Zacatecas. Indiana Press (Greencastle, IN), October 23, 1878, n.p.n.

    San Antonio is the jumping-off place or grave yard for nearly all the circuses that come to Texas. De Rea's Mexican circus arrived at San Antonio and did a good business for several days. It has been captured for debts incurred in St. Louis and elsewhere and will be sold out lock, stock and barrel. Brenham Weekly Banner (Brenham, TX), December 6, 1878, n.p.n.

    San Antonio, Tex. A few days ago a Mexican circus arrived, just from an extended tour through the Northern States, and pitched its tent on Flores street, where Sunday night's show capped the climax and ended the company's career, at least for a while. A few months ago De Rea's combination was induced to go into the construction of an amphitheatre at New Orleans, but before it was completed, the yellow fever plague broke out and the company fled to other parts. Eventually they turned up in St. Louis in actual want, and were assisted by D. K. Prescott, a stable man. Mr. Prescott advanced them $2,500, taking a mortgage on their entire outfit. They squandered the money in a few weeks and were again helpless. De Rea then proposed coming to San Antonio, where he had a friend who would help him out of his trouble, and Prescott accompanying them they reached their objective point several days ago. On the road to San Antonio, notwithstanding that performances were given at all available points, $900 in addition to the $2,500 loaned in the first instance were paid out by Mr. Prescott. Their performances have been well patronized, but with the high licenses and the small admission fee (50 cents) not a great deal of money was coined. After Sunday night's performance the Mexican treasurer of the show attempted to get away with the evening's receipts. His effort was frustrated, and peace officers were called upon to prevent the difficulty. Yesterday morning the canvass was torn down by order of Mr. Prescott, and papers of sequestration were obtained to enable him to recover, by the sale of the animals and other things on which he had a mortgage, the money that had been advanced, $3,400 in all. The Mexicans resisted. The instution is now "completely busted," and will be sold in a few days. The troupe is a good one, and may soon be on its feet again. Rochester Daily Union and Advertiser (Rochester, NY), December 11, 1878, p. 1.

1882:

    Rhea's Mexican Circus was in Puebia(?), Mexico, March 3. New York Clipper, March 25, 1882, p. 8.

    Circus horses burned to death in Mexico about Nov. 23, belonging to Mr. Rea, proprietor of one of the best native shows in that country. Mr. Rea was given a benefit in the Orrin Bros.' Circus in the City of Mexico Dec. 16, to aid him to retrieve his losses. New York Clipper, January 6, 1883, p. 678.

1883:

    The circus horses burned to death in Morelia, Mexico on about Nov. 23, belonged to Mr. Rea, proprietor of one of the best native shows in that country. Mr. Rea was given a benefit in the Orrin Bros.' Circus in the City of Mexico, Dec. 16, to aid him to retrieve his losses. New York Clipper, January 6, 1883, p. 678.

1886:

    The Rea's Mexican circus played to a fair house last night. The performance was good, especially the little boy's leap for life and the balancing of Mr. Rea himself. The costumes are elegant. San Antonio Daily Express (San Antonio, TX), December 1, 1886, p. 5.

1888:

    Toribio Rea's Great Mexican circus will raise its tents in Eagle Pass in a few days. San Antonio Daily Express (San Antonio, TX), April 22, 1888, n.p.n.

    C. R. Vasquez, advance agent for Rea's circus, is in the city making arrangements for his show, which will play in San Antonio one week, commencing May 17. San Antonio Daily Light (San Antonio, TX), May 7, 1888, n.p.n.

    The Mexican circus has packed up and skipped. They went to Nava, Mexico. The day before they left, one of their stars deserted the business, including her husband. San Antonio Daily Express (San Antonio, TX), May 12, 1888, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Red Lion Circus - 1920   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1920

1919: According to present plans there will be in the field next season one of the largest combination Wild West and circus shows ever put out on wagons. The entire show property of the Sig Sautelle-Barney Demarest combination was bought by Samuel Emswiler Saturday, July 12, at the Trenton Fair Grounds, Trenton, N. J. In company with W. A. Jacks, Mr. Emswiller immediately loaded the property on two five-ton trucks and moved It to Red Lion, Pa., where it will be enlarged to a twenty-five wagon show to open early in the Spring of 1920. As thes Sautelle-Demarest Show was only out a few weeks, Mr. Emswiler found the property to be just as good as new and in perfect condition. The big top, which is a hundred with a forty, will be enlarged so it will have three forty-foot middle pieces. The kid top will be a fifty with two thirties, and the show will be under the capable direction of Walter Boyer, who will also have charge of the concert in the big show. One of the features in the side-show will be Nero, the man-eating lion.
    As soon as the show was stored In Red Lion, Mr. Jack, in company with his wife and son, left for his ranch in Nevada, going across country in his machine. He will stay there this fall and winter and return East in February with two carloada of stock. There will be sixty head of baggage stock and thirty-five head of ring stock. The parade will carry at least four dens of animals, two band wagons and a calliope, and will have some of the most magnificent wardrobe ever seen with any show. There will be a twelve-piece band with the big show under the direction of Charles Brickner, and Mr. Emswiler is now endeavoring to locate an eight or ten-piece ladies band for the annex. The big show will have two rings, one platform and a good wide track for the Wild West numbers, which, according to present plans, will be in the majority and under the personal direction of W. A. Jacks, who has put in no less than twenty years as a roper and rider with Wild West shows. Vera Jacks and her high jumping thorobred, Teddy Roosevelt, will be one of the features.
    Mr. and Mrs. Emswiler have been off the road now for two seasons as his two theaters and the Fairmount Amusement Park in Red Lion have kept him so busy that he has had little time. Mr. Emswiler and his wife are oldtimers with the white tops, having been at one time with the Robinson 10 Big, putting on no less than seven acts. As a joey, Emswielr is perfectly at home, and is one of the best mule hurdlers in the business. With his new show he and his wife will get back in harness again, offering their cloud swing, single and double traps and rings and swinging ladder, while Emswiler alone will do his balancing trap act and slide for life as a free attraction. The following is an imcomplete roster: Samuel H. Emswiler, proprietor and general manager; John W. Eppley, business manager; W. A. Jacks, equestrian director; Charles Brickner, musical director; Walter Boyer, sideshow; Martin Spangler, commissary and privileges. Mrs. Emswiler will make her home in the red wagon with the books and finances. Billboard, July 26, 1919, pp. 36, 39.

1920: Red Lion Circus wants for big show, circus acts of all kinds, leader and musicians for 15 piece band. For the sideshow, freaks and curiosities of all kinds. For the advance, two good men, those who can sling the paste. For the cookhouse, cook and waiters. A-1 light man, also working men in all departments. Working men addres Wm. C. Lane, Hagerstown, Maryland. All others, S. H. Emswiler, Red Lion, Pennsylvania. Billboard, February 14, 1920, p. 60.

• Brief information on this 1920 show, S. H. Emswiler, owner, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1959 (scroll down).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reed's Circus - 1889, 1890-95, 1900, 1901, 1903, 1919

1889:

    Comstock and Eggleston, late of Hi Henry's Minstrels, are to control the concert privileges of Reed's European Circus. Their assistants will be the Arlington Sisters, John Mack and "Judge" Rowley. The show will travel by wagon through Indiana, Michigan and the neighboring States, opening the season April 27 at Vernon, Ind. New York Clipper, April 13, 1889, p. 81.

    Roster of Reed's Circus: A. H. Reed, proprietor; R. E. Bryant, Charley George . . . Lou and Lon Brooks, Will Welsh, W. J. Morgan, Mary Page, Ola Reed, Elsie Page, George Dunham, George Page, Frank Specht, Walt Burch and Jack Madden. New York Clipper, August 17, 1889, p. 372.

    A. H. Reed's Circus closed its season Oct. ?? at Carrollton, Ill., where it went into Winter quarters. New York Clipper, November 16, 1889, p. 599.

1890:

    The Buffine Bros., aerialists, and Fred Kenno, contortionist, have signed with A. H. Reed's Circus for next season. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 807.

    C. L. O'Dell has secured the sideshow privileges with A. H. Reed's Circus. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 807.

    Wanted, for Reed's Circus and Hippodrome. Trained ponies, slack wire, ___ and boss canvasman. Wagon Show. Address A. H. Reed, Carrolton, Ill. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 28.

    Roster of Reed's Twenty-five Cent Show. A. H. Reed, proprietor and manager; Louis Brooks, Lon(?) Brooks . . . Geo. and John, Master Freddy . . . Mrs. Viola Reed . . . A. M. Reed, manager of privileges; Geroge Page, boss hostler with eight assistants . . . The company opened their season at Carrollton, ILL, April 2?, will close at Vernon(?), Ind., Oct 2?. Business is reported uniformly good. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Roster of Reed's Big 25 Cent Shows. A. H. Reed, proprietor and manager, as follow: Louis Brooks; Lon Brooks . . . A. Dauchert . . . Mrs. Viola Reed . . . M. D. Richmond, leader of band with ten mouth pieces; Burt Bennett, advance and contracting agent with three assistaants; A. M. Reed, manager of privileges; George Page, boss hostler with eight assistants . . . Show opened the season at Carrollton, Ill., April 26(?); will close season at Vernon, Ind. Oct 2?. Business is good. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 334.

    A. H. Reed, proprietor of Reed's Twenty-five Cent Shows, was last week presented with a handsome diamond pin by members of the company, it being his birthday. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.

1891:

    Wanted, for season '91. People in all branches of circus business. Musicians and boss canvasman. Wagon show. Address A. H. Reed, Vernon, Indiana. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 15.

    A. H. Reed's Circus will open its season at Vernon, Ind. May 4(?). The show has been greatly enlarged and entirely, and will carry seventy people. Fifty head of stock and 110(?)ft. round top with a __ft. middle piece will be used. The show will travel by wagon. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Wanted, for Reed's Circus, cornet, clarionet, also a few more good people. A. H. Reed, Vernon, Indiana. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 123.

    The roster of Reed's Circus is: A. H. Reed, proprietor and manager; V.(?) ?. Reed, treasurer; W. Orke, equestrian director . . . A. M. Reed, concert and reserved seat privileges; John Palmer, boss canvasman, with ten assistants . . . W.(?) R.(?) Orke, Lew Brooks . . . J. Butler . . . Mary Page . . . Wilbur and Sullivan; Master Loyal . . . Business is good. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.

    Lew Brooks, comic jester, with Reed's Big Twenty-five Cent Shows, reports big business through Indiana, and the man in white appears every Sunday. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.

    Wanted, for A. H. Reed's Circus, a few good performers, also want to buy small troupe of trained ponies. Wagon show. Address A. H. Reed, Enfield, Illionis, Aug 1, Norris City, Illinois Aug 2, Eldorado, Illinois Aug 3. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 357.

    The members of A. H. Reed's Circus took an outing of one day recently. They chartered a train at Chrisney(?), Ind., and went to Rockport on the Ohio River, where the day was pleasantly spent in boating and fishing. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

    A. H. Reed's Circus closed its ninth tenting season, Oct. 24, at Carrollton, Ill. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 593.

1892:

    Wanted, for A. H. Reed's Circus season, 1892. People in all branches of the circus business. Performers, musicians, boss canvasman and chandelier man. Show travels by wagon. A. H. Reed, Carrollton, Green Co., Illinois. New York Clipper, January 9, 1892, p. 742.

    The Three Burtons, athletes and aerialists, and Will Mineer, clown, have been engaged for A. H. Reed's Circus. C. Burton will act as equestrian director. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 792.

    Edwin Geyer and wife have signed with A. H. Reed's Circus. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.

    Prof. Wm. Jones and wife have signed for the museum annex with A. H. Reed's Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Wanted, for A. H. Reed's Circus, concert people, must double in brass. Man to play first violin and double tuba(?); also side show people. Edgar Geyer write. Address A. H. Reed, Carrollton, Greene Co., Ill. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 43.

    Call. People engaged for A. H. Reed's Circus report at Carrollton, Greene Co., Ill. for rehearsal May ?. A. H. Reed, Carrollton, Ill. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 108.

    On the road, circuses: Reed's, Enfield IL June 1, McLeansborough 2. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    Reed's Circus is doing well in Illinois, according to all accounts. The show uses a 100ft. round top, with two 50(?)ft. middle pieces. VJune 11, 1892, p. 210.

    A. H. Reed's Big Twenty-Five Cent Wagon Show is now on its tenth week, and all connected are well and happy. The gentleman in white walks every Sunday. At Allendale, Ill., Mrs. Viola Reed, wife of our worthy proprietor, was pleasantly surprised at the conclusion of her act with her trick horses, by a magnificent diamond necklace, the gift of the members of the company. Clarence Burton made the speech, to which Mrs. Reed responded in a few well chosen words. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.

    On the road, circuses: A. H. Reed's, Fort Branch IN July 9(?), Owensville 11, Poseyville 12, New Harmony 13. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    Wanted, sideshow people for A. H. Reed's Circus. Fire king, magician who does Punch and make openings, circassian lady who has snakes. Also black face comedian for concert. Wire to Fort Branch, Ind., Saturday, July 9, Owensville, Monday, 11 . . . New Harmony 13. Address A. H. Reed. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 286.

    On the road, circuses: A. H. Reed's, New Harmony IN July 13. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.

    Notes from Walter L. Main's Show. Last week we were visited by Charley Madden, the well known talking and singing clown. He was on his way home to Tiftin(Tiflin?), O., having left the Reed Show, which went into winter quarters in August. . . . New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    Katie Wright has joined Sam C. Wright. They are with A. Reed's Railroad Show. New York Clipper, November 12, 1892, p. 570.

    A. H. Reed's Circus closed the season Oct. 10 at North Vernon, Ind., where the stock and wagons are quartered upon the fair grounds. The show opened for the winter season by rail 11 at Jeffersonville, Ind. New York Clipper, November 12, 1892, p. 570.

1893:

    A. H. Reed's Circus opened at Decatur, Ala. . . . New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.

    On the road, circuses: A. H. Reed, Decatur, Ala., Feb. 27-March 11. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 833.

    A. H. Reed's Railroad Show reports meeting with success. They recently added two new cars. The performance is said to be running smoothly under Fred O. Jones' management. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.

    A. H. Reed's Circus closed its season Sept. 23 at Big Rapids, Michigan. The show opened at Carrollton, Ill., ___, 1892, making a run of sixteen months without losing a day. The show will be enlarged to twice its former size for next season. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 510.

1894:

    A. H. Reed is busy equipping his show for next season. It will be one of the finest wagon shows in the West, and will open in Southern Illinois in May. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.

    A. H. Reed, proprietor of Reed's Shows, is personally superintending affairs at the show's quarters, near Portiano, Mich., and will take the road about May 15, with twenty wagons and one hundred and fifty head of stock. The show goes out with new canvas throughout, main top, sideshow, horse tent, cook tent, etc. Prof. P. A. Phelps(?) will be Mr. Reed's right hand man, making his second season with the show. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    Chas. Tryon(?) has signed as treasurer of A. H. Reed's Circus for next season. Mrs. Viola Reed is training some new dogs and monkeys to strengthen her troupe. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    M. D. Richmond(?) has signed as leader of the band for Reed's Circus, making his fifth season. Theo. Larges, contortionist, and St. Arno, equilibrist, are the additions to that circus. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 85.

    Notes from A. H. Reed's Circus. We are playing to fair business, but not so good as previous seasons. We are now in Missouri, making the inland towns, and the last two weeks have done large business. Manager Reed is in poor health, and not able to travel, but everything runs smoothly under assistant manager Orke(?). The show goes South, and will not close this Winter. New York Clipper, September 1, 1894, p. 405.

1895: A. H. Reed's Circus closed its season at Corsicana, Texas. The show will be enlarged and travel by railroad next season. They will carry a 100ft. round top with a 40ft. middle piece, a museum tent, a 40ft. round top dressing room tent, a 40x60ft. stable tent and a 20x30ft. dining tent. New York Clipper, February 23, 1895, p. 815.

1900:

    H. C. Rigall has signed as general agent of A. H. Reed's circus. James Butler, the aerialist, will also be with Reed's show this years. This makes his tenth season with the show. A. H. Reed inaugurated his twenty-third season at Vernon, Ind., April 23. He still suffers from the old nervous trouble, but is slowly recovering. Reed is fifty years old, but does not look to be forty. Billboard, May 12, 1900, p. 5.

    Notes and roster of Reed's 25 Cent European Shows. A. H. Reed, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Viola Reed, treasurer. We carry a company of thirty-eight people, twelve wagons and thirty head of stock to transport the show. Big top, dressing room, horse tent, dining tent. Frank ??? has charge of canvas, with eight assistants. Col Jim ??? has the side show and concert. Dan Bulkley(?), leader of band with the following musicians: T. Morris, G. Upchurch, Billy Lowe, E. Boree(?), . . . Peggey Long and Fred Brenner(?). Performers with big show: Clyde Rialdo, equestrian director; Billy Lowe, talking and singing clown; Brenner(?) . . . bars and revolving ladder; Rialdo, equlibrist, aerialist and knockabout clown; Mrs. Viola Reed's troupe of educated dogs and ponies. Little Lena Hays'(?) singing and dancing is a feature in the concerts. C. H. Rigall, advance representative, with two assistants, is doing good work ahead. The route lies through Indiana, Illinois and Kentucky. This is our fifth week out and the ghost walks regularly. New York Clipper, June 2, 1900, p. 310.

1901: Wm. Irwin and wife have signed with A. H. Reed's Circus; also Frank Dempsey, boss canvas man, making his third season. Wanted, for Reed's Circus, season 1901, performers and musicians. Show travels by wagon. A. H. Reed, Verona, Indiana. New York Clipper, February 16, 1901, pp. 1133, 1135.

1903: Mrs. Viola Reed, wife of the owner of Reed's circus, was bitten in the arm and face by a large greyhound about a mile from Frederick this morning. The circus, which showed at Walkersville yesterday and travels overland, was on its way from Walkersville to Middleton and when near Frederick, as Mrs. Reed was putting the hound into a care, it bit her. . . . Daily News (Frederick, MD), August 25, 1903.

1919: Reed's European Shows, under the management of A. H. Reed, one of the oldest of the old school of circus men, is still on the road and playing Southern Mississippi. The coming season marks the thirty-ninth consecutive year for this show under the same management. The show for the winter season has been cut down to meet wet roads and other conditions, but with the coming of summer will be enlarged for the regular tour. Show paraphernalia, consisting of wagons, poles, canvas, etc., are stored away for the winter in Kentucky and will be rebuilt and repainted or sold to make room for new equipment. Mr. and Mrs. Reed are working in the program daily. The show will remain on the road for the balance of the winter. Billboard, January 11, 1919, p. 28.

• More on the 1919 Reed's European show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reed's Winter Circus - 1894

    Notes from Reed's Winter Circus. - Reed's Winter Circus closes the season April 2 at the Wonderland, Jamestown, Pa. In curio hall: Prof. Black's troupe of educated ponies and dogs; Mlle. Nattalene(?) and her den of serpents. Theatre: the Russells, acrobats; Chas. Merritt, contortionist; Chas. Howell, juggler; Martiere Sisters, trapeze performers; Lawrence, mimic and ventriloquist; and Rose E. Winchester on the slack wire. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 70.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reed & Day

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1932.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reese, Levis & Dolphin's Circus - 1885

    Herkimer, Jul 18. Reese, Levis & Dolphin's circus will exhibit in this village soon. Mr. Reese is a young man and is well known in this village. Syracuse Standard (Syracuse, NY), July 19, 1885, p. 6.

    The complete company of Reese, Levis & Dolphin’s Circus is as follows: D. B. Levis, manager; Frank A. Reese, treasurer; T. G. Dolphin, advance, with four billposters; Chas. Austin knock-about clown and troupe of performing dogs; Mlle. Austin, slack wire and hair slide; Prof. Kane, balancing trapeze, bamboo perch and outside ascension; Downie Bros., brother act and high tight-wire; Little Eddie, contortionist; Mott and Durand, double trapeze and bars; four performing ponies and mules; Prof. Guilo and eight pieces. Evans and Coyne, Miss Leoni and Eddie Watts are the concert people. John Bradley, late of the Wild West Show, has the candy stands. New York Clipper, August 1, 1885.

    Reese, Levis & Dolphin's Consolidated Shows. At Sherburne [New York], July 31, the partners disagreed, and the show went to pieces at Whitney's Point, Aug. 1, Reese getting out an attachment to save his share of the property. New York Clipper, August 15, 1885, p. 346.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reichold Bros. - 1897   or Reichhold Bros.

    The Reichhold Circus jumped last week from Chicago to Benton Harbor, Michigan, on the steamboat Roanoke. A small squall struck the outfit in the middle of Lake Michigan. The members of the troupe were made ill, and an elephant broke loose, demolishing a cage containing antelopes. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 3, 1897, p. 14.

    Manistee, Michigan. Reichold Brothers' Circus, July 1, to good business. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 17, 1897, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reid Bros. Circus - 1974-75, 1980, 1983-87, 1996

1974: In 1974 the Reid Bros. was titled Grand Safari Circus. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975.

• The show was out in 1975 and 1980. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976; January-February, 1981, p. 15.

1983: John Reid's Reid Bros. Circus played indoor and outdoor dates in western and mountain states and Texas. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, pp. 13-14.

1984: John and Betty Reid's show played Oregon, Montana, Idaho and Wyoming in Spring indoor dates. They played a Texas date in October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 15.

1985: The show opened its Spring tour on May 3 and closed on June 15. It exhibited in Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Montana and Wyoming. In October it was in Texas. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 14.

1986: The show toured Oregon and Washington in May and June. During the Summer it played New York and New England. It was in Texas in September and October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 10.

1987: The show had a fifteen week split season under canvas, often under Shrine auspices. They opened early in May and closed in July, playing Oregon and the Big Sky states. The show then played Texas and Louisiana from September 9 to October 13. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 11.

1996: Reid Bros. toured the Pacific Northwest, the Mountain States and the plains States in spring and early summer. It toured Texas in late September. In early December, owners John and Betty Reid sold the show to Dick and Ian Garden. Bandwagon, March-April, 1997, p. 9.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1985-1997, John and Betty Reid, owners.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reilly & Woods - 1886

This show is mentioned as Riley & Woods Circus, Pat Riley, owner, 1886, in Bandwagon, March-April, 1969, Vol. 13, No. 2, p. 20. Slout's Olympians lists Reilly & Woods, 1886-88.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reno's Oriental Shows - 1895-96, 1898, 1900

1895:

    Reno's Oriental Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition open the season May 12, at Mendota, Illinois. These people are already engaged: John and Anna Yager, aerialists and equilibrists; William Sternard, contortionist; Lillian and Lilly Sternard, singing and terpsichorean performers; Emily Reno, slack wire; Phin Austin, strong man; Richey and Reis, brother act; Mme. Reno's trained birds; Prof. Reno's trained dogs, monkeys, ponies and mules, and W. B. Alvord in charge of the advance with four assistants. The show travels with eleven wagons. New York Clipper, March 30, 1895, p. 55.

    Notes from Reno's Oriental Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition. John C. Yager's trapeze act is a thrilling performance. Little Emily Reno on the slack wire is a novelty. The trained dogs, ponies, birds are at their best. . . . Roster: John and Anna Yager, aerialists; Wm. Sternard, grotesque; Lillian and Lily Sternard, vocalists and dancers; . . . Chas. Arnold, boss property man. We travel with twelve wagons and thirty head of stock. New York Clipper, May 25, 1895, p. 180.

    Notes from Reno's Oriental Shows. Our season will not close until November. Prof. Reno has purchases six dapple gray horses for the new band wagon, and our leader, Prof. Gray, is rejoicing. The trained dogs and mules are working well. Sternard's contoration act, Lilly Sternard's dancing, Frank ___ balancing and flying trajpeze, Hart and Sternard's return act, Leroy and Gardner on triple bars, Little Emily's slack wire act, Emma Reno's trained birds, are doing well. The show now numbers twenty-nine people and twenty head of stock. Our working force: Frank Fink, boss canvasman; James Manville, hostler; John Toulan, chandeliers; Matthew Nolan, supt. stands, and Geo. Barrtey, props. Our band of eight pieces is led by Prof. Gray. The show will be more than doubled next season, and will stick to the wagons. Our new canvas, 80x120, seats 12,000 people. New York Clipper, October 5, 1895, p. 489.

    The Reno Oriental Shows will winter in Plano, Illinois. They will open there in May, 1896. New York Clipper, November 2, 1895, p. 553.

1896:

    Reno's Oriental Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition opened its third season at Sandwich, Illinois, May 11. The company includes Prof. Reno, magician; Emma Reno, trained birds; Wm. Sternard, contortion; Frank Hart, trapeze and flying rings; Basco Bros., brother act and horizontal bars; Emily Reno, slack wire; Hart and Osman, return act, and Prof. Reno's educated dogs, ponies and mules. The concert is given by the Sternard Family, including Lillian Sternard, vocalist; Wm. Sternard, comedian, and Little Lillie, songs and skirt dancing. The working force: Frank Fink, boss canvasman with four assistants; Chas. Arnold, property man with two assistants; Tom Osman, chandelier man . . . Mat Nolan, cook. Prof. Wadsworth's Cornet Band, eight musicians, is with us. We carry twenty-four horses. New York Clipper, June 13, 1896, p. 232.

    Reno's Oriental Show notes. We will close our tented season October 12. . . . We carry twenty head of stock and nine wagons. New York Clipper, September 26, 1896, p. 476.

1898:

    Reno's Oriental Shows opened its season April 30. Roster: Fank Hart, strong man act and single trapeze; Geo. Harris, principal clown; Purdy Bros., brother acts and posturing; La Basco Bros., bars and double somersaulters; Little Emily, slack wire; Hart and Leonard, return act; Pearson and Bacon, grotesque act; Edward Reno, trained dogs, ponies and mules; Geo. Abercrombie, contortion. Prof. Wm. Kemps, silver cornet band, make daily parades in the band chariot drawn by eight dapple grays. Our working force: Frank Pink, boss canvasman with five assistants; Joe Willis, props, with two assistants; Tom Hays, chandeliers; Dell Reynolds, boss hostler with four assistants. We use a tent 70x100, and carry thirty-foru people and twenty horses. New York Clipper, May 28, 1898, p. 213.

1900: Reno's Oriental Shows. Advance: Contracting agent, W. H. Alvord; Lithographer, King Solman; Bill posters: Chas. Arnold, "Swipes" Cone, "Smiler" Towne. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reno & Alvord Show - 1900-01   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-06

1900:

    Opened at Aurora, Nebraska, April 28. Over $2,500 has gone into the show this winter, but they don't owe any one a dollar. W. B. Alvord will be ahead of the show as usual. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.

    The winter quarters of Reno's Allied Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition are in Kankakee, Ill. The show travels with fifty-eight horses and twenty wagons. It has two advance wagons. The roster of the shows includes forty-six people. Billboard, December 15, 1900, p. 20.

1901: We are now in our twelfth week, touring Illinois. Mr. W. R. Alvord does some very original and artistic paste work, while Jack Bledsoe does some clever contract work. Late additions to the show are the Hardells, in their triple horizontal bars and brother act. Arthur Humiston makes them laugh at his funny sayings and is assisted by Charles Alder. Billboard, August 10, 1901, p. 7.

Information on the Reno & Alvord show is online:
Billboard, 1900 - use find or scroll down.
Billboard, 1901-03 - use find or scroll down.
Billboard, 1904-05 - use find or scroll down.
Billboard, 1907-10 - use find or scroll down.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rentz & Co. - 1891   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1890-93

1891:

    Wanted, circus people in all branches, good singing and takling clown, concert people . . . New sideshow outfit for sale. Address E. D. Colvin, manager, __ Third Avenue, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 34.

    An important deal. George W. Rentz's Circus & De Arley's Great American Circus and Menagerie have joined hands, and from now on will be known as George W. Rentz & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie. They opened at New Orleans, La., March 9, for two weeks, and on 21 they took the road, George W. Rentz managing the venture, and with H.(?) W. Link as general agent. They have eighteen cars to carry the show, and two advertising cars, with four cages of animals, two elephants, three camels, eight head of horses and ponies, two bands and one caliope [sic]. There are nineteen wagons in the parade, fourteen mounted people, elephants, camels, chariots, etc. The canvas is a 111(?)ft. round top with three 50ft. middle pieces. The menagerie top is 100ft., and the sideshow is ___. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.

    Wanted, for Rentz & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie. A first class contracting agent, also 20 experience bill posters to join at once. Long season to good men. B. W. Link, care Linck's Hotel, Nashville, Tenn. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 70.

    Wanted. Rentz & Co's Railroad Circus and Menagerie. Men for sideshow openings and concert announcemtns, boss canvasman, property men, chandelier man, train master, band of ten pieces, ? and 6 horse drivers. Want to buy all kinds of animals, show property, etc. . . . New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 85.

    Birmingham, Alabama. Rentz & Co.'s Circus showed to good business _, 3. Ed Powers joined Rentz & Co.'s Circus in this city 23(?). New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

    Call. All people engaged with Rentz & Astley's Imperial Shows will report at lot . . . Chicago, May 4. Can use a few more gymnasts and aerial artists. Also have for sale tier seats, sideshow outfit, also light band wagon. Address E. D. Colvin, manager, __ Third Avenue, Chicago. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 147.

    Owensboro, Kentucky. G. W. Rentz & Co.'s Circus, headed by Miles Orton, pitched tents here May 11, 12(?), and showed to packed business at every performance. . . . New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 183.

    Wanted for Rentz's Shows. People in all branches of circus business and musicians; also, good railroad contractors. T. J. Forde, musician. Address L. Bosco, Rushville, Ind. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 339.

    Wanted, for Rentz & Co.'s Monster Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the circus "biz," wild west; also good R. R. contractor. Address quick, T. J. Forde, 80 Dearborn Avenue, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 341.

    Wanted, for a long season South, sideshow curiosities, circassian to handle snakes, also good magician who does Punch or talking figures. Would like to hear from Spaff Hyman, Boucher(?) and Burch. Wire to De Arley & O'Brien, Rentz's Circus, Franklin, Ind. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 357.

    Wanted, for long season, for Rentz & Co.'s Monster R. R. Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Hippodrome (15 cars, 250 employes). For big show - people in all branches of the circus business, Hippodrome and Wild West people. Address Miles Orton, manager. For Annex - freaks and curiosities of all kinds. Address De Arley & O'Brien, managers. For the advance - first class contracting agent and billposters (agent telegraph). Address C. G. Wilson, general agent. Address all letters care of Russell & Morgan Printing Co., Cincinnati, O. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 411.

    Wanted, for Rentz & Co.'s Monster Shows, first class agents and bill posters. Would like to hear from Oscar Rahm (wire me), Davidson, Moore, Wilder, Adkins and Johnson. Bill posters paid weekly. For big show, people in all branches and band of 10 pieces. Address quick. C. G. Wilson, general agent, Fella Hotel, Roanoke, Va. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 447.

    When Rentz's Circus was all loaded on the train at the freight depot at Salem, Va., last week, awaiting transportation to Christiansburg, a row occurred between some of the employes of the circus in the bar of the Revere House, and those who were engaged in it gradually moved out toward the railroad track. One of the men suddely dropped, whether struck by a rock, beer bottle or brass knuckles it is not positively known, though there are parties who say they saw Buck Toner strike the man before he fell. The man who was struck was Harry Evans, aged about forty, who filled the place of lecturer in the sideshow, which was owned by a man named De Arly. Buck Toner, the man who is said to have done the wounding, is one of the principal performers in the circus. As soon as Harry Evans fell he was picked up and carried into the barroom, where it was found that his skull was badly fractured. Some one went into the sleeping car and awoke his wife, who, hastily snatching up some clothing, went to the side of her husband, while all the circus and sideshow men boarded the train for Christiansburg, many of them thinking he would follow in the morning. Physicians were sent for, and as soon as they arrived they saw that they had a desperately bad case, as there was a clean cut three inches long on the right side of the head above the temple, and a portion of the scull [sic] was so badly crushed that it was pressing on the brain, which had caused paralysis of the whole left side. About 10(?) A.M. Dr. Baird, assisted by Drs. Wiley and Dilliard(?), performed the operation of trepanning, and removed two pieces of scull [sic], . . . The Commonwealth Attorney, Ballard, telegraphed Judge Junkins, of Christianburg, to have Toner arrested, but could get no reply, so Sheriff Zirkle started for Christiansburg with a warrant for Buck Toner, charging him with felonious wounding. It is thought that Mr. Evans will die. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.

    Atlanta, Georgia. C. G. Wilson and Max Hass, agents for Rentz & Co., were arrested at Marietta, Ga., ?, on a warrant sworn out by J. P.(?) Fagan, agent for King & Franklin's Circus. They are charged with criminal libel in a paper running down K & F's Show. They were commited to jail in default . . . The advertising ___ of Rentz's has been attached by Mr. Fagan, who wants $1,000(?) damages. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 536.

    [Ad] $500.00 reward for arrest and conviction of Buck Toner, gymnast, last two seasons with Rentz's Circus, for murder of Harry Evans on morning of Sept. __, at Salem, Virginia. Zack Evans, care of ___, Lakeside Building, Room 41, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, October 24, 1891, p. 565.

    B. L. Bouman(?) and wife, and Prof. W. Young, have closed a successsful season with the Washburn & Arlington's Circus, and have joined the Rentz Circus for the winter season through the South. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 569.

    Ed. Colvin, the well known circus manager, has entered the dramatic field. His is managing Kirk Armstrong, in "Pete Peterson." He has got out special paper, and intends pushing his star to the front. H. A. Brown is business manager. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 584.

    On the road, circuses: Rentz, . . . Columbian Ala. 6 . . . Americus GA 9, Montezuma 11, Milledgeville 13, Sparta 14. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 589.

    The Rentz Circus is doing a fine business, and will make a long season. Five billposters from the Forepaugh Show recently joined advertising car No. 1, with this show. New York Clipper, November 14, 1891, p. 609.

    On the road, circuses: Rentz, Roanoke, Ala. Nov 18, Lafayette 19 . . . Alexandria 21. New York Clipper, November 21, 1891, p. 621.
    Roster of sideshow with Rentz & Co.'s R. R. Show: B. L. Bowman, manager and orator; Mrs. B. L. Bowman (snake charmer with twelve large snakes), Nena Delmato (mind reader), Agnes May (mermaid illusion), Prof. W. Young (illusionist, magician and Punch and Judy), Joe Wilber(?) (Kentucky giant boy), Yellowstone Vic (fire king), Charley Scott (Mo?ry chief), Little Bear (Indian chief), J. J. Hunter, assistant door talker and lecturer . . . New York Clipper, December 12, 1891, p. 664.

1893:

    Prof. S. L. Cohen, formerly of Irwin Bros.' Circus, is now with Rentz & Co.'s Circus. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.

    [Deaths] Anthony ("Buck") Toner, a well known performer with Rentz & Co.'s Circus, fell from a swinging perch at ___, O., Aug. 11, and received injuries from which he died at Erie, Pa., Aug. 13(?). He was born at Union City, Pa., March 29(?), 18__, and adopted the circus profession when quite young. He had traveled with Black Bros.', John Robinson's, French's, Mile Orton and Geo. W. Hall's Shows. He visited Cuba with the last named circus, and when he joined Rentz & Co.'s some three years ago he associated himself, as partner, with Bernan? Dooley. The remains were embalmed and taken to C??? City for interment. The funeral was largely attended and the floral tributes were numberous and elaborate. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 417.

• Note: More on this show or people may be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rentz Bros. - 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910-14

    Rentz Bros.' Show: Rentz Bros.' Show Co., proprietors; W. D. Schneider, manager; L. K. Schneider, treasurer; Don McKenzie, auditor; Ed C. McClure, local contractor; Punch Irving, manager side show; Doc Christman, general supt.; Chas. Post, musical director; J. Peterson, supt. canvas; Frank Kelly, trainmaster; E. K. Schneider, supt. commissary dept.; J. D. Stephens, supt. props.; Mose Lowery, supt. ring stock; C. S. McBean, manager advance car; K. Palmer, checker-up. Show opens April 18. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

• Note: More on this show or people may be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reo Bros.   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936

Reo Bros. Circus, Joseph Dix Conway, owner, toured in 1936 and 1944. Both years were short seasons, ending in June. Conway took another show out in 1945, titled Dix Bros. Circus. More on Reo Bros. and Dix Bros. is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1987 (scroll down or use find).

• An article on the career of Joseph Conway and his shows is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 34-35.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rettig's Roman Hippodrome - 1897

    Circuses. Rettig's Roman Hippodrome: Goshen, Indiana, July 27, Angola 28, 29. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 31, 1897, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reynolds' Circus - 1854   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1854-1860

    Cherokee County. — We regret to learn that one of the workmen attached to Reynold's New York Circus was killed recently at Jacksonville, Cherokee county, by a desperado of that place. It is represented to have been a most cold blooded, unprovoked murder. The ruffian made his escape. The citizens of Jacksonville and the proprietors of the Circus together offer $600 reward for his arrest. The unfortunate man murdered was a citizen of Grayson county, and leaves an interesting, but now disconsolate family to mourn his untimely death. — Trinity Advocate. Galveston Weekly News, August 1, 1854.

    Reynold's and Cook's New York Circus is exhibiting in the eastern counties of Texas. One of the company was lately murdered at Jacksonville. Texas State Gazette (Austin, TX), August 5, 1854.

• According to the Alamo Star, the show played San Antonio, Texas, September 15, 1854. Mentioned were Messrs. Davenport and Hervey, clown Arch Campbell, and Mrs. Davenport, equestrienne. White Tops, November-December, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 11-12, p. 13.

• According to Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, On January 1, 1855, we find "Reynolds & Co. and Maddra & Co.’s New York and Alabama Circus," in Vicksburg, Mississippi. The next notice we find says "Stout & Reynolds" were in Austin, Texas, in March, 1856.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. B. Reynold's - 1866

    [Advertisement] Grand Animal Show and Circus! W. B. Reynolds & Co. (New York)., have the honor of informing the good people of Mexico that they landed at Vera Cruz, on the 6th of March, with the following menagerie of rare, strange, and diversified animals: one large performing elephant, one huge camel, one grizzly bear, one white bear, two immense African lions, one rare Bengal tiger, South American alpaca, Holland kangaroo, huge anaconda, boa constrictor, one zebra, one gazelle, very large African monkeys, monkeys of all sorts and sized, ichneumon, one salamader, one armidillo, one large black eagle, black swan, African ostrich, white swan, South American condor, the only living giraffe on this continent. With a very rare and large collection of birds from all parts of the world. The boa constrictor is 15 feet long. The anaconda is 20 feet long. The elephant, notwithstanding his enormous size, performs tricks astonishing in their adroitness and agility. The grizzly bear, weighing 2,000 pounds, is well trained and can almost read and write.

    In connection with this rare and gigantic collection of wild birds and animals, there is a magnificent circus. Containing more than twenty first class performers. Also trained ponies, acrobats, bareback riders, tight rope performers, and world-renowned gymnasts. This great circus and menagerie will exhibit in the large towns between Vera Cruz and this city, hastening on here however as rapidly as possible. Having spared neither trouble nor expense in fitting out these two branches of amusements, we intend, both to interest and instruct the fun-loving people of the Mexican Empire. W. B. Reynolds & Co. Mexican Times (Mexico City, Mexico), March 17, 1866, p. 4.

W. B. Reynold's - 1891-94

1891:

    Wanted, circus property for cash. I want a good circus outfit, in good condition, consisting of tents, seats, band wagon, ticket, property, light, pole, canvas . . . Chariots, six or more, cages, and all ___ for complete outfit. Write quick to W. B. Reynolds, Cor. Church and Elm Streets, Rockford, Ill. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 427.

1892:

    Wanted, for W. B. Reynolds' World's Greatest Wagon Show, Circus, Museum and Menagerie, for season of 1892. People in all branches of circus business. Riders, gymnasts, acrobats, aerial artists, brother acts, singing and talking clowns, horizontal bar teams, contortionist, special novelty acts. First class lady artists, troupes of performing horses, ponies and dogs; also __ first class bill posters and lithographers, canvas men, grooms, chandelier men, property men, four, six and eight horse drivers. Wanted, for concert and sideshow, all kinds of living curiosities. Also want a few more first class animals, also five or six camels. Will buy or rent two more elephants. W. B. Reynolds, sole owner and manager. D. F. Fitzgerald, assistant manager. Business office __ Elm Street, Rockford, Ill. Billposters and lithographers address Robt. S. Dingess, __ Prairie Avenue, Chicago, Ill.; drivers and grooms address Dick Thompson, Petersburg, Ill.; canvasmen and chandelier men address W. M. Rhodes, Hennepin, Ill. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 774.

    Wanted, for W. B. Reynold's Consolidated Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Trained Animal Exposition, people in the following branches of circus business: double or triple bar teams, that do comics, tumble and leap, juggler that does fire king, lady for outside ascension and iron jaw in big show; singing and talking clown that works in concert; barrel, globe and cross(?) juggler, ceiling walker or human fly, people that work in concert preferred. Address W. B. Reynolds, 424 Elm Street, Rockford, Ill. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 838.

    Chas. McMahon has signed with W. B. Reynolds' Shows. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    The roster of W. B. Reynolds' Consolidated Shows for the coming season is: W. B. Reynolds, sole owner and manager; D. J. Fitzgerald, assistant manager; R. S. Dingess, general agent; W. A. Taylor, contracting agent; Wm. Burton, treasurer; Edward Shipp, equestrian director; Julia Lowanda, Bob Purvis, George Whitby and wife, Spalding and wife, three Martinete [sic?] Bros., J. Carrier, Eddie Cunningham, Howard and Yount, Miles Berry, Prof. Repas and band, Dick Thompson, John Govern, Fred Scanlin, J. H. King, Harry and Ella Potter, Louise Allen . . . Carrie Fitzgerald, La Moyne Bros., Sig. Martino, Dan Randall, J. V. Fay . . . Willie Roberts, William Rhodes, Peter Johnson, Louis Morris and John Lee. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Notes from W. B. Reynold's Consolidated Shows. Everything is on the move around the winter quarters of W. B. Reynold's Consolidated Shows. Paint has been flowing freely, and everything is glittering with gold leaf, and the show [is] about ready to open at Rockford, Ill., May 7. The outfit consists of eighteen transportation wagons, twelve cages, two tableau cars, two band wagons, three advance wagons, four passenger wagons and several buggies, two elephants, three camels, the wonderful $___ performing moose, one hundred and fifty-four head of horses and eight beautiful Shetland ponies. Among the horses are ninety-eight head of dappled gray. The horses are all fine, and the best lot ever seen with a wagon show. Chas. McMahon, the equestrian, is working the ring stock daily, and breaking four splendid dappled grays for the four horse act; also a pair of snow white horses for principal and finish. Master Freddie is working his troupe of Shetlands. The people are arriving daily, and are kept busy in their several departments. The big top is one hundred and twenty foot, with fifty foot middle piece. Menagerie is seventy foot top, with three thirties. The museum sixty foot, with thirty feet middle. Four horse tents and cook tent. The wardrobe is first class in every particular. In fact, everything is bright and new - and shines for all. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    Annie Carroll, George Winfred . . . are recent engagements for W. B. Reynolds' Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    Call. People engaged for W. B. Reynolds' Consolidated Shows, report no later than May 5. Show opens the seventh. W. B. Reynolds, 424 Elm Street, Rockford, Ill. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 94.

    W. B. Reynolds' Consolidated Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Trained Animal Exposition is the title of a new show recently organized at Rockford, Ill. Executive staff: W. B. Reynolds, sole owner and manager; D. J. Fitzgerald, assistant manager; Ford(?) Rowe, treasurer; R. S. Dingess, general agent; Harry Mann, contracting agent; H. C. Burgess, press agent. There will be three brigades ahead of the show; they will be equipped with a novel and original advertising device, each one different from the other. The wagons are paneled with French mirros and ornamented with gold and silver leaf. Wm. Clark will have charge of brigade No. 1, with eight bill posters, one lithographer, and one programmer. Chas. Miller will have charge of brigade No. 2, with six bill posters. Harry Brown will have charge of brigade No. 3, with five assistants. . . . The menagerie will consist of twelve cages of animals, two elephants, three camels, and a performing moose. . . . The following have been engaged: Chas. McMahon . . . Annie Carroll, La Moyne Brothers, Geo. Whitby, Eddie Cunningham . . . Harry and Ella Potter, Master Freddie with his troupe of performing ponies . . . Geo. Winfred, Chas. T. Orrville, Chas. McMahon, equestrian director, with have charge of the dressing room and circls. Prof. Repasz, musical director, with a band of eighteen pieces. Concert people: Mack and Mack, Carrie Fitzgerald, Ron(?) Purvis, Louise Allen, Dan(?) Randall . . . Gertie Whitby, Ed Cunningham. Side show people: Miles Berry . . . Tat Ta Wask, and a colored quartet of jubilee singers. Wm. Rhodes, superintendent of canvas; Chas. Rhodes, assistatn, with twenty canvasmen; Fred Fairfield, superintendent of lights with two assistants; Geo. Williams, superintendent of properties, with five assistants; Pete Johnson, superintendent of the night watch, with two assistants; Dick Thompson, superintendent of stock; Ralph Hawley, assistant, with two eight horse, six six horse and fourteen four horse drivers and eight ordinaries. There will be one hundred and fifty head of stock, of which ninety-eight are matched dappled grays, eighteen head of ring stock and eight Shetland ponies. King and Lee also have the privileges. The show will open early in May at Rockford, Ill. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.

    W. B. Reynolds' Circus began operations at Rockford, Ill., May 7 to packed tents. The roster includes . . . W. M. Batchellor . . . Eddie Cunningham, Anna Carroll, Sig. Carlos, Chas. MacMahon, the La Moyne Bros., and others. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 163.

    The Three Martinnetti Bros. are with W. B. Reynolds' Circus, and not with T. K. Burk's Show, as has been announced. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.

    1892: On the road, circuses: W. B. Reynold's, Paw Paw IL May 18, Sandwich 19 . . . Harvard, 28. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    Wanted, concert and sideshow people for W. B. Reynolds' Shows, a team that can do ___ song and dance, also some curiosity or act strong enough to feature in the sideshow. Address as per route. W. B. Reynolds. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 175.

    On the road, circuses: W. B. Reynold's, Marengo IL May 25, Woodstock 26 . . . New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

    On the road, circuses: W. B. Reynold's, Prescott WI July 14, Cannon Falls MN 17, Northfield 19. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.

    W. B. Reynolds' Shows. Wanted, stock, flat and sleeping cars, performers in every branch of the circus business, sideshow people and billposters. Show going on rail for long season. W. B. Reynolds, Minneapolis, Minn. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 303.

    The Martinetti Brothers close their season with W. B. Reynolds' Circus July 23. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    The La Moyne Bros. are still with W. B. Reynolds' Circus. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 340.

    Mrs. D.(?) J. Fitzgerald, of W. B. Reynolds' Show, was presented by the members of the show with a gold watch and chain, and a gold ring, recently. It was a birthday event. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 356.

    Notes and doings with the W. B. Reynolds Shows. We opened our tenting season at Rockford, Ill., May 7. Since then we have been traveling through Northern Illinois, the entire state of Wisconsin and Southeastern Minnesota. We travel by wagons, and have 150 head of fine stock to transport the show overland. Our canvas consists of 100ft. roung top, with one 50ft. middle piece for big top. Menagerie, __ft. round top, with three 30ft. middle pieces. Dressing room 60(?)ft. round top, with one 30ft. middle piece. Sideshow 60ft. round top with one 40ft. middle piece. Also four large horse tents and one cook tent. We have a ten cage menagerie, with one elephant and two camels, and carry two tableaux wagons. Charles McMahon is riding a bounding jockey and four horse act, Harry and Ella Potter, aerialists are making the hit of the show. They are also doing a double ascentions to the dome of the canvas. La Moyne Bros., light(?) bar experts, always get a big hand, as do Chas. Orville, equilibrist, and Eddie Cunningham, contortionist. Geo. Whitby is doing double somersaults over elephants, camels and horses, and Master Freddie's pony hurdle is hurrah, whoop la, from start to finish. Geo. Winfred, clown, is making everybody laugh. Mr. Reynolds congratulates himself for having as fine a one ring show as anybody, while Gabe Boone's band of twelve pieces make everybody take their hats off to him. July 23 being Mrs. D. J. Fitzgerald's birthday, the company presented her with a fine gold watch and chain and diamond ring. At Minneapolis Aug. 6, Mrs. Ella Potter was presented with an elegant gold necklace set with diamonds, a diamond brooch, and solid gold bracelet set with diamonds and rubies. Mr. and Mrs. Potter banqueted the entire company on Sunday, Aug. 7, at the St. Charles Hotel. Everybody around the show is happy, and the "man in white" makes his visits regularly once a week. We opened at Minneapolis Aug. 4, at the Baseball Park, in the very heart of the city. We show three districts at Minneapolis and then open at St. Paul. Ours is the first show to visit the twin cities this season, and business is big both afternoon and night. This show can be counted as one of the lucky ones this season, and Mr. Reynolds has proven himself to be a good manager and has won the good will and respect of all. Geo. Whitby and Orville have also had birthdays, and were not forgotten. Ed. Holland and Mr. Reynold's brother visited July 23. Martinetti Bros. closed, going to New York. Clyde Phillips and Mlle. Nanon joined. Anna Carroll is on the sick list, but is improving fast, and will soon be again in the ring. She has been doing some fine riding. Charles McMahon's wonderful four horse act closes the show. Charles Orville, the post man, furnishes the show each week with twenty-five Clippers. His barrel and table act is first class. The "white elephant" calls upon the members every Thursday, and all are happy. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 372.

    Eddie Cunningham, contortionist, now with W. B. Reynolds' Circus, will hereafter be known as Royetto. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 456.

    Miles Berry, general agent of the W. B. Reynolds Shows, is taking a vacation, and is visiting his relatives at Constantine, Mich. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.

    [Ad] At liberty, Miles Berry, agent and manager, circus or theatrical. Ten years' experience. Just closed as general agent W. B. Reynolds Circus. Address Box __, Constantine, Mich. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 548.

    A lion belonging to W. B. Reynolds' Circus, which is in winter quarters at Rockford, Ill., escaped from his cage last week, and a fierce battle between the beast and the attendants ensued. The lion first attacked and killed a valuable midget pony, then seriously lacerated a kangaroo and tore the monkeys' cage to pieces, injuring several of the animals. Bob Reynolds and James McGillas, the keeper, pluckily succeeded in lassoing and hold the infuriated beast until he could be chained to the floor. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

    Circus outfit for sale. On account of going by rail next season I offer my entire wagon show outfit for sale. New last season. . . . stakes, ropes, poles. 26 lengths blue seats, ? lengths reserve seats, back and foot rest, 2 advance wagons, one carved, 2 passenger hacks, 1 tableaux and wardrobe combined. 1 tickte wagon, 1 large property wagon, 1 small cage, 1 pole wagon, 1 side pole and canvas wagon, 1 canvas wagon, 1 stable wagon, 1 plank wagon, 1 jack wagon, 1 stringer wagon, 1 cook wagon, 1 stake and chain wagon, 2 property wagons. Will be sold togehter or separate at a bargain if taken soon. I also want to buy or rent a few more cars and railroad show property. W. B. Reynolds' Consolidated Shows, Circus, Museum and Menagerie, Rockford, Ill., ___ Elm Street. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 630.

• From the W. B. Reynold's route book for 1892. The circus opened at Rockford, May 7th. On May 9th it appeared in Pecatonia, May 10th at Freeport, May 11th at Lanark, May 12th at Polo, May 14th at Sterling. All Illinois. Bandwagon, August, 1942, Vol 1, No. 9, p. 3.

• See a brief article on the 1892 show, online in Bandwagon, October 1944 (scroll down).

1893:

    Reynold's Great Railroad Shows, Circus, Menagerie and Hippodrome. Wanted for traveling season 1893 people in all branches of circus and hippodrome business. Riders, gymnasts, acrobats, aerialists, singing and talking clowns and any special feature and attraction for circus or hippodrome. Waned for side show and concert all kinds of living curiosities (send photos), male and female artists of a novel character, musicians, bagpipers and caliope [sic] player. Circus, hippodrome, side show, concert people etc. and master of transportation address W. B. Reynolds, 414(?) Elm Street, Rockford, Ill. Billposters and lithographers address ?. C. Blake, Rockford, Ill. . . . Canvas men, chandelier men, property men, and ast. boss canvas men address Wm. Rhodes, Rockford, Ill. . . . I also have a complete wagon show outfit for sale cheap, new last Spring. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 729.

    Wm. Elkin, talking clown, and his wife, Georgie Elkin, chariot driver, have signed with the W. B. Reynolds Show. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.

    Durand and Rogan and wife have signed with Reynolds' Circus. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.

    Notes from the O'Dell show. Things begin to look like the Spring opening. The painters are busy getting the cage and tableaux and wagons ready for the road. C. W. O'Dell is getting the ring stock and trick horses and ponies ready for the opening. He promises to bring out something new in the equestrian line, in the shape of a black bear, riding and jumping objects. Mr. O'Dell has ??? broken a pair of elk, which will be used in the hippodrome, driven to sulkies. Madame Ella Potter(?) is daily practicing her two new horses, Pearl and Fannie. Harry Potter is breaking a new hurdle horse for the coming season. Mr. Reynolds is at present in Kentucky buying thoroughbred stock to be used in the hippodrome. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 821.

    The notes appearing to come form "C. W. O'Dell's Show" in last week's Clipper should have been credited to W. B. Reynolds' Show. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.

    The Three Melrose Bros., acrobats, have signed with the Reynolds' Show. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.

    The Odell Bros., contortionists, and Mrs. May Odell have signed with the W. B. Reynold's Shows. New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 34.

    Notes from Reynold's Great Railroad Shows. The shows spent Sunday, May 21(?), at Jefferson, Ia., and paid a tribute to a departed comrade, as it is well known that "Yankee" Robinson [is] buried there. No man stood higher in his chosen profession, than he for whom this mark of respect was paid. He was a man of wonderful ___ and originality and was regarded with great esteme by his fellow brethren in the profession. The procession started from in front of the Hotel Head, headed by Mr. Reynolds, followed by Prof. ___'s Columbian band playing a dirge composed expressly for the occasion by Prof. Boone(?). The executive staff and performers, together with some fifty or more carriages containing citizens, brought up the rear. At the cemetery brief services were held, consisting of a prayer and a few appropriate remarks by the Rev. John McKee(?). The Columbian band then rendered "Nearer My God to Thee," while many a tear glistened on the faces of the ___ friends. As each one filed past the grave they deposited a floral offering upon the same, among which was a beautiful wreath, a gift of Mr. Reynolds. The large elephants, Queen, Jumbo and Baldy(?), are features with the shows. We have been doing a splendid business through Illinois and Iowa, and are now in Nebraska. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    Wanted, boss hostler, boss property man, Address Coal City, Ill. 17. Reynold's Great Railroad Shows. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 306.

    The Livingstone Family have left the Sells & Rentfrow Circus, and are now with W. B. Reynolds' Circus. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

    Ed. C. Murphy joined W. B. Reynolds' Shows at Blanchester, O., Aug. 9. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 412.

    Paducah, Kentucky. W. B. Reynold's Circus will show here Aug. 30. Mr. Reynolds has been trying to bring his circus here for nearly a month but thought the city license too high. The city license is $___ per day. Mr. Reynolds intended to show outside the city limits, and had the ground picked out for that purpose, but last week his agent went before the City Council and asked for a reduction, which was granted, the license being reduced to $50(?). New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 413.

    Roster of car No. 1 of W. B. Reynold's Circus. L. C. Blake, manager . . . William Saunders, William Bullock, Charley Reid . . . Harry Weiman, Robert Eldridge, Edward Warren, Sam Ack and L. C. Blake Jr. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 447.

    . . . W. B. Reynolds Show . . . The band, numbering sixteen musicians, is now under the leadership of Prof. Frank G. Heald. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.

    Memphis, Tennessee. Reynold's Circus comes Oct. 23 for two performances. New York Clipper, October 28, 1893, p. 544.

    Roster of W. B. Reynolds' Circus band. Prof. Frank G. Heald, Fletcher Mason, Earl C. May, A. M. Masser, Emil Miller, W. H. Holmes, Otto Miller, Walter Smith . . . C. W. Cleveland . . . O. Barber, Harry Fordyce, A. W. Herrick . . . W. A. Cleveland and Adolph Snyder. Sideshow band: Prof. A. E. Patterson, B. W. Patterson . . . Charles Stanley, John Hyle, Dock Dickson . . . and M. J. Cowan. New York Clipper, October 28, 1893, p. 545.

    On the road, circuses: Reynolds', . . . Lebanon TN Nov 3 . . . Carthage 6, Callatin 7, Bowling Green KY 8. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 559.

    Louisville, Kentucky. W. B. Reynold's, a circus proprietor, en route to Cincinnati with his circus to go into winter quarters, arrived here 2?. A bail writ was served on Mr. Reynolds by the attorneys of L. G. ___, a liveryman at Gadsdee, Ala., for a bill of $150(?), alleged to be due for feed furnished the circus. New York Clipper, December 2, 1893, p. 624.

    Gadsden, Ala., November 22. Fully 3,000 people were in Gasden today to attend Reynold's circus, but were disappointed as the circus was stranded in Chattanooga Tuesday, and the proprietors skipped, leaving the circus with the employes. Atlanta Consitution (Atlanta, GA), Thursday, November 23, 1893, p. 2.

1894:

    Wanted, for Reynolds' World United Shows, Circus, Menagerie and Royal Roman Hippodrome. People in all branches circus and hippodrome business. Side show people, freaks and curiosities address G. W. Fursman(?), Pleasant Valley, Dutchess Co., N.Y.; Canvas men, seat men, train men and property men address E. D. Barnum, ___ House, Rockford, Ill. Grooms, jockeys, 4, 6, and 8 horse drivers address Dick Thompson, ___ South Church Street, Rockford, Ill. Chandelier men address Jas. McGillas, __ Rockton Avenue, Rockford, Ill. Animal man address Harry Petts, Rockford, Ill. Performers, musicians, wardrobe women and men and all others address W. B. Reynolds, manager, ___ Elm Street, Rockford, Ill. Also wanted an additional number of knockabout clowns. Want to buy sleeping car(?). New York Clipper, February 10, 1894, p. 793.

    Wanted, free exhibition attraction, for the Reynolds Circus and Menagerie. Sideshow features, musicians, concert people. Those who double in band given preference. Candy stand men, boss sideshow canvas man. Address Geo. W. Fursman . . . Pleasant Valley, N.Y. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 808.

    Royetto, contortionist, has signed with W. B. Reynolds' World's United Shows. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.

    The three Cleveland Brothers, musicians, including Earl O.(D.?) Cleveland, euphonium soloist, have signed with Reynolds' World United Shows, making their third season with that organization. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    Clay Lambert has re-engaged as contracting agent with W. B. Reynolds' Circus and Menagerie for the coming season. . . . New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    Hunt, the juggler, has signed with the W. B. Reynold's Shows. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    All performers engaged for Reynold's Worlds United Shows, report at Rockford, Ill., by May 2, musicians, April 30. Show opens May 5. . . . W. B. Reynolds, general manager, Rockford, Ill. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 112.

1895:

    For Sale Reynold's Circus, Menagerie and Hippodrome. The entire outfit, consisting of band wagons, ticket wagon, cages, tableau chariots, baggage wagons, cars, animals, horses, harness, trappings, wardrobe, lights, tents, poles and all properties complete. Animals include the two largest and best performing elephants in American, also the lot of ring stock, then in number, will be sold in a bunch or separate. G. W. Reynolds, sole owner, Rockford, Ill. New York Clipper, November 2, 1895, p. 559.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Reynolds Family Circus - 1989, 1991-92

1989: The Reynolds Family Circus from Mount Vernon, Illinois had Spring and Fall dates in the Midwest, Owner Bill Reynolds led the five piece band. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 22.

1991: Bill Reynold's show exhibited in the Midwest in the Spring and Fall. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 17.

1992: Owner Bill Reynolds titled his show Reynolds Showcase Theatre, A Magical Indoor Circus in 1992. The show toured from early April to mid-May, and again October-November. Owner Reynolds was ringmaster. Bandwagon, January-February, 1993, p. 15.

• A Reynolds Family Circus (including Reynolds Family Showcase Circus) is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1983-1993, 1998, 2000, Dan and Faye Reynolds, owners.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rex Bros. - 1957

    Rex Bros. opened in Shawnee, Oklahoma, January 27, 1957. Bob Couls was manager. Southern Sawdust, No. 100, August, 1979, p. 43.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rexford Bros. - 1896

    The following have signed with the Rexford Brothers' Shows: the Sisters Mendoza, gymnasts; Crawford Bros., horizontal bars; Frank Burt and Mrs. Burt, balancing act . . . Chris Meyers, trick kicker; Oscar Brown, knockabout clown . . . New York Clipper, May 30, 1896, p. 199.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rhoda Royal's - 1900, 1912, 1918-19   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900-01, 1907-1910, 1919-1922

1900:

    The Rhoda Royal Shows get Long Island this year. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5.

    Tony Richardson, who was treasurer of the Walter Main Circus, holds the same position with the Great Rhoda Royal Shows this year. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.

    In Renovo, Pa., they recently gave exceptionally creditable performances. . . . Madam Royal in the delightful menage act; Prof. Joe Berris in his unexcelled equine paradox; the marvelous Eddys; the Petits, in their thrilling triple bar work in mid-air; the Johnson Brothers, were all special features. The finale to the circus programme was the wonderful exhibition of horsemanship by the body of Rough Riders, under command of Capt. Sharp. . . . The financial end of the show is taken care of by that king of treasuers, "Tony" Richardson. Billboard, July 7, 1900, p. 5.

• Information on the 1900 Rhoda Royal show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 6, p. 12.

1912:

    Rhoda Royal, who is appearing at the Hippodrome, St. Louis, with several of his animal acts, will follow this engagement with two weeks at the Great Northern Hippodrome, Chicago, directly after which he will re-open his annual winter indoor circus, ending the tour with a week in Denver prior to opening with Sells-Floto, for the tenting season. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1918:

    Kansas City, Mo.. Dec. 29. Rhoda Royal today closed a deal with H. H. Tammen whereby the title of Buffalo Bill's Wild West was leased for a year. Mr. Tammen had been figuring to sublet the title to other interests, but Rhoda Royal made so flattering a proposition that it was immediately accepted. So a new show waa again created, which will be known as Buffalo Bill's Original Wild West. It is to be a twenty-four car show, and in addition to the Wild West features will embrace the spectacle entitled Revels in Hindooland. The latter conception is original with Mr. Royal, and will be interpolated with many astounding and sesational features. Ed C. Warner, former general agent of the Sells-Floto Shows, was engaged p. 66 Billboard, January 5, 1918, p. 3.

    These are busy days at the Rhoda Royal ring barn, Chicago. Leo Hamilton is breaking in three new acts, also a number of riders are receiving their initial instructions from him. Jack Harris, many years a clown policeman with the Sells-Floto Circus, is in charge of the commissary department of the ring barn. Bill Hayes is whipping several new elephant acts into shape. Billboard, January 26, 1918, p. 31.

    Rhoda Royal's Circus made its appearance at the Empress Theater, Cincinnati. The performance opened with the grand introductory tournament and closed with a Wild West exhibition. The acts included May Day, the marble posing horse, with dogs and doves, in reproductions of famous sculptors; John Edward Casey, with his educated ponies and dogs; Tiny May, the baby elephant; Three Nelson Sisters, tight wire; James McCammon, mule hurdle riding; high school horses worked by John Fuller, Josephine Keller and Dolly Mullens; Frederic Collier, three-horse bareback riding; Prof. William Hays, with Muggins, an immense pachyderm, and Buster, pony; the Original Nelson Family of acrobats, and the Wild West exhibition of broncho busting, roping and whip manipulating, by Nebraska bill, daring riding by Dolly Mullens and bucking mule riding. Three clowns, John Slater, James McCammon and Arthur LaRue. The performance will be strengthened by the addition of Ray O'Wesney and wife, engaged to put on menage, dogs and ponies and bareback riding. . . . The staff: Rhoda Royal, owner and director; Herbert S. Maddy, manager; Frank Harrold, advance representative; John Fuller, equestrian director; William Hays, supt. of elephants; Nebraska Bill, supt. of horses; Frank Hutchins, supt. properties; and Jack Slater, master of transportation. Billboard, March 9, 1918, pp. 30, 41.

    Wanted for Buffalo Bill Wild West and Rhoda Royal Circus. Contracting agent, billposters, programmers, boss canvasman, ring stock boss, grooms, canvasmen, chandelier man, cowgirls, cowboys, bucking horse and bucking mule riders, clowns. Want man to furnish side show and pit shows, man to run candy stands, band leader and musicians. Agents and billposters, programmers, address Herbert S. Maddy, Grand Pacific Hotel. All others address Rhoda Royal, Grand Pacific Hotel. Show opens in Chicago, May 11th. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 20, 1918, p. 63.

    The Buffalo Bill Wild West and Rhoda Royal Circus begins its tour of the Chicago lots May 11. Herbert S. Maddy is manager. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 29.

    Kansas City, Mo.. Dec. 29. — Rhoda Royal today closed a deal with H. H. Tammen whereby the title of Buffalo Bill's Wild West was leased for a year. Mr. Tammen had been figuring to sublet the title to other interests, but Rhoda Royal made so flattering a proposition that it was immediately accepted. So a new show was again created, which will be known as Buffalo Bill's Original Wild West. It is to be a twenty-four car show, and in addition to the Wild West features will embrace the spectacle entitled Revels in Hindooland. The latter conception is original with Mr. Royal, and will be interpolated with many astounding and sensational features. Ed C. Warner, former general agent of the Sells-Floto Shows, was engaged by Mr. Royal, and will have charge of the advance of the new show. Mr. Royal left for Chicago tonight to commence outfitting his show, and promises he will present the greatest and most entertaining Wild West performance since the days of Cody, Salisbury and Bailey. Headquarters for the new show will be at the Grand Pacific Hotel, Chicago. Billboard, January 5, 1918, pp. 3, 66.

    Springfield, Ill., May 11. The Rhoda Royal Circus Company of Chicago was incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois early this week. The incorporators are Tage Joranson, B. Zeisler and Benjamin M. Stout. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 71.

    Winter quarters, Rhoda Royal Circus, Rhoda Royal, manager; Petersburg, Va. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 45.

1919:

    Wanted immediately for Rhoda Royal Circus. Circus treasurer and book-keeper, ticket sellers, circus and wild west people, all lines; clowns, performers, family acts and animal acts, white band leader and musicians. Want quick, iron jaw act, prefer ladies; also colored musicians, circus agent, and billposters. Our advance opens May 15. Want boss canvasman, must handle lights. Boss hostler and assistant. Want expecially sideshow manager and sideshow people, including Punch, knee figures, knife throwing, Indian bead workers, illusion, midgets or giants. Whirling dervish and oriental dancers that can work in big show; also inside talkers. All people above address Rhoda Royal Shows, Memphis, Tenn. Good privilege car chef and lunch car people. Privilege people, pitchmen, butchers, advertising banners, balloons and whips, photograph, farm paper, hamburger joint, doll rack, ticket sellers, until May 15; after that Memphis, Tenn. Address Fred Ashley, Jacksonville, Fla. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 10, 1919, p. 39.

    The Rhoda Royal Circus has been contracted for the Centennial Celebration at Memphis, May 19-24. The tent will be six poles - one hundred and fifty foot round top and five fifty foot middle pieces. Rhoda Royal himself will direct the big show. The Rhoda Royal Circus road show begins its tour May 25. Billboard, May 24, 1919, p. 39.

    The Rhoda Royal Show has enjoyed prosperity through Tennessee, Kentucky and W. Va. The routing of the show and advance is directed by Dan France, an old veteran traffic man and general agent. Billboard, July 19, 1919, p. 82.

    Jacksonville, Fla., Nov. 24. Rhoda Royal, equestrian director and circus manager, is here making arrangements for the show's engagement here next week. Mr. Royal reports a wonderful season playing through West Virginia, Tennessee, North and South Carolina and Georgia. The show, a three-ring outfit, with two stages and a hippodrome track, has been making all one-day stands, and is now heading towards Florida, where it will play about five weeks prior to closing for the season. Mr. Roayl has recently enlarged the show by adding two new cars, purchased lately together with a carload of dappled grey baggage horses. A new Delco light plant has been installed on the show train. Next season the show will take the road as a twenty-car show. Rhoda Royal has closed contracts for several indoor events for the winter season, all of them under Shrine auspices and all of them in cities in the Middle West. - Sydney Wire. Billboard, November 29, 1919, p. 81.

• More on the 1919 Rhoda Royal show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

• Article on the history of the Rhoda Royal shows, 1919-1922, with information on the careers of the owners and 1919-1922 routes, is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1961.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rhodus & Whiteley's - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-09

    Rhodus-Whiteley Dog and Pony Show: James B. Rhodus and J. Walter Whiteley, proprietors; Omer J. Kenyon, general agent and contractor; Lute Jennings, special agent; Joe Turner, treasurer; George McDowell, press agent; Walter Whiteley, equestrian director; Newt Allen, manager commissary dept.; Shorty Sailor LaDew, supt. of canvas; Lew Wren, supt. of privileges; Lew Ladd, supt. of stock; Geo. Hawk, supt. of props.; Prof. Dave Lowery, band leader. [may be James R. Rhodus] Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

• See also: Whiteley Shows

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Chas. E. Rice's Dog & Pony Show - 1897

    Chas. E. Rice's Two Ring Dog and Pony Show. The following people have thus far signed: the Herlacher Family, six in number; Tony Burch,J. Harvey Briggs and Bob Davis, C. A. Collingsworth. R. V. Hovey on advance with two assistants. C. W. Todd, known as "Mexican Charley," will have charge of the layout. Territory: Indiana, Illinois, Ohio and Kentucky. Show opens early in April at Louisville, Kentucky, for a three weeks' stay. Prof. Chas. E. Rice closed contract for six exhibitions of his trained dogs at the Kentucky BeachShow March 17-20. New York Clipper, March 6, 1897, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Dan Rice's - 1848-49, 1855-59, 1860-61, 1866, 1869, 1870-72, 1881   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1848-1879, 1917, 1936-37, 1945

• An article on the career of Dan Rice and his shows is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 4, pp. 15-21.

1848:

    [Advertisement] Dan Rice & Co.'s Metropolitan & Hippodramatic Circus. Dan Rice & G. R. Spalding, proprietors. This beautiful and unique establishment, blending selections from the monsters North American and New York Circus, into one immense treble company, will be exhibited in Alton, on Thursday, June 20th, at half past 2 and half past 7 p.m. Admission, dress circus, 50 cents. Children half price. Boxes 25 cents.
    In this establishment is a long cherished project, of collecting such of the most distinguished equestrians and gymanasts in the East, as have never appeared this side of the mountains, and seldom, indeed, __ of those metropolitan cities, their displays having been restricted to those populous towns, by the high salaries such exalted talents demanded. It is now proposed to furnish to the Western public, entertainments of this nature, of the same scale and grade as have hitherto been confined to those centres of refinement and luxury, to effect this, the projectors of this enterprise have purchased the steamer "Alleghany Mail," and are in this manner enabled to transport many appointments that are impracticable by land conveyance, as well as to have the stud of horses and troupe of performers always fresh and rested.
    It is impossible to enumerate withing the limits of an advertisement, all the members of the troupe, with that passing reference to their qualifications which their reputation merits. The names of the leaders of each department, which are in this circus classified and reduced to distinct heads, will be an assurance, it is trusted, of the excellence as well as purity of the entire entertainment. The department of comedy is under the charge of the hero of the day, the gentleman, scholar, wit, orator, and preacher, Dan Rice! the great Shakspearean jester and original clown, in the noon-day ___ of whose wit, the feeble essays o fall other punsters, shimmer with a pale and uncertain light. His humor is always racy and spicy; always effervescing, sparkling and bubbling over.
    The dramatic equitation is superintended by Mr. Burnish, who rides his characters as well as most actors act them, and displays a taste and the ___ of study and research, not often witnessed upon the stage. Madame Camilla Gardner is the Empress of the female department; and alternately thrills the beholder with consternation and delight, by her dashing and brilliant feats. The music is under the direction of Profs. Muller, Crump & Wetzel, and each branch of the entertainment sustained by competent and numerous artistes. In short, everything will be unexceptionable, and that regard paid to order and decorum, and to the properties of the circule, without which the best performances are offensive. Alton Telegraph (IL), June 23, 1848, n.p.n.

1849:

    At Dan Rice's Circus, in Frederick, on Saturday night week, tickets were sold to the amount of $575. This, at 25 cents each, would amount to 2300 persons. There were five circuses in Frederick during the summer, and all equally well attended. They must have a great taste for such things in that region. Adams Sentinel (Gettysburg, PA), October 22, 1849, n.p.n.

1855:

    [Advertisement] Dan Rice's Show is Coming! Dan Rice respectfully announces to the citizens of this vicinity that his great equestrian establishment as organized for 1855, will have the honor of appearing before them at Hornellsville, Monday, July 23d. Admission 25 cents. Performances commence at 2 and 7 p.m. The three great features that distinguish Dan Rice's Great Show from every other exhibition in the country are as follows: 1. The brilliant army of professional talent. 2. The beautiful stud of horses, ponies and mules. 3. The most perfectly trained wild animals ever exhibited.
    Among the equestrian talent the follow eminent artists will appear: Mrs. Dan Rice, in her great manege act, is a feature which challenges the most enthusiastic admiration of all who witness it. The rapid evolutions and fearful leaping excite a deep and thrilling interest in the scene. The justly celebrated and beautiful equestrienne M'lle Frank Vic. M'me Jonta, the vocalist. M'lle Georgiana. F. H. Roston, the great six and eight horse rider, and maitre de circque. Young Jean Johnson, the roscius of the arena, tight rope dancer, scene rider, and best general performer now living.
    W. O. Dale, the champion vaulter, being the only one who has thrown 100 consecutive summersets. Charles Noyes, the Little Giant. Jacob Showles, whose numerous acrobatic feats have placed him in the front rank of his profession. William Walker, the great equilibrist and gymnast on the corde volant. Master Charles Read, the infant prodigy, with Dan Rice and his counterpart, Little Mike Lipman.
    In his zoological collection will be found the stupendous and magnificent elephant, Lalla Rookh, who, among other feats and sagacious tricks, has been taught to walk the tight rope! Dan Rice will convince the public there will be nothing done in the exhibition but what is novel, wonderful, and morally instructive. During each exhibition, Dan Rice will introduce his thorough-bred horse, Excelsior, and the famous pair of educated mules! taught to perform some of the most laughable and incredible feats of sagacity.
    Besides these, will be exhibited the most extraordinary performances of the largest and most perfectly trained Australian bear ever captured. This ferocious and hitherto untameable beast is performed with the most perfect address, by his keeper, the famous Lovell, by whom he was brought to this country. The weight of this bear is near 2,000 pounds. Besides all the splendid achievements of Dan's dancing horses, trick ponies, and performing mules.
    A beautiful cornet band (silver instruments) in their beautiful band carriage, drawn by highly caparisoned horses, pronounced the first and most accomplished in America, and led by the mighty Sig. Rossini, will head the grand procession, and pass through the principal streets at 10 o'clock a.m., on the day of exhibition. C. H. Castle, agent. This company exhibit at Angelica on Saturday, July 21st., and at Bath on Tuesday, July 24th. Hornellsville Tribune (NY), July 19, 1855, n.p.n.

• 1856: online at:
Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, June 14,   Clipper, July 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 23,   Clipper, October 25 (scroll down)

1857:

    [Advertisement] Dan Rice's Great Show! With new features, irresistable attractions, strong inducements, and powerful adjuncts, will shortly be in Syracuse, when the citizens will enjoy the luxury of seeing the tamed rhinoceros, an elephant walk a tight rope, and a model circus. Under the sole control and direction of the American humorist, Dan Rice. Chas. H. Castle, premier agent and sole contractor. Richard P. Jones, associate advertiser. Syracuse Daily Courier (NY), May 9, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1857: information is online at Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)

1858:

    [Advertisement] Dan Rice's Great Show! The same gorgeous and meritorious organization, which lately performed with such unusual success at Niblo's Garden, N. Y., and Welch's National, Philadelphia, will exhibit at Milwaukee two days, Thursday and Friday, June 24 and 25. The whole under the supervision of Dan Rice. Who, for the first time in many years, will have the honor of appearing in Wisconsin.
    Special card from the manager of publications. The agents of the great show being fully awareof the great interest entertained by the people of the West, for Dan Rice, and at the same time cognizant of the fact that they want but to be assured that Dan will appear. In order to ensure a triumphal reception for him, they avail themselves of the only vehicle for imparting the news, and announce proudly and publicaly that on the date above mentioned he will be forthcoming with his splendid retinue of blooded horses and educated animals and a company of artists of superior merit and will earned reputation.
    The agents knowing, at the same time, that in this locality quite a number of exhibitons of various grades and character are advertised, and that fertile fancies have given birth to the most extravagant promises, whilst a spirit of emulation has generated a considerable amount of gasconade, would quietly remark that the great show possesses 7 features which can be seen in no other exhibition in the world. 1st - The only elephant which can, does, and will walk a tight rope. 2d - The largest rhinocerous ever captured. The only one in America. And the first and only one in the world ever tamed. He will be let loose in the ring.
    3d - The only pair of comic mules. 4th - The only waltzing camel. 5th - The only talking horse - the original "one" horse circus "Excelsior," the beautiful, dappled grey eagle. Whose intelligence so impressed those who saw him in New York, that he was styled the Animal with a Soul. 6th - The only female horse tamer, Mrs. Libbie Showles, who will introduce the Wild Mexican Mustang, Eureka. 7th - And the only really entertaining man, who wears the motley, Dan Rice, the conversationalist & humorist. We also claim to be a complete formation, not a troupe divided into fractions. With one set of performers with two sets of names. But a union of novelty, originality and attraction. The combined elements of which constitute the great show. This show fulfills and promises and performs all it advertises.
    We also feel warranted in asserting that the finest managed horses in the world, are included in our stables; and also that we have the most modest, chaste and accomplished equestrienne in America, Mrs. Sallie Stickney, who is accompanied by her father, S. P. Stickney, the veteran equestrian. Mr. H. F. Rosston, the champion horsemean will appear as a standard star. The regular company consists of Mrs. Dan Rice, Mrs. L. Sholes, Miss Estille, Miss Kate, Little Emma. Dr. J. L. Thayer, the clown and comedian. Mr. Jacob Showles, the grotesque. Mast. Chas. Reed, Mr. Chas. Noyse, Mast. S. Stickney, Mast. F. Barclay, Mr. J. C. Clark, Mr. S. Carter, Mast. Robert, Mr. Moray, and Dan Rice.
    The immense caravan, consisting of eighty people and 100 horses, will make an exposition parade on the morning of the exhibition day, when the 20 horse band and carriage, containing Canhams Brass and String Band will be driven by the best reinsman in America. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock. Performances will commence at 2 and 8 o'clock. Admission, Boxes 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Children to boxes 25 cents. No half price to Pit. Daily Milwaukee News (WI), June 16, 1858, p. 1.

• Daniel McClaren and Tom Farwell were owners of Dan Rice's Great Show in 1858-60.

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, January 2,   Clipper, January 9,   Clipper, April 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 24,   Clipper, May 8,   Clipper, May 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 22,   Clipper, May 29,   Clipper, June 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 12,   Clipper, June 19,   Clipper, June 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 10,   Clipper, July 31,   Clipper, August 14
Clipper, September 11,   Clipper, October 9,   Clipper, October 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 18 (scroll down)

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, May 7,   Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, June 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, July 23,   Clipper, August 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 29,   Clipper, September 10,   Clipper, October 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 19 (scroll down)

• 1860: online at:
Clipper, January 7,   Clipper, February 4,   Clipper, April 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 12   Clipper, June 2,   Clipper, July 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 14,   Clipper, August 18,   Clipper, August 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 21,   Clipper, November 17,   Clipper, December 1,   Clipper, December 8 (scroll down)

• Information on Dan Rice's Circus, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

1861:

    [Advertisement] Dan Rice's Great Show! The most novel, unique and extraordinary exhibition upon earth. Comprising more new, wonderful and startling attractions than can be produced in any single establishment in any part of the world, is now paying a long intended visit to the Northwestern States, the proprietor having been induced by repeated invitations from prominent citizens to bear the risk of transporting hither this colossal concern, which has been brought together at an expense of $50,000 and many years of assiduous labor. Will exhibit at Beaver Dam on Monday, August 26th, performances afternoon and night. Admission 25 cents, children to all parts 25 cents. Reserved cushioned seats 50 cents. Seats for everybody.
    Monster exhibition is not a circus, not a menagerie, but a grand exhibiton of the wonders of nature and art, including highly trained animals, and remarkable exploits of athletic powers and agility, such as are without parallell in any country, and which have received the patronage and endorsement of crowded and fashionable audiences in New York, Philadelphia and Baltimore. Combining amusement and instruction and calculated to gratify the taste of the intellectual, the moral and refined.
    The first appearance in this region of the great American humorist, Dan Rice, who is not dead! As some of his enemies have reported, but now comes to greet the good friends who sustained him in the hour of adversity, with a combination of startling wonders, such as never before been witnessed in the West. Dan Rice himself will appear at each performance of the great show and amuse the public as in the days of yore, with his unrivalled powers of wit, humor, sarcasm, and original oratory.
    It would be impossible in the limits of a newspaper advertisement to give the names of the numerous artists attached to the "Great Show," or to enumerate more than a few of its most prominent features, among which will be found a grand tournament, or the Field of Cloth of Gold, a Dream of Chivalry, in which will is presented with life-like accuracy, scenes of knightly valor & prowess. Forming a perfect picture of the animated contests of the middle ages. Which have been described in romance and history, introducing the entire troupe, men, women and horses, the characters dressed in the costume of the period, and the horses superbly caparisoned.
    Mons. Alexander Zanfretti, the Creole Blondin on the corde tendue. The performing bear Garibaldi, in the zoological and homological comedy of Bear and Sentinel. Frank H. Rosston, the champion horseman in equestrian splendors.
    Ella Zoyara, the embodiment of youth, beauty, grace, daring, and artistic skill, will appear in her wonderous scene of equitation, which has enchanted the most fashionable audience of Europe, and place her at the very head of her profession. During her European career she was recipient of the highest compliments and numerous costly presents from crowned heads and the nobility, while in America wherever she has appeared, she has excited a degree of enthusiasm absolutely without a parallel. The female Rarey, Mrs. Jacob Showles, will perform the American Cruiser, Dun Eagle.
    All the animals, including the rhinocerous, kangaroo, goat, monkeys, ponies, Excelsior Jr., and the comic mules will be brought forward. The ancient and modern gymnasia, by 47 performers, introducing the famous Leap for Life. Dan Rice will personally superintend each and every performance.
    The "Great Show" will exhibit at Sparta, Tuesday, August 20. New Lisbon, Wednesday, August 21. Kilbourn, Thursday, August 22. Portage City, Friday, August 23. Fox Lake, Saturday, August 24. Beaver Dam, Monday, Aug. 26. Also Horicon, Fond du Lac, Oshkosh, Neenah, Appleton, Ripon, and Berlin, in September. Beaver Dam Democrat (WI), August 17, 1861, p. 1.

1866:

    [Advertisement] At Gettysburg on Wednesday, April 18, 1866. The grand procession will take place at ten o'clock a.m. Exhibitions: afternoon at 2 o'clock, evening at 7 o'clock. Stupendous consolidation. Two separate and distinct shows in the same tent, for one price of admission. Dan Rice's Mammoth Menagerie and North American Circus! Under the immediate supervision of Col. Dan Rice. In order to accomodate those who desire to witness the animal exhibitions, without coming in contact with the circus performances, Mr. Rice has arranged the following programme, which will be strictly observed:
    Immediately after the opening of the doors, the exhibition of the menagerie will commence and continue for one hour, during which time Mr. Rice will deliver an interesting and succinct lecture upon the animal kingdon. After which an intermission of five minutes, giving those a chance to retire that do not wish to witness the performances in the arena. At the close of the animal exhibitions the performances will take place in the circus, by the North American Circus company, in which Dan Rice will appear in his great and original character of the American humorist. Admission to both shows, only 50 cents. Children under 10 years of age, 25 cents. The same price will be charged to either exhibitions separate.
    18 cages of wild animals, Langworth's performing lions, tigers & cougars. Educated buffalo and dromedary, trick ponies, monkeys and mules. Sacred cattle of India, flock of Palentine sheep, the wonderful blind talking horse Excelsior Jr. The beautiful Arabian trick horse, Douglass, the monster elephant, Romeo. The largest elephant ever captured. This elephant was taken about six years ago in his native country by his present keeper and trainer, Stewart Craven, Esq., and is the only Asiatic elephant ever seen on this continent. A grand array of ornithological specimens, or wanderers of the upper deep, comprising birds of rare and gorgeous plumage, of every land and clime.
    Equestrian and gymnastic department: M'lle ida, Miss Annetta Aymer, Mrs. Sam Stickney, Sam Stickney Jr., S. D. Baldwin, Moore Bros., Frederick Barclay, Geo. Darious, H. King, Young Henderson, Mast. Dan Clark, Lazelle Brothers, &c. Remember Dan Rice appears at both exhibitions: 1st as lectured in the menagerie. 2d. as clown and jester (for the first time in many years) in the circus.
    Everything about this establishment is entirely new, and fitted up in a style of magnificence and dazzling splendor hitherto unattempted by any manager, either in Europe or America. This being characteristic of the libertality of the stateman, patriot and humorist, whose name stands at the head of these consolidated exhibitions. Adams Sentinel (Gettysburg, PA), April 10, 1866, n.p.n.

1869:

    [Advertisement] Dan Rice's Own Circus. Great humorist's farewell tour through the United States. Will exhibit at Decatur, Tuesday, May 18th, with the original and only Dan Rice as clown.
    Among the stars are: Charles Reed, the American centaur, whose evolutions on the 'pad' and terrific somersault and vaulting feats on his bare back steed. Burnell Runnells, classic athlete with his talented sons. Miss Jenny Perry, equestrian. Miss Ella, young America's favorite. Mrs. S. Q. Stokes, queen of the menage. Miss Lizzie Marcellus, beautiful prodigy. Little Emma and Katie, flying child sprites. Wm. H. Yound, arenic Burton and comic gymnast. Wm. Rolland, trick Grimaldi, vocalist and illusionist. R. P. Jaynes, Mercury of the bar. Master Dick Clark, pupil genius. John Trewolla, Mr. Rice's favorite ring associate. Prof. S. Q. Stokes, great trainer and tamer.
    The equine and asinine class - head pupil, Blind Excelsior Jr., the reason-gifted horse for which Mr. Rice has refused $100,000 in gold. He is totally blind, but his marvelous natural septitude has been developed under Mr. Rice's peculiar and humane system of training that his ears are made to perform the office of his eyes. The Arabian trick charger, Stephen A. Douglas, the thoroughbred imported horse Andy Curtin. The stud of scholarly ponies. And the original & comic mules, Pete and Barney.
    Remember that this is positively guaranteed to be the only Dan Rice's only circus. Exhibited in a spacious pavilion, brilliantly lighted by pneumatic gas. Edgar Menter's Silver Cornet Band will appear on horseback. But no street parade swindle or gratuitous parade, will be given at the expense of those who pay to see a circus, and not a bedizened and 'loud" outside advertisement on wheels. Mr. Rice's motto is "inside performance, without outside display,' instead of outside display without inside performance.
    As this establishment travels entirely by rail and steamboat, its horse are exempt from the distressing and ruinous toil of the road, and retain unimpaired, that nobility of presence, power of action, and firey spirit, indispensible to equestrian representation. Admission 50 cts. Children uner 10 years, 25c. Performances commence at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Special attention is called to Dan Rice's reward of $100 with reference to reports of his non-appearance, etc. See poetical programmes of the day. Decatur Republican (IL), May 13, 1869, n.p.n.

1870: Dan Rice ledger for 1870 is online at Bandwagon, June 1954.

• An article on the 1871 Dan Rice's Paris Pavilion Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 13-21.

1872:

    Dan Rice owes his misfortunes, his friends say, to his trip through the South this winter, by which he lost $15,000. He was strongly advised not to undertake it, but, like most men, thought he knew his own business best. Dan has become associated with Dr. Spaulding and his circus will be reorganized at St. Louis for the summer season. Greenville Advance (PA), April 4, 1872, n.p.n.

    The sensation of today is Dan Rice's circus, which entered town this morning with all the pomp and circumstance and brassy harmony usually attendant on such occasions. The procession was headed by the band car, drawn by an uncountable and unaccountable number of horses, who must have had an easy time of it. The most attractive feature was at the tail of the procession, and consisted of a magnificent elephant, the largest we have ever seen, stalking along in solitary dignity, with two comical looking juvenile trunk-bearers following at its heels, whilst a fine camel brought up the rear. Guelph Mercury (Ontario, Canada), July 12, 1872.

    [Advertisement] Dan Rice's Paris Pavilion Circus. At Waterloo, Thursday, June 20th, 1872. Afternoon and evening. Prof. Robert Nelson and his children, Robert and Arthur, calisthenics, classical groupings and positions taken from ancient statuary. Frank Gardner, bare-back rider. Prof. J. L. Davis and his performing dogs. Lorenzo Maya, Frenchman, King Clown of Paris. William G. Miles, equestrian, comic actor, acrobat, battoute leaper, equestrian. Les Petits Nelson, infant gymnasts, six and seven years of age, flying trapeze and mid-air somersaults forty feet from the ground. The youthful Gardner, battoute leaper, turning a double somersault over several horses.
    Miss Lizzie Marcellus, equestrienne, fifteen years of age, queen of the menage. Road exercises, in which will appear Mrs. Dan Rice, Madame Nelson, Miss Anna Rogers and Miss Lizzie Marcellus, in horseback riding. Exhibition of stud of trained horses by Dan Rice. At the usual concert given at the close of each exhibition may be seen Charles Weightman, the man fish, who eats, drinks and smokes under water. Iowa State Reporter (Waterloo, IA), June 19, 1872, p. 4.

1881:

    Wm. H. Stowe, Dan Rice and J. C. Oates have formed a partnership for the purpose of conducting a circus business. A New Orleans, La., correspondent, writing on Jan. 26, says: "They are now organizing under the name of 'Dan Rice's New Greatest and Best of all Great Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Cosmopolitian Allied Exhibition.' The show will travel by special railway trains. Dan Rice will reappear as clown for the first time in several years. Miss Lizzie Marcellus, a beautiful brunette, will be chief equestrian. Wm. H. Stowe leaves 27 for New York City, and while there will purchase tents, animals, etc., and engage performers and specialists. They have warerooms [sic?] and stables on Rampart street, and have a force of painters and workmen overhauling the paraphernalia of the late Thornton Circus. J. C. Oates is in Memphis negotiating for the purchase of Stickney's Circus and when the organization is complete the show will be first-class in every particular. Their first performance will be given here Feb. 20. New York Clipper, February 5, 1881.

    Dan Rice's Show opens in New Orleans, La, Feb. 20. It comprises a circus, museum, menagerie, etc., and will travel by special railroad trains. Performers are wanted. W. H. Stowe will be in the city for a few days to close engagments. New York Clipper, February 12, 1881, p. 371.

    Dan Rice's new show will be officered as follows: Dan Rice, general manager; B. F. Tatum, treasurer; Major G. W. Morris, general and rail road agent; Wm. Stowe, equestrian manager; Chem Davis, contracting and press agent. They have just purchased the De Haven Circus at Aberdeen, Miss. The De Haven Circus was organized by De Haven in Chicago, Ill. about two years ago, a Mr. Dutton furnishing the money and De Haven the brains. Their failure was caused by weather. New York Clipper, February 26, 1881.

    Dan Rice's New, Greatest and Best of All Great Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Cosmopolitan Allied Exhibitions opened their season Feb. 20 in Congo Square, New Orleans, La. Revised list of officers: Dan Rice, manager, J. C. Oates, business manager; Wm. H. Stowe, equestrian manager; Andrew Spears, ringmaster; Major Morris, railroad contractor; Clem Davis, contracting agent; Frank De Sare, press agent; Samuel Lingless, chief of paste brigade with ten assistants; S. B. Winchester, boss billposter; Frank Sent, lithographer and window ornamenter; Robert Ellbrick, master of menagerie; Prof. Marwood, musical director; John Bradock, master of canvas; Wm. Champion, master of horse; M. K. Crill, manager of sideshows; Frank Willis, manager of reserved seats; and Burt Sinwe, manager of concert. The ring performances were given by Dan Rice, clown; Robert Stickney, Lizzie Marcellus, Miss Ella Stoke, John Barry and Mons. Bell, equestrians; Wm. H. Stowe, singing and knockabout clown; the three Nagle Brothers, Spears and Burt, acrobats; Miss Lena Lewis, menage rider; Sig. Leonti, ladder of swords; Prof. Risham Maxwell, juggler; Bartlett and Read, tumblers; Geo. De Haven, contortionist; and Prof. Morris and his educted dogs.
    The concert people are Stella and Minnie Bertram, Lillie Rice, Spears and Morris, Geo. Gorichious, Andrew Spears, Chas. Bell and Walter Mack. The menagerie at present consists of eleven cages, which will be increased to six more upon arrival of the steamer Mary Houston from New York. There are two band chariots, with two full bands under direction of Prof. Weldon, one tableau chariot, 80 horses, three canvases - circus canvas, 146 feet; menagerie 110 feet; and museum 80 feet. There are three horse tents, one cooking, one sleeping and two sideshow tents. The show will be transported by twenty-four cars, two coaches, and one special Pullman sleeper. Dan Rice was the feature of the evening. Robert Stickney never rode better. Lizzie Marcellus, equestrienne, did a classical act almost to perfection on one of Mr. Stickney's horses, her own not having arrived. Dan Rice has adopted Annie and Lillie Hendsley, two misses of 14 and 15 years, and will give them equestrian training. New York Clipper, March 5, 1881, p. 395.

    While Miss Lizzie Marcellus was giving her equestrian act in Dan Rice's Circus in New Orleans, La., the night of March 11, the bale-ring of the circus tent broke, precipitating the canvas almost to the ground, taking with it, says our correspondent, "the tank containing thirty gallons of gasoline, which supplies the ring chandeliers. The tank broke, the oil ignited, and flames spread over the greater part of the ring, causing a panic among the audience. Marcellus, although thrown with great force from her hose and carried out of the ring, returned, and while her horse (Selim) was frantic with rage, and all others dared not approach him, she did so, and succeeded in rescuing the animal from the flames. Wm. H. Stowe quited the audience, and with employes of the show succeeded in smothering the flames. The result might have been disastrous had not the canvas been so thoroughly saturated by the late heavy rains. They pulled stakes night of 12, and left same night by Morgan's Railroad for the lower Red River country." New York Clipper, March 26, 1881.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Dan Rice Circus - 1937 (Ray Marsh Brydon)

• An article on the 1937 Dan Rice Circus, Ray March Brydon, owner, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 23-27.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mrs. Dan Rice's - 1863

• 1863: is online at Clipper, April 4,   Clipper, May 23,   Clipper, June 13 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Howard Rice Circus Carnival - 1895-96

1895: Howard Rice is providing a circus carnival, to be presented for the first time at Manhattan Beach, Coney Island. The old Hagenbeck arena has been transformed into a circus pavilion. There will not only be an old time circus, but a menagerie and a museum and fairy land for the children. The circus performance has been arranged by H. A. Covell, who has secured Abelardo and Josephine Lowande, equestrians; the acrobatic Rixfords, Luciano Tatali, aerialist and contortin; Fred Leslie's troupe of trained dogs; "Muldoon," champion wrestling pony; John W. World, double somersault leaper; Eddie Snow, jester and double somersault lelaper; Rosina Venus, slack wire and juggler; Venus and Adonis, acrobats . . . J. H. Monroe, Rank Wightman, Albert Strauss, George Lee, Albert Hauptmann, Robert Nichols, Frantz Mahl, and James S. Robinson's military brass band and orchestrs. The executives of the arena will be August Siegrist, equestrian director; M. C. Cody, master of ring stock . . . Edward Maxwell, supt. privileges with six assistants; Thomas White, in charge of stock. Attractions are to be changed weekly. Those booked to appear during the season are Macart's Dog and Monkey Circus, the Four Richars, Morris' Pony Circus . . . New York Clipper, June 8, 1895, p. 213.

1896: Roster of Rice's Circus Carnival, at Manhattan Beach, Coney Island. Wm. O'Dale, principal equestrian; Rosa Lee, equestrienne; the Lavelles, double trapeze; Carlos Fernandez and Madame Miaco, equilibrists . . . Mlle. Miaco, contortion; Mme. Macart's educated dogs, monkeys and baboons; Signor Lavelle's dancing dogs; Stephen Miaco, Alfred Miaco, Thomas Mac, James Stilson, and Jerry Lang, acrobats and pantomimists; Wm. Burke, principal clown; Edward Prince, master of properties; assistants, Joseph Clark, Joseph Meeker, John Harter, Edward Lee and Henry Edwards; A. R. Randall, chief usher; E. D. Spear, announcements; Charles Belmont, amusement director; Jas. S. Robinson, musical director. Executive staff for E. E. Rice: Geore Wadleigh, business manager; Geo. S. Starting, assistant. New York Clipper, June 6, 1896, p. 212.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. H. Rice's - 1887, 1889, 1892

1887:

    Wanted for J. H. Rice's Big Circus and Menagerie, people in all departments, sideshow people, concert people, agents, boss canvasman and billposters. Address J. H. Rice, Seven Stars Hotel, Frankford, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, February 26, 1887, p. 799.

    Burt Sadler, manager of the advertising car for J. H. Rice's Circus and Menagerie, will start to work with twelve billposters April 1l. New York Clipper, April 9, 1887, p. 52.

    J. H. Rice's Colossal Circus and Double Menagerie. Museum of living prodigies, wild west exposition, Olymic games, Roman hippodrome, athletic carnival, equine congress and trained animal paradox. Arenic stars led by Sig. Tony Lowande, 6-horse rider. A corps of bareback equestrians, leapers, trapeze aerialists, Arabian athletes, bicycle experts, roller skating champions. High wire sensations, daring acrobats. A forty cage menagerie, performing lions, tiger, leopards and hyenas. Schools of educated horses, ponies, dogs, goats and monkeys. Gigantic elephant herd, led by Empress, introduced by his trainer Prof. William Rubey. Free street parade of tableau cars, chariots, open cages, bands and the Berlin steam calliope. At Hornellsvill May 31. A 50 cent ticket admits all, including a seat. Children under 9, 25 cents. Cheap excursion rates on all railroads. [Advertisement] Hornellsville Weekly Tribune (Hornellsville, NY), May 27, 1887, n.p.n.

    A letter signed by Mrs. C. W. Antonio has been received, complaining that the "Three Marvels of Mexico" were unprofessionally treated by the management of the J. H. Rice Show. The unpaid salaries claimed by these people may be tested in the courts. New York Clipper, June 18, 1887, p. 215.

    A letter from the members of J. H. Rice's stranded circus informs us that they have organized a commonwealth show under the management of Geo. Austin. Unpaid salaries are alleged to be the cause of the performers leaving. Attachments have been levied against the property by Geo. Austin, Donna Stickney, Toner and Frobell, J. Warde, Geo. Burtell, Mlle. Burnett and the band. New York Clipper, June 25, 1887, p. 227.

    J. H. Rice writes that his show is yet on the road, and that there is no truth in the reports of non-payment of salaries. New York Clipper, July 2, 1887, p. 242.

    H. Wallace is another performer of the J. H. Rice Show who claims to have not received his salary. New York Clipper, July 16, 1887, p. 275.

    Albany, New York. Rice's Circus opened 18 and did good business until interferred with by the rain afternoon of 20. On the morning of 21 the street parade started without the band, and with Mr. O'Brien ahead in a carriage and with the least possible number of help. When the parade had reached Kenwood, a Southern suburb of Albany, one of the party asked the agent where he intended to go, and he replied Philadelphia, whereupon the man returned to the lot and found Mrs. O'Brien claimed the tent and its equipment as her personal property, but required police protection to prevent their being destroyed by the employes who were left behind and who had not been paid for three months. New York Clipper, July 30, 1887, p. 310.

    A dispatch to the Associated Press, dated at Albany, N.Y., July 22, says: "J. Henry Rice's Circus, which has been showing here during the week, collapsed today, and the fifty employes, nearly all of whom are stranded, are anxiously looking for manager John O'Brien. The latter ordered a street parade this morning, but without the band. The paraders took about twenty horses, two camels, the elephant Empress, and the wagons in which the animals were caged, and just enough men to care for them. They went out in the direction of Kenwood. One of the drivers asked Mr. O'Brien where he was making for. The latter replied that they were going as far toward Philadelphia as they could get. The tents and wardrobe chests are left here, but Mrs. O'Brien says they are her personal property. The show owes considerable money here." Edward Welsh called at the Jersey City, N.J., Police headquarters Sunday, July 24, and applied to Justice Robinson for an attachment on the circus property; but the Justice could not issue it, because the day was Sunday. Welsh said he and the other employes had not been paid for some time, and that the animals had not been fed for three days. Mr. Welsh claimed that in Albany Mr. Rice learned that the Sheriff was after him, and consequently the parade was extended to Coxsackie, whence the circus was shipped to Jersey City. There were eighteen horses, two lions, two camels, one elephant, one yack and two sacred bulls. One of the camels died on the way down. O'Brien had arranged to meet the circus in Jersey City, Welsh said, and have it shipped to Philadelphia by the Pennsylvania Railroad, but he had not made his appearance up to 10 o'clock on the morning of 24. The employes had no money to buy food for themselves or the animals, and they were in a dilemma. Justice Robinson issued a warrant under the Cruelty to Animals law, but Constable Jelly could find no one to serve it on. When he went to the depot later in the day he found that the circus had started for Philadelphia. The show, we learn later, arrived at Frankford, Pa., 24, when Mr. O'Brien paid Welch, not knowning of the proceeding in Jersey City. Mr. O'Brien denies that the animals were ill-treated, and says that the camel died of colic, caused by eating too much. The show will be laid up until next season. The Pennsylvania Railroad Co. hold two lions, two sacred bulls and a yak for alleged non-payment of freight. New York Clipper, July 30, 1887, p. 310.

    Such of John O'Brien's Circus properties as were left at Albany, N.Y., will be sold Aug. 11 to cover the debts of the show. New York Clipper, August 13, 1887, p. 338.

1889:

    J. Henry Rice has signed as director of the advance brigade of the Circus Royal, which opens its season April 29, at Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889, p. 113.

    Rice's Circus Royal and Menagerie returned to Philadelphia and opened for two weeks June 17. On account of the flood [Johnstown flood], they had to cancel the towns they were booked in through the western part of Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, June 22, 1889, p. 238.

    Martinho Lowande has the sole management of J. H. Rice's Circus, under the name of Lowande's Brazilian Circus and Royal Menagerie. . . . New York Clipper, July 6, 1889, p. 274.

1892:

    On the road, circuses: Rice's Great American Mt. Carroll IL April 30, Fulton May 2, Mt. Sterling 3, Dixon 4, Princeton 5, La Salle 6, Ottawa 7. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 119.

    On the road, circuses: Rice's Great American, . . . La Salle IL May 6, Ottawa 7, Moris 9 . . . Streator 11, Pontiac 12, Bloomington 13, Delevan 14. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.

    On the road, circuses: Rice's, Streator IL May 11, Pontiac 12, Bloomington 13, Delavan 14, Pekin 16, Canton 17, Bushnell 18, Galesburg 19, Monmouth 20, McComb 21. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.

    On the road, circuses: Rice's, Bushnell IL May 18, Galesburg 19, Monmouth 20, McComb 21 . . . Clinton 26, Champaign 27, Tuscola 28. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    On the road, circuses: Rice's, Lincoln IL May 25, Clinton 26, Champaign 27 . . . Paris 30, Marshall 31, Mattoon June 1, Shelbyville 2, Pana 3 . . . New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

    On the road, circuses: Rice's, Mattoon IL June 1, Shelbyville 2, Pana 3, Taylorville 4, Litchfield 6, Carlinsville 7, Alton 8, Edwardsville 9, Jerseyville 10, Whitehall 11. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

    . . . Emma Myers, Harry French, D. J. Harper, Lotta Vere, the Forbes Bros., the Normandie Sisters and the Three Renos are doing immensely with Rice Bros.' Show. Evenly good business is the report from the management. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.

    On the road, circuses: Rice's, Alton IL June 8, Edwardsville 9, Jerseyville 10, Whitehall 11, Jacksonville 13, Pittsfield 14, Mt. Sterling 15, Rushville 16, Vermont 17, Lewiston 18. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rice's Metropolitan - 1887

    Rice's Great Metropolitan Circus and Royal Menagerie reached town yesterday in rather bad shape. The show is the property of Thomas O'Brien and is demoralized financially and otherwise just at present. It is short handed owing to the fact that a large number have deserted or been discharged. The grand street parade which a large number had collected to see was not given. This and other indications of slackness kept many from attending the afternoon performance which did not commence until about three o'clock and which about 100 attended. The proprietor was not in town, but at Niagara Falls, where five of his horses had been attached. As the treasurer did not put in an appearance in the morning and pay the orders agains them, it looked as tho' those that had done work, furnished supplies, &c., would be unable to collect their money. A number of attachment papers were made out against the circus company, but as a good crowd turned out in the evening, all got the money due them. The show inside was fair, the riding, tumbling, trickwork &c., being very good. The menagerie part of the show was lamentably small. All in all the show ought to do well in small towns, but in its present condition outside of such places it is out of its element. Fulton Times (Fulton, NY), June 15, 1887, n.p.n.

• An advertisement in the Fulton Times (New York) for June 14, 1887 stated that the show had Tony Lowande and his six horse act, M'lle Aimee, horse woman and Madame LaRice.

• May be the J. H. Rice circus.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

1909:

    Rice Bros.' Colossal Railroad Shows: Rice Bros., proprietors; Dan Rice, Jr., manager; Harry R. Moore, general agent & R. R. contractor; O. R. Laughlin, local contractor; J. J. Rice, special agent; H. R. Rice, checker-up; M. J. Booth, excursion agent; Jas. T. Mack, manager sides show; Bob Alright, manager candy stands. Roster advance car No. 1: O. K. Rice, car manager; Sam Long, W. A. Brown, Robert Racobs, W. C. Joslin, Thomas Pirtle, Parker Smith, John Young, T. A. Williams, Joe Booth, H. H. Murray, and S. S. Bailey, billposters; Tony Morgan and S. K. Sullivan, lithographers and banner men; Fred Strong and J. J. Berry, program men; Chas. Goodnow, cook; John Bigelow, porter. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

    Rice Bros.' Show. John (Windy) Gallagher, boss canvasman; Jim Babcock, boss hostler; "Pop Corn" Emery, master of transportation; Fatty Hand, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rice Bros.' - 1913   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1916

    John H. Garrett and Art Bowers, owners of Rice Bros. Colossal Railroad Shows, arranged a special performance for tbe 200 Inmates of the North Dakota state prison, at Bismarck, when the show visited that city, May 29. Immediately after the matinee, Mr. Bowers engaged ten automobiles to transport the performers and band to tbe prison, which is situated about three miles from the city. Lee Howard, equestrian director, framed up a splendid program, which was appreciated very much. H. W. Wingert's Concert Band was also very mnch in evidence. Judging from the applause. After the special performance was over, all met Warden F. S. Talcott, and then enjoyed a fine spread, which he had awaiting them. Irene Howard, aerialist, has received many flattering press notices this season. Her aerial numbers are a decided novelty, and go big at every performance. The Whirling Erfords, late of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, recently joined as a special feature. Lee Howard, equestrian director, has received many comments for the snap snd ginger he puts into his program. H W. Wingert's Band is receiving much comment this season. Billboard, June 14, 1913, p. 21.

• The 1913 Rice Bros. Colossal Railroad Shows, J. H. Garrett, manager, traveled on 10 or 15 cars. Bandwagon, July-August, 1979, Vol. 23, No. 4, p. 2.

1914:

    Suits have been instituted against the circus which traveled under the name of Rice Bros., until it disbanded some weeks ago, as reported in The Billboard. The suit is for a receivership and restraining orders to prevent the sale of property of the stranded circus, and was brought in the Clark Circuit Court, Jeffersonville, Ky., July 8. The plaintiffs claim the following amounts are due them for services: George Lackas, boss billposter, $155.75; John Diamond, boss canvasman, $81; Louis Bennett, boss seatman, $35; Noel Withrow, billposter, $68.15. The plaintiff alleges that the show started out of Chicago last spring with $50,000 worth of property, but had a bad seson, and nearly a month ago reached Jeffersonville in a stranded condition with little of the property left. This in part consists of tents, horses, ponies, snakes, band wagon and other equipment. Two horses, Arabian Prince and King, alleged to be worth $1,5O0 each, the plaintiff says, have been attached since Jeffersonville was reached. A performing mule is pledged for $75, and two horses have been given as security for $200. Billboard, July 18, 1914, p. 28.

    Chicago, May 11. John H. Garrett, promoter of the defunct Rice Bros. Colossal Railroad Shows, was a promoter of a number of schemes. Of chief interest are his activities in regard to the Rice Bros. Colossal Railroad Shows. The circus went into bankruptcy in Chicago on Ocober 2, 1913. Garrett's partner in the circus business was Arthur Bowers. Following the bankruptcy proceedings Garrett purchased back the show through another party, it is said to evade his creditors. The Rice Bros. Shows are reported to have caused him a loss of $75,000. . . . Billboard, May 16, 1914, p. 14.

• In 1923 Floyd and Howard King used the Rice Bros. title. Bandwagon, May-June, 1977, p. 5.

• An article on the 1934 Rice Bros. Circus, owner Howard King, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 6, pp. 43-47.

• An article on the 1936 Rice Bros. Circus, owner Ray Marsh Brydon, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 20-28.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rice & Bell - 1910-11

1910:

    Rice and Bell's United Shows opened the season at Temple, Pa., May 12. Performers with the show are the Weber Troupe of acrobats, three in number; Miss May Clay; Edward Blandy, balancer, juggler and clown; Carrie Earl, iron jaw and ladder act; Prof. Faust's dogs, goats and donkey. A band of twelve pieces is under the direction of E. F. Morris. Prof. LeRoy gives his high dive daily. Billboard, May 28, 1910, p. 32.

    Roster of Rice and Bell Show: Pete Heilman and John Bachman, managers; Bright Jones, agent; Joe McGlinn, equestrian director; Ed Blandy, ticket seller; Dan Weber, treasurer. Billy Morgan, slack wire; Brower Bros., acrobats; Norton Sisters, traps and contortionists. Billboard, July 9, 1910, p. 22.

    The first circus of the season to exhibit in Lock Haven is the Rice & Bell united shows. This aggregation travels by wagon and is one of those old fashioned one ring shows. Price of admission is 20 cents, but in this city a 10 cent ticket admits any one person. The program includes clowns, a troupe of educated dogs, trained donkey, goats, wolves, etc. Acrobatic feats, contortionists, trapeze performers, jugglers and a vaudeville performance are included. The famous Davenport Bros. bag, box and rope tying tricks will be exposed. A free exhibition will also be given. . . . Lock Haven Express (Lock Haven, PA), July 9, 1910, p. 4.

1911: With the Rice and Bell Shows this season are Harry Heileman, manager; Jno. P. Bachman, treasurer; Mrs. Backman, sole owner; Sam Murry, secretary; Fred Weber, boss hostler; Paul Nagle, agent; Jack Rollins, boss canvasman; Ed Miller, props. Eighteen head of stock are carried. Billboard, May 6, 1911, p. 58.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rice & Davis Big United Shows - 1900

    The advance of the Rice & Davis United Shows is as follows: E. H. Jones, general agent; Chas. Martin, contractor; Edward Fox, lithographer; B. Sampson, F. Lewis, A. Fitzpatrick and P. T. Donovan, bill posters. Billboard, May 12, 1900, p. 5.

    J. A. W. Jones, at present with the Rice & Davis Shows, will open with Indian Bill's Historic Wild West shortly. Billboard, May 19, 1900, p. 5.

    Rice & Davis Big United Shows and Elton Bros.' Show took in Tarre, Pennsylvania, the same day. Both shows did a good business. Rice & Davis' show is heading to Ohio. J. A. Jones, its manager, is a hustler, consequently a good season should follow. Billboard, June 16, 1900, p. 6. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank Rich's - 1886

    Col. Chas. Whitney informs us that he has been engaged as general manager for Rich's Great Eastern Show for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 6, 1886, p. 804.

    Wanted, 20 billposters for Rich's New Great Eastern Railroad Show. Also trumpeters (no bugles), one stereopticon artist, and brass band of eight pieces to accompany advance brigade. Also calliope player for advance car. Address Col. Chas. Whitney, Adv. Department, Eagle Hotel, Grand Rapids, Mich. Also want, two more bar performers, also performing dogs, trick horses and mules. Apply to Frank H. Rich, Greenville, Mich. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 831.

    A nearly complete roster of the people who go with Frank Rich's Great Eastern Railroad Alliance is as follows: Frank H. Rich, proprietor; Chas. Rich, treasurer; Col. Chas. Whitney, general manager; J. Rosenbaum, contracting agent; Ed. Leonard and ten assistatns, billposters. Performers: the Eddys, Herr Drayton, Billy Shepard, George De Rosa and wife, Chas. Lane and wife, Four Rexford Bros., Walter Ferris, the Gagenbechs, Leon Whitney, Mlle. Inez, Mlle. Georgetta, Mons. Estelle, Dick Frazer, Lew Faust, Mr and Mrs. Cutta, J. Barkley, Ed. Leon, Frank Heald(?), Frank Decker and Sam De Long. The show will carry about seventy-five people, and play cities of two and three days' stands. Their paper has arrived, and everything is readily getting into shape for their opening at Greenville, Michigan, May 5. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 83.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1885-86.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rich & Downie's - 1890

    Wanted for Rich & Downie's United Shows, the finest equipped wagon show on the road, circus performers in all branches (those doing two or more turns preferred). Concert people, two bands . . . good ___ agent, who thoroughly understands his business and not afraid to work; boss canvas and chandelier man. . . . Sideshow and candy stands to let. Show opens in Greenville, Mich., in May. Address Andrew Downie, week of Feb. ?, Westminster, Mass., Providence, R. I. . . . week for Feb. 17(?), Keith's Bijou, Boston, Mass. Permanent address, Box 37, Greenville, Mich. Wanted to buy for cash. A good second hand horse tent. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 799.

    The following people have signed with Rich & Downie United Shows: . . . Ed. Carr . . . J.(?) Hopper's dog and cat circus. D.(?) S.(?) Ward will have charge of the advance, and F. E. Smith will lead the band. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.

    Andrew Downie and wife, and Lee Melville arrived at Greenville, Mich., March __, and are now busy preparing for the opening of Rich & Downie's United Shows. Painters and carpenters are now at work getting things in good order for opening about May 5(?). The show will carry forty-five people, all told, and a new outfit. . . . Sixty head of horses and twenty wagons, with two advance wagons, will carry the show. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 75.

    Call. All parties engaged for season of 1890 with Rich & Downie's United Shows, report at Greenville, Mich., May ?. Show opens May 30(?). Andrew Downie, Greenville, Mich. Candy privilege for sale. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 111.

    The following is the roster of Rich & Downie's United Wagon Show: Rich and Downie, proprietors; F. Rich, treasurer; Andrew Downie, manager . . . Prof. John White's troupe of educated horses, dogs, goats and monkeys . . . Ralph Anderson; Thomas Mark and Prof. F. E. Smith's silver cornet band. The show opens at Greenville, Mich. . . . New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.

    The Rich & Downie United Shows have had very bad weather, but they are reported to be doing a good business. They had a cyclone at Dowagiac, Mich. Everything blew down, but no one was hurt. The canvas was cut badly to get the people out. The have added five(?) new teams since they started out, making twenty-five wagons in all. The company is first class and giving a good show. The roster: Downie and Melville; Ed. Carr and Lulu Eiler(?); Prof. White and his trained dogs, monkeys, horsess and mules; the Franklin Brothers; Holman and Wilson(?); Mrs. Downie and Gus Warren. The show reports big business. They opened at Greenville, Mich., May __. The sideshow is run by Rich and Downie. Mme. Naomi is the principal feature. Prof. Gus Warren does lecturing and magic in the sideshow, and Doc Cownie manipulates his talking figures. Charles Baker, with his educated pig, is no small part of the sideshow. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 197.

    Wanted for Rich & Bowman's United Wagon Shows. Good singing and talking clown who can work in concert. . . . Andrew Downie . . . Sideshow privileges to let cheap. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 224.

    Notes from the Rich & Downie United Shows. Gus Warren and wife left the show at Fairbury(?),and Jerry Campbell joined to fill the former's place for two weeks. Business through Illinois continues good, but on account of the bad roads and weather quite a number of afternoon performances have been missed. Ralph Rich has purchased the interest of his brother, Frank B. Rich, in the show. Le Melville has left the company and Ed. Carr has replaced him, doing the catching for Andrew Downie in their new trapeze act. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Wanted, for Rich & Downie's United Railroad Shows, a good ??? partner to do the catching for Flying ___ trapeze act. Have rigging and all apparatus complete. Must do some good single turn, and be a good dresser. One who understands the rigging can ___ at once. Also a good singing and talking clown who can work in concert, a contortionist doing two turns, and a candy butcher to work on percentage(?). Address Andrew Downie, South Bend, Ind., July 17, 18, 19, Elkhorn, Ind. July 21, 22, 23. . . . New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 300.

    Wanted to rent, two circus flat cars, also combination dining and sleeping car. . . . We play three day and week stands. . . . also want six length of folding reserve seats. Andrew Downie. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 317.

    Rich and Downie report continued good business through Indiana with their railroad show. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Notes from Rich & Downie's Show. Aug. 14(?) being Andrew Downie's (the manager) birthday, he was presented with a beautiful pen(?) by Mrs. Downie, and an elegant ___ cane by the company. Business has been big for the last two months, and the ghost walks regularly. E.(?) S.(?) Ward, the agent, always has plenty of Clippers at every city. . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.

    Andrew Downie has purchased the interest of Ralph Rich in the Rich & Downie United Shows, and is now sole owner and manager of the same. The show remained at Grand Rapids, Mich., two weeks to excellent business. The ghost meanders with due regularity, and everyone is well and happy. The show closes its season Oct. 10(?), at Greenville, Mich. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.

    Andrew Downie is now sole proprietor of Rich & Downie's Shows. Their season closed at Greenville, Mich., Oct. 11. Nearly all of the performers and musicians have been re-engaged for next season. The show will be greatly enlarged, and will travel by rail. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 533.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

G. E. Rich's - 1888-89, 1891-92, Rich & Mettie - 1891

1888:

    Roster of Prof. G. E. Rich's Horse and Dog Circus and Specialty Co.: Charles Maddocks (general manager), Charles A. Spencer, Charles Cheney, John Ruthford(?), Ramond Bros., Billy Dorsey, Wm. Trush(?), Frank Eaton, Prof. Albert Ramond's Dog Circus, the Diamond Quartet, Prof. Jacobs' brass band and orchestra of ten pieces and Prof. Rich's trained horses and dogs. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 203.

1889:

    Prof. May, on account of rheumatic troubles which prevented his traveling, has recently disposed of his Horse and Dog Circus to G. E. Rich. New York Clipper, July 7, 1888, p. 262.

    Prof. G. E. Riche [sic Rich] closed the tenting season Oct. 3 at Owego, N.Y. The company had been on the road over twenty-three weeks, and the roster included nearly the same number of people. New York Clipper, November 9, 1889, p. 582.

1891:

    Wanted, for next season, commencing March 15, 1891, with canvas(?), a band of seven, 4 to double in orchestra, 3 to do two turns in ring. I want four good trick ponies, must be cheap. Address Prof. G. E. Rich, Mechanicstown, Md. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.

    Wanted. I want some good concert people that can play in band. I only give one show a day, in the evening. I work my horse business in the afternoon. I have my own cars, band(?), and pay all expenses, and want people that appreciate good living, and are willing to work at a fair price and get it. Also want a small tent for dining room, 8 lengths of seats, ___ folding chairs, ? more trick ponies, and a good somersault dog. I will take a good man as partner, for a small sum, if a good one. I travel the year round. Address Prof. G. E. Rich, Mechanicstown, Md. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 15.

    Wanted, for Rich's Horseshow Circus. I want a good boss canvasman, good man for clown, and would like to hear from a good bar team doing two or three turns. Haven't closed in five years; only stop a few weeks to enlarge. I travel in my own cars, board and sleep all people in my cars. Will take a good manager with $900 and give him one half interest in my show. Side show and concert privileges to let to responsible parties; also want good agent and three billposters. Prof. G. E. Rich, Mechanicstown, Md. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 51.

    Notes of Rich & Mettie's Circus and Trained Animal Exhibition. All is bustle and hustle around the winter quarters at Mechanicstown, Md. Prof. Rich is hard at work getting everything in ship-shape. In addition to his two palace cars, he is fitting up two more for horses, ponies, etc. He is also getting his troupe of trained dogs and goats in first class working order. The trained horses and ponies now do some clever ticks. Several men have been kept busy making seats, and now there are enough for two thousand people. The new 100ft. round top, with two 40ft. middle pieces, is expected daily. . . . The show will carry a uniformed band of eight pieces and twenty first class performers. J. M. Rich, brother of Prof. Rich, will have charge of the advance, with three assistants. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Rich & Mettie Big Solid Ring Show and Trained Animal Exhibition. Wanted immediately, performers in all branches of the circus business except riders. Also few more concert people. Address Rich & Mettie, Mechanicstown, Md. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 127.

    Rich & Mettie's Show is assuming immense proportions for the coming season. Lew Mettie, a few days ago, returned from winter quarters, and since then he has shipped two more very fine trick stallions and two clever riding goats and dogs. Among the people already engaged are the well known Robert Stickney, who will have charge of the circle; John M. Rich and wife . . . Max Hugo, Franz Family, four in number; Valdare Bros. . . . Chas. H. Alpine, H. Henderson, Theo. Harvey, Sam Green, J. E. Remyar, Frank Carey, Frank Connors and Prof. W. H. Jacobs' uniformed band. The show will travel by rail and will open at Mechanicstown, Md., May 2. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 134.

    On the road, circuses: Rich & Mettie's Hanover, Pa., May 13, 14, Spring Grove 15, York 16 . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.

    Roster of Rich & Metties' Ring Show and Trained Animal Exhibition: Rich & Metties, proprietors; Robert Stickney, equestrian manager; Mettie Family . . . Max Hugo . . . Samuel Dock, Minnie Roberts, Flora Smith, Samuel Greer, Dick Fleming, Andy Johnson, Robert Wilson . . . Prof. H. R. Jacobs, Bert Whitman, Chas Higgins . . . Bill Jackson, Steve Buch and J. M. Richard. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.

    On the road, circuses: Rich & Mettie's, Harrisburg, Pa, May 27, 30. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    On the road, circuses: Rich & Mettie's, Baltimore MD June _, indefinite. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.

    On the road, circuses: Rich & Mettie's, Greencastle Pa. June __, Chambersburg, 2?, 26, Shippensburg 27, Newville 29, Carlisle 30-July 1, Mechanicsburg 2, 3. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    On the road, circuses: Rich & Mettie's, Carlisle, Pa. July 1, Mechanicsburg 2, Millersburg 3 . . . Milton 7, Watsontown 8, Moncey(?) 9, Williamsport 10, 11; Reno, Auburn, NY July 2-13. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

    On the road, circuses: Rich & Mettie's, Watsonburg, Pa. July 8, Muncer 9, Williamsport 10, 11. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.

    News from Prof. G. E. Rich's Circus (formerly Rich & Mettie's). A change has taken place the last few days with our show. Prof. Rich has bought out Mr. Mettie's interest in the show, and Mr. Mettie has retired on account of sickness in his family. We travel in our own cars. This is the twelfth week, and we have been doing a profitable business. We carry fifty-three people, and are constantly adding new features. We recently put in a new 40ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.

    Wanted at once, good circus people in every branch of the business, except riders. Also two or three good trick horses and trick donkeys, good talking and singing clown and any other novelty acts for big show. Will sell sideshow and privileges to responsible party. Will also sell trained goat, George Washington. Goes lame, rolls basket, waltzes, and the only goat living which does a contortion act. Prof. G. E. Rich Big Ring Show, formerly Rich & Metties. . . . Driftwood, Pa. 24 and __, Emporium 27 and 28, St. Marys __ and 30. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 340.

    Turner and Roberts have rejoined Prof. George E. Rich's Show for the balance of this season. They left this city [New York] on July 2?. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 364.

    Notes fro Prof. G. E. Rich's Circus. While at Lock Haven Prof. Loper, with his cornet band of ten people, joined. We also have several other new features, and have enlarged out show, adding curio people. Tunor and Roberts joined us at Lock haven, as did Howard Williams. At Emportium, Aug 3, T. J. Hurd joined us with his World's Museum, and consolidated the two shows in one. Features in the museum: Big Hattie Bowen, fat woman; Col. Picket Nelson, giant; John W. Coffey, skeleton dude; Prof. Bell, tattooed man; Margurete, Circassian snake charmer; Elexandra, fire king; Hurd's Punch and Judy, and Mons. Leona, strong man. Roster of our show: J. M. Rich and Wm. Berry, advance, with six assistants; Prof. Lamont, equestrian manager; Avlas(?) and Gilbert; Tunor and Roberts; Joe Roble(Robie?); O. Donaldson; Frank Cary; George Anderson; Howard M. Williams, clown; Billie Smith, with two Arabian trick stallions; Robert Wilson, with three somersault dogs; Millie Rose, in flying rings; Prof. Rich, with his troupe of performing dogs; Harry Wan, chandeliers; Oscar Adams, boss canvasman, with twelve assistants; Sam Green, property man, with four assistants; Geo. Leidy, property man, with two assistants in No. 2; Robert Brisdorph, boss cook with four assistants. Since organizing and consolidating Aug. 3, we have been doing big business and were obliged to add another car to our train at Emporium. This show is en route for the South. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

    On the road, circuses: G. E. Rich's, Kane, Pa. Aug 12, 13, Sheffield 14, 15, Warren 17, 18. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

    On the road, circuses: Prof. G. E. Rich's, Portage WI Sep 16, Tyrone PA 17, 18, Huntington 19, __ . . . New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.

    Prof. G. E. Rich's Circus will close its season Oct. 5(?) at Mechanicstown, Md., after being out twenty-three weeks to uniformly good business. The show will go into winter quarters at Mechanicsville, where the cars and other property will be overhauled and repainted. Prof. Rich is organizing a specialty company, to take the road late in October. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.

    For sale cheap if sold at once. Two box cars in good condition, __ lenghts seats, chandelier, good as new, 7 small Bookmans, sledges, bars, ropes, pulleys and centre, quarter and side pole stakes. All ready to set up. Address until Nov. 2. Prof. G. E. Rich, Mechanicstown. After that date address G. W. Stockdale, Mechanicstown, Md. Prof. G. E. Rich. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 578.

1892:

    Prof. J. A. Gildersleeve, with his uniform band and orchestra, has signed with G. E. Rich & Co's Shows. Max Hugo and Val E. Leonzo also go with this show. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 3.

    The following people have signed with Prof. Geo. E. Rich & Co.'s Shows: . . . Prof. J. A. Gildersleeve's band and orchestra . . . Turnour and Roberts, M. B. Cook and wife . . . George Lamar, J. Johnson and wife, C. W. Cardello . . . John Davenport . . . Ben Frost, Jack Smith, Prof. Robt. Scott and Mrs. C. W. Cardello. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    Wanted, a few canvasmen, chandelier man, a few side show paintings, a few folding-back reserved seats. We have a combination car for sale cheap. G. E. Rich & Co., Williamsport, Pa. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 47.

    Call. People engaged for G. E. Rich & Co.'s Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition. Report __th of April. G. E. Rich & Co.'s, Williamsport, Pa. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 63.

    Wanted, lady for outside ascensions, boss canvasman. Will sell, if sold at once, my combination car with parlor, dining room, kitchen and ___'s room, 6 folding beds, _ wardrobes, 2 water tanks, 2 wash sinks, cupboards for dished, windows have curtains . . . large lockers under car. Westinghouse air brakes, steam whistle, steam pipes and newsly painted last Fall, . . . Miller platform with gates over stop . . . and all in fine shape ready to put on a passenger train any day. I am living(?) in ___ car. Reason [selling] going out with wagon show. Adress G. E. Rich & Co., Williamsport, Pa. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 79.

    Roster of G. E.Rich & Co.'s Show. Prof. G. E. Rich & Co., proprietors; G. E. Rich, manager; Henry Russell, treasurer; H.(?) G. Alger, general agent with two assistants . . . Prof. W. B. Johnson's uniformed cornet band . . . John Wilson, boss hostler, with six assistants. Among the performers are Max Hugo, principal clown . . . Cousins and Allerton . . . Geo. D. La Mar, four Russian Athletes, Sinclair Bros. . . . Cardello Bros., Mons. Berry, Mlle Cook, Howard and Williams . . . Mlle Amelia, Miller and Weston. They open April __ at Williamsport, Pa., with a brand new outfit and as fine a lot of stock as money can buy. The show travels by wagon, sixty-five horses being used. Also, four six horse wagons, band wagon and six four horse wagons, besides two new carryalls. Two fine new advance wagons will be run. . . . Everything is newly painted. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    Wanted, for Rich & Co.'s Shows. One more contortionist, one bar performer, man or woman for outside ascension, woman preferred; two billposters. Also side show and candy privileges to let. Address G. E. Rich & Co., Williamsport, Pa. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 94.

    Wanted, for Geo. E. Rich & Co.'s Big 25 Cent Show. Circus people of all kinds except riders. All people stop at hotels. Show now on the road doing big business. Address per route, Waterville, N.Y. June 4, Morrisville N.Y. June 5(?). New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 206.

    On the road, circuses: Rich & Co.'s, Ulysses PA July 7, Coudersport 8, Roulette 9, Port Allegheny 11. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    Wanted at once, for Rich & Co.'s Circus and Trained Animal Exhibition, man with trained ponies. Also troupe of trained dogs, those that do a riding act given preference. Also one or two more lady artists that can do two or more acts in circus. Also lady artists for concert. The man in white walks every week. . . . New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 289.

    Prof. G. E. Rich writes to say that he disposed of his interest in the Rich & Hugo Co. four weeks ago, and claims that the show is still using his name without authority from him. He is at Ulysses, Pa. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Richard & Son - 1921

    Richard & Son Shows opened the season at Bandera, Tex., April 1. It is a motorized overland circus, under the management of F. Richards, and is transported on six trucks and three touring cars. Thirty people are carried. The program: No. 1, costumed chorus number by six girls; No. 2, S. LaStarr, loop walking and combination casting act; No. 3, LaStarr Sisters, singing, talking and dancing novelty; No. 4, Mrs. Dollie Cohen, acrobatic dance; No. 5, Conley and Bessie Richards, black and tan act; No. 6, the LaStarts, novelty tight wire act; No. 7, Mrs. F. Richards, swinging perch; No. 8, barefoot dance by Madam LoTama; No. 9, S. LaStarr, single trapeze; No. 10, Mrs. S. LaStarr, flying ladder; No. 11, F. Richards Jr., contortionist; No. 12, clown number by S. LaStarr and three assistants; No. 13, F. Richards, illusion and magic, No. 14, chorus number; No. 15, Neil Brown, Roman rings; No. 16, finale, entire company. Leo Brown has the big show canvas and Frank Ellis the side show canvas. Bill Ray is in advance. Savoi LaStarr is the producing clown, Mrs. F. Richards has charge of the concert, and Mrs. S. LaStarr has charge of the chorus numbers. The show will tour the Western States. - Savoi LaStarr Billboard, April 9, 1921, p. 66.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Richards' - 1880

    A team of four horses, belonging to the Richards Circus, ran off at Lancaster one night last week, upsetting a heavily laden wagon and killing the Major, a dwarf, and dangerously hurting Frank Williams, the fat man, and Colonel Richards himself. Athens Messenger (Athens, OH), September 16, 1880, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Richards Bros. - 1912-14, 1916, 1918, 1922   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-1928

1912: Richards Bros.' Show - H. B. Richards, prop.; F. Richards, mgr.; W. C. Richards, treas.; Cisco Richards, auditor; Andrew Homer, general agent; Alex. Ingram, contracting press agent; Quoyle Whitt, advance press agent; George H. Saunders, mgr. side show; Frank Richards, equestrian director; Dusky Rose, supt. privileges; Lucille Hampton, supt. reserved seat tickets; Harry McFarlan, supt. canvas; O?la (Shorty) Peace, boss hostler; George Johnson, supt. commissary dept.; Oscar Wallace, supt. properties; Mandolin Richards, supt. ring stock; Harry McFarland, supt. working crew; Quoyle Whitt, mgr. advertising wagon No. 1; J. Lane, mgr. advertising wagon No. 2; W. C. Richards, checker-up; George H. Saunders, announcer. Show opened at Bandera, Tex., March 14. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

1913: Richards Bros.' Show - W. C. and F. Richards, proprietors; W. C. Richards, manager; Lucille Richards, treasurer and secretary; Everett Rice, general agent; Geo. W. Johnston, advance press agent; F. Richards, sideshow manager; Claude Miller, equestrian director; Dusty Rhodes, superintendent privileges; June Watson, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Spot Henderson, superintendent canvas; John Berry, boss hostler; Alex Ingram, superintendent commissary department; Harry McFarlan, superintendent props; Virgil Farmer, superintendent ring stock; H. D. Brown, superintendent working crew; A. H. Richards, announcer. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Richards Bros. Dog and Pony Show opened its season March 10, in Texas. The show is traveling north, and will ship from Ryan, Ok., into Colorado, where it is intended to go on wagons again. The show consists of fifteen wagons, forty head of draft horses, fourteen head of Shetland ponies, three cages of small animals, seventy-foot big top, with two thirties; side show top, one snake show, two horse tents, one refreshment top and two cookhouses. Staff: W. C. and F. Richards, owners; W. C. Richards, manager; F. Richards, treasurer; N. C. Gordon, head billposter; Bert Rogers, assistant; Conna Marcelle, contortionist and Roman rings; Harris Troupe, aerialists; E. Gremillion, slack wire and clown; Jennings Sisters, wooden shoe dancers; Joe Pritchard, equestrian director; J. B. Osborne, chandelier man; Geo. Miller, property man; Spot Henderson, boss hostler; Sam Riley, boss canvasman; Mrs. C. C. Kennedy, privileges; Harvey Osborne, first cook; Dee Johnson, pony boy; C. C. Kennedy, sideshow. Billboard, April 11, 1914, p. 25.

1916: The W. C. Richards Dog, Pony and Wild West Show has been battling with the high winds and heavy rains in the flood district of Oklahoma for the past two weeks, which affected business materially, but no stock or property were lost. Business from the date of opening at Merkel, Tex., April 10, until that time was good. With the show are forty-six head of draft stock, eighteen wagons, twenty Shetland ponies, two automobiles and fifty people. H. B. Bray, who was with the show all of last season, came back at Sharon, Ok., June 12, with his troupe of trained dogs and ponies. The show henceforth will invade Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado and Missouri. The roster: W. C. Richards, owner and manager; Lucille Richards, secretary and treasurer; H. B. Bray, ringmaster and equestrian director; Clara Bray, reserved seats; Henry Speegle, chandelier man; Shorty Franks, charge of privileges; W. A. Ingram, contortionist; Olga Carew, slack wire; Mable Steele, swinging ladder; June Dexter, acrobat and barrell kicker; Rose Legere, juggler and rolling globe; Willi A. Sinclair, producing clown; Frank Parker, advance agent with two billposters; Harry Steele, boss canvasman; Spot Henderson, boss hostler with five assistants; Texas Slim, chief broncho rider, assisted by Bill Gulick, Enrique Jesus and Spot Henderson. Spinning Bill Mayo, from Texas, is the feature outlaw horse, while others include Black Diamond, Dido, Black, Big Chief and Fire Cracker. ?. Gremillion has charge of the cookhouse. Billboard, July 1, 1916, p. 22.

1918: Wanted quick for Richards Bros.' Wagon Show. Aerial acts, ground numbers, any kind of acts that will make good with a small one-ring show. Want advance agent, working men and cook. We want people in all lines, lady ticket sellers. People with wagon show experience preferred. Show going South into Georgia for the winter. Want to buy small elephant. Richards Bros.' Overland Show. Lepanto, Craighead Co., Arkansas. [Advertisement] Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 2.

• 1918: H. B. Richards, well known showman, died October 27 on Richards Bros.' ranch at Pine Creek (near San Antonio), Tex., after an illness of eighteen months. Mr. Richards spent the greater part of his life in show business. He was also the owner of the King of the Ranch Show, which had not been on tour since his illness. He is survived by a widow, a daughter, three sons, 5 sisters and 2 brothers. W. C. and F. Richards, owners of Richards Bros.' Shows, temporarily closed on account of the epidemic at Lepanto, Ark. His remains were laid to rest in Greenwood Cemetery, San Antonio, Texas. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 52.

1922: Richards Bros.' Overland Shows want people. Musicians, cornet, slide trombone, baritone, trap drummer. Will consider five or six piece organized band. Performers in all lines, aerial acts, wire acts, ground numbers, clowns, comedians, bucking horse riders, hostlers, canvasmen, billposters. Want wagon show people. Salary paid every week. I board, sleep and transport you. W. C. Richards, Fredonia, Kentucky. [Advertisement] Billboard, August 19, 1922, p. 62.

• Note: This show or people is found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Richards Bros. Circus - 1982

• This show was touring in 1982. Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

George W. Richards' - 1881-82, 1885-89, 1890

1881: Wanted for George Richards' Great Show, now showing on the lower Mississippi River, performers in all branches of the show business except riders; also living curiosities of all kinds. Address George W. Richards, Baton Rouge, La. Show starts May 1, by wagons, from near Columbus, O. New York Clipper, March 19, 1881, p. 416.

1882: Wanted, performers in every branch of the show business except riders. Also curiosities, sleight-of-hand and Punch and Judy man. Address Geo. W. Richards, St. Albans, W.Va. New York Clipper, April 29, 1882, p. 101.

1885: From Wheeling, W. Va., we are written that Geo. W. Richards' Circus, which has been showing in all the small towns along the Ohio, capsized near Parkersburg, W. Va., last week. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 327.

1886:

    Springfield, Ohio. Geo. W. Richards' Dime Circus showed June 10, 11, 12 to crowded tents. Notwithstanding the fact of their not carrying their own horses and having no animals, they gave a creditable performance for the price. The circus shows at Urbana, Bellefontaine, Kenton, Tiffin, Findlay and Sandusky in the next two weeks, in the order named. The towns are all on the route of the L. B. and W. R. R., who have contracted them through. New York Clipper, June 19, 1886, p. 215.

    Geo. W. Richards' Canine 10c Circus, at Lima, Ohio, August 12, with an array of acrobats, gymnasts, leapers, &c. An army of performing Dogs. Goats, donkeys, monkeys, etc. 5 great clowns. Geo. W. Richards, James McLaughlin. [Advertisement] Daily Democratic Times (Lima, OH), August 5, 1886, p. 1.

    William F. Wright is now contracting agent of Geo. W. Richards' Circus. . . . James Ryan joined recently. Sam Dickey, Mlle. Worland, Prof. Loomis and dogs, O'Bryan Bros. and Master Chauncey Powell are of the party. New York Clipper, August 14, 1886, p. 343.

    Richards' 10 Cent Shows and Novelty Canine Circus. Logansport, Sept. 10th & 11th. Miss Claudie Belmont will make an outside free ascension from the ground to the top of the highest centre pole on a single wire. [Advertisement] Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), September 6, 1886, p. 1.

1887:

    Keokuk, Iowa. Richard's Queen City Circus opened a three days' stand to a packed tent. They travel exclusively by boat. New York Clipper, July 16, 1887, p. 278.

    Quincy, Illinois. Richards' Circus has been playing to only fair business the past week, owing to the intense heat. Mr. Richards' cannon-ball act is neat, but Armour the clown, Schneider (contortionist) and Aloidy(?) the Jap juggler are the features of the show. New York Clipper, July 23, 1887, p. 294.

    Roster of Richards Circus: Geo. W. Richards, proprietor and manager; Harry Burke, treasurer; Frank De Laney, agent with two assistants; Jim Webb, boss canvasman; Menard and Mendoza, aerialists; Geo. W. Richards, cannon ball act; the Moncayos, hat spinners; Johnny Snyder, contortionist; Alvido the Jap, juggler; Joe Maney, hurdle rider; Hall and Allen, brother act; Moncayo and Wilber, horizontal bar; Willie Howard, principal bareback rider; Joe Belmont, leaper; Willie Moore, trapeze; A. Armour and John Conners, clowns; "Queen," riding dog; "Gracie," trick pony. The concert people are Chuck Drummond, John Conners, Will Moor, A. Armour, Jos. Prince, Ettie Moncayo, Millie Mendoza and M. A. Henderson. The show has a band of eight people, travels by river, and has its own boat, using a 110ft. round tip with a 50ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, August 13, 1887, p. 338.

1888:

    Roster of George Richard's Circus: D. R. Robinson, business manager . . . Baughman and Guys, John Murray, Joe Belmont, L. Miller, Chauncey Powell, Frank Hicks, William Neff, Little Tommy, Frank Laven, Harry Long, Bert Miller, and Chape Wagner. New York Clipper, May 5, 1888, p. 123.

1889:

    Richard's Southern Circus have had a hard time in some parts of the South. Their boat left East Point, La., at midnight Jan. 4, with Geo. W. Richards standing near the pilot house giving orders, when a number of roughs opened fire. Mr. Richards and the pilot drew their shooting irons and returned the compliment. The boat finally drifted away without anyone on board hurt. New York Clipper, January 19, 1889, p. 716.

    Paducah, Kentucky. Richard's Circus left here 28(?) for a trip up the Tennessee River. They will play small towns between here and Florence, Ala. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 141.

    Roster of Geo. W. Richards' Southern Circus: Geo. W. Richards, sole proprietor; W. F. Wright, general manager and contracting agent; Ed. Wilson, charge of paper with ten billposters. Company: Mme. Clarinda Lowanda, Joe Parson, Charley Robinson, Hudelson Family . . . Sam Rhinehart, Billy Wright, Mons. Dunbar, Harry Livingston, Mr. Richards and his performing dogs, goats and trained horses. Concert: Billy McIntyre, Wright and Armor, George Dunbar, Miss Hudelson and Mathews. New York Clipper, December 28, 1889, p. 701.

1890:

    The Richards Combined Shows closed a very successful season of ten(?) months at Lathrop, Mo. The show will winter at Bucklin(?), Mo., and take the road again about April __, much enlarged. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.

    Wanted, for Richards' Circus, Museum and Menagerie, performers in all branches. Long season. Side show and candy stand for sale to responsible parties only. Address Geo. W. Richards, care of Richard's Circus, Greenville, Miss. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 14.

    Wanted for the Richards' Combined Shows, a few more small animals, birds, monkeys, armadillos, snakes, etc. R. Q.(?) Richards, Bucklin(?), Mo. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 30.

    A dispatch from Paducah, Ky., dated April 1, says: "Geo. W. Richards' Circus is reported to be on a sawdust bank at Sholwells(?) Fields, a few miles below Cairo, Ill., without shelter of any kind, and not a spot of dry land within twelve miles. There are six women with the party. The City of St. Paul, their steamer, is sunk, and all of their show fixtures are lost. Aid has been sent them." A later dispatch says: "No additional news has been received from the Richards Circus. At last accounts they were safely on board of a steamer. Their show and boat are wrecked and most of their animals drowned. No lives were lost." New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 75.

    The management of the Geo. W. Richards Circus sends the followng account of the recent damage to that show by the recent Mississippi flood: "The steamer City of St. Paul, owned by Geo. W. Richards, and carrying the Richards Circus, was destroyed in the big storm of March 27(?), twenty miles below Hickman(?), Ky. on the Mississippi River. The boat, show and barges were a total loss, as there was not a cent of insurance. But fortunately no lives were lost, though the people suffered terribly. We were cast upon a ___ pile more than a score of miles from land, and with the waters continually on the rise. The people were without food and shelter for three days and nights. The circus had just closed its season at Greenville, Miss., and was on the way to Paducah, Ky., to reorganize for the summer season. The people on the boat included Geo. W. Richards and wife, Capt. Smith and wife, Joseph Parsons and wife, Clarinda Lumpkins, Sam Rinehart, Wm. Wright, Billy McIntyre, old Bob McCormick, Ed. Lanier . . . all of whom lost their entire baggage, personal effects, etc., as the boat sank in less than five mintues. Everything possible under the circumstances was done for the relief and comfort of the people, who have nearly all be re-engaged by manager Richards for his new circus, which is expected to be ready for the road in May." New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

1891: George W. Richards, who for many years ran a show on the Mississippi River, is spending the winter in New Orleans. New York Dramatic News, January 13, 1891, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

R. T. Richards - 1917, 1918

1917: See the articles on the 1917 show online in Bandwagon, March 1942,  May 1942 and June 1942 (scroll down).

• An article on the 1917 R. T. Richards show and Richard T. Ringling is in White Tops, September-October, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 9-10, pp. 5-6.

1918:

    The R. T. Richards Shows' winter quarters at Oak Ridge, N.J., are lively. The show will travel overland by motor trucks again. There will be several new trucks and a whole new layout of canvas. Paul Johaning is at the quarters breaking in several animals for the new animal acts. Captain Voight is putting the elephants thru their stunts daily and adding new tricks to the act. Walter Guise will soon be in quarters to put the ponies and horses thru their acts. Bill Backell will be ahead of the show again with a small army of billposters. The advance will have one truck and three flivvers to do the billing. Steve Lloyd has all of the baggage stock working for the Government, and is making all take notice with the four and six-horse teams. Billboard, February 2, 1918, p. 30.

    New York, April 1. After many discussions as to what Samuel McCracken was going to do this season, he has taken over the R. T. Richards Big Trained Wild Animal Show and Circus, which last year was recognized as the first auto truck circus of any magnitude, and is going to place this mammoth show in its entirety in a splendid location in Luna Park at Coney Island for the coming season. . . . In addition to his circus McCracken will also erect a Temple of Magic in the park, to be conducted by Madame Adelaide Herrman, widow of Alexander Herrmann, magician. Billboard, April 6, 1918, pp. 3, 61.

    Luna Park, Coney Island . . . R. T. Richard's Trained Wild Animal Show and Circus, under the management of Sam McCracken. A real circus performance, five elephants; the Hart Sisters, iron jaw; Mr. and Mrs. Eldridge, menage horses; lion act, presented in steel arena, clowns, ponies, acrobats, jugglers and equilibrists. Billboard, May 25, 1918, pp. 3, 77.

    Richard T. Ringling, "Dick," is now busy cultivating 20,000 acres of wheat and potatoe land in Montana. He says it beats running the Richards Circus. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 27.

    New York, Sept. 28. The R. T. Richards Circus and Trained Wild Animal Exhibition, with a recently added sideshow, under the direction of W. H. Middleton, is doing well on the lots of Brooklyn. Billboard, October 5, 1918, p. 54.

    The R. T. Richards Shows, on account of the epidemic, have canceled their proposed tour of South America and returned to their quarters at Luna Park, Coney Island, for the winter. Billboard, October 19, 1918, p. 54.

Article on the R. T. Richards' winter quarters and the show is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1967 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. C. Richards' - 1918-19

    At the winter quarters of the W. C. Richards Shows at Pipe Creek, Tex., everything is in readiness for the opening date, June 25, at Boerne, Tex. The show has been in winter quarters five months, the longest it has been laid up in its history. The show will carry fifteen wagons, four cages, two auto trucks and three touring cars. It is not known yet what territory the show will make, but the management will make this a long season and will not close the coming winter. W. C. Richards is owner of the show, Reagan Daniel, manager, Lucille Richards, secretary and treasurer. - John Hopper. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 62.

Information on the 1919 W. C. Richards show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Richards & Leon's - 1885

    Charleston, W. Va., June 20. An accident occurred at the circus grounds just prior to the opening performance of Richards & Leon's circus. Among the outside attractions was a balloon ascension. Just as the ropes holding the balloon were cast off, the hot air stove used in inflating it was overturned, and set the balloon on fire. The burning balloon shot up into the air at a rapid rate, with Wm. Patterson, the aeronaut, in the basket. After going several hundred feet up the balloon collapsed and Patterson fell. Patterson was twenty-two years old and lived in Wellsville, O., where he leaves a widow and family. It was his first ascension. Marion Weekly Star (Marion, OH), June 20, 1885, p. 1.

    At Charleston, W.Va., June 19, just prior to the opening performance of Richards & Leon's Circus. Among the outdoor attractions was a balloon ascension. Just as the ropes holding the balloon were cast off, the hot air stove used in inflating it was overturned and set the bag on fire. The burning balloon shot up in the air at a rapid rate, with William Patterson, the aeronaut, in the basket. After going several hundred feet up, the balloon collapsed, and Patterson fell to the earth, lifeless. Patterson was twenty-two years old and lived in Wellsville, O., where he leaves a widow and family. This was his first ascension. Deceased was also known as Clarence Williams. New York Clipper, June 27, 1885, p. 232.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Richards & Sons - 1921

• 1921, show opened at Bandera, Texas, April 1, moving on six trucks and three touring cars. They closed their season at Centerport, Texas, November 20. Bandwagon, January, 1947, n.p.n.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, F. Richards, manager, 1921.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Richardson Bros. - 1892

    Wanted, for Richardson Bros.' Great Double Shows, circus people doing two or more acts, aerial people, bar team, contortionist, concert people. Prefer people that double in brass. Musicians that double in brass and string. Also advance agent. Wagon show. Open April 2?. Address Richardson Bros., Sacramento, Cal. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 866.

    Will Darrell(?), flying ring performer, signed with the Richardson Bros.' Circus, at Sacramento, Cal. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. B. Richardson Bros. - 1906

    Wanted, for Richardson Bros. Shows. Performers of all kinds doing two or more turns. Musician for band and orchestra. Performers that can double brass, Man with dogs, goats or ponies. Man with picture machine for concert. One show a day. No parade. Show opens May 1. J. B. Richardson, Orion, Ill. (Henry Co.) Billboard, March 3, 1906, p. 12.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ricketts' Circus   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1873-1800

• Brief information on Ricketts and the early Rickett's Circus are in Bandwagon, January-February, 1973, p. 4; Bandwagon, November-December, 1974, pp. 16-19.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Riddell & Atcherson - 1890

    Wanted, for season 1890, for Riddell & Atcherson's Big Railroad Shows, performers in all branches, including riders, gymnasts, aerial, swinging and flying acts, ladders, brothers and bar acts, specialties and features of all kinds, freaks, sideshow and concert attractions, bosses, laborers and billposters. Female specialties, novelties and feature acts preferred. Address Riddell & Atcherson, __ North Front Street, Columbus, O. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 718.

    Ollie Maynard has signed with Riddle & Atcherson's Railroad Circus for next season. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 765.

    For sale, circus property. One fine band wagon, one ticket wagon, one chandelier, jack, stringer and pole wagon. Three ___ baggage wagons. Also ___ stock cars __ft long; wagon and stock runs, centre poles, seven(?) lengths of seats. All newly painted for the road. Riddell & Atchison, __ North Front Street, Columbus, O. New York Clipper, March 1, 1890, p. 846.

    Notice to circus people. All engagements with the Riddell & Atchison R. R. Show are canceled [sic] from this date, Feb. 22, 1890, for this season. Riddell & Atchison. New York Clipper, March 1, 1890, p. 846.

    For sale, circus property consisting of one band wagon, ticket wagon, chandelier wagon with tank . . . one pole wagon, stringer wagon, three ___ wagons all in good shape. ___ wagons all fresh painted. Address Riddle & Atcherson, Columbus, O. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 80.

    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Show. . . . Fisher and Aiken purchased seven new wagons at Columbus. They are canvas, pole, stringer and plank wagons, and were built for the Riddle & Atcherson Show, which never took the road. . . . New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 197.

• 1891: Show wagons for sale. 1 pole wagon __ft. long; 1 stringer wagon 20ft. long; 3(?) box baggage wagons 15(?) ft. long. All in fine shape to put on road except some paint. Will sell cheap. Theo Riddell, 83(?) N. Front St., Columbus, O. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 750.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rigall & Co. - 1893-94, Rigall & Butler - 1895, Rigall's - 1897

1893: Rigall & Co.'s New Colossal Shows, now in preparation at Grayville, Ill., for next season, will be under the management of James D. Rigall. Burt Bennett has been engaged as general agent, James D. Finch will have charge of reserved seats and concert tickets, G. V.(Y.?) Charles will have a band of fourteen musicians, and Clyde Rigall will be superintendent of candy stands. The show will use a 120ft. striped top and will travel by wagon, using 33(35?) head of stock. The season opens at Grayville in May, with everything new. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 561.

1894:

    Notes from Rigall & Co.'s New Colossal Shows. Our quarters are a scene of activity, as everybody is busily engaged in preparing for the opening at Grayville, Ill., May 14(?). Burt Bennett will have charge of the advance; Thos. Enlow, press agent; Billy Blankenship, boss bill poster with six assistants; Mark Blair, programmer . . . The show will use an 80ft. round top with a 45(?)ft. middle piece, a 30(?)x60(?)ft. dressing room, two 30(?)x60(?)ft. stable tents, and Prof. Mardell museum(?) annex. We will use twenty-two wagons and fifty-eight head of stock. Our band of 12 pieces, under the direction of Prof. Geo. Tipton, will be a feature. Among the performers engaged are . . . James Butler, slack wire and balancing(?) traps . . . and James D. Finch, talking and singing clown, and his mule(?), Raspberry. Thos. Lee will have charge of canvas, with ten assistants; Curly Hennesy, in charge of stock with fourteen assistants . . . Clyde Rigall, superintendent of candy stands . . . Herr Karl Harris, in charge of Hotel De Rigall, with three assistants. Everything with the show will be brand new. Mrs. Rigall is very busy in finishing up our new wardrobe. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.
    Call. All people engaged for Rigall & Co.'s New Colossal Shows [unreadable text] Wanted contortionist(?) and troupe of dogs. Jas. D. Rigall, manager, Grayville, Ill. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 127.

1895: Notes from Rigall & Butler's New Consolidated Shows. R.(?) C. Rigall, manger; James Gardner, boss canvasman . . . a band of ten pieces under the direction of Prof. W. M. Fitz. Performers: . . . Master Ed and Gordon Rigall, brother act; Lillian St. Clair, contortion; Ed Murray and Jimmie Murphy, knockabout clowns; Edward and Mamie Spencer, balancing perch. This show travels by wagon. Show opens at Fairfield, Illinois. New York Clipper, June 22, 1895, p. 245.

1897:

    Notes from Rigall Bros.' Twenty-Five Cent Show. We will carry an 80ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces, 35x70 sideshow, 30x60 horse tent and two cook tents. We will open at Graysville, Illinois, June 1. The following are engaged: Tom Henning, advance agent with five assistants; Harry Ford, in charge of canvas with fifteen assistants; Geo. Schopeian, in charge of stock with eight assistants; Shorty Brooks, boss property man with two assistans . . . Jas. D. Rigall is manager; H. C. Rigall, teasurer and asst. manager; J. G. Rigall, supt. privileges . . . New York Clipper, May 15, 1897, p. 173.

    Notes from Rigall Bros.' Show. We opened the season at Grayville, Illinois. We carry thirty-five people and a band of eight people, under the leadership of Prof. Chas. Stoll. George Robinson, equestrian director and talking and knockabout clown; the Robinsons, Geo. and Marguerite, double traps and concert specialties; the Hickman Family, Chas., Clara and Minnie, contortion; Frank Barton, principal bar performer, leaper and tumbler; Clyde Seibert, Spanish rings, club swinger, leaper and tumbler; Siebert and Barton, brother act and balancers; Carl Robinson, song and dance; Chas. Hickman, human frog. We have a 70ft. round top wiht 40ft. middle piece, cook tent and dressing room. Dick Smith, in charge of stock with five assistants; Wm. Smith, advance agent. Our route lies through Illinois, Missouri and Arkansas. New York Clipper, July 17, 1897, p. 320.

    Notes from Rigall Bros.' Shows. We have been on the road six weeks to fairly good business. Billy Stoddard now has charge of our big top, a seventy with a forty. We encountered a storm at Equality, Illinois, July 24, which did a great deal of damage to our big tent. With plenty of new canvas and thread, Billy and his assistants soon had everything in shape again. Geo. M. Crocker and wife joined July 25 and are quite a feature in big show and concert. Prof. Chas. Stoll is leader of the band. We are touring Illinois and expect to strike Missouri in August. New York Clipper, August 14, 1897, p. 380.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

L. L. Riggs - 1895

    Roster and notes from L. L. Riggs' New United Circus. L. L. Riggs, sole owner and proprietor; Bob Purvis, amusement director. Performers: Elmer Green and Fay Huff, return trajps; Rosco Conklin, gun spinning and baton manipulator; Forrest Delaws, contortionist and comic clown; Shorty Huff, hurdle rider and high wire; Bob Purvis, musket drill and juggler; P. M. Miller and trained mules; Master Freddie Miller, child clown and pony rider; May Rogers, trained dogs, Tot and Bon; Annie Junge, manege act; Pete Ray, knockabout clown; Forrest Delaws, ringmaster; trick pony, Jule; L. L. Riggs, Shakespearian clown; Joseph Kohler, leader of band with eighteen musicians; Chas. Kohler and Elmer Liston, cornetists; Jess Limmire, alto; Chas. Kohler, leader of orchestra with nine musicians; John Ecker, boss canvasman with eight assistants; Bill Bush, boss hostler with ten assistants; Scott Weldle, in charge of paste brigade No. 1; Nick Good, in charge of paste brigade No. 2. We carry an 80ft. round top with a 40ft. middle piece, 40ft. side show, 35ft. dressing room, horse tents, etc. All privileges are run by the proprietor. Concert: Elmer Greene, banjo soloist and comedian; Conklin and Quin, double clog and reel dancers; Purvis and Rogers, sketch; Kitie Ward, serio comic; the Kemps, musical act, and Sadie May, herculese. We have been out six weeks. Miss Rogers is trainer of the performing dogs, Tot and Bon. New York Clipper, June 29, 1895, p. 261.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rimwood Circus - 1990-91

1990: Produced by the Espana family, the show debuted at Englewood, Florida, November 10-11 under canvas. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 21.

1991: The Rimwood Circus played a New Jersey amusement part for three weeks in August and September. Owners were Ramon and Peggy Mills Espana. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 17.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1991-92, Ramon and Peggy Mills Espana, owners.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Riggs Wild West - 1906, 1909

1906: Riggs Wild West is announced to open at quarters, Augusta, Ga., April 27. Bandwagon, December 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 6, p. 9.

1909: Riggs Wild West Shows. Will sell entire outfit or take partner and enlarge; or will combine with several showmen and incorporate. We want good men, willing to work and build the show larger, and grow up with it. C. W. Riggs, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, December 18, 1909, p. 1146.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ring Bros. Circus   show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1953-57 (Franko Richards, owner)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ringler Family Show - 1894

    Notes from the Ringler Family's Shows. Everything is on the hustle around our headquarters. We are going to take the road the first week in April, if possible. We have engaged the Bedell Bros.' brass band and orchestra of ten pieces. They join us the last of this month. We have a long list of leapers, aerial acts and Wyman La Veres'(?) troupe of trained horses and dogs. On-ne-no(?), the Texan wizard, has charge of the side show, and Mont W?kelee(?), our talking and singing clown, has charge of the concert. The Ringler Family Jubilee Singers are the feature of the concert. Tom(?) Redmond, with eight assistants, has charge of the canvas. Our route lays through Ohio, Pennsylvania, New York and Maryland. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    On the road, circuses: Ringley, Louisville, O. Mar 28, Alliance 29, Salem 30, Lactonia(?) 3? . New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 50.

    Roster of the Ringler Family Shows. Add Ringler, proprietor and manager; L. De Alma, treasurer; A. Jackson(?) Ringler, equestrian director; Bedell Bros. brass band and orchestra, ten pieces; Wyman Le Vere and his troupe of trained dogs and horses . . . Jack Ringler, the Ringler Family - Lolla(?), Marie, Lulu . . . Bernardo Brothers, Tom Redmon, master of canvas. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ringling Bros. - 1886, 1900, 1910

1886: Ringling Bros.' Double Shows, Museum, Caravan and Congress of Animals open at Baraboo, Wis., May 15, and travel with wagons and their own stock. The people are: Al. Ringling, W. H. Ringling, Alf. Ringling, Chas. Ringling, John Ringling, Mrs. Al. Ringling, Prof. Rich, Dialo, Hercules, Walt McCafferty, Chas. W. Meyers, Dan Malcolm and Mlle. Loretti, Chas. and Mme. Covelli, Zola Zulanda, Prof. Shafer and Family, P. J. Nichols, Fred Madison, A. A. Rush, W. D. Latham, W. H. Van Cleve, J. S. Whitsell, Frank E. Leadow and the Moeller Bros., German gymnasts. The executive staff consists of Ringling Bros., proprietors and managers; Dick Hunter, general-agent, with a corps of billposters, lithographers, etc.; Frank Dempsey, boss-canvasman; John Hamilton, boss-hostler; and Fred Workman, master of properties. The show is transported by sixty horses, and has six cages and eighteen wagons. New York Clipper.

1900: Wheeling, W. VA. April 19. The parade proved bright and interesting, A new feature introduced by Fred Lamont found fine favor. It might be defined as a "Rube" acrobatic act on a hay wagon. It finishes the parade, and provoked storms of laughter all along the route. Every stitch of the canvas was new, and the show looked beautiful on the lot. It was finely flagged. The big top had four poles up and the menagerie had six. There are thirty-two carges in the menagerie, twenty-three elephants and eleven camels, besides minor led stock. Despite the fact that only two rehersals were had, the performance gave great satisfaction. It was the first time Messrs. Ringling Bros. had ever showed Wheeling. The used the lot on the island. Kerry Meagher is in the wagon. Chas. Andress is claim adjuster. Lou Nichols is side show manager.
    Ringling Bros. astonishing jump from Baraboo to Wheeling to open (seven hundred and eighty-five miles) had not sooner been announced than their contracting agents appeared in Jersey City at the very gates of New York. This remarkable manouver was succeeded by another equally surprising when Winstead, Conn. was announced as the next town on the list. Billboard, May 1, 1900>.

1910: The show arrived at Lincoln, Neb., early Sunday morning. It was a long haul and good lot. Monday, business was big in the afternoon, and good at night. Robt. Stickney Jr. and wife were entertained all day Sunday and Monday, and father and son had a very enjoyable time. At Omaha the show arrived early. We had a short haul, good lot and long parade. Afternoon business was big, and night was packed. FLoto Show billed here at 25 cents. Mrs. Sadie Casino is on the sick list, and remained here with relatives to recuperate. Well, we are all together again, our top is aII fixed and everything is going on in regulation Ringling style again.
    Carroll, La., was a small one. Afternoon was big and night good. The Puff Club had a meeting, and Joe Casino, Capt. Taylor and M. Fitzgerald were made members, also Edward Wulff and Alexander Patty. The banquet talk is all that can be heard in the dresslng room. The Muchers' Club is getting strong and has quite a membership. Carl Luster(?) is on the sick list. The Pinochle Club is still at it. Koko Shadle is the champion player. He went to bed Wednesday night after a long session, and the next morning he was telling the boys of the good games he had played, and of the 250 melds and 100 aces and big bids. He wanted to start a game right then and there. He is some player, is Koko, and if ever he has a monument erected it will surely be a pinochle deck. Hiss side partner, Chris. Livingston, is almost as enthusiastic over the game. Mme. Wulff's menage act, with her trained dog and pigeons, present a novel garland arch, which is a big hit with this show, and will open in New York shortly and treat the residents there to a novel act. Herr Edward Wulff is working on some new stuff for the New York opening.
    Des Moines, Ia. - The show arrived early and had a long haul and good lot, on a street car lot. Our sleepers were nearer to the show than they have been for many years, as they were so cIose to the canvas that the guy ropes were attached to the rods of the cars. We sat on the car steps and saw the concert and heard the jokes as plainly as if we were in the seats. Business in Des Moines was big in the afternoon and good at night. At Waterloo, Ia., the show arrived early and had a long haul and good lot. Afternoon was big and the weather very hot. New York Clipper, July 23, 1910, p. 582. Information should be checked with additional sources

Rippal & Boller - 1897   may be Rippel & Boller

    Notes from Rippal & Boller Shows. We have five new wagons and two more will soon be off the wagon maker's hands. We have bought a part of the J. W. Cook Railroad Show and combined it with our own. Roster: Rippal & Boller, sole owners; Gus Rippal, business manager; Will Boller, general superintendent; Carl Boller, contracting agent; Prof. Cook, sideshow . . . C. Baldwin, balloon; Dixon and Martin, trapeze and bars; Ollivette, wire and ring. New York Clipper, April 3, 1897, p. 73.

    Rippel & Boller notes. The following have been engaged: the Wolfs, Jack and Lottie, Leo Blondin, Ed Seavey, Billy Day, Fred Lang, Edwards and Young, and Scotty Donaldson, boss canvas. New York Clipper, April 17, 1897, p. 109.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rippel Bros. - 1901-02, 1909, 1910, 1912-14, 1918-19, 1920-21 (also Rippel & Lee)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-1919, 1924

1901: The Rippel Family show was closed during the week of May 13, owing to an accident to Mr. and Mrs. Rippel at Ridgeville, Ind. Both were seriously burned by the explosion of a gasoline tank, which came near destroying all the tents, but was put out before much damage was done. The show opened to good business at Gaston, Ind., April 29. They are carrying 16 people, including Miss Leon, Harry Bell, Miss Gardner, Jess Berry, W. H. Odell and the five Rippels. Billboard, May 25, 1901, p. 5.

1902: Roster of Chas. A. Rippel's Show: Lewis Goldstein, advance agent with two assistants; Prof. William Berry, leader of band of seven pieces; Miss Gertie Rippel, slack wire; Zoelia (Zoella?), queen of the air; Master Chas. Rippel, contortionist; Master Jack Rippel, acrobatic song and dance; Harry Leon, juggler and equilibrist; Master Robert Rippel, child clown; Miss Alice Leon, plastique posing. Evening News (Jeffersonville, IN), April 4, 1902, p. 1.

1909: Rippel's Show: Rippell Bros., proprietors; C. A. Rippel, manager; Alvin Radcliff, general agent; J. H. Porter, special and press agent; Jack Rippel, treasurer; ___ Aldorfer, equestrian director; Happy Kilgore, supt. of canvas; Chas. Rippel, Jr., supt. of animals; Mrs. Aldorfer, supt. of privileges; Harry Kitredge, supt. of stock; Will Ball, supt. of properties; Louis Kramer, band leader. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1910: The Rippel Bros.' Show opened at Carbon, Ind., May 16, to fair business. Roster: Rippel Bros., owners; Hugo Egner, advance agent with two assistants; Wm. Rogers, leader of band; Jack Winters, Ed. Westherford, M. Newman, Harry LaTour, Jack Rippel, Chas. Rippel Jr., Wm. Smith, Robt. Rippel, Harry Stickney, musicians: Pete Smith, trapeze and rings; Alda Newman, rolling globe; Gertie Leon, cloud swing; Alice Rippel, slack wire; Chas. Rippel, contortionist; Addie Rippel, juggler; Nellie Rippel, menage act; Robt. Rippel, trick mules; Georgie Evens, Simmons and Simmons, Kid Kemiks; Vivian, trick bicycle act; Happy Jack, boss canvasman with six assistants; Will Newman, boss hostler; Elmer Bruno, electrician. Billboard, June 11, 1910, p. 18.

1912:

    Rippel Bros.' Show - Rippel Bros., props.; Gus Rippel, mgr.; John Rippel, treas.; Robert Rippel, general agent and advance press agent; Gus Rippel, press agent back with show; Montana Ike, equestrian director; Hugo Egener, general supt.; Ora Whiteman, supt. privileges; Perry Lewis, musical director; E. P. Stephenson, supt. reserved seat tickets; Happy Jack Loyd, supt. canvas; Harry Kahl, boss hostler; Mrs. Alice Rippel, supt. commissary dept.; Russell Loyd, supt. lights; E.(?) V. Hankins, supt. properties; Sam. W. Chandler, supt. stock; ??? Rippel Jr., supt. working crew; Vic Gunnison, boss carpenter; Ora Whiteman, announcer. Show opens May 8. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Rippel Bros. United Shows at Goodland, June 20. Montana Ike's Wild West and Prof. Henry Wolfard's dog, cat and rat circus. Daniels-Lewis, acrobats. Princess Nesta, Indian lady rifle shot, six years with Buffalo Bill. Lieut. R. W. Griffin, western novelty shooting act. [Advertisement] Goodland Herald (Goodland, IN), June 15, 1886, n.p.n.

1913:

    Rippel Bros. Show - Rippel Bros. proprietors; Gus Rippel, manager; John Ripple, treasurer; Ross Crabb, sideshow manager; Al. Redcliff, general superintendent; Madge Miller, superintendent privileges; Dave Barter, musical director; Big Jack Lyons, superintendent canvas; Andy Moore, boss hostler; Andrew Kindle, superintendent commissary department; Ora Whiteman, announcer. Show opens at Brazil, Ind., May 12. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

    The Rippel Bros.' Show is now in its ninth week. The show was visited by two cyclones recently, the first at Monterey, Ind., and the second at Walkerton, Ind., July 14. The first storm was not so bad, but the second one whipped the top into shreds. The management managed to have all the people out before the top went down. No one was injured. Mr. Rippel telegraphed for a new tent larger than the old one. All the band boys and performers helped patch up what was left of the big top, and the show remained in Walkerton the second night, playing to big business. Billboard, July 26, 1913, p. 24.

1914: Gus Rippel, proprietor and manager; Ed. Grinstead, assistant manager; Robt. Rippel, general agent and press agent; Ed. Grinstead, musical director; Shorty Mills, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Will Helewell, superintendent canvas; Will Snell, boss hostler. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

1918:

    Jack Rippel, formerly manager Rippel Bros.' Shows, was married to Bonnie Gene Black at Muskogee, Ok., June 11. Rippel is in Class A-1 and expects to be called to the army. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 24.

    M. L. Baker, contortionist, magician, fire eater and rope spinner, is with the Rippel & Lee Show this season. Billboard, July 13, 1918, p. 25.

    Orange, Va., Oct. 11. The Ripple & Lee Show will close the 1918 season on October 17. Business for the season has been big, although the patronage has greatly decreased since October 1, due to the Spanish influenza epidemic. The show will winter at Orange. At the close of the season the people will depart in several directions. Charles Ripple will play a few of the late fall fairs, Mr. Lee will take an auto trip to Texas, Mr. and Mrs. Fred Shores will take out their own sho in houses, Mr. Baker goes with Uncle Sam and Gus Ripple will go to Washington, D.C. Billboard, October 19, 1918, p. 26.

    Orange, Va., Nov. 16. Messrs. Rippel and Lee, formerly representing the Ripple & Lee Show, have dissolved partnership and closed for the season. Gus and Chas. Rippel will revive the Rippel Bros. Overland Show, which has been on the shelf for the past four years. The show will spend the winter in quarters in this city and will open the 1919 season about March 31. Billboard, November 23, 1918, n.p.n.

    Bobby Rippel, late of the Rippel Bros. Shows, and Ida Sutton were married November 25 at Leavenworth, Kan. Billboard, February 1, 1919, p. 67.

1919:

    Wanted, all-round performers to strengthen show, single act, magic, contortion, juggling, sketch team. Rippel Wagon Show, Wildwood, Virginia, April 30; Esmont, Va., May 2, 3, 4. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 3, 1919, p. 2.

• More on the 1919 Rippel Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

1920: Rippel Bros.' Show: Rippel Bros., proprietors; Gus Rippel, manager; John Rippel, assistant manager and treasurer; Miss Bessie Morris, secretary; Robert Rippel, general agent and contracting press agent; John Griffin, general supt.; Chas. A. Rippel, supt. privileges and musical director; Burt Lacy, supt. canvas; Louis Hicks, boss hostler; Mrs. Bert Lacy, supt. commissary dept. Opens at Radient, Va., April 5(?). Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

1921: Rippel Bros. Shows. Gus Rippel, prop. and mgr.; John Rippel, asst. mgr. and treas.; Harry Leon, general agt.; Chas. A. Rippel, general supt.; Robt. W. Rippel, supt. privileges; John Griffin, supt. canvas; Geo. Shay, boss hostler; Margurite Smith, supt. commissary dept.; Wm. Lacy, supt. stock and blacksmith; moves made by wagons and motor conveyances. Billboard, March 19, 1921, p. 123.

• Note: More on this show or people may be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Prof. Risley's Circus - 1863

• 1863: online at Clipper, April 25,   Clipper, December 5 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ritchie's - 1890

    Receiver's Sale, Monday,November 24, by order of Circuit Court of Jefferson County, menagerie and circus . . . consisting of monkeys, trained dogs, bears, leopards, lions, parrots, eagles, Chinese cow, trick mules, ring and trained horses, band and ticket wagons, tents, seats, etc., to be sold for cash in hand. . . . Frank Silverman, receiver, Pine Bluff, Ark. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 588.

    Ritchie's Circus and Menagerie, which was attached for debt several weeks ago at Pine Bluffs, Ark., and has since been in the hands of the Sheriff, was sold at auction Nov. 24, at the stables on East Barraque Street, where the stock, animals, cages, band wagons, tents and all appurtenances, was bid in by G. H. Barnum, of Barnum & Cooper, who went from Birmingham, Ala., for the purpose of bidding on the property. The court fixed $2,000(?) as the lowest sum at which the show could be sold in its entirety. Many persons were present who hoped to buy animals which they fancied, but the opportunity was denied them by Mr. Barnum's bid. We are informed that Barnum & Cooper will place it on the road again, and retain the services of Mr. Ritchie, the former proprietor, as manager. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 613.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rivera's - 1874

    By the Transatlantic Company's steamer Amerique, now due at New York, is expected the agent and portion of Rivera's Roman Circus Company. The horses, trappings, chariots, and general paraphernalia will arrive on following steamers of the same line. The Amerique sailed from Havre on March __. This show will be combined with Van Amburgh & Co.'s. New York Clipper, March 28, 1874, p. 415.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rivers & Derious - 1854-59, 1860, 1864

• Richard Rivers and Edwin Derious.

1854:

    [Advertisement] Rivers & Derious' Grecian Arena Circus! Superbly equipped and appointed for the traveling season of 1854. Manager, Mr. E. Derious; treasurer, W. Horne; equestrian director, R. Rivers; leader of orchestra, C. Poor.
    The unbounded patronage and immense popularity enjoyed by the Grecian Circus of Derious in all parts of the United States wherever the company has appeared, emboldens the proprietors to still further enterprise and exertion for the amusement and gratification of a magnanimous and generous public. The have, therfore, augmented their hitherto unrivalled troupe with fresh and brilliant attractions! consisting of the finest stock of running horses; the most graceful and daring equestrian artistes, and the most accomplished acrobatic and gymnastic performers; with grotesque and original scenes, Fairy Pantomime, Rustic Ballet, &c. Being altogether the most novel, elegant, refined, and original entertainment ever given in the circle!
    The interior, which is of sufficient capacity for the accommodation of 3,000 persons, is brilliantly lighted by means of portable gas, manufactured on the ground, with seated elevations around the entire space, for the convenience of visitors. The whole scene enlivened with the populars airs and maelodies of the day by the superb Grecian Cornocopean Band, lef by Mr. Chas. Poor.
    Two distinct entertainments will be given daily, afternoon and evening. To be exhibited at Dover, on Friday, April 28th. Boxes 25 cents. No half price. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock, to commence half an hour afterwards. The company will perform at Newark, Del., on Monday, April 24th. At Delaware City, Tuesday, April 25th; Middletown, Wednesday, 26th; Smyrna, Thursday, 27th; Dover, Friday, 28th; Milford, Saturday, 29th. C. W. Fuller, agent. Delaware State Reporter (Dover, DE), April 21, 1854, n.p.n.

1855:

    Rivers & Derious' Circus company gave two entertainments in this town yesterday. The attendance on each occasion was large and the peformances, being of a varied and interesting character, elicited, throughout, unmistakeable evidences of general approbation. Tomorrow, the company will exhibit at Georgetown. Delaware State Reporter (Dover, DE), May 8, 1855, n.p.n.

    Rivers & Derious' Grecian Circus! Newly equipped for the year 1855, will exhibit at Dover, on Tuesday, Sept. 25th. This immense establishment cost the proprietors over $50,000! The company is composed of thirty-five performers! Of the most talented that can be had either in Europe or America, namely:
    Madame Camilla Gardner, the Parisian equestrienne; Madame Wood, the great English equestrienne; Mons. Paul Cane, form the French and German theatres; Signor Blitz, the Italian juggler; E. Derious, the American scene rider; R. Rivers, the unrivalled principal act rider; E. Woods, the great French scenic rider; Mast. George Derious, the wonderful hurdle rider; Mr. Geo. Sloman, the acrobatic and gymnastic performer; Mast. Charles Rivers, general rider, and the greatest tumbler in the world; Mouchachow Pedro, the youthful boy of many forms; Mons. Gerome, the Sampson of the world; Mons. La Borde, E. Lewis, T. Rivers, T. Nambe, R. Bugle, H. Hague, R. Thompson, N. Springer, and numerous auxiliaries.
    Sig. Antonio Capeleno, who has just arrived from Russia, having been engaged at an enormous expense, will appear with his great Russian bears. These wonderful animal performances throughout France and Russia have astonished every beholder. For full particulars of their performances see the bills.
    Messrs. R. Rivers & E. Derious beg to leave to announce that they have brought from Russia and France some entire new performers. Also, new comic afterpieced, never performed in this country. This mammoth concern comprises one hundred and ninety men and horses. The gorgeous procession will enter town at 10 o'clock a.m., led by Mr. Withers' New York Brass and Pandean Band. Doors open at 2 o'clock in the afternoon, and 7 in the evening. Tickets, 25 cents. No half-price. C. W. Fuller, agent and traveling director. Delaware State Reporter (Dover, DE), September 18, 1855, n.p.n.

• 1856: online at Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, October 25,   Clipper, November 1 (scroll down)

1857:

    Rivers and Derious' grand oriental circus dragged its slow and shabby length, of broken-kneed horses, buggies, and baggage wagons over our principal streets yesterday morning. No very magnificnet expectations were created by that meagre display, nor were the most moderate and common-place anticipations satisfactorily realized. We have not beensurprised to learn, in view of these facts, that a vast number of the readers of the Mercury and Advertiser, were as unreservedly sold as the proprietors of those sheets. Journals having characters to maintain, or to establish, should be very careful how they waste the breath of their lives in puffing the sparks of charlatanism; otherwise they inevitably suffer pangs of mortification over a diminished subscription list. Newport Daily News (RI), July 17, 1857, n.p.n.

    Rivers and Derious Circus. We notice that the newspapers in this State copy from papers abroad articles representing this circus as a slim affair. It performed in this city last week, and it is the general opinion that it was the best circus that has visited this place for many years. - Augusta Age.
    This company gives two performances in this city today, and we have no doubt from the reputation of the performers, and the favorable notices of the press from all quarters that it will be a grand exhibition. Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), August 28, 1857, n.p.n.

    Rivers & Derious Circus. We copy the following notice of Messrs. Rivers & Derious' Circus from the Belfast Journal. It will be seen that the editor gives a gentle hint to those editors who vent their spleen on everything, no matter how good, unless it is extensively advertised in their paper:
    The performance of Rivers & Derious Circus on Wednesday (day and evening), was an agreeable entertainment for some three thousand people. Not only were the performances of more than ordinary excellence, but the persons connected with it bore themselves like civil gentlemen and business men. (We are not paid for this "puff," and it would have been printed all the same if the company had not gone to the expense of advertising in our columns). The company goes east from here as far as Halifax. Our Hancock and Washington county friends, who like this popular amusement, may rely on what we have said.
    After witnessing this exhibition we can safely agree with friend Moore, that it is an agreeable entertainment. The tumbling and riding is quite equal to anything we have seen here, and the balancing and swinging is superior to any performance of the kind we have attended. Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), August 29, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1857: online at Clipper, July 18,   Clipper, August 1 (scroll down)

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, May 29,   Clipper, June 12,   Clipper, June 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 26,   Clipper, July 3,   Clipper, July 24 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 7,   Clipper, September 11,   Clipper, September 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 9

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, May 14,   Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, July 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 23,   Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, September 3 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 17,   Clipper, November 26,   Clipper, December 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 17 (scroll down)

• 1860: online at Clipper, January 7, Clipper, January 14, and Clipper, February 11 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at
Clipper, February 6,   Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, May 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 21,   Clipper, May 28,   Clipper, June 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 2,   Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, September 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 1,   Clipper, October 8 (scroll down)

1864: The 1864 Rivers & Derious Circus had an Arab troupe, tumblers; Delvante Bros., acrobats; John Foster, clown; Dick Rivers, Ed Derious, Philo Nathans, Mlle. Oliville, Mlle. Carnot, Julia La costa, riders. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rivos

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, in Mexico and on the West coast, circa 1920.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

• Note: The Robbins name was first used by Burr Robbins from 1871-1888. The Frank A. Robbins Circus operated from 1881 to 1891, in 1898 and from 1905 through 1915. Fred Buchanan titled his circus Robbins Bros. from 1924 until 1931. Sam B. Dill used the Robbins name in the middle of the 1931 season, calling his show Old Reliable Robbins. James Heron used the title Famous Robbins in 1934, and continued using the title through the early 1938 season. Jess Atkins and Zack Terrell used the Robbins Bros. title in their new 1938 show. Floyd King used the Robbins Bros. title in 1939-40. In 1949 Bob Bonham Steven's show was called Robbins Bros. Bandwagon, March-April, 1988, p. 15.

Famous Robbins   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1934-38

• An article on the 1936 Famous Robbins Circus, and other James Hernon shows, including the 1930s World Bros. Circus, is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 4-16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robbins Bros. - 1924-25, 1938   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1924-1931, 1938, 1940, 1949, 1965

• 1924-25: Information on the 1924-1925 Robbins Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1963 (scroll down or use find).

• An article on the 1924 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1980, Vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 13-22.
• An article on the 1925 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1980, Vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 4-16.

• 1925: Robbins Bros. Circus is to open April 25 at Granger, Iowa. The show will be 25 cars, but more to be added to carry extra wagons under construction. The paint shop has turned out tableaux wagons - United States, Great Britain, Belgium, China, France and Panama, to be used in the parade of the nations. Workers are busy on others, including a new calliope. A new vehicle is being built on the old bandwagon style, and the sides of the old Forepaugh-Sells bandwagon are being used in its construction. The carvings on this wagon are 18 inches deep. The baggage wagons were built under the supervision of Earl Sinnot. C. J. McCarthy is in charge of the paint shop, with seven assistants, and five men employed in gold leafing. - James Morse, secretary. Bandwagon, December, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 7, p. 11.

• An article on the 1926 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1981, Vol. 25, No. 5, pp. 4-17.
• An article on the 1927 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 1, pp. 17-26.
• An article on the 1928 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 4-15.
• An article on the 1929 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 6, pp. 15-28.
• An article on the 1930 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 4-17.
• An article on the 1931 Robbins Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 5, pp. 12-26.

• 1938: Robbins Bros. Circus, 1938 parade order. Police car, show auto, 2 lady flag bearers; U.S. tableau, 6 horses; No. 1 band; 4 lady riders; deer cage, 4 horses; tableau No. 32, four horses, clowns on top; clown cart; France tableau, 6 horses; deer cage, 4 horse hitch; 2 lady horse tamdem rider; lion cage, 6 ponies; Belgium tableau, 5 horse hitch, with clown band riding; monkey and bird cage, 6 ponies; 2 lady riders; Great Britain tableau, 6 horse hitch; 4 lady riders; lion and tiger cage, 4 horse hitch; tableau No. 84, 6 horse hitch, sideshow band; clown cart; air calliope with 6 ponies; ten wild west riders; 1 zebra; 3 camels, 8 elephants (only 8 in parade, but 12 on the show); and steam calliope, 4 horse hitch. Show was operated by Adkins & Terrell. Bandwagon, October 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 5, p. 5.

Articles on the 1938 Robbins Bros. shows are online:
Bandwagon, June 1955 (scroll down or use find)
Route, Bandwagon, Christmas 1955 (scroll down or use find)
Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1966 (scroll down or use find)
Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1967 (scroll down or use find).

• An article on the 1949 Robbins Bros. Circus, Robert Bonham Stevens, owner, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 3, pp. 4-12.

• An article on Robbins Bros. Circus, Jack S. Smith, owner, 1965-66 is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 15-29.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Burr Robbins' Circus - 1876, 1878-79, 1881, 1883-86   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1871-1881, 1883-87

1876:

    [Advertisement] Burr Robbins' Great American and Rentz Royal German Allied Shows. Menagerie, museum, hippodrome, caravan, aviary and double circus. In conjunction with the Grand Centennial Tournament and Living Tableau Carnival. 100 male and female artists. 50 educated trick and dancing horses and ponies. Two educated performing elephants. Troupe of trained dogs and goats. 12 lady riders. Four great clowns. Performing elephants, hyenas, lions, crocodiles, dogs, monkeys, goats, etc. The Lee Family, 6 in number, classical horsemanship. The Royal Japanese Troupe, introduced by King Sarbro and Bell of Japan, amazing feats, legerdemain, juggling and illusions, and the hazardous act entitled The Avalanche, or Descent for life, an aerial attempt.
    Names of celebrities: Lee Family, six in number. Dan Bushnell, equilibrist and man of iron nerve and strength in his knife impalement feat. Mr. Lem Mauson, grotesque posturer and contortionist. Mr. J. H. Jeffrey, man serpent and gymnastic Apollo. Little Bobby, midget, clown, and wit. Mr. Geo. H. Murray, clown, jester, philosopher and satirist. Mr. Miles Orton, bareback rider. Smead & Gallager, horizontal bars. Mr. L. G. Brockway, subjugator of animals and horseman. Mlle. Louisa Rentz, equestrienne. Mlle Marcella. Miss Kate Morris, manege. Mlle Mulueaux, equestrienne. Large auxiliary of general performers.
    Large collection of zoological attractions. . . . Grand holiday street parade and free centennial tournament and living tableau carnival. Headed by the Golden Car of Enterprise containing John M. Smith's Cornet Band of twenty musicians, living wild animals in the streets, dens of wild beasts open in the streets, Madame Leon, the lion tamer, mounted knights and ladies in golden armor, tableau cars ornamented with biblical illustrations and scriptural events, panoramic vans with painted pictures of notable events. One thousand men and horses in parade. Headed by the Goddess of Liberty seated in her temple on the summit of the colossal National Tableau Car, drawn by the combination team of war elephants, camels, reindeers, buffalo and horses trained to work in harness. Atlantean golden cars and chariots built for this purpose, reflecting our nation's history and historical events. A grand representation of he Centennial Celebration to take place at Philadelphia, July 4th, 1876.
    At Janesville, Saturday, May 6th. Comfortable cushioned seats, with backs and foot rests can be had for the sum of 25 cents each, extra. Performances given afternoon and evening at 1 and 7 o'clock, 50 cents, children under ten years, 25 cents. At Clinton Junction, May 8th. Harvard, Ill., May 9th. Janesville Gazette (WI), April 25, 1876, n.p.n.

• 1876: Burr Robbins show played eastern Kansas in August, 1876. The show had acrobats, equestrians, a Japanese troupe, and others. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 5, p. 33.

1878:

    There was an interesting temperance event which took place last evening, it being the instituting of a new Temple of Honor, composed of the proprietor and employes of Burr Robbins' circus, and christened the Spring Brook Temple. A few citizens also joined the temple. The charter members: Burr Robbins, Spencer Alexander, Richard Brooks, George Dutch, W. G. Metcalf, W. H. Beaver, Albert Peeler, A. D. VanZandt, S. Rosell, C. B. Conrad, J. M. Smith, Geo. K. Steele, George Young, Samuel Dickey, Samuel Murphy, Harry Wright, Joseph Wilson, Robert Hodges and G. F. Selleck. . . . Janesville Gazette (WI), March 15, 1878, n.p.n.

• 1878: Burr Robbins' Great Amercian and German Allied Shows played Kansas in September, 1878. M'lle Leon in a den of lions and Herr Brooks in a den of hyenas were features. Bandwagon, November-December, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 6, pp. 61-62.

1879:

    Burr Robbins' Great American and German Allied Shows, Circus and Royal Menagerie, organized in Janesville, Wis. Burr Robbins, proprietor and manager; George R. Steele, general director; Matt Lelland, press agent; W. A. Sewell, assistant and manager; D. W. Watt, treasurer; Mark Jones, assistant and steward. Show travels by wagons, employing 231 horses and mules and 150 men. Wm. Ducrow, equestrian dirctor; Richard Brooks, supt. of menagerie; Edward Smith, boss canvasman; Isaac N. Long(?) and Spence Alexander, assistants; Spence Alexander, boss hostler; Edward Burns, assistant; Prof. John M. Smith, leader of band. Company, as far as engagements have been completed: Wm. Ducrow, Fred Watson and family, Samuels and family, Jerry Hopper, A. Lehman, Charles Maddens, J. H. Jeffrey, James Coyle, Sam Dickey, Kane Satsuma, Wm. Ashton, Mark Smith, Miss Rosalie Stickney and Miss Minnie Homer. The menagerie consists of twenty-eight cages of animals, with a reserve stock at the Robbins homestead, Janesville, to make good any losses by death or accident. The feature of the procession will be fourteen camels, two elephants and four tableau cars. All the chariots and tableau cars have been repainted and regilded. The privileges are conducted by the management. New York Clipper, April 12, 1879, p. 23.

1881: (Robbins & Colvin)

    The Great American and German Mastodon Allied Shows, E. D. Colvin & Co., proprietors and managers. Will travel by rail. Wanted for season of 1881, equestrians, gymnasts, and performers in various branches of the business. Sideshow curiosities, concert people and candy manipulators; also band leader and musicians. Address E. D. Colvin, Sturtevant House, New York. Also wanted agents, lithographers, lime-light artists, programmers and eighty-three billposters. Address O. P. Myers, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, January 15, 1881, p. 343.

    E. D. Colvin has bought an interest in the Burr Robbins Menagerie and Circus. New York Clipper, January 22, 1881, p. 347.

    Burr Robbins & E. D. Colvin's Great American and German Allied Shows is in winter quarters at Janesville, Wis. It travels by rail the coming season. New York Clipper, January 29, 1881, p. 355.

    Burr Robbins & Colvin circus and menagerie gave two exhibitions on the North Main street show lot Saturday afternoon and evening, but the managers left about as much money in Decatur as they took away, for the "crowds" were decidedly thin for the extent of the seating capacity. Everything connected with the show had a fresh look about it, the horses and animals appeared fresh and lively, and the canvas was all new. The evening performance in the arena was good. On Sunday morning the outfit left for Centralia, where performances will be given today. Decatur Daily Republican (Decatur, IL), May 9, 1881, n.p.n.

• 1881: See the article on the 1881 Burr Robbins & Colvin show online in Note Sheet (Circus Historical Society), September 15, 1942 (scroll down).

• 1882: W. R. Hayden, the manager of Keene, the tragedian, was formerly connected with W. W. Cole's circus. "Billy" Hayden, as he is know, has applied the methods of circus management to Keene, which may or may not be solely responsible for the tragedian's success. Hayden will next summer re-enter the tenting field until the regular season opens. He has purchased the Burr Robbins show and will vastly improve the concern. Fort Wayne Daily Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), January 21, 1882, n.p.n.

• 1882: Colonel Burr Robbins, of this city, has finally decided to build a new theatre in the city of Chicago, and will commence operations as soon as the title to the ground on which the building is to be erected shall be perfected. The location will be on the West Side. Having sold his circus and menagerie exhibition, his ambition to put himself at the head of a caterers in the amusement profession, induced Mr. Robbins to embark in this new enterprise. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), May 8, 1882, n.p.n.

• 1882: Col. Burr Robbins returned home yesterday with the "Big United States Circus," [Myers & Shorb show] which he bought in for $25,000 at the sheriff's sale in Louisville. All the paraphernalia of the show is now here, and the stock is housed in the barn on Col. Robbins' place. The circus train arrived here about noon yesterday. . . . Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), September 8, 1992, n.p.n.

• 1882: For Sale. The Janesville Gazette Office. The undersigned intending to change his base of operating, to an active interest in the Burr Robbins' and Colvin Circus and Menagerie, now offers the Gazette for sale. R. L. Colvin, Manager. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), December 28, 1882, n.p.n.

1883: (Robbins & Colvin)

    Peter Beck left last Sunday afternoon for Chicago. From there he goes to Janesville, Wisconsin, where he joins Burr Robbins' circus. He will travel with that company during the season, as tuba player in the band. Waterloo Courier (Waterloo, IA), April 25, 1883, p. 1.

    The Burr Robbins and Colvin grand American and German Allied Shows visited Freeport on Wednesday under difficulties. They exhibited at Monroe, Wis., Tuesday, and started for Freeport, "overland" (they travel by wagon road altogether) early the next morning the baggage and other freight wagons at two o'clock and the passenger wagons at about four. It had rained considerable the night and day before and consequently the roads were very muddy. They had a hard time getting here. The show was advertised for a street parade in Freeport at ten o'clock, but no parade was made. Part of the show kept stringing into town until as late as two o'clock in the afternoon, beginning about eleven. Several wagon loads of show material were stuck in the mid between Cedarville and Freeport, but they finally got loose and came along after the rest.
    Arriving at the show grounds they set about setting up the tents. It rained awhile after dinner and that with the lateness of the show's arrival, made an exhibition in the afternoon doubtful. Finally the tents were erected and the performance commenced later than 3 o'clock. At the afternoon performance there might have been two hundred people, but certainly there were less than three hundred. As the performance was proceeding, the clouds broke loose, and sent down the rain in torrents. The rain soon came through and ran down on the audience, performers and all in streams. The exhibition in the ring did not stop, but was kept up for some ten or fifteen minutes more when the the wind was blowing fearfully without. Pretty soon one of the tent poles near the band stand snapped and it looked like the whole thing, tent and all, would be blown to atoms. The show-men tightened the ropes here and there and the people ran about half frightened. Some crawled under the sides of the tent out into the storm of water. After a few moments the men loosened the ropes and let the canvas of the circus tent fall, but the center pole still stood, defying the storm. Many people went out under the menagerie tent, but they weren't safe there. The animals in the cages grew uneasy. All at once the menagerie tent threatened to fall. There was a hustling for the outside, but the narrow passage was blocked by the little crowd. Everybody got badly wet and muddied.
    The other smaller tents were also badly dilapidated, some of them torn. The center pole of the horses' tent blew partly over. The show people all soon hurried to the C. M. & St. P. round hours, the depot, or bqck to Freeport. The show was a good one, but they had no chance to do anything. The fixed up the tents after the storm was over and gave another exhibition in the evening, to a very small audience. The total receipts of the show were less than $200, not enough to pay their expenses. The show is owned by Burr Robbins and R. L. Colvin, both of Janesville. They have been on the road since May first, and have had bad weather, but good receipts most of the time. "Sailor Dick," one of the showmen, had a foot crushed under a wagon and was sent home to Janesville. . . . Freeport Daily Bulletin (Freeport, IL), May 10, 1883, n.p.n.

    R. L. Colvin, of the Burr Robbins & Co.'s Great American and German allied shows, arrived home last evening from Paw Paw, Michigan, where the show has gone into winter quarters. Mr. Colvin reports having a prosperous season. From him we learn that the show made one hundred and forty-four stands in that number of days, giving two exhibitions each day with one exception, that at De Kalb, Illinois. The show started out on Tuesday, May 1st, and closed on Saturday, October 13th [18th?] at Paw Paw, Michigan, traveling over thirty-six hundred miles, in the states of Wisconsin, Illinois, Indiana and Michigan. The management have leased the circus and menagerie to Mr. Grenier, the museum manager, of West Madison street, Chicago, for twenty-one weeks, commencing in November. The draft horses, wagons, and other property of the show will be kept in Paw Paw until May 1st, when the show, under the same management, will again take the road. Mr. Colvin informs us that he intends shortly to remove his family to Paw Paw, in order that he may be better able to attend to some of the business of the circus. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), October 25, 1883, n.p.n.

1884:

    The Brothertown brass band, consisting of Stockbridge and Oneida Indians, has been engaged to travel with Burr Robbins' circus. Oshkosh Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), May 10, 1884, n.p.n.

    July 31st will be a gala day in Seymour, for then comes the Burr Robbins' New Consolidated Railroad Shows. With this exhibition comes Charles W. Fish, bareback rider; Madame Martha, queen of the arena; Pauline Dubsky, Russian equestrienne; A. Marquise, Brazilian rider; Herr Drayton, modern Samson; Aston Brothers, athletes, and a host of others. There will be trained horses, trained oxen and performing elephants, camels and ponies. The "Dog Circus" is exceptionally fine. The huge hippopotamus is the largest seen in this country. The street parade starts at 10 a.m. Brownstone Banner (Brownstone, IN), July 17, 1884, n.p.n.

    The circus owned by Burr Robbins has gone into winter quarters at Janesville. The past season was not a financial success for the show. Oshkosh Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), October 18, 1884, n.p.n.

1885:

    Burr Robbins, the Janesville showman, will start out with his circus and menagerie May 4, opening at Beloit. Oshkosh Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), April 23, 1885, p. 1.

    The following people go with Burr Robbins’ New Consolidated Railroad Shows this season: Geo. Holland, Sam McFlynn, Wm. Ashton, Wm. Francis, Jno. S. McMahon, Jno. L. Davenport, Master John Davenport, Master Albert Davenport, Jno. H. Coyle, W. Fred Aymar, A. Marquez, three Brothers De Van, Malville and Malcolm, Rob. A. Hewlette, Geo. Chareste, Prince Satsuma, Lewis Jordan, Thomas Romalo, Wm. Van Vleck, Willie Le Beau, Burt Stowe, Hugh Harrison, Jno. Scott, Geo. W. Lewis, Howard N. Stone, Harry McFlynn, Mose Lovery, W. H. Streeter, Kate Holloway, Ida McFlynn, Mlle. La Vern, Stella Bertram, Minnie Bertram, Prof. Jno. M. Smith, leader, with 16 men. Sideshow - J. C. Shipley, Hattie Shipley, Geo. Connors, Madam Carver, Gen. Carver, Lulu Ritter, Sig. Francis, tattooed man, Maori chief, Albino lady, White Moore, long-haired lady, cannibal Fan child, giant skeleton and a colored band of ten pieces. The show opens May 1. Burr Robbins will control all privileges. J. C. Shipley will manage the sideshow and outside privileges and Jno. A. Scott the inside privileges.
    Following is the roster of the advance brigades of Burr Robbins’ New Consolidated Railroad Shows: George K. Steele, general advance director; C. T. Kimball, railroad contractor; Harry Murray, contracting agent; Edward Buckley, press agent; A. B. Bennett, agent in charge advance coach No. 2; Morris Connor, chief billposter; J. P. Manley, lithographer; W. S. Cleveland, J. E. McCarty, A. A. McDonald, George Kramer, Otto Kastner, T. B. Reed, C. S. Ahern, Chas. Henry, Frank Whitney, advance coach No. 1; Ed. C. Wade, chief billposter; Chas. A. Bernard, Horace D. Newman, Michael Burke, Newton Fox, Elmer May, Chas. Harriman, Arthur Wellington, Frank A. Spear, advance coach No. 2. New York Clipper, May 2, 1885.

1886:

    Peters' colored band of this city leave today to join Burr Robbins' circus for the coming season. S. J. R. Peters is leader and manager of the band, which includes James McDonald and John Black. Fort Wayne Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), May 4, 1886, n.p.n.

Burr Robbins New Consolidated Railroad Shows - 1886

      The Burr Robbins New Consolidated Railroad Shows opened at Beloit, Wis., May 6, to well-filled tents. Following is the list of the principals: Albert and Jno. Davenport, riders; Sig. Murdelle, high-wire; Three Albions, brother-act and Roman-ladders; the Musdelles, double-trapeze; Elnino Eddie, tight-rope; Gay and Levanion, Spanish-rings; Valvo, Japanese-perch; Victor Jerome, contortionist; Mlle. Angelo, Indian-clubs; Franc Martinez, Jules Trollop, Fritz Steinschmit, clowns. The annex is managed by Geo. Connor, and contains Madam and Gen. Carver, mighty and mite; Frank De Burdy, tattooed; Zobediah Zoleda, Circassian; Prof. Harrington and Miss Harrington, trained-birds, and the Peters colored band. New York Clipper, May 15, 1886, p. 136>.

• See article on the history of the Burr Robbins Circuses online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1969.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank A. Robbins' Circus - 1885, 1906, 1909-10, 1912-14   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881-1891, 1898, 1905-1915

1885: Frank A. Robbins’ Circus, Museum and Menagerie includes, in the advance department: O. J. Ferguson, manager of all advertising and railroad contractor; Henry W. Mann, contracting agent; Harry Hapgood, press agent; J. A. Reed, superintendent car No. 1, with sixteen billposters; F. W. Hodges, superintendent car No. 2, with twelve billposters; W. H. Sylvester, manager of Stereopticon Exhibition and superintendent of bugle brigade, with six buglers; Ora J. Robbins, advertising programme with the show; Frank A. Robbins, proprietor and manager; Wm. Loper, assistant manager; Warren Bouton, treasurer; Jas. E. Cooke, equestrian director; Chas W. Fish, somersault bareback equestrian; Chas. Lowry, hurdle rider; Jas. E. Cooke; four horse equestrian; Mme. Dubsky, equestrienne; Mme. McDonald, equestrienne; Col. John Foster, clown; Ringford Bros. (John and Connie), Metle Bros. (Rudolph and Louis), Annetta (snake charmer), DeComa Family (three in number), Andy Gaffney, Cuponti, Jacket Chy’s Royal Japs, Mlle. Alma, Wm. Harbeck, Felix McDonald, Ali Berber’s Troupe of Bedouin Arabs, Leopold and Wentworth, Leonard Ayres, John Wilcox, Francis Palmer (human cannon ball), Prof. Oscar Perry and band of sixteen people, Mme. Agnes Hall’s brass and reed band of twelve lady musicians. Geo. W. Cole is manager of the concert, and the people are Phil. Gibbons, Billy Milligan, Geo. McConnell, Leo Grant, Thos. Haley, Lillie Ellis, Maud Chatwood and Mlle. Julia Hulskamp. John Fulton is manager of the sideshow, with these curios: Mlle. Estell, long haired lady; Mlle. Aimee, tatooed lady; German Rose, queen midget; Mme. Etta, Albino; Zuleika, Circassian princess; Wm. Russell, fat boy; George and Henry, Zulus; Prof. Reynolds’ performing birds; Alex. Wilson, ventriloquist; Walter Broma, magician and Punch-and-Judy; Willis Jackson’s colored band and jubilee singers, and eight-footed horse, snakes, giant ox, etc. Geo. S. Cole, Cuponti, Walter Broma and Charles Corbin are the solicitors. The candy stands and reserved seats include Wm. Buxton, Jas. Dains, Tony Burke, Wm. McIntyre, James Casey, Thos. Eagan, Jos. Lynch, Ed. Crowley, Peter McLoughlin, Hugh Kelley and Timothy O’Donnell. Lucius Foster is master of canvas, with 40 assistants. Size of circus canvas, 130 ft. round top, with 3 fifty foot middle pieces; dressing room top, 80 ft. round top and five forty foot middle piece; menagerie top, 80 ft. round top and five forty foot middle piece. No. of horse tents, 4; No. of cook tents, 3. Wm. Randolph is master of horse, with 45 assistants. No. of horses, mules, ponies and donkeys, 185. Felix McDonald is superintendent of menagerie, with 20 assistants. No. of elephants, 10; No. of camels, 4; No. of cages, 50. John Kent is master of transportation, with 10 assistants. Total number of people employed, 320. New York Clipper, April 11, 1885.

• Information on the 1889 Frank A. Robbins show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 4, pp. 40-43.

1906: Roster of the Frank A. Robbins Show, season of 1906. - Frank A. Robbins, president and general manager; Fred Beckman, treasurer and general agent; Chas. W. Sprague, secretary; Frank A. Robbins Jr., assistant manager; Chas. A. Robbins, general superintendent; John Glennon, assistant treasurer; Mrs. Frank A. Robbins, manager candy stands;: Mrs. Chas. A. Robbins, in charge of wardrobe; Winona Robbins, cashier main stand; Milton Robbins, reserved seat door tender; Dave Haley, contracting agent; Wm. Goodwin, superintendent No. 1 advertising car; Thos. Van Osten, superintendent No. 2 advertising car; Harry Hodge, manager of sied show; Wm. Du Crow, equestrian director; Gennaro Marranzini, leader of band; Frenchy Haley, master of canvas; Whitey Likens, master of horses; Clint A. Graham, master of transportation; Steve Roberts, master of side show canvas; Ike Smith, master of lights; Jas. Shipman, steward and charge of main door; . . . The performers so far engaged are as follows: Jack Cousins and wife, Chas. Watson and wife, A. G. Lowande and wife, Three Herbert Bros., the Aerial Lloyds, the Ellets, . . . the Aerial Weavers, Carlosa and Silverton, Edwin La Belle, Vincent C. Harig, the Belfords, Girard Leon and Jos. Marty and wife. Side show people: Margerite Still, Frank J. Hurley, C. A. Bonney. Harry Moulton, Millie Lucretia, L. E. Debonaire, Montana Frank and Montana, Soldene and Olivia, Harry Mlio and La Belle Cleo. Frank A. Robbins has left for an extended trip, first to Lancaster, Mo., then to Birmingham, Ala., via Kansas City, where he will see the opening of the Martin Downs Shows, then to Cincinnati to attend the opening of the Hagenbeck Show, coming home via Canton, and Geneva, O. The Frank A. Robbins Show is practically ready for the opening, April 26. New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114.

1909: Frank A. Robbins' Shows. Bergen Amusement Co., Inc., props.; Frank A. Robbins and E. J. Holland, mgrs.; John Henry Rice, gen. agt.; Frank A. Robbins and John Henry Rice, R. R. contractors; John Henry Rice and Elmer Munelle, local contractors; Morris Taylor, special agt.; Chas. Lowney, checker-up; Clarence Farrell, treas.; H. H. Hall, mgr. side show; W. E. Sands, mgr. Car No. 1; W. Bernard Sands, Fred Handriep, William Rusby, C. E. Randlett, E. J. Lister and Bob Sauds, billposters; Chas. Whalen, lithographer; Chester McDonald, program man; Wm. Lewis, cook. Roster Advance Brigade No. 2: Morris Taylor and Julian McGuire, banners and programs. Billboard, March 20, 1909.

1910:

    The Frank A. Robbins Shows are in their eleventh week in Pennsylvania. Business has been very satisfactory, and all conditions point to continued success in this State. Visiting day at Ellwood City found Dan Robinson and Walter L. Main the guests of Mr. Robbins, and all enjoyed a very pleasant afternoon. On Thursday, July 7, Equestrian Director Dave Castello Sr. celebrated his fiftieth birthday. It is unnecessary to say that it was a big day around the Robbins Show. Dave received many fine presents, and congratulations from his numerous friends with other shows. Also a very handsome goldheaded umbrella, a pair of military brushes, mounted with sterling silver, and many beautiful gifts from the performers with the Robbins Shows. New York Clipper, July 23, 1910, p. 582.

    Comprising the advance of the Frank A. Robbins' Show, which closed its season October 12, were Frank A. Robbins, railroad contractor; J. Henry Rice, general agent; Chas. A. Chapman, manager Car No. 1; C. D. Daley, manager Car No. 2, with sixteen billposters; H. E. Wallace, opposition agent; Ralph E. Allen, local contractor; Earl Conner, excursion agent; J. E. Gordon, press agent. Billboard, October 22, 1910.

1912:

    Frank A. Robbins' Show - Bergen Amusement Co., props.; Frank A. Robbins, mgr.; Clarence Farrell, treas.; Milton Robbins, auditor; John Henry Rice, general agent; Frank A. Robbins and J. H. Rice, railroad contractors; J. Henry Rice, local contractor; Arthur P. Keane, special agent; William Sands, contracting press agent; Dr. J. D. Gordon, press agent back with show; H. H. Sylvester, excursion agent; Frank Morris, mgr. side show; Jack Cousins, equestrian director; Ray Anders, general supt.; Jos. Hughes, supt. privileges; Carmela Nassella, musical director; Thos Barton, Supt. reserved seat tickets; Frank Howard, supt. canvas; Frank Wallace, trainmaster; Chas. Evans, boss hostler; Frank Anders, supt. commissary dept.; Edward Flynn, supt. properties; Chas. Evans, stock and ring stock; Ray Anders, supt. working crew; James Anderson, twenty-four hour agent; Mark Monroe, supt. elephants and animals; Doc Ward, blacksmith; W. E. Sands, mgr. advertising car No. 1; James Johnson, mgr. advertising car No. 2; J. C. Kelly, legan adjuster; Frank Morris, announcer. Show opens at Jersey City, April 24. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    Frank A. Robbins' Wild West News. Roster of this show, which is at present playing a limited engagement at Sea Breeze Island, Bridgeport, Conn., is as follows: Frank A Robbins Jr., owner: Chas. Aldridge, general manager; Mrs. Frank A. Robbins Jr., auditor; Earle Cherry, manager side show; Harry Hall, manager five-in-one show; Chas. Aldridge, chief of cowboys, with the following bunch of "broncho busters:" Bill Harder, Ed. Lewis, Eagle Jack, Bill Davies, Dave Sheldon, Mexican Pete, Broncho Joe and Red Mathers. Cowgirls: Lottie Collier, Hazel St. Clair, Miss Cherry and Miss Allen. Chief Yellow Bird and band of eight Sioux Indians, including Young Deer, the only Indian contortionist in the world: Ogalalla(?) George, interpreter. Jos. Laporte and cowboy band of fourteen pieces.
    The side show. Earle Cherry, manager, contains the following acts: "Brown," handcuff king; Prof. Blanck, "One Man Band;" the Great Nichels, mind reading, assisted by Miss Ayemar; Sig Albertino, Punch and magic; Muscular Le Van, heavy weight lifting, and Mons. Le Baron, animal trainer. Five-in-One show. Harry Hall, manager; Zoma, the wild girl; Pete, monster reptile; Estelle, fat girl; Ed. James, living skeleton; Prof. Jones, miniature working world.
    The performance has many redeeming features, chief among which is the trick and fancy riding by Lottie Collier, and the riding and subduing of "Gray Wolf," the bucking broncho, by Chas. Aldridge, and last, but not least, a wonderful exhibition in the art of rope spinning by Ed. Lewis, a young man who spins three ropes at one time. Using a contrivance that fits over his head, he spins one in either hand and one with his head. Wm. Stickles, the "Rube," furnishes plenty of fun during the performance, and was assisted by his long-eared friend, "Dynamite," the unridable mule.
    Pete King is boss canvasman; Bill Henry, chandelier man; Abe Saunders, George Jones, car porters: Harry Allen, announcer. At the conclusion of the engagement at Bridgeport the show goes to Waterbury, Conn., to fill a four weeks' engagement at Lakewood Park.
    Frank A. Robbins has purchased a new Packard touring car. It is a beauty, seating eight, being used mostly for carrying Mr. Robbins and his family from stand to stand. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11.

    J. Henry Rice, general agent of Frank A. Robbins' Show, is busy securing vaudeville bookings for three of the Robbins' trained animal acts. The menagerie has been placed in one of the large department stores in St. Louis as a special holiday attraction. The show is wintering there. Joe Berries [sic Berris?], animal trainer and equestrian director, is handling in vaudeville the six Schumann stallions belonging to Frank A. Robbins. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.

1913: Frank A. Robbins' Show - Bergen Amusement Co., proprietors; Frank A. Robbins, manager; Milton A. Robbins, assistant manager; Clarence Farrell, treasurer; Winona Robbins, secretary; Milton A. and Winona Robbins, auditors; John Henry Rice, general agent; Frank A. Robbins and John Henry Rice, railroad contractors; John Henry Rice and Albert Emmens, local contractors; Winona Robbins, press agent back with show; A. L. Salvail, sideshow manager; Jos. Berris, equestrian director; Henry Kern, musical director; Frank Howard, superintendent canvas; Wm. Kramer, trainmaster; Wm. Trompson, superintendent elephants and animals; Chas. Dale, manager advertising car No. 2; J. C. Kelley, legal adjuster. Show opens at St. Louis, Mo., April 10. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Frank A. Robbins Show - Bergen Amusement Co., proprietors; Frank A. Robbins, manager; Milton A. Robbins, assistant manager; Clarence Farrell, treasurer; Clarence Linn, secretary; Milton Robbins, auditor; Frank A. Robbins, general agent and railroad contractor; Matilda Robbins, front door; Winona Robbins, press agent back with show; Mr. Burkhardt, sideshow manager; Jos. Berris, equestrian director; R. C. Carlisle, general superintendent; Prof. Henry Kern, musical director; Winona Robbins, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Chas. Davis,superintendent commissary department; W. C. Cox, superintendent lights; W. M. Thompson, superintendent elephants and animals. Show opens at Trenton, N. J. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

• A series of articles on the history of the Frank Robbins' Circus, Robbins' career and his family's careers is in:
Bandwagon, May-June, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 3, pp. 4-21.
Bandwagon, July-August, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 4, pp. 14-24.
Bandwagon, September-October, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 5, pp. 15-27.
Bandwagon, November-December, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 6, pp. 40-48.
Bandwagon, January-February, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 1, pp. 24-30.
Bandwagon, March-April, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 34-43.
Bandwagon, May-June, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 3, pp. 19-29.
Bandwagon, July-August, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 4, pp. 33-44.
Bandwagon, September-October, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 5, pp. 29-38.
Bandwagon, November-December, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 6, pp. 33-46.
Bandwagon, January-February, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 23-28.
Bandwagon, March-April, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 35-43.
Bandwagon, May-June, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 3, pp. 22-29.
Bandwagon, July-August, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 4, pp. 21-35.
Bandwagon, September-October, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 18-29.
Bandwagon, November-December, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 6, pp. 62-73.
Bandwagon, January-February, 2003, Vol. 47, No. 1, pp. 23-34.
Bandwagon, March-April, 2003, Vol. 47, No. 2, pp. 31-38.
Bandwagon, May-June, 2003, Vol. 47, No. 3, pp. 24-27.
Bandwagon, July-August, 2003, Vol. 47, No. 4, pp. 35-37.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Geo. R. Robbs - 1898

    Notes from Geo. R. Robbs' Trans Oceanic Circus and Theatorium. We opened at Gilford, Michigan in April. With the show are Mons. Jonkus, slack wire and trapeze; Geo. Johannes, tramp and street rube; Sautell and Winters, acrobats; the Briggs, Raymond and Susie; Zeno and his trained monk; Mrs. and Mrs. G. J. Roxey, and others. Geo. Johannes is stage manager; Billy Jonkus, chandelier man; Raymond and Briggs, directors, and Geo. R. Robbs, sole proprietor. New York Clipper, May 14, 1898, p. 178.

    Notes from Geo. (Roxey) Robbs' Big Show. Mr. Robbs has sold a half interest in the show to his manager, Raymond Briggs, and the show will hereafter be known as Briggs & Roxey's Trans-Atlantic Circus, Theatorium and Golden Gate Amusement Enterprise. Mrs. Briggs is with the show, as is also Mrs. Robbs. Mrs. Jonkus is a success with his act, getting in and out of a bushel basket in the swinging wire. Geo. Joanis does a rube and tramp specialty. Little ___, aerialist, and ___, juggler are new additions. We have been out three weeks and find Michigan a banner State. New York Clipper, May 21, 1898, p. 196.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Roberts Bros. - 1979, 1982, 1985-87

1979: Owned by Robert C. Earl, the show wintered in Florida in 1979, and opened April 14 at Zephyrhills. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 15.

• This show was owned by Bob and Doris Earl. Information on the 1982 show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 1, pp. 8-9.

1985: The show opened in Florida in April. It went into Florida in October, using the title Larsson Bros. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 8.

1986: The show started in Florida in late March and went North through Georgia, Tennessee and North Carolina in March. They were in Pennsylvania in June. In July owner Robert Earl died. They played New York, New England and Pennsylvania in July and August. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, pp. 8-9.

1987: Doris Earl headed up the show, assisted by her family. The three-ring show opened in Florida in April, toured the East and New England and was back in Florida in October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nick Roberts & Gardner - 1886

1886:

    A new, big idea. 1887. The United Nick Roberts-Gardner Circus. Nick Roberts & Frank A. Gardner, proprietors and managers. Organized to show in large theatres and rinks throughout the country from Maine to California, including the South, a popular prices. Prepared to negotiate with managers for week stands. Two performances daily. A strictly first-class organization, headed by Frank A. Gardner, the world's champion leaper. Our own band, our own stock, our own R. R. cars. Managers will please send open time (from May 3), dimensions of stage and rink, with seating capacity in full. Season begins April 26 at Brooklyn, New York. Wanted, additional first-class ring acts of every kind, with or without stock, 2 property men, 2 agents, 8 lithographers, distributors and billposters. First-class press agent, treasurer, without capital, but with references. Direct all communications to Nick Roberts, general manager, or to F. A. Gardner, equestrian director. Permanent address, 174 Prince street, Brooklyn, N. Y. New York Clipper, March 27, 1886, p. 31.

    The Nick Roberts-Gardner Two-ring Circus spreads its canvas for the first time April 26 at Flatbush and Fifth avenues, Brooklyn, N.Y., with this roster: F. A. Gardner, Julia Lowande, Mildred Gardner, Mlle. Viola, Chas. Dunsworth, Mrs. Clarinda Lamkin, Edward Shipp, Nelsoni, Ella Zera [Zora?], Mlle. Antonio, Prince Pharoah, three Donaldson Bros., two Victorelli Bros., Jos. B. Sonders, Jos. Wallon, Murello Bros., La Rose and French, Benjamin and Elmer, John Fowler, Fred Runnells, Chas. Maurittius, Mlle. Georgina, Mlle. Beatrice, etc. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 83.

    The Nick Roberts-Gardner united two-ring circus will give four performances in Newport next week, Monday and Tuesday. The prices of admission are 10 and 25 cents. The "show" is pronounced first-class. Newport Mercury (Newport, RI), May 15, 1886, p. 1.

    Four performances to crowded audiences were given by the Nick Roberts-Gardner circus. The clowns, George D. Melville and Charles Mauritius, provoke laughter, while the trapeze work of Irwin and Mlle. Beatrice on the flying rings is a sensation. Other acts are Parke's trained dogs and cats, F. A. Gardner, bareback riding, and the company of gymnasts in leaping performance. There is Nelson, juggler, and Prince Pharaoh, contortionist. It is a two-ring circus. Mlle. Mario is worth seeing in her bareback act, and Mildred Granger, with her trained horse, Peacock. Melville, clown, give a burlesque with his trained horse, Terror. Boston Daily Globe (Boston, MA), June 1, 1886, p. 2.

    One of the Nick Roberts-Gardner Circus people thus writes us: "The Nick Roberts-Gardner Circus closed the season after a week's stay at City Point, South Boston, Massachusetts, October 2, on which occasion Mrs. Mildred Gardner was presented with an elegant gold-headed silk umbrella at the conclusion of her menage act by her many admiring friends of South Boston. At the end of the performance the entire company, by special request, adjourned to McElroy's Hotel, where a sumptuous repast awaited them. . . . The company was reorganized by Frank A. Gardner, and will hereafter play theatres and rinks as Gardner's Old-fashioned One-ring Circus." New York Clipper, October 9, 1886, p. 475.

• Cincinnatians, especially the older ones, will be grieved to learn of the death of "Nick" Roberts, who became famous in the early '80's as a fun-maker in Humpty Dumpty and afterwards as a theatrical manager. Mr. Roberts died Aug. 9 at the Elks' National Home in Bedford City, Va., following a stroke of apoplexy. Mr. Boberts made a fortune at clowning, and when approaching age began to tell on him he began to manage. He placed a number of shows upon the road, and for a time he made money. However, the reverse came and Mr. Roberts lost a considerable portion of his fortune. He then joined the Robinson Circus for a short season, but his myrth-provoking proclivities had fled and he quit the game. Shortly afterward he became manager of the old Fountain Square Theatre, now the Columbia. When Messrs. Anderson & Ziegler took charge of that playhouse Mr. Roberts retired. However, his many friends saw that he lacked nothing, and when the infirmities of old age overtook him he was sent to the Betts Street Hospital in Cincinnati. About a year ago he was removed to tbe Virginia city and has since been cared for by the Elks. The remains were shipped to the family in Cincinnati where Interment took place. Billboard, August 19, 1905, p. 9.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank Robert's Circus - 1885

    Millie Alma, trapeze performer, was injured when the tent rope broke. New York Clipper, May 30, 1885, p. 168. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson's - 1886, 1893 (C. J. Smith)

1886:

    Roster of the Robinson & Co. Dime Circus: Smith & Piper, proprietors; Chas. J. Smith, manager; F. E. Piper, contracting agent; A. Knight, treasurer; Charles Lane, equestrian manager; Wm. Maurittius, concert manager; Frank G. Heald's band, ten men; Madame Josephine's dog circus; Chas. and Viola Lane, trapeze; Wm. Maurittius, clown and club swinger; Theodore Levanion, bar performer, leaper and tumbler; J. T. Carrier, equilibrist; Nagle and Myers, comics and brother act; Clayton Brothers, general performers; Frank Harte, singing clown; Frank McKinney, contortionist . . . The show opened July 19(?) at Peoria, Ill. New York Clipper, July 31, 1886, p. 312.

1893:

    Roster of Robinson's Combined Show and Olympic Museum: C. J. Smith, proprietor and manager; Wm. Delmore, equestrian director; Frank Norris, head of advance brigade . . . Prof. Cooney, leader of band with nine solo musicians; the Delmores, Ed. Conklin, Will Howard and wife, the Smith Children, Marsh Craig, the Robinson Family, P. A. Gibbs and wife, Steve Kennedy and wife, Millie Florence, Gertrude Evelyn, the Leondos, Prof. Everton and his troupe of trained dogs, Frank Howard, Sadie Steele, Mabel Steele, Mabel Leonard, Larry McNair and Sig. De Orville. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

    P. A. Gibbs Olympic Museum reports good business through the West with Robinson's Combined Shows. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson & Eldred - 1856-57   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1845-46

• According to Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860, John Robinson and Gilbert N. Eldred were associated for eleven years. They titled their shows "Great Southern Circus."

• 1856: online at Clipper, May 3 (scroll down)

• 1857: online at Clipper, September 12 (scroll down)

• An article on the Robinson & Eldred show, owners John Robinson and Gilbert Eldred, is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 45-46.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson & Heike - 1887

    St. Louis, Missouri. Robinson & Heike's Circus set up their tent at Buchanan and Angelrodt streets 16. They announce Mons. Nitala (Arabian wonder), Paulsen and Walters (strong men), Mlle. Salvini (female Samson), Fred O'Brien (leaper), O'Neil Sisters (trapeze), the Three Iowa Giants and Irene (three headed woman). New York Clipper, May 21, 1887, p. 147.

    Burlington, Iowa. Robinson & Heike's Ten cent Circus pitched their tents here Sept. 24, but as it has rained almost incessantly since, they did no business. New York Clipper, October 8, 1887, p. 470.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson & Howes - 1864

    [Advertisement] Robinson & Howe's Champion Circus! The largest & best in the world, with the only great living horseman on either hemisphere. The novel and wonderful acrobats, prettiest female performers, funnier clowns and comedians, more horses, ponies and mules than any concern ever organized, will visit Janesville, Thursday, April 28th. Performing afternoon and night. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Entertainments will commence one hour after opening. Admission - Dress circle and Range 50 cents; children under ten years of age, 25 cents; Pit, 25 cents. Seats for everybody.
    The following artists will appear both day and night. James Robinson, bare-back equestrian, who has challenged any rider in the universe to compete with him for $10,000, will accomplish at every display his sensational pirouette act. Mad'lle Elise, premier equestrienne, from the Cirque Nationale, Paris, Royal Amphitheatre, London and Chirani's Circus, Havana, has been engaged for the season of 1864. The four wonderful acrobats, Burrows, Kelly, Bordeau and Carr in graphic and startling calesthenics, introducing the double trapeze.
    The two facotious fiddlers, and the new Spanish act, entitled Los Dos Comicos. W. H. Lester, John Glenroy, C. Davis, Sam Rinehart, J. Burns, Adoph Gonzales, W. Blake, R. Johnson, Master Clarence, Wm. Hefron, Frank J. Howes. The equestrian splendors and pageants will be led by Madame Marguerette. The humors or the hour will be given by those two celebrated clowns, Albert F. Aymar and John L. Davenport.
    Among the trained steeds which will command special attention will be the jet black stallion, "Gen. U. S. Grant," and the champion white war charger, "Gen. Geo. B. McClellan." The unapproachable Robinson will ride a differet act at each performance. The Champion Circus will travel by railroad in a special train, chartered by the management for convenience and dispatch. The interior of the pavilion will present a neat and imposing appearance, with the arena covered with rich Turkey tapestry. The two comic mules, "Broad Guage," and "Beau Hacket," will invariably be introduced to enhance the interest of the exhibition. "Grand March and Cavalcade" every morning at 11 o'clock, when the public will have an opportunity of seeing and hearing Prof. Peter's Mounted Cornet Band. E. A. Tompkins, agent. Dr. R. P. Jones, manager of publication. Janesville Daily Gazette (WI), April 21, 1864, n.p.n.

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, February 6,   Clipper, February 13,   Clipper, April 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 14,   Clipper, July 2,   Clipper, July 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 6,   Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, August 20 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson & Lake - 1859, 1860-62

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, April 16,   Clipper, April 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 2,   Clipper, July 16,   Clipper, August 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 29,   Clipper, October 15,   Clipper, December 17 (scroll down)

• 1860: is online at:
Clipper, June 16,   Clipper, June 23,   Clipper, September 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 1,   Clipper, December 8,   Clipper, December 15 (scroll down)

• Information on Robinson & Lake, during the Civil War years, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

1861:

    [Advertisement] John Robinson's International Circus & Menagerie, Robinson & Lake's Great Circus & Menagerie. Superb firmanent pavilion. One hundred and seventy men and horses. Splendid and immensely liberal design for the amusement and instruction of the people, in the wonderful combination of these two great circus families, aided by a great number of lady and gentlemen professionals, chosen from the highest role of artistic excellence. Proprietors, Robinson & Lake. Manager, Col. T. U. Tidmarsh. Advertising agent, H. Ruggles, Esq.
    Five lady riders and danseuses. Three No. 1 clowns. Complete troupe of talented equestrians. Grand operatic brass and string orchestra. Magnificent collection of rare living animals. Splendid stud of blood performing horses, ponies and educated mules. With a distinct troupe of exquisitely trained juveniles, for the production of ballet, pantomime, comedy and farce, to be substituted during the season for the old, wornout and wearisome after pieces.
    The ladies. Madame Robinson, so renowned everywhere, will lead as usual, exhibiting upon her beautiful high mettled horses the graceful yet controlling power which all ladies may, with instruction and practice, obtain over this noble animal; and the high point of excellence and skill which may be achieved in this invigorating and agreeabel exercise.
    Mlle. Alice. The very incarnation of beauty, grace, daring, dashing effect, style and imagination. To attempt anything like a description of this wonderfully brilliant equestrienne, within the limits of a sentence in a newspaper advertisement, would be absurb. We must refer the public to the press of the United States and Europe. Notices will be found copied from the leading journals, in each paper in which this advertisment appears.
    La Fairie Kate from the principal theatres, and Pike's Grand Opera House Cincinnati. "A gem fit for an imperial diadem." So accomplished and fascinating is this pretty young American danseuse, that she has been completely idolized by the elite of society, and styled in compliment the "Terpsichorean Divinity." It may be truly said that "Grace is in her step," and the most esteemed masters have pronounced her dancing faultless. Bold and vigorous in execution, though symetrically petite in size, her form, style and self are the very "Poetry of motion."
    Mlle. Agnes. The charming magic wire figurante, whose astonishing performances have of late created so intense a furore, will appear upon her mysterious invisible wire, in her chaste, beautiful representation of "The Graces."
    Eugenie De Lorme, late from the Theater Francois, Paris, and Theater Royal, St. Petersburg. This thrilling and intensely interesting performance is also one of classic and historical reminiscence, to represent one of those terrible scenes in ancient history, when the Roman Emperor Neor, had the Christian ladies cast in among the masters of the forest. Mlle. Eugenie's enactment of the tragedy, is superb, and her control over the animals so complete as to enable her to go through with the great act in perfect security.
    Grand legation from the Court of Momus. Bill Blake, the Southern clown. Sam. Long, the universal jester and singing "Motley." Archy Campbell, the rural joker and "Farmer's Alamanac of Fun." Without extra charge, the great Russian Elk, 17 feet high, captured in the wilds of Siberia, trained and tamed by Mr. John Robinson, the only one ever seen in this country. The horned horse, supposed to be the last of his race. The perplexity of naturalists. The wonder of the age. Lions, tigers, monkeys, birds, ostriches, etc.
    Master James Robinson, the principal equestrian of the world, just returned from his mighty triumpl abroad, will exhibit those daring feats upon his bareback horse, which have so astounded the world, and placed him upon the pedestal of equestrian fame. Mr. John Robinson will, at each entertainment, perform his handsome, highly trained, intelligent, and beautifully spotted Arabian horse Abdallah, and also ride his great four horse Demon Act.
    Mr. Wm. Odell, the great dramatic equestrian, double sumersetter, and leaper. Master John Robinson, second as an equestrian to none in the world, save Master James, Masters Du Crow, Angelo, Jennings, Darrell, Rice, and a number of others of equal merit, make up the list of this mammoth equestrian party.
    As the price of admission is only that charged for a circus alone, the whole of the animals may be emphatically considered, and are a free exhibiton to all purchasing a ticket to the entertainment at Robinson & Lake's pavilion. All under one mammoth tent. For particulars see pictorial and other bills. Will perform at Huntington, Saturday, June 8th, 1861. At Fort Wayne, Monday, June 10th. At Columbia City, Tuesday, June 11th. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission to Boxes 50 cts. Children do 25 cts. Admission to Pit 25 cents. No half price. Dawson's Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), June 1, 1861, n.p.n.

• 1861: online at:
Clipper, January 19,   Clipper, May 18,   Clipper, June 1 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 22,   Clipper, June 29,   Clipper, July 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 20,   Clipper, August 3,   Clipper, August 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 7,   Clipper, November 2,   Clipper, November 16 (scroll down)

1862:

    [Advertisement] Robinson & Lake's Great Combined Menagerie and Circus. One hundred and seventy men and horses. Huge waterproof firmament pavilion. The Robinson & Lake families, each of them sufficient attraction for any circus company in the world, combined in this great enterprise for the season of 1862, with a view to give such an entertainment as will defy criticism and overwhelm opposition. Fine collection of rare living animals. Grand operatic string and brass orchestra. Numerous stud of highly trained blooded, performing horses, ponies and educated mules.
    Full and complete troupe of equestrians. Five lady riders and danseuses. Two great clowns. Bill Llake, the Northern jester and comic delineator. James Reynolds, the great local humorist and Shaksperian clown. Madame Robinson, Mlle. Agnes, Mlle. Alice, La Farie Kate, Mlle. Eugenie De Lorme, from the principal theaters and amphitheaters of Europe and the United States, and Pike's Grand Opera House, Cincinnati.
    Mlle. Alice, the most delightful of equestrian ladies, in her brilliant act of horsemanship, beautiful, graceful, and daring. Riding backward with as much ease as forward, flying through baloons and over banners, and forming pictures of such elegance and grace, as to have gained for her the sobriquet of queen & love and beauty. La Farie Kate, from Pike's Grand Opera House, Cincinnati, in all her role of the new ballet, pronounced by first masters incomparable; aslo in splendid double dances with Mlle. Alice.
    Mlle. Agnes, the invisible wire performer, whose brilliantly graceful positions upon a single wire, at a considerable elevation from the ground, excite universal admiration. In truth, this singularly beautiful parlor entertainment is a card which needs only to be known to induce thousands to visit the pavilion for the purpose of seeing it alone.
    Master James Robinson, just returned from abroad, the principal equestrian in the world; the naked horse champion - in all his wonderful achievements. Mr. John Robinson, in his great four horse Demon Act. The elegantly formed, beautifully marked, and highly trained Arabian horse. Abdallah, at each exhibition will enact his finely arranged and wondefully pleasing performance.
    Master John Robinson, Mast. William Dutton, Masters Du Crow, Darrle, Fontaine & Angelo, with a host of minor stars, will assist in rendering the entertainments novel and brilliant.
    Grand entrance into the den of wild beasts, and terrific encounter with a ferocious lion by the lovely, fascinating, graceful, yet daring Eugenie De Lorme. Without extra charge, the great Russian Elk, 17 feet high, with immense antlers, captured in the wilds of Siberia, trained and tamed by Mr. John Robinson. The horned horse, the last of his race. The perplexity of naturalists. The wonder of the age. Splendid performing zebra. A pair of fine Arabian ostriches. Lions, tigers, bears, birds, monkeys, leopards, etc. Forming a splendid and rare collection of wild beasts.
    As the price of admission is that charged for a circus exhibition alone, this great zoological display, as well as the daring feats of Mlle. Eugenie among the lions, etc., may distinctly be considered free to all persons who obtain a card of admission to Robinson & Lake's Big Show. The whole exhibition, under one mammoth pavilion, constructed for Messrs. Robinson & Lake by Mr. Vandivers of Cincinnati, the head of his profession. Pavilion brilliantly illuminated. Ushers at all times in attendance to seat ladies and children. Order at all times strictly maintained.
    Company will exhibit at Dresden, Tuesday, May 13. Coshocton, Wednesday, May 14. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Admission to boxes 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Children under 10 years 25 cents. No half price to pit. Coshocton Age (OH), May 8, 1862, p. 8.

• 1862: online at:
Clipper, April 26,   Clipper, June 21,   Clipper, July 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 27 (scroll down)

• 1863: online at Clipper, January 24 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson & Myers' - 1883

    Wanted for Robinson and Myers' Great European Circus and Museum, male and female pad and bareback riders, with or without horses, one four-horse act, trained animals of all kinds. Performers in all branches of the business. Band in uniform, snare drummer who plays solos on other instruments. Boss canvasman and chandelier man. Wanted for museum, freaks and curiosities of all kinds. Educated animals, magician who does Punch-and-Judy and other novelties. We remain in Chicago all the season. Candy stand to let. Robinson & Myers, South Clark street, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 5, 1883, p. 108.

    The Mr. Myers of Robinson & Myers' Great European Circus and Museum, is T. R. Myers, formerly of De Haven's Show, and should not be confused with O. P. Myers, who is not interested in any show this season. New York Clipper, May 19, 1883, p. 136.

    Robinson & Myers' Circus opened in Chicago, Ill., and excellent business is reported. The show performs this week at State and Twenty-second street, that city. On the bill are Mme. Sebastian Sweet, Lizzie Keys . . . Thomas Roberts, Alberlardo Lowande, the Luprois, Charles Howard, Master Willie, the Lewis Brothers, the Quintette Family, the Wertz Bros., Wm. McQuade, Charles Bell, with Prof. Norris' brass band. Eugene Robinson is the manager. New York Clipper, June 30, 1883, p. 243.

    Robinson & Myers' Circus will start out Aug. 20. The death of Mr. Myers' father caused a postponement from the original date, Aug. 6. New York Clipper, August 18, 1883, p. 355.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson & Westman - 1882

    Robinson and Westman's Great Eastern Circus will exhibit at Fresno on next Monday, Nov. 6. This combination has been performing on the Coast for several months with great success. The following is from the Humboldt Press: "The acrobatic feats were fine, and Messrs. Haswell and Sheldon on the trapeze proved themselves first-class performers. The boy De Mott is a wonder in his contortion feats. There are two good clowns and they keep the audience laughing. Jim McCue, known all over California, has a number of his well-trained horses with the circus. The horses 'Maericans,' 'Lincoln' and 'Stanton,' are good trick horses." There ware twenty star performers and a large number of trained and educated horses with this company. The Vineards, high-kickers; Signor Forestella, the unrivalled swallower; Haswell and Sheldon, trapeze performers; Harry La Mott, the "Injun Rubber" boy, and the man of the iron-jaw, as well as four of the remarkable clowns seen in the ring are on the bills. Fresno Republican (Fresno, CA), November 4, 1882, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Eugene Robinson's - 1890-92

1890:

    Paducah, Kentucky. Eugene Robinson's Three Floating Palaces came 26(?). Miles Orton's Circus passed up the river 23(?) on their way to the Cumberland River towns. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 115.

    Paducah, Kentucky. Eugene Robinson's Floating Palace gave an exhibition April. ?, to a good audience. They were to take a trip up the Cumberland River, but, after a week of bad business, this was abandonded. ___, their advance man started up the Ohio river. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 147.

1891:

    On the road, circuses: Eugene Robinson's, Quincy, Ill, June 26, Warsaw 27, Ft. Madison, Ia., 2?, Burlington 30 . . . Muscatine, Ia. July 2, Rock Island, Ill. 3, Davenport Ia. 4. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    On the road, circuses: Eugene Robinson's, Keithsburg, Ill. July 1, Muscatine, Ia. 2, Rock Island, Ill. 3, Davenport, Ia. 4. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

    On the road, circuses: Eugene Robinson's, Dubuque, Ia. July 15(?) New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 313.

1892:

    Eugene Robinson's Three Floating Palaces will be sold at Vicksburg, Miss., April ?. Bob Mack closes his fourth season with Eugene Robinson's Floating Palaces April 4(?) at Vicksburg, Miss., and will at once return to his home at Cincinnati, O., for a brief rest. Mr. Mack mourns the loss of his mother, who died a few weeks ago. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Eugene Robinson's Three Floating Palaces will be sold at Vicksburg, Miss., April 4(?). New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

1894: The show boat built by Eugene Robinson was sold by the C. S. Marshall at New Albany, Ind., for eleven hundred dollars to A. B. French. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 810.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Alexander Robinson's - 1861-68, 1873-77

• 1861: is online at:
Clipper, May 4,   Clipper, June 1,   Clipper, June 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 6,   Clipper, July 20,   Clipper, September 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 14,   Clipper, September 21 (scroll down)

• 1862: Robinson & Toole, online at Clipper, September 27 (scroll down)

• 1863: is online at:
Clipper, April 4,   Clipper, August 22,   Clipper, September 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 19 (scroll down)

• 1864: Robinson & Deary, online at:
Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, April 30,   Clipper, May 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 21,   Clipper, June 4,   Clipper, August 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, August 27 (scroll down)

• 1865: Robinson & Deary, online at Clipper, April 1,   Clipper, May 27 (scroll down)

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, March 31,   Clipper, April 21,   Clipper, May 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 23,   Clipper, August 4,   Clipper, August 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 22,   Clipper, October 20 (scroll down)

• 1867: Robinson's Southwestern, online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, June 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 16 (scroll down)

• 1868: Robinson's Southwestern, online at:
Clipper, March 21,   Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, July 25 (scroll down)

1873: New York State Circus . . . proprietor, Alexander Robinson; general manager, Chas. Covelli; assistant manager, Boyd Robinson; contracting agents, Wm. Page and Wm. Albright; treasurer, Boyd Robinson; equestrian director, John Glenroy . . . New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

1874: A. Robinson's Great European Circus, Menagerie and Caravan. Proprietor and manager, Alexander Robinson; assistant manager, Boyd Robinson; general agent, E. M. Sage; press agent, James Howe; programme agent, R. McCann; chief billposter, James Shay; treasurer, Ben Brooks; equestrian director, John Glenroy; zoological director, Dr. Murray; museum director, Prof. Tomlinson . . . Clowns, Lee Powell and Bob Clark. Riders, Mme. Marie Robinson, Mrs. Lee Powell, John H. Glenroy, J. Robinson . . . Gymnasts, Maynard Brothers, E. Callahan, Master Tommy and Master Henry. Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, John Glenroy, Maynard Brothers, Boyd Robinson, Henry Carey, Bob Clark, M. O'Brien, J. Robinson . . . W. Castello, revolving globe. Proprietor of concert, M. J. Robinson. Proprietors of sideshow, Harry Mumford and James Pearson. Proprietor of candy privileges, John Laughlin. Supt. of menagerie, Charles Harrington. . . . New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.

1875:

    Alexander Robinson's European Circus and Menagerie. Proprietor, Alexander Robinson; manager, J. F. ___, assistan manager, Major Stokes; general agent, __ Richardson; assistant agent, C. R. Ripley; programme agent, William Filmore; treasurer, Clarence Burton; master of circle, Wm. Castelo; equestrain director, John Glenroy; zoological director, John Johnson; museum director, William Devere . . . Clowns, Hiram Day, Bobby Clark. Riders, Mlle. Helene Robinson, principal female rider; John Glenroy, bareback rider; William Burton, pad and somerset rider . . . Gymnasts, the Burton Brothers, Maynard Brothers, Geo. Warren, William Castello . . . Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Henry Rixford, Henry Carey, Fred La Marr, Eugene Cook, Maynard Brothers, William Castello, George Deveraux. . . . This show will visit all the principal cities in New York and Michigan, making a street parade every day, at which time all the performers will be mounted on black steedes, preceded by the monster chariot conveyint Prof. Clements' European band, and followed by the tableau car, on which will be five ladies, one in each corner, and one in the centre. There will be a live lion and a live hyena on the top of the car, controlled by Mme. Maria Robinson. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.

    W. S. Shedman, principal leaper and double somerset thrower, has just been engaged for the tenting season with Robinson's European Circus and Menagerie. New York Clipper, May 8, 1875, p. 47.

1876:

    Alex Robinson's Circus is to start on a tour from Utica, N.Y., May 17. It goes into Canada. New York Clipper, May 20, 1876, p. 63.

    Alex Robinson's European Circus and Menagerie showed in Cortland, N.Y., July 31. John Glenroy has been a member of this company for the past seven years. The show exhibited in Moravia Aug. 2, Dryden 3, Richford 4, Ithaca 6. New York Clipper, August 12, 1876, p. 159.

1877: Alex Robinson's New York State Show is exhibiting in the oil regions of Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, August 11, 1877, p. 159.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James Robinson's - 1869, 1870-72

1869:

    [Advertisement] James Robinson's Champion Circus, combined with Gardner & Kenyon's Menagerie. Only legitimate menagerie that has visisted Ohio this season. Elyria, Wednesday, June 30th. Birmingham, Thursday, July 1st. The menagerie will be entirely distinct from the circus, so that those parties who wish to visit the menagerie and not the circus, will have ample time given them to do so and retire before the equestrian performances begin.
    The circus department, under the immediate supervision of the great horseman, James Robinson, will ride at each exhibition. His emotiona disenthralled act, on his bareback steed, throwing forward and backward somersets over high objects and through balloons, pirouting, posturing and introducing his infant son, Clarence, equestrian exploits carrying of the fairy child erect upon his head. The beautiful boy, Clarence, in a miniature manage act on his pigmy pony, will demonstrate the Parisian haute ecole.
    Miss Eliza Kenyon, premiere equestrienne. Madame Camilla, French equestrienne. M'lle Minnie, La Petite Magie, Miss St. Clair, Miss Roberts. Hunting & Matthews, gymnasts. Mr. Frank Robinson, athlete, acrobat and contortionist. The Arabian Brothers, gymnasts and acrobats. Master Eddie Gardner, young equestrian. Mr. Robert Hunting, wizard horseman. Mr. Charles Matthews, cloud swing. Mr. Dan Gardner, mirth-provoking son of momus. Lester & Sneed, gymnasts and general performers. Mr. Harry King, Mast. Gregory, Mr. Matt McCollom the Shakesperian jester. Mr. Frederick Rivers, master of whip. Also Messrs. Coleman, Rice, Buckley, Benoit, Logan, Manahan, etc.
    Mr. Charles Kenyon will introduce the educated horse "Ingomar." The performance will commence with a grand Polish cavalcade and conclude with the merry monkey races, introducing the troupe of pones and educated monkeys, Doctor and Jenny Lind. The orchestra or band will furnish popular airs of the day under the direction of Prof. Douglass. The grand procession will take place daily at 10 a.m., headed by the beautiful Swan Chariot, drawn by a line of cream colored horses, followed by the ring horses, carriages and pictured cages, a moving panorama nearly a mile in length. Two exhibition each day, afternoon and evening. Doors open at 1 o'clock in the afternoon, circus performance to commence at 2 1/2; in the evening doors open at 6 1/2 o'clock, to commence at 7 1/2 o'clock. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years of age, 25 cents. The diamond studded champion belt, golden medals and trophies presented to Mr. James Robinson can be seen on the day of the exhibition at White and Finn's Jewelry store. W. H. Gardner, agent. Elyria Independent Democrat (OH), June 23, 1869, n.p.n.

1870:

    [Advertisement] James Robinson's Great Circus and Animal Show will exhibit in Lawrence, Monday, June 13th. With his troupe of equestrians and gymnasts. The only James Robinson, champion bare-back and hurdle rider. Six trained numidian lions, performed by Mr. Charles White, emperor of lion conquerors. The Komical Ku-Klux Klan, flying phenomens, lion's leap, life in the clouds, man monkey, beat and sentinel, Golden Car of the Conqueror, Clarence the boy wonder in his miniature menage act, Sheridan's ride, the Great Victorellis, John, William and Hector. Twenty-one acts in the ring. Two grand performances, afternoon at one, evening at seven. Admission 75 cents. Children under nine years, 50 cents. Lawrence Republican Daily Journal (KS), June 3, 1870, n.p.n.

1871:

    [Advertisement] James Robinson's Great Circus and Champion Show will be in Logansport, Monday, April 24, 1871 for one day only. Exhibition by the best equestrians, athletes and gymnasts. The only James Robinson, champion equestrian. Mr. Frank Pastor, riding his padded or saddled horse. Grand balloon ascension by the Parisian aeronaut, Mons. Paul Le Gand, in his air ship, City of Paris, ninety feet high, forty feet in diameter. The process of inflation can be witnessed by the patrons of the circus without extra charge. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cent. Democratic Pharos (Logansport, IN), April 12, 1871, n.p.n.

1872:

    [Advertisement] James Robinson's Circus and Museum. Will exhibit at Decatur, Monday, June 10th. James Robinson, champion bare-back and hurdle rider, carrying his son and pupil, Master Eugene, boy equestrian. Including: M'lle Celeste Stanley, Mr. Wm. Gordon, Mr. Samuel Shappee, Mr. Fred Wilson, Mr. J. Whitney, Mr. Wm. Burke, Davenport Brothers, Mr. Phil Diffenbach. Mr. Frank Pastor riding on the padded or saddled horse. M'lle Louise Boshell in her "Queen of the Floating Chord," numbering forty-five male and female artists. Equestrian dog, Phil Sheridan. Wonderful man monkey, The Bear and the Sentinel, Great Golden Car of the Conquerer, the Komikal Ku-Klux Klan. Twenty-one acts in the ring. Professor Quinn's Chicago Light Guard Band will enliven the entertainment and will occupy the Car of the Muses drawn by a stud of caparisoned horses. Two exhibitions daily, at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Doors open one hour before. Admission 50 cents. Children under ten, 25 cents. W. C. Anderson, agent. Daily Republican (Decatur, IL), June 8, 1872, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

John Robinson's - 1858, 1864, 1866-68, 1870, 1877, 1880-82, 1884, 1891-1892, 1900, 1909-10

• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists this show, 1856-58, 1863-64, 1866-1911, John Robinson I, II & III, owners.

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, April 10,   Clipper, May 22,   Clipper, August 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 28 (scroll down)

1864:

    [Advertisement] John Robinson's Mammoth Menagerie and Circus Combined! 200 men and horses. Newly fitted and re-organized for 1864. John Robinson, manager and proprietor. J. Robinson, Jr., treasurer. Luke Rivers, equestrian director. F. Switzer, leader of band. The model show of America. A grand collection of living wild animals, in conncection with a first-class equestrian & gymnastic company, selected from the elite of the profession for their sterling worth and merit.
    An operatic ballet and pantomime troupe has been engaged, regardless of expense. Three clowns at each performance. Lee Powell, the people's clown and favorite. P. H. Seamon, rural humorist and comic vocalist. Gus Shaw, the vertiable. An unequaled collection of highly trained Arabian horses, educated mules, dancing horses, and pigmy trick ponies. The grand procession will enter town on the morning of the exhibition, at 10 o'clock, led by the elegant Swan Chariot, drawn by a team of beautiful dapple-gray horses, containing Mr. Switzer's Silver Cornet Band.
    The following ladies and gentlemen compose the troupe of this mammoth company: Madame Eugenie De Lorme, the only female who enters the den of wild beasts in Europe or America. J. Robinson, the daring equestrian and champion bare-back rider. Mast. Willie Dutton, the youthful two and four pony rider. Mr. John Robinson, the champion four and six horse rider of the world. M'lle Frances, the wire Sylphide. La Fairie Kate, the poetry of motion. Mr. J. H. Glenroy, the veteran equestrian and general performer. Mr. Luke Rivers, the best general performer in America. Wm. Odell, G. N. Robinson, George Cutler, Charles Clonney, Holland Brothers, Signor Sebastian, James Robinson, Master Hernandez, Tom Poland. The world-renowned Polish Brothers, William and George, will go through with their astonising and original performances.
    The beautiful mustang trick pony, Lucy Bertram. To amuse the children, the comic monkey, Gen. Grant will appear. To which, without extra charge the following living wild animals have been added: a pair of Russian Wapitas from the wilds of Siberia. The great African bison, the only one on exhibition in this country. The horned horse, the last of his race. Together with lions, tigers, bears, leopards, panthers, monkeys, birds, &c., forming a splendid collection of wild animals, the whole being under one mammoth pavilion for one price of admission. This mammoth show will exhibit for one day only in Burlington, Iowa, on Friday, July 15, 1864. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7 p.m. Admission 50 cts. Children under 12, 25 cts. W. H. Hough, business agent. Burlington Hawk-Eye (IA), July 4, 1864, n.p.n.

• 1864: online at Clipper, May 14,   Clipper, May 28 (scroll down)

1866:

    [Advertisement] John Robinson's Circus & Menagerie. Great combination. Ten shows in one. Embodying the enormous cavalcade of 120 men and 200 horses, together with a grand comprehensive menagerie, consisting of specimens of rare wild animals collected from the four quarters of the golbe. Will exhibit at Knightstown, Thursday, October 12th; East Germantown, Friday, 13th; Richmond, Saturday, 14th. Board of directors. John Robinson, proprietor. W. H. Hough, manager. John Robinson Jr., equestrian director. Thomas Canhan, musical director. G. N. Robinson, treasurer. This immense alliance consists of five circuses, fifty performers, five original clowns, twenty educated ponies and six premiere equestriennes, a variety of choice animals from the Jardine Zoological, Paris,and distinct corps of volltigeurs, acrobats, hippodramatists, pantomimists, &c.
    The ensemble comprises a more astounding array of the creme-de-la-creme of the equesentheatron, than has ever been concentrated in any single enterprise in the world, in proof of which the following unexampled array is presented as leaders of the combination: M'lle Francis, the brilliant wire equipoist. Madames Seman and Wilson, premiere equestriennes of la haute ecole. Petite Francis, Fairy Kate, LeJune Louise, Little Annie, a quartette of beautiful and graceful Sylphs. Mr. J. Robinson, the dashing, brilliant and indomitable equestrian and centaur of the arena, known as the Nonpariel Flying Horseman.
    Mr. Boyd Robinson will introduce a novel actd' equisition with a mammoth Elk, which he will ride at full speed, leaping bars, balloons, &c. The Nonpariel Louis, the colord boy wonder of the equestrian world, formerly belonged to Jefferson Davis, and was presented to Mr. John Robinson by Mrs. Davis. His great leaping act is a marvel of daring and intrepidity. Master Frank, the graceful and daring lilliputian rider. The Great Conrad Brothers, the champion gymnasts of the world, a title and claim which is undisputed by any other professor of the classic and Herculean sports. In their feats of equestrian acrobats they surpass the anticipation of the most exacting imagination. W. Blake, G. Cutler, N. Homer, Rinehart and Madigan, gymnasts and voltigeurs. The five original clowns, Nat. Austin, W. Conrad, Gus Shaw, S. Fay, and T. Cooke, are each particular stars in the motley profession.
    The grand cavalcade will prove an outside feature of surpassing brilliance. The gorgeous Golden Swan Chariot, containing Thos. Canham's Silver Cornet Band, will lead the van, followed by a glittering troupe of mounted cavaliers in superb gold and silver armor, Fairy Pony Chariots, trick horses, and elaborately ornamentd dens and vans containing the great zoological feature of the combination, consisting of the following named animals: the performing elephant Empress, introduced by Johnson. African lion and lioness, ruffed lemur, ocelot, wild dog of Tartary, civet, South American tapirs, cooyhare, ground costi, Australian kangaroo, alpine mormat, zebra, chacina, mandrill, red monkey, chimpanzee, white noze monkey, Diana monkey, great flamingo, lyre bird, sulpher crested cockape, rose cockatoo, Alexandrine parakeets, white headed parrot, goodwit cassowaries, Persian lion, African leopard, tiger, Ceylon tiger, wombat of Australia, ichnuemon, Russian cinnamon bear, grizzly bear, African porcupine, wapita, white eye-lid monkey, Barbary ape, marmoset, agile gibbon, Ursine howler, probosis monkey, blue and yellow macaws, red macaws, rose-winged parakeets, Banksain cockatoo, golden, silver and Chinese pheasants, long billed curlew.
    Grand routine of arenic acts: Brilliant Bedouin Arab entree. Great double pony act by Master Frank. The quadruple globes, by the unrivaled gymnasts Conrad and Blake. Dashing and intrepid hurdle act, by Louis, the colored phenomenon. Leaps and aerial gyrations, by the troupe of voltigeurs. The quadruped wonder, or the performing pony, Lucy Bertram, introduced by Mr. Jon Robinson Jr. Grand actd' equation, by Master Frank. Exciting representation of pony monkey races. Great horizontal bar act by Messrs. Conrad, Blake and Cutler. Grand quadruple pony act, by the indomitable Master Frank. Brilliant poetic act of equatation, a la sylphide, by M'lle Frances. Comic stilt act, by Conrad and Blake. The wonderful leaping elk, the most extraordinary trained animal ever introduced into the arena, will go through his performance under the supervision of Mr. Boyd Robinson. Pete Jenkins on a Rampage, a humorous representation by Mons. Leon. A beautiful act of equilibrium, entitled the "Floating Wire," by M'lle Louise. Grand bare-back hurdle act, by Mr. J. Robinson. Grand finale. Western Mirror (Cambridge City, IN), October 4, 1866, n.p.n.

1867:

    [Advertisement] John Robinson's Great Combination Circus & Menagerie.The Last Great Sensation and Monster Combination of Zoological Ornithological and Equestrian Wonders of Creation. Hillsday, Monday, May 20th, 1867. Forming a grand stock enterprise consolidating ten shows of first-class selection in one grand alliance, producing the most stupendous display of wealth, talent and experience ever seen in this country. The mammoth Zoological department is composed of the curious and rare animals of Asia, Africa & South America, including orthnological selections of the most beautiful specimens of foreign birds, forming the most extensive collection of wild animals in the country, supported by the largest company of equestrians in America, number 150 men and 250 horses, including the largest company of equestrians, three popular clowns. Enabling the management to produce startling acts of horsemanship, daring gymnastic exercises, spectacles of oriental grandeur, with the most dazzling splendor.
    Board of directors. President, John Robinson. Superintendent, J. F. Robinson, Jr. Business manager, W. H. Hough. Secretary, James Robinson. Treasurer, G. N. Robinson. Director of amusements, J. Wilson. Musical director, Thos. Canham. Historic lecturer, Dr. Campbell. General agent, B. M. Stevens. Keeper of the dens, Prof. G. W. Johnson.
    Features of the ten shows: 1. Robinson's Great Combination Show, living wild animals and equestrian selections. 2. Wombod's [sic] Menagerie in two parts, zoological and ornithological, from London. 3. Mons. Francois Boyd's Parsian school o educated horses. 4. Sig. Adolphe Castillo's Italian troupe of educated dogs, monkeys and goats. 5. Madam Gertrude Bouxarie's Specialty, with her magnificent den of performing lions, "Hero, Don, Cruiser and __." 6. Wilson's Australian Gymnastic Alliance. 7. Sloman's South African Vaudeville company. 8. J. F. Robinson Jr.'s School for Training Horses. 9. J. Q. A. Hemingway's Collection of Native American Wild Animals. 10. G. W. Johnson's Performing Elephant, "Empress."
    In the zoological department will be found a herd of tapirs. A rare and wonderful animal from the interior of Asia, the genus Pochpydrem mammal, characterized by a nose prolonged into a moveable proboscis; skin very thick and covered wiht close, thick hair, and neck furnished with a stiff mane. Of all animals, they have the most acute sense of the hearing and sight, and when attacked they defend themselves with their teeth. The present herd has been imported at an immense expense for Robinson's Great Combination, and moreover, they are the only living specimens of the animal ever brought to the United States.
    A flock of Austalian emeus, or cassowaries, imported for the great Parish Exposition, but retained for the Great Combination, enabling the management to exhibit to the searchers of natural historical specialities the most beautiful brids of rare plumage in the world. Various heights of these birds, from seven to twelve feet, being the only speciments in America. A herd of porcupines, natives of Africa and Asia and of the genus Hystrix of Linnieus, with pines or quills, three feet long, being the only herd ever on exhibition, furnishing the most beautiful subject for the study of the naturalist.
    The performing elephant "Empress," introduced by Mr. Johnson. African lion and lioness, ruffed lemur, ocelot, wild dog of Tartary, civit, copyhara, ground coati, alpine marmot, silver-crested cockatoo, zebra, cheema, mandril, red monkey, chimpanzee, diana monkey, great flamingo, lyre bird, white nose monkey, Persian lioness, rose cockatoo, Alexandrine parroquoits, African leopard, tiger cat, Ceylon tiger, ichneumon, American white bear, Russian cinnamon bear, wormbat of Australia, white haded parrot, Australian kangaroo, grizzly bear, American buffalo, African bison, African porcupine, wapati, mena, barbara ape, marmozet, red macaws, rose-winged parroquets, blue and yellow macaws, banksian cockatoo, white eyelid monkey, goodwit cossowaries, long-billed curlew, probocis monkey, South American dusky paen, golden silver and Chinese pheasants, gibbon, ursine howler. [Note: many spelling errors]
    Prominent among the attractive talent of the arena are such artists as M'lle Alic, M'lle Frances, Madame Margaret, Mr. John Wilson, Mr. C. N. Robertson, Mr. John Robinson, Sig. Adolphe Brandisi, Mr. J. McDonough, Mr. John Lowdow [sic], Mr. George Sloman, the American humorist and polite local clown; Mr. Frank Robinson, clow par excellent and modern Grimaldi; Mr. Archie Campbell, time-honored dispenser of wit and humor; the nonpareil Lewis. Mr. Lewis Willis.
    Magnificent and brilliant tournaments and grand oriental processions will open each entertainment. This truly meritorious exhibition of wealth, talent and experience produces, as if by magic, an outfit of such superior magnificence and beauty as to astonish the world. Grand gratuitous exhibition. A gorgeous ancient pageant - The Grand Chariot of Mars, Oberon and Achilles; living lyons in open dens of gold and bronze; knights and gladiators in armor of ancient Romans as escort to the glittering and costly oriental equipages. This grand and imposing procession will be preceded by the Chariot of Oberon, containg Thos Canham's Operatic Silver and String Orchestra of twenty first class musiciand. Two performances - at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. The procession will enter the city at 10 o'clock. Admission 50c. Children under 10 years 25 cts. Hillsdale Standard (MI), May 14, 1867, n.p.n.

1868:

    [Advertisement] John Robinson's Great Combination Circus & Menagerie. Forming a grand stock enterprise, consolidating ten shows. The mammoth zoological department including ornithological selections of the most beautiful specimens of foreign birds, the most extensive collectionof wild animals in the country. Supported by the largest company of equestrians in America, numbering 150 men and 250 horses. Including fifty performes, five lady equestriennes, three popular clowns.
    Features of the ten shows. 1. Robinson's Great Combination Show, living wild animals and equestrian selections. 2. Wombold's Menagerie, in two parts, zoological and ornithological, from London. 3. Mons. Francois Boyd's Parisian school of educated horses. 4. Sig. Adolph Castillo's Italian troupe of educated dogs, monkeys and goats. 5. Madame Gertrude Bouxaries Specialty, with her den of performing lions, "Hero," "Don," "Cruiser." 6. Wilson's Australian Gymnastic Alliance. 7. Slomans' South American Vaudeville Company. 8. J. F. Robinson Jr.'s school for training horses. 9. J. Q. A. Hemingway's collection of native American wild animals. 10. G. W. Johnson's performing elephant "Empress." . . .
    Prominent among the talent of the arena are: Miss Cordelia, champion female rider of the world. M'lle Frances, Madame Margaret, Madame Gertrude, Mr. John Wilson, Mr. John Robinson, Mr. J. McDonough, Mr. Geo. Sloman, W. H. Ashton & sons, Mr. G. N. Robinson, Sig. Adoph Brandisi. Mr. John Lowlow, the American humorist & polite local clown. Mr. Frank Robinson, clow par excellence and modern Grimaldi. Mr. Archie Campbell, time-honored dispenser of wit and humor. The nonpariel Lewis. Mr. Lewis Willis. First appearance in America in two years of G. M. Kelley, champion leaper of the world.
    Grand gratuitous exhibition. A gorgeous ancient pageant. The Grand Chariot of Mars, Oberon, and Schilles; living lions in the open dens of gold and bronze; knights and gladiators, in armor of ancient Romans, as escort to the oriental equipages. This procession will be preceded by the Chariot of Oberon, containg Thos. Canham's Operatic Silver and String Orchestra of twenty musicians. Two performances - at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. The procession will enter the city at 10 o'clock. . . . Geo. Morrison, agt. Dubuque Daily Herald (IA), June 23, 1868, p. 1.

    The steamer "Cross" with John Robinson's Circus came to our levee at 12 M. yesterday, to the great delight of countless Johns and Mary Anns.
    The chap who had charge of the "side show" connected with Lake's circus, instead of following the company when it left Muscatine, bolted for Illinois, taking along with him the "educated pig" and some other wonders, the whole worth a thousand dollars. The circus men are after him and expect to overtake him. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), June 25, 1868, n.p.n.

1870:

    [Advertisement] John W. Robinson & Co.'s Excelsior Circus will exhibit at Davenport, Wednesday, May 18th, for one day only. Look at this array of talent: Wm. B. Carroll, two and four horse rider. Mrs. Carroll, beautiful equestrienne. Little Annie Carroll, only five years old, finest rider of her age. Willie Carroll, only eight years old, somersault rider. Madame Bridges, finest performer on the tight rope, and scenic rider. M'lle Nellea, equestrienne. Sam. Rinehart, champion leaper, leaping his 14 horses. Mrs. Rinehart, rider. Charles Wright, Herculean cannon ball performer. Leslie Brothers on the horizontal bar. Willis Wolf, double somersault.
    Whittony Brothers, double flying trapeze, thirty-five feet from the ground. Antonio Brothers, Charles, Wash and Billy, brother acts, as well as turning somersautls from shoulder to shoulder of brother. Charles Seymour, leaper, tumbler and gymnast. Billy Andrews, the Western favorite, first clown, assisted by the Shakespearian clown, Johnny King. Master Leo, Master Gio, Master Eddie and the Marble Brothers, double clog dancers. Trick horse, "Orlando," dashes through a blazing balloon of fire. Not a word will be uttered, nor an act don, that will offend the ear or do violence to the taste of the most cultivated lady or gentleman. Doors open, corner Perry and Fourth streets, at 2 and 7 o'clock, Wednesday, May 18. Children under ten years old half price. J. T. White, agent. Davenport Daily Gazette (IA), May 18, 1870, p. 1.

1877: John Robinson's World's Exposition commenced its season at Fulton (East Cincinnati), thence to Carthage, Ohio, 16, Sharon, 17, Hamilton 18, and then up the Ohio. This show, which for many years has traveled by rail, will this season go by wagon. New York Clipper, April 21, 1877, p. 31.

1880: John Robinson's World-Renowned Circus. The veteran showman, John Robinson, will be in Portsmouth with his gigantic circus and menagerie on the 26th. The electric ligh, a marvel, a miracle; rivaling the light of day; outdoing the sun in splendor, and whos miraculous illuminating power is today the subject of more comment, regarding its practical utility, than any invention of the age, will light up the whole vast area covered by the spacious pavilions. The telephone will also be on exhibition, open for inspection, and free to all for trial and experiment. The Edison phonograph, which talks, whispers, coughs, laughs, whistles and sings will be on exhibition, day and night, and open to the inspection of all. . . . Portsmouth Times (Portsmouth, OH), April 10, 1880, n.p.n.

1881: Jacob Riley, the well known juggler, while performing with John Robinson's circus a few days ago in a town in West Virginia, had a paralytic stroke and fell from his horse in the ring. He has been for several days perfectly helpless. He telegraphed for his wife to meet him in Cincinnati, which she did yesterday, and brought him home on the 2 o'clock train this morning. Mr. Riley is now improving. - Daville, Ill., Commercial. Hoosier State (Newport, IN), August 10, 1881, n.p.n.

1882:

    Jacob Doerschuk returned on Friday last from a visit to his two sons in Terre Haute, Indiana. His son Frank is a good musician, a clarinet player, and has engaged for the season with John Robinson's Circus. The show goes to California. Ohio Democrat (Philadelphia, OH), May 4, 1882, n.p.n.

    Ever since Robinson's circus and menagerie reached the Pacific coast they have met with bad luck. Just before crossing the mountains one of the leading actors, a bicycle rider, was shot and killed by a cowboy. In Nevada the mammoth ox died from being overged, and a lion "gave up the ghost" from old age. In Untah some horses and wild beasts - camels and leopards - died, and on Saturday night at Wheatland, Cal., a dromedary was knock from a train and instantly killed. Financially the circus has been a success. Robinson made more money in Nevada and Utah this season than he made during the whole of last year at the East. Reno Evening Gazette (Reno, NV), August 3, 1882, n.p.n.

1884: George A. Flinn, a Fort Wayne boy, will go to San Francisco March 1, with Robinson's circus. Mr. Flinn has charge of the first advance car. Fort Wayne Daily Gazette (Fort Wayne, IN), February 23, 1884, n.p.n.

1891:

    Notes from Robinson's Circus. The elements favored the Robinson show April 27(?), when, for the first time in many years, they opened at Cincinnati amid a burst of sunshine. The street display took place, and was voted a success in every way. Everything looked bright and new, and showed the faithful work of those about the Winter quarters. The opening was a success, and gave to Cincinnati people one of the finest exhibitions ever presented under the Robinson canvas. Manager Jack Robinson was elated. The great spectacle, "Solomon and the Queen of Sheba," began the performance, and it can safely be said to be Rettig's masterpiece.The costumes are elegant, the ballet well trained, and show the able work of Constantine, the master. Over six hundred people take part in the performance. The hippodrome races, the bareback riding of the De Motts - Willie, Josie and Louisa - the daring feats of George Holland, Young Hollin and others made hits. Josie De Mott never rode so well, and was applauded to the echo. Emma Lake (Mrs. Gil Robinson) was called upon at short notice to make her appearance with the show in place of Mrs. George Holland, who was suddenly taken ill. Little Cad Robinson, manager John's six year old daughter, did a pretty manege act upon her pretty little spotted pony. John Lowlow looked after the rings, and was as busy as a bee. Dan Dale is handling the tickets in the wagon, as usual. The Robinson boys have the finest show they ever had, and one they can feel proud of. The Robinson Show is just about half as big again as it was one year ago. Then it required a train of thirty cars to carry their paraphernalia; now two trains are required and forty-five cars. "The Queen of Sheba" is the Biblical story, gorgeously illustrated in the beginning. It akes the place of the time honored grand entree, and when the Queen arrives to greet King Solomon that incident in the lives of those characters of olden times given an opportunity for a pageant of dazzling brilliance. The scenery is simply grand. It could not be otherwise, for it was designed by John rettig, who fathered all the spectacular successes of the "Order of Cincinnatus," "Rome Under Nero," "The Fall of Babylon," etc. The spectacle is presented under the general direction of Charles Constantine, and three hundred people participate. There are one hundred girls in the ballet. As usual, there are three rings, and the bareback act of Josie De Mott was one of the greatest on the programme. There are jugglers, acrobats, tight rope walkers and trapeze artists in plenty. One feature, which will take with the little people, is an act from the life of Humpty Dumpty. There are a dozen races at the wind up. This is the show's business roster: Sole proprietor, John F. Robinson; managers, Gil S. and John G. Robinson; assistant manager, F. C. Cullen; treasurer, Charles M. Robinson; assistant treasurer, Dan Dale; general agent, Oliver Scott; advertising agent, Sam Joseph; assistant advertising agents, Nick Huberts and De Witt Forrest Davis; press agent, Will E. owens; programme agent, J. J. J. Kane; John Kategan(?), W. P. Adams and Cook, managers of cars Nos. 1, 2, and 3, respectively: equestrian director, John Lowlow; director of hippodrome, John Wilson; manager of privileges, James Hutchings; assistant manager of privileges, Dennis F. Lynch. The performers include: Josie De Mott, Louise De Mott, Mable Reed, Millie Leon and Mme. Forepaugh, Millie De Mott, George Holland, Orrin Hollis, Dan Leon and Master Willie Forepaugh, the Lamont Bros., William Forepaugh, Frank Cook, Walter Kirl?y and wife, William and J. Batchellor, the Forepaugh Family, Da Commas, the Morrisons, the Seymours, the Reeds, the Fisher family. In the museum are Shields and his giant wife, Cad and Clara Claire, . . . Lilly Wray, Mr. and Mrs. Cornoms(?), Felix Wurlop, McKenzie and Madame B?r?o. The second stand was made at Covington, Ky., May 4, and the third at Newport, 5. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

    Wounded by a Lion. Montreal, Sept. 2. - While Robinson's circus street parade was in progress here several of the lions in an open cage began fighting. Equestrian Lawler [sic] tried to quiet them, when one of the lions seized him with one of his paws and lacerated his head and face in a terrible manner. It is thought he will die. Daily Republican (Mitchell, South Dakota), September 2, 1891.

    Circus Train Wrecked. . . . Wheeling, Sept. 21, - The Robinson show train was wrecked between Steubenville and Washington, Pa., Saturday morning . . . The wife of Boss Hostler Eagles . . . was the most severely injured . . . Jack Lynch, the head cook, was also very painfully injured . . . none gravely hurt. The most serious damages is the destruction of the two cars, the wrecks of which had to be burned to clean the tracks to let the show go through on time. . . . Daily Times (Lima, OH), September 21, 1891.

    Circus Train Wrecked. Four Sleeping Cars Leave the Track and a Score of People Injured. Pittsburg, Sept. 21. - A disastrous wreck occurred . . . at an early hour. One report says that between fifteen and twenty persons were injured. One, a woman, fatally. The John Robinson circus train was running as a special and at a high rate of speed. When within 100 yards of the station four sleepers left the track. Two of the sleepers rolled down a steep embankment and were smashed to kindling wood. The other sleepers were also badly wrecked. . . . Mitchell (South Dakota) Daily Republican Mitchell, South Dakota), September 22, 1891.

1892:

    The John Robinson Show opens its season at Cincinnati, O., April 23, after which it is to invade Kentucky. The entire outfit has received an elaborate overhauling and many costly additions during the Winter. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Roster of John Robinson Advance No. 2: W. F. Adams, agent; . . . Ed. Braddock, lithographer; J. Pigg, programmer; "Senator" Hop Little, calliope player; Will Allen, Billy Norton, Chas. Kline, Joe Kaiser, Frank Hardy and Jack Mahon(?), billposters. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 554.

1900:

    Gil Robinson went all the way to Egypt this past winter to buy camels for the John Robinson Shows. He bought thirty, all young and strong. Despite great care fourteen of them died on the vessel on the way over. This is one of the reasons that the price of camels in America is high. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    Robinson Circus Opening. The John Robinson show opened most auspiciously at the East End lot last Saturday. Every thing seemed to favor the opening. The day was warm and clear; in fact, ideal circus weather prevailed. This, together with the Saturday half holiday, which is generally recognized in Cincinnati, brought out a fine crowd. . . . A new feature in connection with the wagons is the construction of the roofs. Not one has a flat roof; each one has a fancy tin roof painted in imitation of slate, tile, shingles, etc., the idea being to play to the crowds who view the parade from the second stories. The show inside was fully up to the standard. The special feature of the opening was the attendance of the Cincinnati Lodge of Elks in a body and their presentation of a handsome jeweled badge to young John in recognition of his services at the recent Elk circus. The Shriners also expressed their best wishes for the success of the show during the coming season by presenting a fine floral tribute in the shape of their badge.
    The roster of the show this year is as follows: general agent, Oliver Scott; railroad contracting agent; George Aiken; in charge of advance, Gilbert Robinson; in charge of Car No. 1, J. M. J. Kane; Car No. 2, Wm. Dale; opposition brigade, Geo. Kilburn; superintendent, E. C. Cullen; auditor, Dan Dale; equestrian director, Robert Stickney; treasurer, Rudolph Gessley; press agent, Captain F. B. Wilson; side shows, Phil Ellsworth; accountant, John Coyl; front door, F. Wilson; purchasing agent, John Lowlow; reserve seat tickets, James A. Orr; assistant equestrian director, William Dutton; boss hostler, Will Fourquer; boss canvasman, J. Kaskey; boss property man, William MacCoy; boss side show canvas, Thomas Fairchild. Billboard, May 5, 1900, p. 3.

    To the Editor of "The Billboard:" Dear Sir - Mr. J. G. Robinson, my employer, is a busy man and requests me to write you in his stead. Our business has been a shade better up to date, than last year, and quite a heavy shade at that. We have only one day of which to complain, and that was our stand at Tipton. At Lafayette rain struck us, at 7 p.m., and fell in torrents, but is had little effect on business. At Niles, Ohio, our business was very good, although the Wallace folks were only nine miles away, at Youngstown. There was considerable visiting on both sides. Most respectfully yours, F. B. Wilson. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5.

    John Robinson bought the four performing elephants sent over by Hagenbeck. E. D. Colvin made the sale. The price was $6,000, and the consideration was cash. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.

    The Robinson advance force, in spite of promises of Messrs. Scott & Aiken, pulled Buckskin Bill's paper at Piqua, O. in retaliation. Mr. Dan Robinson put in Charleston, W. Va., and what Dawson and his braves did to the Robinson paper was - well, it was a plenty, all right. Billboard, July 7, 1900, p. 5.

1909:

    John G. Robinson's Ten Big Shows Combined. John G. Robinson, prop. & gen. mgr.; Oliver Scott, gen. agt.; Geo. W. Aiken, traffic mgr. and excursion agt.; J. L. Springer, special agt.; Col. Towers, mgr. side show; Fred Fisher, equestrian dir.; Wm. Davis, mgr. commissary dept.; Rudolph Gessley, treas.; Geo. Stump, supt. transportation; Jos. Caskey, supt. of canvas; Claud Orton, supt. of stock; Dick Jones, supt. of elephants; Harry Reed, supt. of animals; Ed. Van Shaik, supt. of reserved seat ticket; Red Carroll, supt. of props.; Geo. Fisher, twenty-four-hour man; Punch Wheeler, press agt. Roster Advance Car No. 1: Wm. M. Dale, car mgr.; Frank Adams, boss billposter. Roster Advance Car No. 2: G. Henry White, car mgr.; George White, Frank McCarty, Wm. P. Jones, M. L. Franks, G. N. Watson, M. R. Langdon, Ed. N. Flooris, Steve Means, billposters; Frank G. Logan, lithographer; Marty Wilson, program man. Roster Advance Car No. 3: M. C. Srvice, car mgr.; Mike Fagan, boss billposter; Harry Mann, contracting agent; Warren B. Irons, legal adjuster; Frank Kelley, supt. privileges; John Phifenburg, supt. side show canvas. Billboard, March 20, 1909.

1910:

    Cincinnati is to be credited with putting out the first real winter circus. That is a full-fledged winter circus that will use a special train of its own cars to transport it through the country. It will be the John Robinson Winter Circus and will take to the road the first of the year. Arrangements have been made for the appearance of this new enterprise in a number of the leading cities in the East and middle West. The John Robinson Circus has been most favorably known for the past eighty-seven years and the new winter circus will be the very cream of the big show with a number of new attractions added. It will be billed just as the big show has always been and there is no reason why it should not get money.
    The executive staff has already been selected and while it will carry the names of many of the staff of the Ten Big, there are many new ones that will be identified with the winter circus only. The riding acts, aerial acts and ground acts will be selected from the very best obtainable and the aggregation of trained animals will be particularly interesting.
    In connection with the regular circus performance there will be a perfectly organized and historically exact wild west exhibition. This will be made a feature of. To conform with the best of circuses a street parade will be given in each town and this is considered by the showmen as getting a winter circus as near the summer event as possible. The Robinson large herd of elephants will form part of the exhibition and it will be the only herd that any winter circus carries. The policy of the circus will be to make the indoor circus as near the big summer show as possible and nothing will be left undone to attain this. The winter circus train will be made up of twenty cars and will be run in one or two sections as the occasion may require.
    Mr. John Robinson will be the manager, Ed. C. Knupp will take care of the railroads. Fred(?) Mattie will promote. Col. Heckman will have full charge of the advertising. John D. Carey will be general press agent with two assistants and several minor offices are yet to be filled. Thus far the advance arrangements have been highly satisfactory and the winter circus is billed solid until the opening of the summer season for the Ten Big.
Ring Barn Gossip
    Opposition between winter circuses will soon be in order and then may the good weather dispenser have pity on the tack spitters. Ed. C. Knupp, of the John Robinson Winter Circus, was in Buffalo last week, looking after the interests of the big indoor show. The John Robinson Winter Circus will carry 150 head of horses for draft purposes. These, of course, will figure in the street parade but besides these there will be twenty-five ring horses and those to be used in the big menage acts. The John Robinson winter circus will carry a band of twenty pieces and will be featured in the concert preceding each performance. When the John Robinson Winter Circus hits the town and gets busy with its billing there is certainly going to be some rustling among the theatre publicity givers. This same John Robinson has long had a reputation for billing and the line of paper has always been regarded as some paper. Robinson to Put out Winter Circus. [1911] Billboard, December 3, 1910, p. 21.

1911: See the article on the 1911 show in SPEC (online).

• Undocumented information. “Old” John Robinson was born July 22, 1802 in Albany, New York, and died on August 4, 1888 in Cincinnati, Ohio. He was the first of three generations of circus proprietors. His father was John Robinson, who was born in Scotland; his mother Nancy Boyd. John married Margaret Yates in 1835 in Schenectady, New York. He later marred Elizabeth Frances Bloomer on January 4, 1841. The children of John Robinson were: John Franklin, born November 4, 1843 in Linden, Alabama; Gilbert N., born July 15, 1845 in Buchanan, Virginia; James H., born February 25, 1847 in Charleston, South Carolina; Frank M., born November 28, 1849 in Alabama; Kate V., born April 5, 1851, in Virginia; and Charles Marcelus, born February 5, 1854, in Cincinnati, Ohio. John Franklin Robinson, who died on April 30, 1921 in Miami, Florida, was buried in Spring Grove Cemetery & Aboretum, Cincinnati, Ohio. John Franklin married Maud Logan, and later married Caroline Heyward on April 4, 1866. From “Frank Genealogy of New York,” Ancestry.com. Information should be checked with additional sources

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Robinson's - 1921   Mugivan, Bowers & Ballard, owners

    See article Online

Robinson's - 1928   American Circus Corp., owner

• An article on the 1928 John Robinson's, including the 1928 route, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1970, pp. 4-10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Don Robinson Circus - 1951

• The Don Robinson Ameri-Congo Combined Animal Circus was framed at Sarasota, Florida by owners Howard Ingram and Eddie Billetti. This show was combined with the Pawnee Bros. Circus in June Information on these shows is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 3, pp. 29-34.

Information should be checked with additional sources Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Yankee Robinson Circus - 1854-59, 1860-69, 1870, 1872, 1875, 1877, 1879, 1880, 1882-84

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1856-1860, 1864-1871, 1875

1854:

    [Advertisement] Robinson's Atheneum (established August 6th, 1854 re-organized, enlarged and improved for the campaign of 1854! Embracing over 100 men and horses! This vast establishment, the only one of the kind in the world, will give their varied performances at Fort Wayne on Friday & Saturday May 26th & 27th. Afternoon performance at 1 o'clock; evening performance 8. A grand collossal marque! Of the largest size now traveling, will, when erected at its full extent, accomodate near 3,000 persons.
    30 lady, gentlemen and children performers, among whom may be found that "Son of Monus" Yankee Robinson! Whose original mirth provoking delinations of eccentric characters have won for him the cogomen of "The People's Funny Man." Also Prof. Orrin and sons! Formerly of the world renowned acrobat family. At or near 11 o'clock, the unrivaled Atheneum Band will enter the city in their beautiful,Swan like gondola, followed by a train of over 20 vehicles, forming an imposing and grand procession. There will be two distinct performances each day. Most positively no two performances alike.
    The notice will be given of the production of the great moral drama of Uncle Tom's Cabin! In which will appear over sixty characters.
    Card to the Public. It has been common heretofore for other companies to advertise their entire performances to take place in one tent, for one price of admission, and instead of which they have divided them into from two to six different exhibitions, and have exacted a separate price of admission to each - The public may rest assured that such is not the custom with this establishmen. Admission to the whole 25 cents. A. S. Burt, agent. The company will also perform and Bluffton, Thursday May 25th, 1854. Fort Wayne Times (IN), May 17, 1854, n.p.n.

    Robinson's Atheneum. On Friday this troupe exhibited at this city and so great was the rush, that many hundreds could not get in and many that did were forced, from personal considerations, to leave.
    We regret to say that many persons who reside in the city and who had purchsed tickets, not desiring under the circumstances to enter or having retired, instead of waiting till morning for a return of their money, joined in an unprovoked and witless clamor for a return which under the circumstances was almost out of the question.
    We heard several would be gentlemen uttering loud calls for money return, "that they lived in the country and could not get back in the morning" &c., &c., all for a quarter. A wilful lie and almost a row for a quarter? Poor creatures! and we presume some had free complimentary tickets and got their quarters. If they lie for 25 cents, we presume a dollar would sanctify it by oath.
    On Saturday evening new and additional seats were prepared and the crowd was not so large, but quite sufficient for convenience and comfort. The great and popular drama of Uncle Tom's Cabin attracted a very reputable crowd. With the exception of a few loader and ninnies, the former to interrupt by noise uncalled for, the latter to laugh, and shout out of place, everything was well conducted.
    The performance met public favor, and the eccentricities of Yankee Robinson were unparalled. It in our judgement was worth the money and as good as might be expected for a travelling circus, through the swamps of Indiana, and then only charging a quarter. Fort Wayne Times (IN), May 31, 1854, n.p.n.

1855:

    [Advertisement] Robinson's Atheneum. (Established August 5th, 1845) Elegantly refitted for the campaign of 1855. Embracing over 100 men and horses. This vast establishment, the only one of its kind in the world, will give their varied performance at Madison, on Wednesday, July 18. Afternoon performance a 1 o'clock; evening at 8. A grand collosal marquee of the largest size travelling, will accomodate near 4,000 persons. 34 lady, gentlemen, and children performers, among whom may be found that "Son of Momus," Yankee Robinson! Known as "The People's Funny Man." Gymnastic, dramatic and pantomimic, all for one price of admission. No two performances alike. There will be two distinct performances each day.
    A group of five clowns! Also the Green Mountain Boys! Whose mirthful representations of Negro character have met with unbounded applause. Rehearsed for five successive years, the Atheneum Band stands prominent in the harmony of sweet sounds, rapturous solos, and startling executions, drawn through the streets in their Mythological Car, followed by a train of over 20 vehicles, forming an imposing and grand procession. Admission 40 cts. Children 20 cts. A. P. Newkirk, agent. Daily Argus and Democrat (Madison, WI), July 18, 1855, n.p.n.

1856:

    Yankee Robinson's Big Show! As arranged for 1856. 150 men and horses! A five center pole tent. A new circus. With lots of new feats, added to the old popular Atheneum. Among the troupe will be found Yankee Robinson, Dilly Fay, the "Shanghai Clown." Miss Kate Lee, the beautiful dancer. Mlle. Lod Robinson, "A Bobbing around." Mons. La Thorn, "Man of Iron." Herr Sheil, "Little Giant." Prof. Dodge, "with his trained four" - Painter, May, Walfengier, Bony, Luff, Smythre. Master Robinson. Mlle Louise, the daring rider. Together with a host of auxiliaries.
    Two shows each day, rain or shine, with an entire change of programme. This vast establishment will exhibit at Alton, Thursday, May 15th, 1956. Afternoon performance at 2 o'clock. Evening performance at 7 o'clock. Admission - Box 40 cents. Children under ten years of age 20 cents. If the weather is favorable, there will be a grand street parade by the company. Alton Weekly Courier (IL), May 8, 1856, n.p.n.

• 1857: online at Clipper, August 1 (scroll down)

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, April 10,   Clipper, April 17,   Clipper, June 12 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 10,   Clipper, August 21,   Clipper, September 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 11,   Clipper, October 9 (scroll down)

• Also see Burt & Robinson for 1858.

1859:

    We notice by the Towanda papers that Yankee Robinson's Circus failed to perform at that place on account of a little attachment in the hands of the Tioga (N. Y.) Sheriff for only $1900.00 due for printing. The Agitator (Wellsborough, PA), September 1, 1859, n.p.n.

    We are glad to announce that Yankee Robinson's Circus and Theatre, now on exhibition here, is not the show recently held at Gaston, where many citizens were maltreated by the showmen. That was Robinson & Lake's Circus, and Yankee Robinson is in no wise connected with them. North Carolina Standard (Raleigh, NC), October 19, 1859, n.p.n.

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, February 26,   Clipper, April 16,   Clipper, May 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, September 24,   Clipper, November 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 26,   Clipper, December 10,   Clipper, December 17

• 1860: online at:
Clipper, January 7,   Clipper, July 21,   Clipper, September 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 10,   Clipper, December 8 (scroll down)

• 1861: online at:
Clipper, January 5,   Clipper, April 27,   Clipper, May 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 29,   Clipper, July 20,   Clipper, August 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 9 (scroll down)

• 1862: online at:
Clipper, June 14,   Clipper, July 26,   Clipper, August 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 6,   Clipper, October 11,   Clipper, October 18 (scroll down)

1863:

    [Advertisement] Look out for the big Hat and Gun! The Yankee Robinson Big Show Coming! Re-organized and improved for 1863, by Dan'l Scott & Co. The only establishment of the kind ever organized. At Centralia Friday, Aug. 14, 1863. It is too true that but very few of the large traveling exhibitions are suitable places for ladies and families to visit. This one being an exception, is is justly termed the Great Moral Exhibition! suited to the era we live in. No old fogyism, but everything on the progressive paln, and the very acme of the manager's ambition to please the taste of a promiscuous audience. A full and efficient corps of dramatic, gymnastic, acrobats and pantomimists. Triple band, brass, string & military!
    More performers and a better performance than any circus now traveling. Look at the star talent! - selected from the north, south, east and west - votaries of Thalia, Melphmeme, Apollo, Terpsichore. Miss M. Woodruff, Mr. H. Everett, Miss A. Blake, Mrs. R. Eckhart, Geo. Marcellas, Miss E. Smythe, H. Chapman, J. Turner, Mrs. M. Chapman, Ed Forrest, A. S. Newton, F. Lyon, G. Flornece.
    The original Yankee Robinson will appear day and night. The Bunker Hill Brass BAnd, under the direction of Prof. R. Eckhart. The great military spectacular piece The Struggle for the Union! containing four grand tableaux vivants, embracing the three great epochs in the history of our country, past, present and future. Performance at 2 and 8 o'clock p.m. Admission 50 cents, children under 10 years half price. At Salem, Thursday, August 13. At Mt. Vernon, Saturday August 15. Centralia Sentinel (IL), August 6, 1863, n.p.n.

• 1863: online at:
Clipper, May 16,   Clipper, June 6,   Clipper, June 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 4,   Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 25,   Clipper, August 1,   Clipper, August 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 10,   Clipper, October 17,   Clipper, November 14 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, March 5,   Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, June 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, September 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 1,   Clipper, October 15 (scroll down)

1865:

    [Advertisement] Yankee Robinson's Great Consolidations for the gigantic campaign of 1865, out-flanks all competitors. Over $100,000 investment. P. A. Older, manager. __ Perry, equestrian director. G. McDonald, leader. Geo. Cole, treas. L. L. Couldock, agent. Yankee Robinson has associated himself with the proprietors of eight exhibitions, together with his, making nine shows. Observe the immense congress of exhibitions.
    Yankee Robinson's Big Show, re-organized, enlarged and greatly improved for the 21st annual campaign. The Great New York Circus, purchased of James Melville & Co. The largest and decidedly the most magnificent and costliest establishment in America; containing over forty ring horses, ponies, &c., &c., and six lady equestriennes.
    The Silver Mountain Equestrian Bears, in their wonderful and pleasing acts, dressed in unique costumes, male and female, a la "Yankee Boy" and "Yankee Gal," mock marriage ceremoney, dancing, driving in harness, acrobatic, gymnastic, posturing, equilibrists, racing, soldier drilling, stump speaking &c., &c., more than astonishing every beholder. They are taken from their cages and brought into the circus ring where their performances can be viewed by ever visitor and with perfect security.
    Tom Thumb's Lilliputian Courtege. As it appeared before all the crowned heads of Europe. The Shetland ponies are the smallest and handsomest ever seen in this country. The tiny chariots, coaches, cabriolettes, bretts, &c., are of the most gorgeous description. The harness, trappings, &c., are the identical ones made in London, by express order of Queen Victoria, and presented to Tom Thumb in person. They now bear her crest.
    O'Reilley's Untamable Bisons! from the Himalaya mountains. The most dangerous and ferocious of their race. Mons. Clarrie's monkeys, ponies, dogs and goats, whose unparalleled antics caused such a furore in England, France, Spain, Cuba and all the Eastern cities. Showles' Highly Trained Animals! These sagacious quadrupeds are the same that created such immense enthusiasm throughout the metropolitan cities. The Snow Brothers' Great Gladiatorium. This unique establishment being entirely new and novel, unlike anything heretofore presented to the public. The Double Troupe of Comic Mules. They out-mule all the mules that ever did mule in any show or circus. Entirely new tricks and performances. Making nine shows in one grand caravan.
    At 10 o'clock a.m., make room for the forty horse band team and the five splendid chariots, including Yankee Robinson's private chariot, drawn by four Arabian steeds, magnificently caparisoned. The finest establishment in the United States - cost near $8,000, and the Oriental Pagoda Chariot, drawn by six beautiful ponies. Also the real original Tom Thumb Cortege, drawn by beautifully spotted diminutive ponies, dogs and goats, containg the smallest man living, Gen. Grant Jr., so long and favorably known at Barnum's Museum. 15 years old, weighs 18 pounds, and only 25 inches high.
    Performances twice a day, rain or shine, at 1:30 and 7:30 o'clock. Seats for all. Will exhibit for one day only at Burlington, Monday, May 15th. Price of admission, 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. L. L. Couldock, business agent. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), May 15, 1865, n.p.n.

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, January 14,   Clipper, March 25,   Clipper, April 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 15,   Clipper, July 22,   Clipper, September 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 4 (scroll down)

• In 1865, Yankee Robinson was one of the circuses who ventured into Kansas after the Civil War. He claimed the show was nine shows combined. Featured in the parade was a forty-horse hitch pulling the band wagon. Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, p. 9.

• Information on the 1865 Yankee Robinson show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, pp. 72-73.

1866:

    [Advertisement] Yankee Robinson has accomplished it at last. The same old and original "Simonpure" Yankee Robinson has associated himself with the proprietors of eight distinct exhibitions, merged with his, making the colossal exhibition for ghe ___ we live in. 9 shows consolidated. Menagerie and circuses. The largest show in America, over 300 men and horses. The rarest collection of ferocious living wild animals ever brought to this country. The only Yankee born elephant, a baby elephant, just weaned from its mother. A mammoth dromedary. A herd of sacred cattle. Monster dens of performing lions & tigers. A jet black lion, allowed to be the greatest curiosity in the animal kingdom. A striped wild horse. An untameable bison will be introduced into the circle by strong men. The silver mountain equestrian bears in their astonishing and almost human performances. An African "Man-Eater." A troupe of trained ponies & monkeys. The school of educated dogs & monkeys. The wonderful performing elephant, Elfin. Performing camels and kangaroos. A span of bears in harness will be driven around the arena before a wagon.
    At or near 10 o'clock a.m., the grand caravan will enter town, preceded by the 40 horse chariot, the largest team ever driven by one man, containing Prof. ___ Silver Cornet Band, followed by the Tom Thumb cortege, the smallest teams ever harnessed and driven by the smallest men. The tiny chariots, phaetons and coaches, are drawn by the smallest ponies in the world. A little miniature buggy will be drawn by a trained ibex. Baby elephant and dromedary, magnificently caparisons. A dashing team of six dogs. Yankee Robinson's chariot, and an immense train of animal dens, cages, &c., &c. Making a procession over a mile long.
    A triple company of all bare-back riders. Five lady equestriennes. The smallest lady rider. The best 4 horse bare-back rider in the world. The limberist man. General performers, gymnasts, acrobats, contorionists, leapers, tumblers, jugglers, &c. The three funniest clowns that money will hire. Stud of marked ring horses and ponies. "Them Fool Mules." The stock of three circuses.
    Previous to opening the door in the afternoon, the weather be propitious, M'lle Ravella, the great tight rope artist, will make a grand ascension on a single cord or wire from the ground to the upper most top of the tallest mast of the immense pavilion, which is capable of accommodating 10,000 persons. Notwithstanding this immense outlay, the price of admission will not be raised, reports be waht they may. Doors opne at 1:30 and 7 o'clock p.m. There will be two performances, afternoon and evening, rain or shine.
    The grand cavacade of twelve beautiful horses will enter the circle after all the guests have had ample opportunity to view the countless number of living wild animals, from the four quarters of the globe. During the performance the great lion tamer will enter the dens of lion and tigers, in presence of the entire audience.
    Yankee Robinson, general superintendent. P. A. Older, manager. George S. Cole, treasurer. E. W. Perry, equestrian director. George Sears, lion tamer. E. H. __ Silver Band. Charles Parker, principal clown. R. S. Dingess, Gen'l agent. After the consolidated show the celebrated minstrel band will perform in the big tent. A band of 13 talented members.
    Will exhibit at Madison, Thursday, July 19. Admission 50 cents. Children under ten 25 cents. This is the only circus & menagerie in the State of Wisconsin. This company will not divide this season, let reports be what they may, but the entire show will visit each place as advertised, under one vast tent, and all for one price of admission. Wisconsin State Journal (Madison, WI), July 10, 1866, n.p.n.

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, February 24,   Clipper, March 31,   Clipper, May 12 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 19,   Clipper, May 26,   Clipper, June 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 23,   Clipper, June 30,   Clipper, July 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 14,   Clipper, July 21,   Clipper, July 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 11,   Clipper, August 25,   Clipper, September 1 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 8,   Clipper, September 15,   Clipper, September 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 29,   Clipper, October 13,   Clipper, October 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 27,   Clipper, November 10,   Clipper, November 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 8,   Clipper, December 15 (scroll down)

1866: See the article on the 1866 show, online in Bandwagon, February 1943

1867:

    [Advertisement] Opening of the Great Campaign of Yankee Robinson's Consolidated Show at Milwaukee, Monday and Tuesday, Apr. 22 & 23. For two days only. Location on 2d park. This magnificent establishment from the celebrated Yankee Robinson's Zoological Gardens & Coliseum, Chicago. Largest circus house on this continent. Kit Carson Jr. has just arrived from the mountains with his school of educated bears. A lady bear will drive a span of bears in harness before a trotting wagon. E. W. Perry, the champion bare back rider of the world, and a long list of acrobats, gymnasts, &c. Look out for the Silver Cornet Band and the six dog team - a host of novelties. Admission 50 cents; children under _ years, 25c. Daily Milwaukee News (WI), April 18, 1867, p. 8.

    [Advertisement] "Has Accomplished It at Last!" The same old and original "Simonpure" Yankee Robinson has associated himself with the proprietors of eight distinct exhibitions, merged with his, making "The" Colossal Moral Exhibition for the Era we live in. 9 shows consolidated. Menageries and circuses, and most positively the largest show in America, over 300 men and horses.
    The rarest collection of ferocious living wild animals ever brought to this country. The only Yankee born elephant, a baby elephant, just weaned from its mother. A mammoth dromedary, only one imported since 1835. A herd of sacred cattle. Monster dens of performing lions & tigers. A jet black lion, allowed to be the greatest curiosity in the animal kingdom. A striped wild horse. An untamable bison will be introduced into the circle by strong men. The silver mountain equestrian bears, in their astonishing and almost human performances. An African "Man-Eater." A troupe of trained ponies & monkeys. The school of educated dogs & monkeys. The wonderful performing elephant, Elfin. Performing camels and kangaroos. "The Last Wonder" a span of bears in harness will be driven around the arena before a wagon.
    A triple company of all bare-bak riders. Five lady equestriennes. The smallest lady rider, ever appeared before the public. The best 4 horse bare-back rider in the known world. The limberest man ever existed. General performers, gymnasts, acrobats, contortionists, leapers, tumblers, jugglers, &c. The funniest clowns that money will hire. Most positively the handsomest and most numerous stud of marked ring horses and ponies. "Them Fool Mules." The stock of three circuses. Constituting an establishment that cannot be excelled.
    At or near 10 o'clock a.m., the grand caravan will enter town preceded by the 40 horse band chariot. The largest team ever driven by one man, containing Prof. Old's Silver Cornet Band, followed by the Tom Thumb Cortege, the smallest teams ever harnessed and driven by the smallest men. The tiny chariots, phaetons and coaches, are drawn by the smallest ponies in the world. A little miniature buggy will be drawn by a trained hog. The harnesses are the identical ones presened to Tom Thumb by Queen Victoria. The baby elephant and dromedary, magnificently caparisoned. A dashing team of six dogs. Yankee Robinson's chariot and an immense train of animal dens, cages, &c., &c., making a procession over a mile long.
    The entire outfit is of the most gorgeous description, surpassing anything ever attempted in Europe or America. It will repay a visit of 50 miles to witness. Notwithstanding this immense outlay, the price of admission will not be raised, let reports be what they may. Doors opne at 1:30 and 7 o'clock p.m. Remember, there will be two performances, afternoon and evening. "Rain or Shine." The grand cavalcade of twelve beautiful horses will enter the circle after all the guests have had ample opportunity to view the countless numbers of living wild animals, from the four quarters of the globe. During the performance the great lion tamer will enter the dens of lions and tigers, in presence of the entire audience.
    Yankee Robinson, general superintendent. P. A. Older, manager. George S. Cole, treasurer. E. W. Perry, equestrian director. George Sears, lion tamer. E. H. __, leader silver band. Charles Parker, principal clown. R. S. Dingess, gen'l agent. After the consolidated show, the celebrated minstrel band will perform in the big tent. A band of 13 talented members. Will exhibit at Bedford, Iowa, September 14, doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission, 75 cents. Children under 10 years of age, 50 cents. The circus and menagerie are both under one mammoth tent, and for one price of admission. R. S. Dingess, agent. Iowa South-West (Bedford, IA), September 7, 1867, n.p.n.

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, January 5,   Clipper, January 19,   Clipper, February 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, May 4,   Clipper, June 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 3,   Clipper, September 14,   Clipper, September 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 9 (scroll down)

• 1867: Yankee Robinson played Kansas in August, 1867, advertising 210 horses, ponies and mules and 140 men, women and children. Unique features was a pacing team of bears, by a bear driver and an Egyptian Walapus or Wallapus. The parade was again led by a band chariot drawn by forty horses. More information on the show in Kansas is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 12-13.

1868:

    [Advertisement] Look out for a flood. Yankee Robinson's immense Circus and Menagerie. Outranks all similar institutions. A fortune has been consumed, with a quarter of a century's experience, to organize an establishment that will compel everybody to "acknowledge the corn." Don't fail to come and see the grand spectacular parade at or near 10 o'clock, well worth a day's journey. All entirely free. Everything is of the most costly material that could be invented in this country, and imported from Paris. It is far ahead of the "Black Crook on wheels."
    Undine! and her water nymphs on Neptune's Triumphal Car. The most gorgeous piece of workmanship, and the largest vehicle ever rolled over the streets of America. 12 Parisienne beauties in dazzling apparel. The Naiad Queen, attended by the "Spirit of Darkness;" amazons in steel armor. And the "Four Seasons," by young ladies, Spring, Summer, Autumn & Winter, driven by old Neptune himself. Golden Swan Band Chariot. The Flying Dragon Phaeton, carved from solid wood, pure gold mountings, and literally covered with gold, drawn by the handsomest team in America, gold mounted harness, &c. The Great Polyhymnia, or mechanical band. This monster Grecian wonder is 12 feet 6 inches long, 16 feet high, 7 feet wide, imported at a cost of $9,000, will lead the grand parade, discoursing overtures, drawn by four horses.
    A walking mountain of flesh. Abyssinian elephant "Roscius," largest on this continent. The monster camel Mahomet, decked in oriental style, carrying the veiled Persian beauty, led by her faithful slave, showing how the celestials traveled in state. A troupe of mounted knights, in real armor, imported at great cost by Shannon, Miller & Crane, New York. A squad of grotesque masqueraders, the gorilla, bruin, mammoth rooster "Cock of the Walk," donkey on horseback, mammoth bull frog, &c. Magnificent cages, animals' dens, ticket pagoda car, property wagons, done up in green and gold, vermillion and gold, flame color and gold, in the highest possible style of art, making a stream of gold & glitter over a mile long. Who would not turn out to see so many thousands of dollars worth of finery, so many handsome ladies, fine animals, rare curiosities, &c., &c.
    Bear in mind this show was never in this State before, as it is entirely new. Notwithstanding the immense magnitude of this establishment, the price of admission has not been raised, viz: fifty cents. Children under 9 years, twenty-five cents. Will exhibit at Waukesha, Thursday, July 9, 1868. Afternoon and evening, doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Waukesha Plaindealer (WI), June 30, 1868, n.p.n.

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, March 14,   Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, May 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 23,   Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 25,   Clipper, August 15,   Clipper, September 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 19,   Clipper, October 17,   Clipper, October 24 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 14,   Clipper, November 21 (scroll down)

1869:

    [Advertisement] Yankee Robinson's Great Consolidated Show will exhibit at Lima, Monday, May 24. The Biggest Show on Earth. Nearly 400 men and horses. A great first-class circus. A mammoth menagerie. Senyeah Cretan female gymnast. Nine great shows consolidated in one. Menagerie in separate apartment. The great sea cow, or Egyptian Wallapuss. Also, the white sacred camess, and the pure white baby camel. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Admission, 50 cts. Children, 25 cts. P. A. Older, manager. W. C. Crum, agent. Lima Weekly Gazette (OH), May 19, 1869, n.p.n.

1870:

    "Rouse's Point, N.Y., June 19, 1870: Editor Expounder . . . I was yesterday at Malone [New York] . . . on the Fair Grounds in Malone, where Yankee Robinson will exhibit his circus and menagerie on the 4th of July. . . ." Democrat Expounder (Marshall, MI), Thursday, June 30, 1870, p. 2.

    "Yankee Robinson's Circus will exhibit in this city next Saturday." Portsmouth (OH) Times, Saturday, October 15, 1870, p. 3.

1872:

    The show which Yankee Robinson has been for some time organizing in this city, will soon start, giving its "opening" in Marshall, Saturday, May 11th. The name of the combination is Conklin Bros. Commonwealth Circus and Samwell's Trained Animals. Marshall Statesman (MI), May 1, 1872, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Conklin Brothers' Great Philadelphia Circus, Samwells' School of Educated Animals and Yankee Robinson's Big Show Combined. Salt Lake City, three nights only, commencing Friday, August 30th, 1872. Matinee Saturday afternoon. The company is headed by Yankee Robinson.
    Mr. Pete Conklin, clown and humorist. Mr. Woody Cook, bareback somersault rider. Mr. John Conklin, modern Hercules and cannon ball performer. Sanyeah, lady athlete and gymnast. Prof. Samwells, equestrian juggler. Mr. Warner, clown and Dutch comedian. Moresto Brothers, flying men, gymnasts and acrobats. Prof. Samwell's troupe of trained animals. The trained clown dog. The equestrian goat, in his act of horse-goat-ship, "Humpty Dumpty" rides on horseback, leaping banners, balloons, etc. Pete Conklin's comical elephant that turns a somersault. We make no street display. The mammoth pavilion brilliantly illuminated with patent gas, manufactured on the ground, adds to the splendor of the beautiful wardrobe. Adults, $1.00, children under nine years, 50 cents. Salt Lake Daily Tribune (UT), August 29, 1872, n.p.n.

• For 1873, see John Wilson's.

1875:

    "Yankee" Robinson and Danl. Scott have again hitched hosses to trot in double harness, and it don't matter which works on the nigh side or off, tandem or abreast, on the spike of wheel, as they have agreed to stick to one another like a burr dock stuck to a little boy's trousers. "Stand Down the Hall," "Yew Kan; Kan't Ye, or Kan't Ye." Specialties of every name and nature in show business. If any person in America or Europe has a new drawing feature, Yankee Robinson wants it. A boss canvasman capable of handling 100 men, and other reliable parties in various positions. Everything new and on an entirely new plan. Every bill, lithograph, dodger, etc., a lecturer. Starts early in April by rail. Candy stand and sideshow to rent. Address, care of Clipper office, "Yankee" Robinson. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 16, 1875, p. 331.

    Privileges to rent with Yankee Robinson & Danl. Scott, Great Modern Show . . . Starts early in April by rail. "Yankee" Robinson, 12 and 14 Spruce street, New York. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 30, 1875, p. 347.

    $12,000 for $4,000, the candy privileges with the Yankee Robinson Great Modern Show is worth $12,000 compared with sales of other privileges for 1875. $4,000 takes ours, but we must have $3,000 cash. When the dimensions and attractions of this brand-new show are published, privileges won't go begging for purchasers at our price, as it will be a complete turn-over new-leaf show. Tent will cover more acres with perhaps one exception. Yankee Robinson, French's Hotel, N.Y. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 6, 1875, p. 355.

    "Old Yankee" Robinson's Turnovernewleaf show has secured J. Showles and trained stock, also Willie Showles, bareback act of the world. Privileges all unsold. Show continues to grow. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 371.

    Old Yankee Robinson returned to his "first love." Stand down the hall. Great Modern Show, 1875. Six grand features, circus, ring, Roman chariot race track, large elevated stage, expressly for three troupes of lady artists . . . Chinese festival and ballet dancing, all in one vast tent. He will appear at each performance in his old time funny way. Wrestling, boxing, and other athletes. 1 elephant, 1 Egyptian crocodile, the California horse "Lilliput," a calliope, and automatic organ. Wanted, three more ladies for flat racing, two skatists, one velocipedits, and a few for ballet. Privileges for sale, very low. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, March 20, 1875, p. 403.

    "Yankee" Robinson's Modern Show exhibited in Independence, Ia., May 31, when an accident happened by the falling of some seats. New York Clipper, June 12, 1875, p. 87.

    St. Paul, Minn., June 30. The moneyless and foodless employes of Yankee Robinson's Circus, which is held here for debt, were supplied last night by Mayor Maxfield with one day's rations, and arrangements are being made to send them to their homes. The sideshows were released today, and another attachment for over $7,000 was laid on the main concern for indebtedness to the Express printing company, of Rochester, New York. Part of the horses and carriages were shown to be leased, and were surrendered to the owners living at Faribault. Evidently creditors will have difficulty in finding either men or property to satisfy claims. Twenty-three horses were ran out of the stables by the same number of men, and rushed over the line into Dakota country, the Sheriff's deputies being intimidated from stopping their flight by the man making a show of revolvers and a disposition to use them. This is supposed to have been planned by one of the hitherto reputed proprietors, who now clams only a mortgage interest, and disclaims the responsibility for debts for the purpose of having the advantage of possession in the law suits likely to result. The tents, seats, etc., are being packed up for safer storage, under the Sheriff's charge. Most of the wardrobes and other light articles have been carried off. Janesville Gazette (WI), July 2, 1875, n.p.n.

    "Yankee" Robinson's Circus, after giving two performances at St. Paul, Minn., was, upon attachments granted certain creditors, ___ by the officers of the law, and is in their possession at present writing, remarks our correspondent under date of June 30: "The show is lied up here, and is practically a thing of the past. It will be remembered that the show was organized at Morristown, in this State, last Winter, the proprietors being Dan Scott, Esq., and 'Yankee" (F. L.) Robinson. The organization was as follows: 'Yankee" Robinson, director; Dan Scott, business manager; A. S. Burt, general agent; _. S. McAndles, treasurer; Dan Rhodes, railroad contractor; and Jacob Showles, equestrian director; Major W. Dike of Faribault being subsequently taken in as an assistant business manager. The show was organized last December, and on April 30 following was shipped from Faribault to Centralia, Ill., from which point arrangements had been made to commence the season. With the exception of in a few towns, the show has played to losing business since the season commenced; and their troubles culminated at this point on the 26th, with the result already mentioned. After it became known that one or two attachements had been issued against the show, the performers and employes struck en masse for their just dues, and for a time it seemed as if a riot were imminent; but the authorities suceeded in quieting the men. A great many caues for the failure are assigned, but the principal amount of blame seems to rest on Major Dike, who claims that he loaned a considerable sum of money to Dan Scott, who died at his home in Morristown yesterday morning; he also claims that he advanced money to start and run the show, being secured by a chattel mortgage on the property. It is claimed that Major Dike has run the hsow in his own interest, and that he directed the concern into this city for the express purpoe of forcing it into liquidation. This, however, must be taken ___, as the show has been a loser from the start. Mr. Robinson himself is very reticent on the subject, and is satisfied to have the law take its course. The receipts during the afternoon and evening performances here footed in the neighborhood of $1,200, none of which has been paid to employes. Yesterday the town was in a state of excitement. The people connected with the show who had been subsisted from the company's kitchen and commissary, having been without food for some time, became clamorous for bread, and at one time it looked as if they would resort to mob law. They gathered about the city and hotels where the head men of the show were quartered, demanding 'bread or blood,' and it became necessary for the Mayor and city fathers to provide the starving tent-men, temporarily, with the necessaries of life. A wagon load of provisions was furnished them, which has so far succeeded in keeping the men quiet. But they are all without funds and with an empty locker, and something will have to be done. Major Dike was surrounded by a number of tent-men last night, and through strategy only, escaped unharmed. At the present writing the authorties are taking every precaution to preserve quiet, and as far as possilbe to keep the employes from the pags of hunger. The tent and circus property remains in the hands of the law officers, and the show is virtually dead." New York Clipper, July 10, 1875, p. 118.

    Major Dike announces that he has purchased Yankee Robinson's interest in his Great Modern Show, and will reorganize immediately. [may be Major Dyke] New York Clipper, July 17, 1875, p. 127.

    George Costello, one of the attaches of "Yankee" Robinson's circus at St. Paul, Minn., together with a number of the tent men, writes our correspondent at St. Paul, Minn., July 7(?), "secured some twenty-two horses, and attempted to decamp; but they were captured and the horses recovered. There are two complaints against Costello, one charging him with stealing property while in hands of the Sheriff after attachment, and the other assault with a dangerous weapon on the person of the Deputy sheriff. He was subsequently bailed to the amount of $2,000(?), by Maj. W. H. Dike of Fairbault. Most of the circus people have left town. The ___ of Dan Scott, the former proprietor of the show, have gathered together some of the best people and started a circus on wheels from Fairbault. The variety compnay attached to the circus have organized a variety show under the name of the Vaudeville Company." New York Clipper, July 17, 1875, p. 127.